SCHOOL OF POSTGRADUATE STUDIES AMBROSE ALLI UNIVERSITY, EKPOMA-NIGERIA

Transcription

SCHOOL OF
POSTGRADUATE STUDIES
AMBROSE ALLI UNIVERSITY,
EKPOMA-NIGERIA
POSTGRADUATE STUDIES
PROSPECTUS
2010 – 2012
CURRENCY OF INFORMATION
The contents of this Prospectus are accurate at the time of publication. However,
the available courses and or electives are subject to change without notice to students if
societal needs or advancement of knowledge so dictate. Such changes as and when
approved by the appropriate organs, shall be in force and all affected students shall be
required to comply with the said changes.
ISBN
ii
PREFACE
The School of Postgraduate Studies was established in the then Bendel State
University, Ekpoma in 1988/89 session. At inception the activities of the School were
supervised by the Office of the Vice-Chancellor. Following the approval of the
establishment of the School of Postgraduate Studies by Edo State Government in
November 1992, the first Dean was appointed in January 1993. From that period to date,
ten Deans have been appointed to oversee the affairs of the School.
The first part of the Prospectus deals with the requirements for the acquisition of
higher degrees from this University and general regulations governing Postgraduate
Studies. The second part deals with course structures and course descriptions by Faculties
and Departments. In previous editions, courses available in the School of Postgraduate
Studies were outlined in Departments and presented alphabetically. This arrangement did
not take into account the Faculty structure in which the Departments are located. This
edition has taken care of this and courses available have been presented alphabetically
according to Faculties and Departments within Faculties. Postgraduate courses in
Banking and Finance, Business Administration and Public Administration were
previously run in the Faculty of Social Sciences. These Programmes have been moved to
the recently-approved Faculty of Management Sciences. Similarly, the Department of
Geography & Regional Planning is now located in the Faculty of Social Sciences.
The Prospectus is therefore an indispensable document for Deans of Faculties,
Heads of Departments and other academic staff who teach and supervise Graduate
students, and of course, all Graduate students including those offering postgraduate
diploma courses. It is important for staff and students involved in graduate programmes
in Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma, to properly get acquainted with the provisions of
this document.
The Prospectus is subject to review periodically, obviously to take account of
developments and changes in academic Departments.
Professor A.D. Badaiki
Dean, School of Postgraduate Studies
Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma-Nigeria
January 2011
iii
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY
VISITOR
Comrade Adams Aliyu Oshiomhole. mni
Executive Governor of Edo State
CHANCELLOR
PRO-CHANCELLOR AND CHAIRMAN OF COUNCIL
Chief Nosakhare Isekhure, JP, FIBS,
The Isekhure of Benin Kingdom
Ag. VICE-CHANCELLOR
Prof (Mrs) C.A. Agbebaku
LLB (Hons), LLM (BENSU), BL
DEPUTY VICE-CHANCELLOR (Administration)
DEPUTY VICE-CHANCELLOR (Academic)
REGISTRAR AND SECRETARY TO COUNCIL
Mrs. O.J. Omole,
MNIM, MANUPA B.Sc. (Hons.), MBA (Benin)
BURSAR
Mr. Pius E. Ufuah
MBA (UI), FCNA, MNIM
UNIVERSITY LIBRARIAN
Dr. (Mrs.) E.I. Ifidon
BLS (ABU), MLS (UI), Ph.D (Abraka)
iv
STAFF OF THE SCHOOL OF POSTGRADUATE STUDIES
DEAN
Professor A.D. Badaiki
B.A. (Hons.) Jos; LL.B. (Hons.) Bensu; LL.M, (Lagos); LL.M (EDSU); Ph.D, (AAU);
B.L.; PGDM; AMNIM; ACIM.
SUB-DEAN
DEPUTY REGISTRAR/SECRETARY
Barr. M.I. Egwakhide
B.Sc (Hons) Ibadan; LL.B (Hons.) AAU.; B.L., MANUPA, MNIM.
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER
Mrs. I.D. Adagbonyin,
B.A. (Hons) AAU, Ekpoma
CHIEF CONFIDENTIAL SECRETARY
S.A. Oseghale,
LL.B (Hons.) AAU.; 120 w.p.m (Shorthand);
50 w.p.m (Typewriting) Auchi Poly, C.P.A (Uniben); Cert. Computer; G.C.E O/L.
SENIOR EXECUTIVE OFFICER
(i) Mrs B.O. Anuge
BPA (AAU); DPA (AAU).
(ii) Mr. E.E. Inegbenegua
Diploma Public Administration (AAU).
SENIOR TYPIST I
Mrs. T.E. Amiedamhen
B.Sc. (AAU), Diploma. In Microsoft (AAU); 50 w.p.m (Typewriting) Auchi Poly.;
Certificate in Computer Science (AAU).
ASSISTANT EXECUTIVE OFFICER
(i) Mrs. M.O. Iserameiya
N.C.E. (N.T.I Kaduna), SSC/NECO
(ii) Mrs. M.O. Ogbeiwi
GCE/NECO
HIGHER TRANSPORT SUPERVISOR
Mr. H. Hayble
FSLC
COMPUTER OPERATOR
Mrs. M.O Ehilebo
N.C.E. (N.T.I. Kaduna); Diploma Computer
HEAD MESSENGER/CARETAKER
Mrs. A. Okojie
NECO; FSLC.
v
LIST OF PREVIOUS DEANS AND ADMINISTRATIVE SECRETARIES
A.
B.
PREVIOUS DEANS
1.
Professor (Mrs.) Agnes E. Uduebo
2.
Professor A.C. Unomah
3.
Professor B.I.C Ijomah
4.
Professor S.A. Okecha
5.
Professor Olaitan Obanewa
6.
Professor M.O. Omo-Ojugo
7.
Professor I.B. Igbinosa
8.
Professor V.O. Aghayere
9.
Professor S.U. Remison
January 1993 to January 1994
January 1994 to March 1995
March 1995 to February 1996
February 1996 to August 1999
August 1999 to May 2001
May 2001 to November 2003
November 2003 to September 2004
September 2004 to October 2007
October 2007 to September 2010
PREVIOUS SECRETATRIES
1.
Mr. Abiodun Atafo
2.
Mr. J.O. Ikhine
3.
Mr. J.B. Agbogun
4.
Mr. M.I. Egwakhide
5.
Mr. J.B. Agbogun
6.
Mr. P. A. Eigbedion
7.
Mr. C.O. Okoebor
January 1993 to February 1997.
February 1997 to June 1997
June 1997 to June 1999
June 1999 to April 2002
April 2002 to December 2005
December 2005 to June 2008
May 2008 – November 2009
vi
TABLE OF CONTENT
Preface………………………………………………………………………………………….iii
Principal Officers of the University…………………………………………............................iv
Staff of the School of Postgraduate Studies………………………………….............................v
List of Previous Deans and Administrative Secretaries……………………...............................vi
Contents………………………………………………………………………….vii
A Short History of the School of Postgraduate Studies…………………………...1
Organization of the School of Postgraduate Studies……………………………...2
General Aims and Objectives of Graduate Programmes…………………………..
Admission Requirements………………………………………………………….
Types of Admission………………………………………………………………...
Duration of the Programme………………………………………………………..
Requirements for the Award of Higher Degrees…………………………………
The Grading System for Graduate Courses……………………………………….
Graduate Examination Allowance………………………………………………..
General Regulations Governing Graduate Studies……………………………….
Course Structures and Course Descriptions by Faculties and Departments……..
Faculty of Agriculture……………………………………………………
Faculty of Arts…………………………………………………………..
Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences……………………………………..
Faculty of Education……………………………………………………
Faculty of Engineering and Technology……………………………….
Faculty of Environmental Studies………………………………………
Faculty of Law…………………………………………………………..
Faculty of Management Sciences………………………………………..
Faculty of Natural Sciences………………………………………………
Faculty of Social Sciences…………………………………………………
Centre for Strategic and Development Studies……………………………
Institute of Education………………………………………………………
Postgraduate Diploma Programmes……………………………………….
Postgraduate Diploma in Business Management………………………….
Postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science………………………………
Postgraduate Diploma in Education……………………………………….
Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering……………………………………..
Department of Civil Engineering………………………………………….
Department of Electrical/Electronic Engineering………………………
Department of Mechanical Engineering…………………………………...
Postgraduate Diploma in Geography and Regional Planning……………..
Postgraduate Diploma in Public Administration…………………………..
Postgraduate Diploma in Applied Zoology………………………………..
Postgraduate Diploma in Education……………………………………….
1
A SHORT HISTORY
Commencement of Graduate Studies
Graduate Studies commenced in 1988/89 session when the Faculty of Law
registered nine (9) students for the Master of Law (LL.M) degree programme. In the same
session, the Faculty of Environmental Studies registered twenty-four (24) students for the
Master’s degree (M.Sc) Architecture programme. These programmes propelled the birth
of “The Graduate School”.
Graduate Studies Committee
A Graduate Studies Committee was set up in 1988 under the Chairmanship of
Professor A.C. Unomah the then Deputy Vice-Chancellor with the Deans of all the
Faculties (or their Representatives) as members.
The Committee was requested to:
(i)
develop the main aims and objectives of the Graduate Studies in BENSU,
and
(ii)
work out Rules and Regulations for the University’s Graduate Studies
Programme.
In pursuance of the recommendations of the Unomah Committee, Senate at its
meeting held on the 24th of January, 1990 considered and approved the Rules and
Regulations governing Graduate Studies for implementation with effect from the
1999/2000 academic session.
Inauguration of Advisory Committee on Graduate Studies
To assist in the administration of the Graduate Studies programmes, an Advisory
Committee on Graduate Studies Programmes, under the Chairmanship of the then ViceChancellor, Dr. Awele Maduemezia, F.A.S., was inaugurated on 23rd October, 1990. The
Committee’s terms of reference, among others, were:
1. The consideration of recommendations from Departmental Committees on Graduate
Studies on issues relating to:
(i)
admission and registration of students for higher degrees and graduate
diploma courses;
(ii)
approval of general fields of study and nomination of Supervisors;
(iii)
approval of the appointment of Internal and External Examiners and
(iv)
designing of forms and formats for the various provisions of the regulation.
2. To report to Senate regularly on the development of Graduate Studies in the
University.
Establishment of School of Postgraduate Studies
The State Government approved the establishment of School of Postgraduate
Studies at the Edo State University in November, 1992.
Deans of School of Postgraduate Studies
Professor (Mrs.) Agnes E. Uduebo was appointed as the Dean of the School of
Postgraduate Studies on 1st January, 1993. However, following the appointment of
Professor (Mrs.) Agnes E. Uduebo as the Deputy Vice-Chancellor on 12th January, 1994,
Prof. A.C. Unomah was appointed as Dean of School of Postgraduate Studies on 7 th
February, 1994. As a result of the appointment of Prof. A.C. Unomah as the Provost,
2
College of Education, Warri, Prof. B.I.C. Ijomah was appointed Ag. Dean of School of
Postgraduate Studies with effect from 14th March, 1995. Before the end of his tenure, Prof.
B.I.C. Ijomah was appointed a member of the Transition Implementation Committee by the
Federal Military Government hence Prof. Steve A. Okecha was appointed as Dean of
School of Postgraduate Studies with effect from February, 1996 to August, 1999.
Thereafter, Prof. Olaitan Obanewa became the Dean till May, 2001 when he went on
sabbatical leave. Prof. M.O. Omo-Ojugo was appointed Dean from May, 2001 to
November 2003, Prof. I.B. Igbinosa from November, 2003 to September, 2004 and Prof.
V.O. Aghayere from September, 2004 to October, 2007,Prof S.U. Remison from October
2007 to September 2010. The present Dean was democratically elected in September 2010.
ORGANIZATION OF THE SCHOOL OF POSTGRADUATE STUDIES
The School of Postgraduate Studies is administered by two statutory bodies, viz:
1. Graduate Academic Assembly Membership
(a) Dean, School of Postgraduate Studies (Chairman)
(b) All Lecturers from all Departments who teach Graduate Courses
(c) University Librarian
(d) Admin. Secretary, School of Postgraduate Studies (Secretary)
Quorum: 1/3 of Total Membership
Functions:
(a) Election of a Dean and a Sub-Dean
(b) Election of Representative of School of Postgraduate Studies Board
(c) Consideration of any matters referred to it by the School of Postgraduate Studies
Board
(d) Making any proposal to the School of Postgraduate Studies Board for onward
transmission to Senate.
The Graduate Academic Assembly is expected to meet once or twice a year or as
and when necessary.
2. School of Postgraduate Studies Board
Membership
(a) Dean, School of Postgraduate Studies
(b) Vice-Chancellor
(c) Deputy Vice-Chancellors
(d) University Librarian
(e) Sub-Dean, School of Postgraduate Studies
(f) 1 Representative of each Academic Department involved in School of
Postgraduate Studies
(g) 1/6 of the total Membership in (a) – (f) above to be elected by Graduate
Academic Assembly from the various Faculties
(h) Admin. Secretary, School of Postgraduate Studies (Secretary)
Quorum: 1/3 of Total Membership
Functions: The Graduate School Board shall perform the following functions
(i)
Receive and recommend to Senate, Departmental submissions on admission,
registration, fields of study, research proposals, supervisors and internal and
external examiners;
3
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
Examine graduate curricular and examination programme submitted by
Graduate Studies Committee of each academic Department and make
recommendation to Senate.
Receive each candidate’s detailed programme reports for purposes of
monitoring of staff for General Studies.
Recommend to Senate, candidates whose study should be terminated and
those whose programmes require a period of studies outside the University:
also consider and approve minimum attendance required for course work.
Interpret and operate graduate regulations, make annual reports on its work to
Senate and recommend periodically to Senate, a comprehensive review of
general regulations and development of Graduate Studies.
Assess and recommend to Senate, Students for Graduate Scholarships,
Fellowships, Stipends and Bursary Award.
Prepare and operate budget necessary for executing the functions of the
school, paying particular attention to fellowships, external examiners,
scholarships, visiting lectureships and graduate programmes.
Consider and approve results of course work and qualifying examinations and
recommend candidates to Senate for the award of Diplomas and Higher
Degrees.
Consider and approve on behalf of Senate, extension of studentship and
deferment of admission.
Any other responsibilities Senate may delegate to the School from time to
time.
4
GENERAL AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE SCHOOL OF POSTGRADUATE
STUDIES PROGRAMME
The main objectives of School of Postgraduate Studies in this University shall be
the further development in Graduate Students, the spirit of enquiry through training in
research in an atmosphere of intellectual independence and individual creativity with a
strong sense of group co-operation. In pursuit of these objectives, teachers and students
constitute a single team in a well-defined and purposeful endeavour.
In pursuance of these objectives, there will be fostering, through instruction, of
deeper understanding of elementary concepts and an increasing ability to apply
fundamental ideas to new problems. The student in the School of postgraduate Studies
must, therefore, be made to realize quite early that his intellectual growth and subsequent
success are directly related to the depth of his command of basic principles. Hence,
although graduate studies are usually associated with high degree of specialization, such
specialization is or must be secondary to extending mental horizons, producing new
orientations and developing a depth of understanding. With the context of the above
general objectives, graduate studies in the University shall pursue two particular
objectives, which will be both academic and practical in orientation. Thus, they must seek
to:
(a)
provide facilities for training in research for those whose future careers will
be in teaching and research at the University level and for those who may
have to operate in research and development situations in the public or
private sectors, e.g. in government, commercial and industrial concerns and
(b)
provide both short and long term training facilities aimed at improving and
upgrading the existing and potential high-level manpower needed for
planning, executing and reviewing national development plans.
5
HIGHER DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS AVAILABLE
The following Higher Degrees and Postgraduate Diplomas may be awarded:
Faculty of Agriculture
Master of Science
Doctor of Philosophy
M.Sc.
Ph.D
Faculty of Arts
Master of Arts
Master of International
Diplomacy and Strategic Studies
M.A.
Faculty of Basic
Medical Sciences
Master of Science
M.Sc.
Ph.D
Faculty of Education
Master of Education
M.Ed.
Ph.D
Faculty of Engineering
and Technology
Master of Engineering
Postgraduate Diploma in
Engineering
M.Eng.
Ph.D
Faculty of Environmental
Studies
Master of Science
M.Sc.
Ph.D
Faculty of Law
Master of Laws
LL.M.
Ph.D
Faculty of Management
Sciences
Master of Science
M.Sc.
Ph.D
M.D.S.
Ph.D
PGDENG.
Faculty of Natural Sciences Master of Science
Postgraduate Diploma in Zoology
Microbiology
M.Sc.
Ph.D
PGD.
Faculty of Social Sciences
M.Sc.
MBA.
MBF.
M.P.A
Master of Science
Master of Business Administration
Master of Banking and Finance
Master of Public Administration
Master of International Relations
and Strategic Studies
Postgraduate Diploma in Business
Administration
6
PGDM.
M.I.S.S.
Ph.D
PGDBM
Postgraduate Diploma in Public
Administration
PGDPM
Center for Strategic and
Development Studies
Master of Science
M.Sc.
Ph.D
Institute of Education
Education
PGDE
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
(a)
(b)
(c)
Master’s Degree Programme
Candidates who possess any of the following qualifications may be considered for
admission:
(i)
At least a Second Class Honours degree of Ambrose Alli University,
Ekpoma or of any other University of recognized standing in the relevant
discipline;
(ii)
Holders of FIMS Certificate in Science related areas may be considered
for Graduate programmes in some Science Departments;
(iii) Holders of HND, Upper Credit with relevant post NYSC working
experience plus a Pass in the Nigerian Society of Engineers Graduateship
Examinations or Holders of Post-Graduate Diploma in Engineering of any
recognized University with at least a credit level pass may be considered
by the Faculty of Engineering and technology;
(iv)
For Master in Public Administration (MPA), holders of a Second Class
Bachelor’s degree in any discipline or HND plus Postgraduate Diploma in
any discipline with at least 3 years working experience may be considered;
(v)
Holders of LL.B. third Class Honours and a B.L. as well as five years post
call may be considered for the LL.M;
(vi)
For M.Sc. Architecture, aside (i) above, a holder of the B.Sc; Third class
Honours (Architecture) or its equivalent may be considered after
a. up-dating his/her portfolio within a minimum period of one year, and
b. successfully going through an interview conducted by the Department
of Architecture.
Note:
Candidates in (ii) & (iii) above, shall be required to take
remedial courses at the undergraduate level which must be passed
before proceeding to the Master’s degree programme.
Ph.D Programme
A graduate of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma or any other University of
recognized standing who possesses a degree of Masters appropriate to the
intended course may be considered for admission. The candidate should have
scored a minimum of 60% or Grade B in the M.Sc degree programme
Postgraduate Diploma in Education (PGDE)
A Graduate of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma or any other University of
recognized standing who possesses a first degree classification acceptable to
Senate.
7
(d)
(e)
(f)
(i)
(ii)
Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (PGDENG)
Holders of good HND/HNC in Engineering with at least 4 years post qualification
cognate experience or Graduates in fields relevant to Engineering of any
recognized University may be considered for admission.
Postgraduate Diploma in Public Administration (PGDPA)
A Graduate of any recognized University in any discipline or holders of HND in
any discipline with at least three (3) years cognate experience may be considered.
Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration (PGDBM)
Candidates who possess any of the following qualifications may be considered for
admission into the programme:
A third class honours degree in Business Management or related disciplines from
a recognized University.
Holders of HND in any discipline from a recognized Institution
TYPES OF ADMISSION
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(a)
(b)
(c)
Full-Time Admission:
Full-Time admission cab be offered only to candidates who satisfy the School of
Postgraduate Studies that they are not in employment, or do not undertake fulltime prgramme elsewhere. Candidates found to have made false declaration in this
regard shall be asked to withdraw from the University.
Part-Time Admission:
Candidates may be admitted to part-time registration, if they are working
elsewhere and satisfy the School of Postgraduate Studies that facilities for their
work as part-time students are adequate. Candidates applying for part-time
registration may be asked to show evidence of release by their employers.
Admission to Remedial Courses:
Candidates who satisfy the minimum entry requirements but are found deficient in
the specific areas of study may be required to undergo remedial courses to prepare
them for the main programme.
Staff Candidate:
A full-time member of staff of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma may be
admitted to a higher degree in accordance with the regulations subject to the
following conditions:
The member of staff must meet the normal requirements for eligibility to pursue a
programme of Graduate Studies in the area of his choice.
The member of staff must pay 50% of the approved fees.
Where a person who has been a candidate under this Regulation ceases to be a
member of staff of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma and he intends to continue
with the programme, he would be treated as non-staff, and would therefore be
subject to payment of full fees and other charges as may be applicable from time
to time.
8
Where a candidate was admitted to the Graduate programme before becoming a member
of staff of the University, he would be required to pay full fees prior to his assumption of
duty. Thereafter he would be required to pay 50% of the approved fees.
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME
(1)
Postgraduate Diploma Programmes
(a)
Full-time Diploma
2 Semesters
(b)
Part-time Diploma
4 Semesters
(c)
Sandwich
2 long vacations of 8 weeks each
In the case of I(c) above, there shall be a six week period of internship during which
students shall undertake supervised teaching practice.
(2)
(a) Full-time Master’s by course work, thesis/dissertation and oral examination for
a minimum of 3 semesters and a maximum of 6 semesters. Extension may be
allowed for not more than one semester only.
(b) Part-time masters by course work, thesis/dissertation and oral examination for
a minimum of 6 semesters and a maximum of 8 semesters. Extension may be
allowed for not more than two Semesters only.
(3)
Ph.D Programme
(a)
Full-time – A minimum of 6 semesters and a maximum of 10 semesters.
(b)
Part-time – A minimum of 10 semesters and a maximum of 16 semesters.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE AWARD OF HIGHER DEGREES
1.
2.
3.
Master’s Degree
To fulfill the requirements for the award of the degree of Masters, every student
shall:
(a) Register for and pass a minimum of 30 units which must include Core,
Compulsory and Elective Courses and Research thesis.
(b) Obtain not less than 50% in any written examination.
(c) Present a research proposal to the Department
(d) Present at least a Seminar in the area of research topic approved by the Board
in partial fulfillment of the award of the degree of Masters.
(e) Pass an oral examination arranged to defend the dissertation/thesis before a
Panel of Examiners approved by Graduate School Board.
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) Degree
The requirements for the award of Ph.D shall include:
(a)
Passing course work examination (where applicable).
(b)
Passing of written and/or oral qualifying examination in subjects of the
student’s study programme (where applicable).
(c)
Presentation of research proposal to the Department.
(d)
Presentation of Seminar or Seminars according to the requirements of the
Department.
(e)
Successful defence of the thesis in an oral examination.
Postgraduate Diploma in Education
To qualify for the award of the Diploma s student must:
9
4.
5.
6.
(a)
Register for and pass the prescribed taught courses.
(b)
Successfully complete the teaching practice.
(c)
Obtain at least 50% or grade “C” in each of the courses.
(d)
Accumulate a minimum of 30 Units.
Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering
To qualify for the award of the Diploma a student must:
(a)
Register for and pass the prescribed taught courses.
(b)
Obtain at least 50% of “C” in each of the taught courses.
(c)
Submit a project work which must be accepted by the Department.
Postgraduate Diploma in public Administration
To qualify for the award of the Diploma, a student must:
(a)
Pass with a minimum of 50% in each course in all the ten courses.
(b)
Submit a project work which must be accepted by the Department.
Postgraduate Diploma in Business Management
Students in this programme are expected to, in addition to satisfying the general
University regulation governing examinations, meet the following requirements
for the award of a Diploma.
(a)
Pass all courses with a minimum of 50% in each course.
(b)
Submit a project work which must be accepted by the Department of
Economics.
THE GRADING SYSTEM FOR GRADUATE COURSES
The grading system for courses offered at the graduate level shall be:
Mark
Letter Grade
Grade Point
70% - above
A
5
60% - 69%
B
4
50% - 59%
C
3
0% - 49%
F
GRADUATE EXAMINATION ALLOWANCE
(a)
Allowances for External Examiners
External Examiners shall be paid as follows:
(a)
Examination of Thesis
(i)
Ph.D Degree Thesis
(ii)
Master’s Degree Thesis
(b)
(b)
(c)
Remarks
Pass
Pass
Pass
Fail
N10,000
N5, 000
Moderation of Graduate Coursework Examination
(i)
For less than 50 scripts
N500
(ii)
For more than 50 scripts
N1,000
Graduate Study Grant
In order to encourage Senior staff to obtain higher qualifications and remain on
the job, a graduate studies grant of #2,000.00 shall be paid once and for all to each
staff who is undergoing graduate training.
Graduate Supervision Allowance
Each Academic Staff who supervises graduate students shall be paid N2,000.00
per graduate student supervised per annum up to a maximum of five (5) students
(i.e. N10,000.00)
10
GENERAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING POSTGRADUATE STUDIES
REGULATION 1
General
Each Department may, consistent with these regulations, make further rules and
guidelines for the detailed organization of graduate work and research within the
Department subject to the approval of Senate.
Matters requiring the approval of Senate shall first be considered by the School of
Postgraduate Studies Board before recommendation to Senate for consideration and
approval. Except for professional programmes, all postgraduate academic programmes
must be domiciled in the Department.
REGULATION 2
Method of Application
(i)
Applications to embark upon courses of study leading to graduate
degrees/diplomas of the University must be made on a prescribed form to the
Secretary, School of Postgraduate Studies, Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma.
(ii)
No person shall be admitted to a course unless his/her application has been
approved by the Board of School of Postgraduate Studies (herein after
referred to as the Board) on behalf of Senate and on the recommendation of
the appropriate Departmental Graduate Committee (herein after called the
Departmental Committee).
(iii)
Communications on Postgraduate admission
& other matters from
Departments should be rooted through the Faculty Postgraduate Board of
Studies to the School of Postgraduate Studies
(iv)
All new students who are non-graduands of Ambrose Alli University,
Ekpoma, must matriculate and take oath of allegiance to the University.
REGULATION 3
Eligibility
The following regulations shall apply for admission and registration.
Master’s Degree Programmes
(i)
At least a Second Class Honours Degree of Ambrose Alli University,
Ekpoma, or any other University of recognized standing in the relevant
discipline.
(ii)
Third Class Bachelor’s degree, plus PGD or 5 years post qualification
experience for education and law graduates or HND and any professional
qualification with appropriate PGD from a recognized University.
(iii)
No Department can be eligible to commence a postgraduate programme
unless it has produced three sets of undergraduate classes.
Ph.D Programmes
A graduate of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma, or of any other University of
recognized standing who possesses a Master’s degree appropriate to the intended course
may be admitted.
11
However, such intending candidate should have scored an average of at least 60 per cent
and above in his/her Master’s programme.
All applications for admission shall be accompanied or supported by academic transcripts
and recommendations from two academic referees.
Lapsed Admission
If a candidate does not begin his/her course of study one month after matriculation, such
admission will be deemed to have lapsed and he/she shall apply to the School of
Postgraduate Studies for re-admission if the candidate still desires to proceed on the
programme.
Deferment
Any student may defer his/her admission provided he/she had
formally registered and
paid school fees for the academic session under consideration. All such applications shall be
approved by the Board.
Reinstatement of Studentship
Deferred studentship may be reinstated by the approval of the Board after payment of the
prescribed fee.
Departmental Requirements
Notwithstanding regulations 3 (i) and (ii) above, a Department may require an applicant,
as a condition for admission, to undergo appropriate tests, interviews, examinations,
and/or take appropriate pre-requisite courses.
REGULATION 4
Registration and Renewal of Registration
(i) A student wishing to read for the Degree of Masters, or of Doctor of Philosophy
of the University must register with the School of Postgraduate Studies.
(ii) An offer of admission lapses if the candidate does not register in the
year of the offer and if he has not been permitted by the Board to defer the
offer of admission. Such candidate needs to re-apply to the University in the
usual way as if the candidate has not applied before.
(iii) All applications for registration shall be accompanied by the appropriate
registration fees.
(iv) Candidates shall renew registration at the beginning of each academic year. To
renew registration, the student would have completed the prescribed “Annual
Progress Report on PGD, Masters and Ph.D”.
Normal Registration
Registration and payment of fees shall normally be completed not later than three weeks
after the commencement of the course. Students of the University shall renew their
registration and pay the necessary fees at the beginning of each subsequent academic year
of their course.
Late Registration
(i) Any student who comes up to register within the first five weeks after the close
of normal registration shall pay a late registration fee.
(ii) Any student who fails to register within two months from the beginning of a
session shall not be allowed to register in that session and he/she shall forfeit the
benefit of taking any examinations in any semester of that session. Such a
student shall be deemed to have voluntarily withdrawn from the University and
may only be re-admitted in any subsequent session with the approval of Senate.
Such a session lost will count towards the maximum period for the programme.
12
REGULATION 5
Period of Study
The duration of the courses to be offered shall be as follows:
(i)
Master’s Degree Programme (Full-Time)
The duration may vary from Department to Department, provided it shall
be in the range of a minimum of 12 months and not more than 36 months. On
the application of the student and on the recommendation of the Departmental
Committee, the Board may extend the period of study for not more than
12 months.
(ii)
Master’s Degree Programme (Part-Time)
The duration shall be in the range of a minimum of 36 months and a
maximum of 48 months. Extension may be allowed for not more than 12
months
(iii)
Ph.D Programme (Full-Time)
The duration shall be a minimum of 36 months, and a maximum of 60
months.
(iv) Ph.D Programme (Part-Time)
The duration shall not be less than 60 months and a maximum of 96 months.
Note: In exceptional cases, an extension of not more than 12 months may be approved
by Senate on the recommendation of the Board for all the postgraduate programmes.
(v)
Post-Graduate Diploma
The duration shall not be less than 12 months and not more than 24 months.
REGULATION 6
Programme of Studies
(i)
The programme of studies for each degree/diploma shall be approved by
Senate on the recommendation of the Board.
(ii)
Candidates may be required to undergo a minimum period of professional
attachment or internship during the course as shall be approved by Senate on
the recommendation of the Board.
(iii)
Candidates shall be required, as directed, to prepare project(s) or long essay(s)
or research thesis(es) on the topic(s) approved by the Board on the
recommendation of the Departmental Postgraduate Committee.
(iv)
Examination in the prescribed courses shall be by means of not less than a
three-hour written paper in each course, taken at the period and venue
approved by the Board.
(v)
No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the prescribed examination(s) unless
such a candidate has:
(a)
appropriately registered for the course(s) leading to the examinations;
(b)
satisfied the minimum attendance of 80 per cent required for the
courses;
(c)
satisfactorily completed all other approved University or Departmental
requirements; and
(d)
all Postgraduate examinations shall commence two weeks after the
undergraduate examinations.
REGULATION 7
Approval of Thesis Title and Supervisors.
Candidates required to submit thesis as part of the requirements for the award of a
research degree shall not later than the beginning of the third semester of registration:
(i)
Be assigned to one or more supervisors by the Department.
13
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
Write a proposal of the research topic of their choice for the consideration of
the appropriate Departmental Committee and approval of the Board.
Where there is more than one supervisor, one of them shall be designated the
Supervisor and the other co-supervisor.
One or more supervisors, specialized in the area of study, shall be appointed
by the School of Postgraduate Studies Board on behalf of Senate on the
recommendation of the Departmental Graduate Committee to supervise the
work of each graduate student. The Supervisors may include not more than
one person of recognized expertise who is not a member of the University.
The Supervisor(s) shall submit a progress report on the work of the student
through the Head of Department to the Dean of School of Postgraduate
Studies annually before the student is eligible to renew his/her registration.
The Dean shall thereafter submit the report to the School of Postgraduate
Studies Board. A candidate whose progress has not been satisfactory may be
required to terminate his/her course.
No supervisor should take on more than Five Students at any time.
REGULATION 8
Standard and Presentation of Thesis/Dissertation
(i)
A thesis, dissertation, or project shall be prepared under the direction of a
supervisor(s) appointed by the Department with the approval of the Board.
(ii)
Projects, dissertations or theses shall be prepared according to the specific
standard approved by the Board on the recommendation of the appropriate
Departmental Committee.
(iii)
The project, thesis or dissertation must be a connected piece of work which
may comprise a series of chapters on related topics, provided that these are
accompanied by an adequate explanation of their relationship to each other
and to their wider content of the subject. The project, thesis or dissertation, if
already published in part or whole, shall be submitted in the published form.
(iv)
Where a project, thesis or dissertation or part thereof has been published or is
to be published, there shall be a statement indicating that the content of the
publication is in partial fulfillment of a higher degree of Ambrose Alli
University.
(v)
A candidate may not include in his thesis any material presented in fulfillment
of the requirements for any other University degree.
(vi)
The thesis or dissertation shall be the candidate’s original contribution to
knowledge. It must show evidence of independent investigation and judgment,
and the ability to collate the results of his/her works and present them in a
clear and systematic manner, showing a knowledge of the literature of the
subject.
(vii) Every project, thesis or dissertation shall normally be written in English. In
case the thesis/dissertation is permitted to be written in a language other than
English (that is, in an African or modern European languages), a summary of
the abstract in English shall be provided.
(viii) A project, thesis or dissertation must be accompanied by a short abstract
comprising not more than three hundred (300) words. This should be followed
by relevant chapters on introduction, literature review, materials and methods,
results and discussion, conclusion and recommendations.
14
REGULATION 9
Examination of the Research Degree
(i)
A candidate shall submit the title of his/her thesis for approval by the Board on
the recommendation of the appropriate Department, not later than three
months before submission of the thesis.
(ii)
After the title has been approved, it shall not be changed except with the
permission of the Board through the Departmental Committee.
The Board of Examiners shall comprise:
(i)
The Head of Department who will be the Chief Examiner and Chairman of the
Board of Examiners.
(ii)
The candidate’s supervisor (s).
(iii)
At least one other member of the University academic staff in a related field
nominated by the Board as School of Postgraduate Studies Representative.
(iv)
One Internal Examiner in a related field nominated by the HOD from the
Department.
(v)
Three External Examiners to be nominated by the Department from which the
School of Postgraduate Studies shall appoint one.
The examination of a research thesis shall be oral. It shall consist of the subject of the
thesis and the general field of knowledge to which the subject belongs.
Not later than two working days after the examination, the examiners shall complete
and submit on the prescribed forms, a report on the oral examination to the Secretary,
School of Postgraduate Studies.
The oral examination shall not be held earlier than four (4) weeks from the date of the
letter appointing the External Examiner.
If the examiners are unable to reach a unanimous decision, the Departmental
Committee shall recommend for the approval of the Board the appointment of a new
Board of Examiners.
Before the examination of a thesis, a candidate shall submit to the Board a
certification from his supervisor(s) and Head of Department to the effect that he/she
has satisfactorily fulfilled all the relevant requirements and evidence of registration of
title.
On considering the reports of the examiners of a thesis, the Board may:
(i)
Approve the thesis and recommend the award of the degree or diploma.
(ii)
Approve the thesis and recommend the award of degree, subject to the
ratification of minor corrections/amendments to be approved by the Internal
Examiner(s).
(iii)
Approve the thesis and recommend the award of degree subject to effecting
necessary corrections/amendments to be certified by the External Examiner.
(iv)
Reject the thesis with the opportunity to revise and re-submit it not later than
twelve (12) calendar months.
(v)
After giving the student the opportunity to make representations, reject the
thesis without the opportunity of revising and re-submitting it at a later date.
(vi)
If the thesis is satisfactory but the student fails to satisfy the examiners in the
oral and/or written examination, the student may be recalled for a second
written and/or oral examinations after a further period of study not exceeding
twelve (12) calendar months from the date of the first examination. However,
the examination cannot be repeated more than twice.
NOTE: Where the Head of Department is a student and under supervision in this or any
other University, another competent staff in the Department or the Dean of the Faculty
15
shall serve as Chairman of the Board of Examiners and Chief Examiner to examine the
project. Competent staff is defined as a staff who has himself/herself undergone a Ph.D
graduate research degree programme in this or any other University and has acquired five
years post Ph.D experience.
REGULATION 10
Submission of Thesis
(i)
Upon successful defence of thesis, the student shall be required to submit four
(4) bound copies of the thesis through the Head of Department, not later than
six (6) weeks after the date of the examination of the thesis.
(ii)
The hard bound copies of the thesis or dissertation, together with evidence of
payment of school fees, shall be submitted to the School of Postgraduate
Studies. Three of these copies, if the thesis or dissertation is successful, shall
become the property of the University and shall be deposited in the University
Library, in the Department concerned and in the School of Postgraduate
Studies. The fourth copy shall be retained by the Student.
(iii)
The bound thesis shall conform to the following specifications:
(a)
all copies shall be double-spaced transcript on one side of paper
only;
(b)
the size of the paper shall be A4, except for drawings and maps
for which there is no restriction;
(c)
the margin on sheet shall not be less than 30mm on the left hand
side, 13mm on the right, 25mm at the top and 13mm at the bottom;
(d)
There shall be a title page showing:
(i)
the title of the work;
(ii) the author’s name; and academic qualifications and matriculation number
only;
(iii) the department;
(iv) the degree;
(v) the name of the University,
(vi) the month of final submission;
(e)
there shall be an acknowledgement page;
(f)
there shall be table of contents showing appropriate pages where chapters,
sub-headings, table figures, references and appendices appear;
(g)
there shall be an abstract page which should not be more than three hundred
(300) words and single-spaced;
(h)
all pages shall be numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals at the bottom
except preliminary pages that shall be numbered in Roman figures;
(i)
the title and names on the cover page shall be on bold Gold letters;
(j)
student’s name, title of degree and year of award shall be on the bound spine
of the thesis;
(k)
students who satisfy all the requirements for the award of the Degree of Master,
Ph.D including the submission of the final bound copies of their theses or
dissertations shall graduate effective from the date Senate approves the results;
and
(l) where a thesis or dissertation for the Degree of Masters or Ph.D is rejected, it
may not be re-submitted for examination until after a minimum period of six (6)
months for masters and twelve (12) months for Ph.D.
16
REGULATION 11
Minimum Requirements for the Award of Postgraduate Diploma
To fulfill the requirements for the award of postgraduate diploma, each student shall:
(a) obtain an average mark of 50 per cent in all written examinations;
(b) defend his/her project; and
(c) satisfy each of the requirements as contained in Regulations 3 and 4.
REGULATION 12
Minimum Requirements for the Award of Master’s Degree
(i) To fulfill the requirements for the Master’s degree each student shall:
(a)
obtain an average mark of 50 per cent (C) in all written examinations;
and
(b)
satisfy each of the requirements as contained in Regulations 3 and 4.
(ii) A candidate who is absent without good cause from an examination for
which he/she has duly registered shall be deemed to have failed the
examination.
(iii) Where a candidate has been absent with good cause approved by the Board,
he/she shall be allowed to take the examination at the next available
opportunity without penalty.
(iv) The examination for the Master’s degree shall normally be by means of
written papers and by submission of a project report and defence of a thesis or
dissertation. No student shall proceed to submit thesis or dissertation unless
he/she has passed all other required examinations in the Department.
NOTE:
All Master’s degree programmes, including professional ones such as MBA, MPA, MIR,
PGD etc, shall be subject to External Examination (oral defence) with representation from
the School of Postgraduate Studies.
REGULATION 13
Types of Master’s Degrees
(i) There shall be two types of Master’s degrees in consonance with the objectives
of the University. Each Department shall select the particular type of Master’s
degree considered appropriate for it, subject to the approval of Senate on the
recommendation of the Board of School of Postgraduate Studies:
(a)
Master by course-work with written examination and research
thesis (e.g. MA and M.Sc.) These must be domiciled in academic
Departments.
(b)
Master by course-work with written examination and project (e.g.
MBA, MPA, MISS). These may be offered outside the
Departments.
(c)
Master of Philosophy Degree with course work and thesis.
(ii) All theses or projects must be examined by a Panel set up by the School of
Postgraduate Studies. Such a panel must include the Head of Department,
External Examiner, Supervisor, Internal Examiner and School of Postgraduate
Studies’ Representative.
17
REGULATION 14
Part-Time Studies
An applicant for registration for part-time studies leading to Master’s Degree and Ph.D
must comply with the following additional conditions:
(a)
Arrangement must be made for regular consultation between the
student and his/her supervisor and such consultations normally should
take place at least twice every month as applicable.
(b)
Where laboratory facilities are to be used outside the University, the
Supervisor and the Head of Department should ensure that the facilities
are adequate for the proposed study as applicable.
REGULATION 15
Minimum Requirements for the Award of the Ph.D Degree
All students for the Ph.D degree shall be required to pass the prescribed course-work and
oral examinations:
(i)
The oral examination shall be conducted by a panel made up of the following: the
Head of Department as Chairman, the Supervisor (s), External Examiner, Internal
Examiner and one representative from the School of Postgraduate Studies. Except
for the School of Postgraduate representative, every other member of the oral
examination panel shall be nominated by the Head of Department concerned.
NOTE: Where the supervisor cannot be present, another competent staff familiar
with the topic can fill-in for him or her in the oral examination.
(ii)
All appointments for oral examination shall be made by the Board at least four (4)
weeks before the date of such oral examination.
(iii) The member(s) representing the Board shall normally be someone with
knowledge of the general area of the student’s field of study.
(iv)
A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the oral examination shall be
allowed a single chance to repeat the examination not later than six (6) calendar
months after the first attempt.
NOTE: Where the HOD is the supervisor, the Dean of the Faculty or any competent staff
in the Department shall serve as Chairman of the oral examination.
REGULATION 16
Recognition of Partial Study Elsewhere
(i)
A student may, with the approval of Senate on the recommendation of
the Board, be permitted to transfer to this University for the Ph.D after
successfully completing course work in another University.
(ii)
The award of the Ph.D degree of Ambrose Alli University to such student
under regulation 15 above shall also be subject to:
(a)
the Board being satisfied with the title and detailed plan of study
before it is embarked upon;
(b)
the Board being ultimately responsible for the supervision of the
thesis through someone recommended by the Departmental
Committee and approved by the School of Postgraduate Studies;
(c)
The candidate meeting other requirements besides the
presentation and successful oral defence of the thesis;
(d)
The student spending a minimum of two (2) academic sessions in
the University before the degree can be awarded.
18
(iii)
The oral examination shall be conducted with the Head of Department as
Chairman, the student’s supervisor(s) and at least one other University
examiner appointed for the purpose by the Board and the School of
Postgraduate Studies’ representative.
(iv)
Appointment of a panel for the oral examination shall be made to the
Board at least six weeks before the date of such examination.
(v)
The additional member(s) representing the Board shall, normally, be
someone with knowledge of the general area of the student’s field of
study.
(vi) A student who fails to satisfy the requirement of the oral examination shall
be allowed a single chance to repeat the examination not later that six (6)
calendar months after the first attempt.
NOTE: Where the Head of Department is the supervisor, any competent staff in the
Department or the Dean of the Faculty shall serve as Chairman of the oral examination.
REGULATION 17:
Eligibility To Teach Graduate Courses
1.
Only the following categories of staff shall be permitted to teach graduate courses:
(a)
For courses at the doctoral level, only Lecturers with doctorate degrees
(with at least three years teaching experience at the University level) and
not less than Lecturer I can teach. The staff list of the Department must
include five (5) Ph.D holders whose official status should not be less than
Lecturer 1and one of which must be a Professor.
(b)
For Masters and Postgraduate Diploma, Lecturers with Master’s degrees in
relevant fields but not less than senior Lecturer (for Masters Programme)
and lecturer 1 ( for PGD) are eligible to teach.
2.
In accordance with Regulation 17(1) above, each Department shall submit for
approval of the Board at the beginning of each academic session, a list of eligible
staff qualified to teach graduate courses.
3.
The Board, for just cause under Regulation 17 (1) above, may:
(a)
refuse to register students for courses; and/or
(b)
refuse to approve courses of study, if the Board is satisfied that the
available teaching staff is inadequate under the regulation.
REGULATION 18
Eligibility to Supervise Graduate Theses
Only the following categories of staff shall be permitted to supervise graduate projects,
long essays, and research theses:
(a)
For Ph.D thesis, only Senior Lecturers and above who themselves have Ph.D
degrees can supervise. However, Lecturer I with Ph.D can co-supervise Ph.D
thesis.
(b)
For Master’s thesis, only holders of Ph.D with the rank of Lecturer Grade I
and above, are eligible to supervise. Holders of Master’s degree at the rank of
Senior Lecturer and above can also supervise.
(c)
For Postgraduate diploma, a Lecturer Grade I or Research Fellow Grade I and
above are eligible to serve as Supervisors, provided such staff has a Master’s
degree and is not a student under supervision in this or any other University.
NOTE: No Lecturer below the rank of Senior Lecturer should teach and supervise
postgraduate programmes. However, Lecturer I with a Ph.D Degree can supervise
19
Masters and co-supervise Ph.D students. Lecturer I with a Master’s Degree can
supervise postgraduate diploma project.
REGULATION 19
Role of Supervisors and/or Advisers
Supervisors shall be responsible for guiding and advising research students in the choice,
design, collection and analysis of data, and the writing of the required LongEssays/Projects or Theses.
Where a Supervisor retires or relocates before completion of thesis being supervised, the
Department must seek approval of Senate through the Board before the supervisor can
continue or be replaced.
REGULATION 20
Approval of Graduate Programmes and/or Courses
(i)
Approval of Graduate Diploma and Higher Degree Programmes shall be
by the Senate on the recommendation of the Board.
(ii)
No Graduate Diploma and Higher Degree Programme, or amendments to
programmes, shall be advertised and/or offered in the University unless
such had been approved by Senate on the recommendation of the Board.
(iii)
No graduate course(s), or amendments to existing course(s) shall be
offered in the University unless such have been approved by Senate on the
recommendation of the Board.
(iv)
Infringement of the above Regulation 20(i) to (iii) above, shall render such
programme(s) or course(s) null and void and of no effect, irrespective of
when the infringement is detected, for purposes of the award of the
Diploma or Higher Degree.
REGULATION 21
Effective Date of the Award of Graduate Degrees and Diplomas
The Degrees and Diplomas awarded on the recommendation of the School of
Postgraduate Studies shall take effect from the date Senate approves such results.
20
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
COURSE STRUCTURES
AND
DESCRIPTIONS
BY FACULTIES AND DEPARTMENTS
21
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
DEPARTMENTS
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS & EXTENSION
ANIMAL SCIENCE
CROP SCIENCE
SOIL SCIENCE
22
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS & EXTENSION
M.Sc. and Ph.D PROGRAMMES IN THE DEPARTMENT
1 (a) Philosophy of the Programme
The respective postgraduate programmes mounted in the Department of
Agricultural Economics and Extension are primarily aimed at developing the appropriate
high level manpower required to fill academic, managerial and leadership positions in the
administration of agricultural development programmes and policies in the agricultural
sub-sector of the Nigerian economy. The programmes also aim at developing the research
skills and knowledge necessary for the sustenance of growth in the academic disciplines
subsumed in Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Extension and Rural Sociology.
(b) Objectives of the Programmes
The primary objectives of graduate programmes in the Department include:
(i)
To stimulate and sustain interest in research in the fields of Agricultural
Economics, Agricultural Extension, Rural Sociology and related disciplines
covered in the curricular offered of the Department;
(ii)
To develop high level manpower in the respective areas of specialisation to
meet the Nation’s need for highly trained specialists.
(iii)
To enhance the management capacity of agricultural entrepreneurs/mangers.
2.
AREAS OF SPECIALISATION (M.Sc and Ph.D)
The Department of Agricultural Economics and Extension offers Full-Time and
Part-Time programmes leading to the award of Master of Science (M.Sc.) and Doctor of
Philosophy (Ph.D) Degrees in the following areas:
(a)
Agricultural Economics with options in:
(i)
Agricultural Resource Economics
(ii)
Farm Management and Production Economics
(iii)
Agricultural Marketing
(iv)
Agricultural Co-operatives
(v)
Agricultural Finance
(vi)
Agric-Business
(b)
Agricultural Extension and Rural Sociology with options in :
(i)
Agricultural Programme Planning and Evaluation
(ii)
Agricultural Administration
(iii)
Agricultural Advertising/Communication
(iv)
Community/Rural Development
(v)
Extension Processes and Practice
(vi)
Rural Sociology
3.
(i)
MASTER OF SCIENCE (M.Sc.) DEGREE PROGRAMME
Any B.Sc. (Agric) or B.Agric. graduate from Ambrose Alli University or any
other recognized University (approved by the Senate of the University) is eligible to
apply. All candidates applying must have a minimum of Second Class (Lower Division)
Honours Degree in Agriculture, Home Economics, Economics, Sociology or other related
fields. Candidates with relevant field experience but with lower qualification than a
23
Second Class Lower Division may be considered for admission. Candidates admitted but
with undergraduate deficiencies may be required to make up such deficiencies without
credit during the first semester of study.
(ii)
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D) PROGRAMME
The Ph.D Degree programme is research oriented and aimed at preparing
Candidates for research and careers in institutions of higher learning. To qualify for
admission into any of the programmes at this level, the candidate must possess the M.Sc.
Degree in Agricultural Economics/Extension from Ambrose Alli University or any other
recognized University and in the relevant field of study.
4.
REQUIREMENT FOR THE AWARD OF HIGHER DEGREES
Master’s Degree
To fulfill the requirements for the award of the degree of Master’s in Agricultural
Economics and Extension, every student shall:
(a)
Register for and pass a minimum of 30 units which must include
core/compulsory and elective/optional courses and a research
thesis/dissertation.
(b)
Obtain not less than 50% in any written examination.
(c)
Present a research proposal to the Department.
(d)
Present at least a Seminar in the area of research topic approved by the
Board in partial fulfillment of the award of the degree of Masters.
(e)
Pass an oral examination of the dissertation before a panel of examiners
approved by Postgraduate School Board.
M.Phil Degree
To qualify for the award of M.Phil. in Agricultural Economics and Extension, a
student must have scored up to 55% but less than 60% and must:
(a)
Pass course work examinations (where applicable).
(b)
Present research proposal to the Department.
(c)
Present of Seminar(s) according to the requirements of the Department.
(d)
Successfully defend the thesis in an oral examination.
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Degree
The requirements for the award of Ph.D in Agricultural Economics or Agricultural
Extension shall include:
(a)
Passing course work examination (where applicable)
(b)
(c)
Department.
(d)
Successful defense of the thesis in an oral examination.
5.
(a)
STRUCTURE OF THE M.Sc. PROGRAMME
Qualification for the Award of M.Sc. Degree
The study for the degree of Master shall be prosecuted by research work to be
presented in dissertation together with course work to be examined in eight (8) written
papers each of three hours duration. Research shall constitute not less than one-third (1/3 )
of the total credit load. To qualify for the award of Degree of Master of Science, the
24
candidate must have taken and passed a total of not less than 24 units of course work and
12 units of Research (Investigative Project).
(b)
Course Work
Students would be required to register for a minimum of 24 credit units (which
includes the seminar). The courses to be registered for will be from the following groups:
(i)
Remedial Courses
These carry no credit units towards the higher degree as they are mainly for
students admitted with known deficiencies in their background.
(ii)
Core Courses
Courses to be taken by specializing in the related areas. The core courses are
compulsory and are of direct relevance to the fields of study.
(iii)
Elective or Optional Courses
These are normally taken from related disciplines if so recommended by the
Department. They carry credit units.
(c)
Dissertation (Research)
The subject for the dissertation/thesis will normally be chosen from within the
research areas of the relevant Master’s Degree option. Before embarking on the research,
every student will be required to submit a Research Proposal which must be approved by
the Graduate School Board on the recommendation of the Departmental Graduate
Committee.
(d)
Seminar
A student will be required to attend all Departmental Seminars. He/She must
present a Seminar in his/her area of specialization before the presentation of the final
research report to be embodied in a dissertation.
(e)
Duration
Full-Time Master’s by Course Work, Thesis/Dissertation and Oral Examination:
A minimum of 2 Semesters and a maximum of 4 Semesters.
6.
(a)
STRUCTURE OF THE Ph.D PROGRAMME
Research
The Degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) programme shall be by research
mainly the results of which shall be embodied in a dissertation. A candidate who is
enrolled in the Ph.D programme will be expected to carry out his/her Research under
close supervision of his/her supervisor(s).
(b)
Seminar
A student will be required to attend all Departmental Seminars. He/She must
present at least one Seminar in his/her area of specialization before the defence of the
thesis.
(c)
Course Work (Remedial)
Course work for Ph.D candidates (if applicable) shall be as may be prescribed by
the Departmental Graduate Committee with the approval of the Faculty Graduate
Committee but must not be more than 12 credit units.
(d)
Duration
A minimum of 4 Semesters beyond the Master’s Degree and a maximum of 12
Semesters.
25
7.
COURSES AVAILABLE
(A) AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS OPTIONS
First Semester
1. Compulsory Courses for MSc. Programme
Course code
Course Title
AEC701
Micro – Economic Theory
AEC702
Advanced Statistics
AEC703
Research Methods
AEC710
Seminar
Units
3
3
3
2
Group
C
C
C
C
2. Optional Courses
Course code
Course Title
AEC704
Advanced. Agric Resource Economics
AEC705
Advance Agric Production Economics
AEC706
Agric Credit and Finance
AEC707
Agric Marketing & Business Finance
AEC708
Advanced Agricultural Cooperatives
AEC709
Agricultural Insurance
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
Group
E
E
E
E
E
E
Units
3
3
3
12
Group
C
C
C
C
Second Semester
1.
Compulsory Courses
Course code
COURSE TITLE
AEC711
Advanced Quantitative Analysis
AEC712
Macro-Economic Theory
AEC713
Advanced Econometrics
AEC720
Thesis
2.
Optional Courses
Course code
COURSE TITLE
AEC714
Management of Agricultural Enterprises
AEC715
Water Resource Economics
AEC716
Agricultural Development & Policy
AEC717
Advanced Project Appraisal & Planning
AEC718
International Trade In Agricultural Commodities
AEC719
Agricultural Price Analysis
Units
2
2
2
3
2
2
Group
E
E
E
E
E
E
Note: Candidates will be required to register at least two courses from among the courses
prescribed in the respective options.
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Agricultural Resource Economics
Advanced. Agric Resource Economics
Water Resource Economics
26
(AEC704)
(AEC705)
(AEC715)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Farm Management and Production Economics
(AEC705)
(AEC706)
Management of Agricultural Enterprises (AEC714)
Advanced Project Appraisal & Planning (AEC717)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Agricultural Marketing
International Trade In Agricultural Commodities
Agricultural Price Analysis
(d)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Agricultural Cooperatives
Advanced Agricultural Cooperatives
Agricultural Development & Policy
(e)
(i)
(ii)
(iv)
(v)
Agricultural Finance
(f)
(i)
(ii)
(iv)
(v)
Agri-business
Management of Agricultural Enterprises
(B)
AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION OPTION
(AEC707)
(AEC718)
(AEC719)
(AEC706)
(AEC707)
(AEC708)
(AEC716)
(AEC706)
(AEC707)
(AEC709)
(AEC717)
(AEC706)
(AEC707)
(AEC709)
(AEC714)
First Semester
1.
Compulsory Courses for M.Sc Programme
Course code
Course Title
Units
AEX701
Research Methods
3
AEX702
Administration & Supervision in Extension
3
AEX703
Social & Technological Change in Rural Society
3
AEX710
Seminar
2
2.
Optional Courses
Course code
Course Title
Units
AEX704
Monitoring, Evaluation & Management of Agric Projects
3
AEX705
Cooperative Extension Work
3
AEX706
Intermediate Sociological Theory
3
AEX707
Rapid Rural Appraisal & Community Development
2
AEX708
Rural Community Organization & Extension
2
AEX709
Survey of Sociological Methods
3
27
Group
C
C
C
C
Group
E
E
E
E
E
E
Second Semester
1.
Compulsory Courses for M.Sc Programme
Course code
Course Title
AEX712
Comparative Extension Systems & Methods
AEX713
Advanced Programme Planning & Evaluation
AEX720
Thesis
2.
Optional Courses
Course code
Course Title
AEX711
Application of Rural Sociology to Rural Problems
AEX714
Communication & Teaching Methods in Extension
AEX715
Budget Development & Control in Extension
AEX716
Agro-Industrial Extension Information Generation
& Utilization
AEX717
Design &Administration of Training Programmes
in Extension
AEX718
Leadership & Group Dynamics
AEX719
Principles of Advertising
Units
3
3
12
Group
C
C
C
Units
2
3
2
2
Group
E
E
E
E
3
E
2
2
E
E
Note: Candidates will be required to register at least two courses from among the courses
prescribed in the respective options.
(a)
Programme Planning and Evaluation
(i)
Monitoring, Evaluation & Management Of Agric Projects (AEX704)
(ii)
Budget Development & Control in Extension
(AEX715)
(iii)
(AEC713)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Agricultural Administration
Design &Administration of Training Programmes in
Extension
(AEX705)
(AEX717)
(AEX718)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Extension Process and Practice
Monitoring, Evaluation & Management Of Agric Projects
(d)
(i)
(ii)
Agricultural Advertising and Communication
Agro-Industrial Extension Information Generation &
Utilization
Principles of Advertising
Community/Rural Development
Rural Community Organization & Extension
(iii)
(e)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
28
(AEX704)
(AEX705)
(AEX714)
(AEX714)
(AEX716)
(AEX719)
(AEX707)
(AEX708)
(AEX711)
(AEX718)
(f)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Rural Sociology
Intermediate Sociological Theory
Survey of Sociological Methods
8.
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
(AEX707)
(AEX706)
(AEX709)
(AEX711)
(A)
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS
AEC 701 – Micro Economic Theory (3 Units)
Theory of consumer behaviour; theory of supply and demand; theory of the firm;
market structure and competition theory of price and distribution; general equilibrium
analysis; fundamentals of welfare economics.
AEC 702 – Advanced Statistics (3 Units)
Probability and random variables – independent and joint distributions and their
expectations; central limit theory; analysis of variance; multiple comparisons and
economic application of stochastic process; principles of sampling theory as
developed for use in sampling surveys – sampling procedures (simple random
sampling, stratified random sampling, systematic sampling, cluster sampling, nested
sampling); Sources of errors in sampling surveys; construction of economic models
for empirical analysis; linear and curvi – linear models; regression and correlation
analysis.
AEC 703 – Research Methods (3 Units)
Steps in the research process and their application; Evaluation treatment of economic
data in agriculture with emphasis on methods of analysis and relations among
variables. Sources of data and data collection procedures; research designs in social
research; data generation with emphasis on field surveys; analyzing data and reporting
results elements of computer programming.
AEC 704 – Advanced Agricultural Resource Economic (3 Units)
Economic analysis of agricultural resources including availability, exploitation,
pricing, evaluation, conservation and management with particular reference to those
relating to agriculture such as energy (both urban and rural), land resources, water
resources, environmental management for urban and rural recreation.
AEC 705 – Advanced Agricultural Production Economics (3 Units)
Theories of production; agricultural production functions; resource returns and
production in agriculture; agricultural cost and supply functions; optimization of
production and farm equilibrium; farm planning and linear programming; efficiency
and innovation in agriculture.
AEC706 – Agricultural Credit and Finance (3 Units)
A surveys of the place of credit and rural finance in Agricultural development
strategies; income statement, the balance sheet and cash flow statement, flow of fund
analysis. Financial leverage. Compounding, discounting and capital budgeting. Cost
of capital. Financial analysis and control. Financial markets and agricultural lending.
Formulation and appraisal projects.
AEC707 – Agricultural Marketing & Business Finance (3 Units)
Marketing – scope, concept and meaning. Agricultural marketing in the context of
national economic development. Supply and demand aspects of agricultural products.
29
Marketing margins and marketing structure and institutions, consumer behaviour,
international trade in Agricultural products, agricultural price analysis, pricing
decisions and policy, advertising and promotions; marketing institutions - cooperatives, marketing boards and other organizations, financing agricultural
marketing institutions.
AEC 708 – Advanced Agricultural Co-operatives (3 Units)
Evaluation of Co-operative theory, doctrine and principles; structure and types of
modern co-operatives; members interest, goals and participation in co-operatives.
Concepts and policies for the promotion of co-operatives. Management and
Administration of co-operatives; co0operative financing; trend in co-operative law.
AEC709 – Agricultural Insurance (3 Units)
Nature of risk and uncertainly in agriculture; alternative risk management techniques
in agriculture, insurability of agricultural risks, objectives and types of crop insurance
schemes, importance and forms of livestock and other farm enterprises, farm property
and farm engineering insurance, personal and liability insurance for farmers.
Principle, procedure, organization and operation of the Nigerian Agricultural
Insurance Schemes Method of premium and indemnity calculations.
AEC710 – Seminar (2 Units)
Independent paper to be presented by the candidate on any problem of interest to the
student. Paper should address contemporary problems and issues in agricultural
economics in Nigeria or any developing country.
AEC711 - Advanced Quantitative Analysis for Agric Economics (3 Units)
The nature of mathematical economics, variables, numbers, functions, relations and
graphs. The concept of set. Rules of differentiation, differentials. Integration, Linear
model and matrix algebra. Partial market equilibrium. Comparative static analysis.
Optimization problems.
AEC712 – Macro-Economic Theory (3 Units)
The mechanics of national income determination; demand for and supply of money;
investment demand, classical prince level; monetarists view of income and
employment; wage-price dynamics, growth theories and theories of technical
progress; general equilibrium systems and welfare theory.
AEC713 – Advanced Econometrics (3 Units)
Basic concepts in Economics; simple linear regression model, violation of basic
assumptions, consequence and remedies. Multiple regression and correlation, simple
equation problems. Formulation and estimation of special models; models with binary
variables; models with restricted coefficients, non-linear models etc. simultaneous
equation system. Special problem area and seminars.
AEC714 – Management of Agricultural Enterprises (2 Units)
Advanced treatment of establishing farm business ventures and management
principles; the theory of the firm production, plant management and location analysis,
layout planning and material handling; purchase and inventory. Production and
marketing analysis, distribution channels; consumer analysis, production marketing
planning and control, government regulation services and public policy. (Case
studies)
AEC715 – Water Resource Economics (2 Units)
Water resources management including irrigation, transportation. Taxonomy of
Fisheries: Marine and fresh water fishery resources, Economics of fish farming, yields
30
from aquatic resources – maximum sustainable yield; sea and freshwater fishery
degrees.
AEC716 – Agricultural Development and Policy (2 Units)
Analysis of policy processes; Barriers to change – economic, sociological and
political. The role of agriculture in World economy systems of agriculture.
Theoretical models of agricultural development. Constraints to development.
Approaches to development. Techniques of economic analysis for agricultural
development. Agricultural policy.
AEC717 – Advanced Project Appraisal and Planning (3 Units).
Definition and classification of project and project evaluation, concept of investment,
project evaluation, stages and forms of project formulation and evaluation, evaluation
of project from the standpoints of private enterprise and national economy, interrelationships among projects, project evaluation and macro planning, accounting
prices and shadow prices; alternative methods of evaluating Agricultural projects.
Treatment of environmental accounting.
AEC718 – International Trade in Agricultural Commodity (2 Units)
The concepts comparative advantage terms of trade, inter-regional specialization and
balance of payments; Analysis of price trend, volume, value and composition of trade
of major agricultural commodities; Tariffs and other restriction on World Trade in
Agricultural Commodities; effects of major regional grouping on world trade in
Agricultural commodities.
AEC719 – Agricultural Price Analysis (2 Units)
Principles of price determination; Demand for agricultural products including demand
elasticities and price flexibility coefficients; Supply relationships in agriculture; Price
determination in theory and practice; Prince differences and variability; Marketing
margins for farm products; Price differences associated with quality; Spatial price
relationships; Price differences associated with services; Price variation through time
including the cobweb model; Bahaviour of aggregate farm prices pricing institutions;
Mechanism for establishing farm prices; Commodity futures markets; Government
intervention in pricing farm products; Empirical price analysis; Price indices
including parity prices; Price forecast based on observed trends, seasonal cycles,
moving average, the balance sheet, graphs and empirical demand and supply
relationship.
(B)
AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION, RURAL/COMMUNITY
DEVELOPMENT AND RURAL SOCIOLOGY
AEX 701 – Research Methods (3 Units)
Introduction to the scientific methods and attitudes; The meaning and purpose of
research; Defining a research problem; Research Design; The research process
(identifying problem, stating objectives, hypotheses formulation and testing, literature
review, data coding, reporting, etc); Identifying, labeling and measuring variables;
Measurement scales and data collection; Statistical tools – parametric and nonparametric; Data Analysis techniques. Presentation of report with special emphasis on
reference documentation.
AEX702 – Administration and Supervision in Extension (3 Units)
Basic concepts of administration and supervision and their application to Extension
programmes; Theories, principles and guidelines of administration; The
31
administrative process; Administrative functions and responsibilities in agricultural
extension organizations; Motivation, staff development, recruitment, selection,
placement and management of personnel; The concept of coordination; Problems of
administering extension agencies.
AEX703 – Social and Technological Change in Rural Society (3 Units)
Dimensions of social change; Technological change and rural transformation;
Technological change and agricultural modernization; Cross-cultural diffusion of
innovations (transfer of technology in agriculture); the concept of appropriate
technology, indigenous knowledge; Techniques for introducing technology into rural
societies.
AEX704 – Monitoring Evaluation and Management of Agricultural Projects (2
Units)
Meaning and importance of monitoring in programme development and
implementation; Survey of comparative agricultural environments; Information/data
management; Inventory management; Valuing projects; Government policies as they
affect project execution – Regulations and implications of non-compliance;
Procedures for awarding contracts on large projects; Problems of monitoring,
evaluation and management of agricultural projects in Nigeria.
AEX705 – Cooperative Extension Work (3 Units)
The role of extension education in agricultural development; Advanced consideration
of the philosophy, purpose and principles of extension; Institutional framework of
extension; Issues in contemporary practice worldwide (e.g. problems and prospects of
private commercialized extension delivery systems); comparative analysis of
extension systems in Nigeria; An overview of extension programmes attempted in
Nigeria; Approaches and strategies used in Extension; Youth programmes in
extension; The role of cooperative organization in extension delivery.
AEX706 – Intermediate Sociological Theory (3 Units)
Definition, evolution and nature of sociological theories; The structure of scientific
revolutions; The theories of social change – evolutionism, neo-evolutionism,
structural-functional theory, Marxism and the conflict theory; The typologies of
Ferdinand Tonnies, Radfield, Durkheim, Talcot Parson etc.; Resistance to change.
AEX707 – Rapid Rural Appraisal and Community Development (2 Units)
The philosophy, scope and techniques of rapid rural appraisal; Methods, extension
communication and community development; Implications of rapid rural development
for agricultural development; Application of different tools of the trade for decision
making.
AEX708 – Rural Community Organisation and Extension (2 Units)
Definitions, variations and historical factors shaping modern community
organizations, Models of community organization practice; Community power
structure, linkage between systems, citizen participation and community organization;
The politics of planning and public interest; Specific case studies.
AEX709 – Survey of Sociological Methods (3 Units)
Methods of Sociological research; Methodological issues and problems in social
research; Approaches in social research; Experimental and non-experimental designs
in sociological research; Unobtrusive measures; Definition of variables in social
researches; The concept of social facts; Measurement approaches; Rules for
32
observation; Study of the historical methods, Cross-cultural and cross-national
surveys, Experiments, Replications, Participant observation, etc. Level of analysis.
AEX710 – Seminar on Problems of Extension (2 Units)
Independent paper to be presented by the candidate on any problem of interest to the
student. Paper should address contemporary problems and issues in extension delivery
in Nigeria or any developing country.
AEX711 – Application of Rural Sociology to Rural Problems (2 Units)
Application of sociological, anthropological and social psychological concepts and
methods to the problems of institutions and agencies concerned with rural
development work; Special emphasis is placed on programmes for agricultural
extension; Social and cultural factors affecting rural extension work; Introducing and
inducing change in rural areas.
AEX712 – Comparative Extension Systems and Methods (3 Units)
A comparison of the extension organization and methods in a number of countries
like USA, India, Malawi, Ethiopia, Kenya, Canada, Israel and the Philippines. Factors
contributing to effective extension in these countries and their implications for
Nigeria.
AEX713 – Advanced Programme Planning and Evaluation (3 Units)
Importance of programme planning in agricultural extension work; The relevance of
social and educational concept to the process of programme planning; Relationship
between planning, execution and evaluation of programmes; The concept of
evaluation; Types and models of evaluation; Purpose and importance of evaluation in
programming; Principles of evaluation.
AEX714 – Communication and Teaching Methods in Extension (2 Units)
Meaning and definition of the concept communication and extension communication;
The communication process; Major communication models and theories; Principles
and methods of communication in extension; The role of communication in diffusion
of agricultural innovations; The teaching-learning process in extension; Principles of
teaching; Methods used in extension teaching (procedures, advantages and
disadvantages); Preparation and use of audio-visual aids in communication; The use
of the computer in communication in extension; obtaining agricultural information
online via the internet (browsing); The application of media in extension education;
Conditions for the utilization of media and the conservation of learning; Basic steps in
equipment operation and production of materials (e.g. extension leaflets, advert bits,
TV programmes, etc).
AEX715 – Budget Development and Control in Extension (2 Units)
General principles of budget development – requirements, procedures, controls, the
concept of budget discipline; financial policies of tiers of government in Nigeria visà-vis funds for agricultural extension work in the country; Fiscal policies and their
implications for agricultural development; Budget appraisal/evaluation (micro and
macro levels).
AEX716 – Agro-Industrial Extension Information Generation and Utilisation (2
Units)
Aims and objectives, operations and organization of Agro-Industrial related
institutions for design and production of simple farm tools and equipment (e.g., the
Research institutions, Nigerian Centre for Agricultural Mechanization, Universities,
NIHORT, CRIN, NIFOR, etc); Linkages within and between these organizations and
33
other public organizations; Industrial information generation and packaging; Visit to
the agro-industries within the environment.
AEX717 – Design and Administration of Training Programmes in Extension (3
Units)
Identification of training needs in extension in Nigeria; Functions and status of
training in organization; Training techniques used in extension; Administration of
training programmes; Types of training programmes available in the extension system
in Nigeria; Factors affecting effectiveness of training programmes in extension
agencies in Nigeria.
AEX718 – Leadership and Group Dynamics and Extension (2 Units)
Concepts of leadership; leadership patterns and characteristics (traditional and
contemporary, formal and informal) and their importance in extension work and
community programmes; Identification of leaders; raining of leaders for community
and rural development; Types of groups (formal and informal).
AEX719 – Principles of Advertising (2 Units)
Design and production of instructional materials for media use; Basic principles of
advertising; Introductory mass communication practices; Cost management in
advertising; News item production and editing; Elements of media programming;
Inductory broadcasting and voice recording; Stage management; Practice in the
production of commercial advertisements.
34
DEPARTMENT OF ANIMAL SCIENCE
1. PHILOSOPHY OF THE PROGRAMME
The philosophy of the Master of Science and Ph.D. degree programmes in Animal
Science is to develop high level manpower to pursue careers in academics and research in
Animal Science as well as in the livestock feeds and other agro-based industries for the
consequent benefit of all sectors of human endeavours as well as for public
understanding.
2. OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAMME
(i) To equip students with research skills in Animal Science through the conduct of
supervised research, seminars and thesis write up.
(ii) To develop the creative ability of our students as well as inculcate in then that
intellectual independence.
(iii)To produce highly skilled students in all specializations of Animal Science to
become effective managers of livestock establishments.
3. DURATION OF PROGRAMMES
Full-Time Master’s by Course Work, Thesis/Dissertation and Oral Examination: A
minimum of 2 Semesters and a maximum of 4 Semesters.
Part-Time Master’s by Course Work, Thesis/Dissertation and Oral Examination: A
minimum of 4 Semester and a maximum of 8 Semesters.
Masters of Philosophy (M.Phil)
A minimum of 2 Semesters after Master’s Degree and maximum of 4 Semesters.
Extension may be granted for not more than 1 Semester only.
M.Phil/Ph.D:
A minimum of 2 Semesters and a maximum of 4 Semesters, during which, the
candidate is required to write and pass a Conversion Examination and is expected to
score not less than 60%;
Present a proposal in his/her intended field of specialization. An average score of 60%
qualifies the candidate for conversion to the Ph.D programme. However, a score less
than 60% qualifies him/her for the M.Phil degree.
Ph.D Programme
Full-Time: A minimum of 4 Semesters beyond the Master’s Degree and a maximum of
12 Semesters.
Part-Time: A minimum of 8 Semesters beyond the Master’s Degree and a maximum of
12 Semesters.
4. PROGRAMMES OFFERED
a) Master of Science (M.Sc.) in Animal Science
b). Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in Animal Science
5. OPTIONS / SPECIALIZATIONS
(a) Master of Animal Science (M.Sc)
With specialization in
(i) Animal Nutrition and Biochemistry
(ii) Animal Physiology and Reproduction
35
(iii)Animal Breeding and Genetics
(iv) Animal Production and Management
(v) Meat Science and Technology
(b) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) with specialization in
(i) Animal Nutrition and Biochemistry
(ii) Animal Physiology and Reproduction
(iii) Animal Breeding and Genetics
(iv) Animal production and management
(v) Meat Science and Technology
6. STRUCTURE OF THE POSTGRADUATE PRORAMMES
(a) Master of Science (M.Sc) Degree Programme in Animal Sciences
Students are also equipped with research skills through the conduct of supervised
research, seminars and thesis write up.
(b) Doctor of philosophy
The philosophy of the Doctor of Philosoph (PhD) Degree programme in Animal
Science is soly by seminar presentations and research work.
7. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
(a) Master of Science (M.Sc) Degree
To be admitted into the degree of Master of Science programme, a candidate shall
(i) Hold a good honours degree in Agriculture with a minimum of second class lower
division of Ambrose Alli University and from any other university recognized by the
senate of Ambrose Alli University.
(ii) A postgraduate Diploma in Animal science with not less than a credit pass from
any university recognised by the senate of the university.
Students who come in for the M Sc. programme with an honours degree from other
fields of Agriculture outside Animal Science shall be required to take some remedial
courses at the undergraduate level. Credits earned in such remedial course shall not
be used as part of the M.Sc. cumulative credits.
(b) Doctor of philosophy (Ph.D.) degree
To qualify for Admission into the Ph.D. programme, a candidate must hold a Masters
Degree in Animal Science in his area of specialization or other related areas of study from
Ambrose Alli University or any other University approved by the senate of the
University.
8. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE AWARD OF HIGHER DEGREES
Master’s Degree
To fulfill the requirements for the award of the degree of Master’s in
Animal Science, every student shall:
(a) Register for and pass a minimum of 30 units which must include
core/compulsory and elective courses and a research thesis/dissertation.
(b) Obtain not less than 50% in any written examination.
(c) Present a research proposal to the Department.
(d) Present at least a Seminar in the area of research topic approved by the Board in
partial fulfillment of the award of the degree of Masters.
36
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e) Pass an oral examination of the dissertation before a panel of examiners approved
by Postgraduate School Board.
M.Phil Degree
To qualify for the award of M.Phil. in Animal Science, a student must
have scored up to 55% but less than 60% and must:
Pass course work examinations (where applicable).
Present research proposal to the Department.
Present of Seminar(s) according to the requirements of the Department.
Successfully defend the thesis in an oral examination.
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Degree
The requirements for the award of Ph.D. in Animal Science shall include:
(a)
Passing course work examination (where applicable)
(b)
(c)
Department.
(d)
Successful defence of the thesis in an oral examination.
9. COURSE OUTLINE
(i) Animal Nutrition and Biochemistry Option
First semester (Core courses)
Course Code
Course Title
Credit Units
ANS 702 Carbohydrate, lipid and Energy metabolism
3
ANS 703 Protein and nucleic Acid Metabolism
2
ANS 704 Mineral and Vitamin Metabolism
3
ANS 745 Research Techniques and Animals Experimentation
3
TOTAL
11
Optional Courses
ANS 701 Instrumentation in Agric. Biochemistry and Animal Nutrition
2
ANS 705 Biochemical Control Mechanisms and Action of Hormones
2
ANS 706 Practical Animal Nutrition and Feed Formulation
2
ANS 708 Advances in Poultry Production and Management
2
ANS 709 Elements of Food Science
3
ANS 716 Advances in Beef Cattle Production and Management
3
ANS 723 Endocrinology
2
Second Semester (Core Courses)
Course code
Course Title
ANS 711
Advanced Monogastric Nutrition
ANS 712
Advanced Ruminant Nutrition
ANS 713
Selected Topics in Animal Production and Nutrition
ANS 750
Seminar
ANS 799
Dissertation / Thesis
TOTAL
Optional Courses
ANS 714
Toxicological Aspects of Nutrition
ANS 715
Livestock Diseases and Control
37
Credit Units
2
2
2
2
6
14
2
2
ANS 716
Advances in Dairy Cattle Production and Management
3
ANS 717
Advances in Small Ruminant Production and Management
3
(ii) Animal Physiology and Reproduction Option
First Semester (Core Courses)
Course Code
Course Title
Credit Units
ANS 721
Environmental Physiology
3
ANS 722
Digestive Physiology
3
ANS 724
Reproduction Physiology and Animal Experimentation
3
ANS 745
Research Techniques and Animals Experimentation
3
TOTAL
12
Optional Courses
ANS 705
Biochemical Control Mechanisms and Action of Hormones 2
ANS 706
Practical Animal Nutrition and Feed
Formulation
2
ANS 723
Endocrinology
2
ANS 731
Animal Breeding and Selection
3
Course Code
Course Title
Credit Units
ANS 725
Advanced Techniques in Animal Physiology
3
ANS 726
Special Topics in Animal Physiology
2
ANS 727
Growth and Metabolism
3
ANS 750
Seminar
2
ANS 799
6
TOTAL
16
Optional Courses
ANS 713
3
ANS 715
2
ANS 734
Advanced Techniques in Animal Breeding
3
ANS 736
Animal Products Technology
3
(iii) Animal Breeding and Genetics Option
Course code Course Title
Credit Units
ANS 731
3
ANS 733
Quantitative Genetic Theory in Animal Breeding
3
ANS 745
Research Techniques and Animal Experimentation
3
TOTAL
9
Optional Courses
ANS 706
Practical Animal Nutrition and Feed Formulation
2
ANS 721
Environmental Physiology
3
ANS 724
Reproductive physiology and Artificial Insemination
3
ANS 732
Problems of Animal Breeding and Selection
3
Course code
Course Title
Credit Units
ANS 734
Advanced Techniques in Animal Breeding
3
ANS 735
Special Topics in Animal Breeding and Genetic Engineering
3
ANS 750
Seminar
2
ANS 799
6
TOTAL
14
38
Optional Courses
ANS 715
2
ANS 725
3
ANS 726
3
(iv) Animal Production and Management Option
Course code
Course Title
Credit Units
ANS 707
Advances in Beef Cattle Production and Management
3
ANS 708
Advances in Poultry Production and Management
3
ANS 745
3
TOTAL
9
Optional Courses
ANS 706
Practical Animal Nutrition and Feed Formulation
2
ANS 709
Elements of Food Science
3
ANS 722
Digestion Physiology
3
ANS 724
Reproduction Physiology and Artificial Insemination
3
ANS 731
3
Second Semester (Core Course)
Course Code
Course Title
Credit Units
ANS 713
2
ANS 716
Advances in Dairy Cattle Production and Management
3
ANS 717
Advances in Small Ruminants Production and Management
3
ANS 750
Seminar
2
ANS 799
6
TOTAL
16
Optional Courses
ANS 715
2
ANS 718
Pasture and Range Management
2
ANS 736
3
(v) Meat Science and Technology Option
First Semester Core Courses
Course Code
Course Title
Credit Units
ANS 703
Protein and Nucleic Acid Metabolism
3
ANS 709
Elements of Food Science
3
ANS 728
Animal Products
3
ANS 745
3
TOTAL
12
Optional Courses
ANS 701 Instrumentation in Agric. Biochemistry and Nutrition
2
ANS 702 Carbohydrates, Lipids, and Energy Metabolism
3
ANS 705 Biochemical Control Mechanisms and action of Hormones
2
ANS 706 Practical animal Nutrition and Feed Formulation
2
ANS 707 Advances in Beef cattle Production and Management
3
ANS 708 Advances in Poultry Production and Management
3
39
Second Semester (Core Course)
Course code
Course Title
ANS 713
ANS 736
ANS 750
Seminar
ANS 799
TOTAL
Optional Courses
ANS 714
Toxicological Aspects of Nutrition
ANS 716
Advances in Diary Cattle Production and Management
ANS 725
ANS 727
ANS 737
Advances in Post-Harvest Technology
Credit units
2
3
2
6
13
2
3
3
3
3
10. SYNOPSIS OF M.Sc. ANIMAL SCIENCE COURSES
ANS 701 Instrumentation in Agric. Biochemistry and Animal Nutrition (2 units)
Practical course on commonly used instruments on the farm and in laboratory
including calorimeter, electrophoresis equipment, chromatographic separation of
compounds and mixtures, spectrophotometers and florimeters.
ANS 702 Advanced course in carbohydrate, Lipids and Energy (3 units)
Metabolism. Basic chemistry and Utilization of carbohydrate, lipids as energy in
monogastric and ruminant animals. Different metabolic pathways of carbohydrate,
and lipids in animals.
ANS 703 Advanced course in Protein and Nucleic Acids (3 units)
Basic chemistry and utilization of protein and nucleic acid in farm animals. Various
metabolic pathways involving protein utilization and of waste management in animal
protein.
ANS 704 Advanced course in Mineral and Vitamin Metabolism (3 units)
Basic Chemistry of macro and micro minerals, fats and vitamins, Metabolic activities
of minerals and vitamins. Sources and symptoms of deficiencies.
ANS 705 Biochemical control Mechanism and action of Hormones (2 units)
Dynamics involved in the mechanisms and biochemical activities of hormones.
Activities and defined functions of various hormones, sources, and target organs.
ANS 706 Practical Animal Nutrition and Feed Formulation (2 units)
Theories and practices involving feeding injection and drawing of blood from
different animals. Methodology for the assessment of quality of dietary protein and
micronutrients. Study of nutrient requirements of tropical farm animals.
ANS 707 Advances in Beef cattle Production (3 units)
Various systems of Beef cattle production in Nigeria and compared to what obtains in
developed countries. Selection and breeding programmes for improved beef cattle
production. Grazing management of beef cattle on pastures. Nutrition requirements of
beef cattle. Intensive beef cattle feeding systems. Beef calf production. Growth and
carcass development. Common diseases of beef cattle and their control.
ANS 708 Advances in Poultry Production and Management (3 unit)
Modern trends it commercial poultry breeding for eggs and meat production.
Management problems in poultry production. Nutrient requirements and feed
formulation for layers and broilers at different ages. Hatchery management. Principles
40
of feeding, housing, breeding and management in chicken, guinea fowl, turkey, goose
and duck production.
ANS 709 Elements of Food Science (3 units)
Principles of Food Science as regards the biological, chemical and physical methods
of food processing and preservation.
ANS 711 Advanced Monogastric Nutrition (2 units)
Basic principles of monosgatric nutrition. Current concepts concerning energy,
protein, amino acids; vitamins and essential inorganic elements nutrition and their
interrelationship. Scientific application of the concept to the optimum nutrition of
poultry and swine. Study should be strictly related to the gastro intestinal picture of
the monogastric animals.
ANS 712 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition (2 units)
Anatomy and physiology of the digestive tract of the ruminant their role in the
nutritional requirement of ruminants. The current concept of energy production
vitamin, mineral nutrition their interrelationalship for Cattle, sheep and goat. Rumen
microbiology and the role of microbes in ruminant nutrition.
ANS 713 Selected Topics in Animal Nutrition (2 units)
Reading and discussions on selected areas in animal nutrition and its applications.
Formal class reports and term papers. Current literature in animal production and
applied nutrition.
ANS 714 Toxicological Aspects in Nutrition (2 units)
The occurrence, metabolism and nutritional implication of non-nutrient additions,
environmental pollutants and toxic factors in foods and feeds. Influence of drugs,
environmental contaminants and natural toxicants in nutritional requirements of
animals.
ANS 715 Principles of Livestock Disease Control (2 units)
Mechanism of disease. Principles of immunity and vaccination. Etiology, symptoms,
pathology, diagnosis, treatment and control of important diseases of livestock.
ANS 716 Advances in Dairy Cattle Production and Management (3 units)
The state of dairy farming in Nigeria compared with developed countries. Selection of
breeds and breeding programmes. Management of bulls, dry, lactating and pregnant
cows. Raising dairy calves and heifers. Nutritional requirement and feeding of the
dairy cattle in terms of milking parlours, cow sheds, milking machines. Sanitation and
control of diseases.
ANS 717 Advances in Small Ruminants (Sheep and Goat) Production and
Management (3 units)
Smalls ruminants in the Nigeria economy, problems and prospects. Systems of
production. Management of sheep and goats on ranges and under confined conditions.
Evaluation of the productivity of the local breeds of sheep and goats i.e. carcass, milk
and skin. Selection and breeding programmes for improving the productivity of sheep
and goats. Prevention and control of major sheep and goats diseases.
ANS 718 Pastures and Range Management (2 units)
Economic importance of pastures and their products. Distribution of pastures and in
Nigeria and the tropics. Introduction establishment and management of pastures.
Grazing and other forms of pasture utilization.
41
ANS 721 Principles of Livestock Disease Control (3 units)
Environment and animal function and performance; Adaptation to the environment.
Terms and concepts; Homeothermy, heat balance and heat exchange. Insulation,
control and integration of thermoregulatory processes. Biological rhythms and
behaviour and behavioural management. Environment and alternatives. Primary and
secondary environmental modification.
ANS 722 Digestive Physiology (3 units)
Comparative physiology in the digestive system of livestock species, food seeking,
feeding, mastication, tongue and taste. The stomach, its gastric secretion and motility.
The small intestine and dynamics of absorption. Immunoglobulins, and colostrums,
hydrophobic/hydrophilic concepts in lipid digestion. The liver, structure and function.
The pancreas and enzyme formation. Microbial fermentation and water-electrolyte
recovery in large intestine.
ANS 723 Principles of Endocrinology (2 units)
Role of hormones in the physiology of farm animals. Current literature and research
areas in the field of endocrinology. Measurement of hormones in biological fluids.
ANS 724 Reproductive physiology and Artificial Insemination (3 units)
Discussions and application of methodology for collection, examination and
insemination of gametes and embryos.
ANS 725 Advanced Techniques in Animal Physiology (3 units)
Designed to familiarize students with advanced techniques commonly used for
research in farm animal physiology theories behind other techniques that are not
commonly used are resented also.
ANS 726 Special Topics in Animal Physiology (2 units)
Reading and discussion on selected areas in animal physiology. Formal class reports
and term papers. Current literature in applied animal physiology.
ANS 728 Animal Products (3 units)
Structure, composition, chemistry and nutritive quality of muscle tissues. Milk and
eggs. Principles of quality control with products.
ANS 727 Growth and Metabolism (3 units)
Animal growth and metabolism are considered at the cellular level in a Manner that
extends beyond the basic discipline of biometrics and biochemistry with attention
focused on the main carcass composition - muscles, fats and bone.
ANS 731 Principles of Animal Breeding and Selection (3 units)
Definition of selection goals, prediction of genetic progress and breeding value and
comparison of selection programmes. Structure, composition, chemistry and nutritive
quality of muscle tissues, milk and eggs. Principles of quality control with animal
products.
ANS 732 Problems of Animal Breeding and Selection (3 units)
Some special problems encountered in the breeding of indigerious cattle, sheep, goat,
pig and poultry, retrospect and prospects of indigenous animal.
ANS 733 Quantitative Genetic Theory in Animal breeding (3 units)
Advanced training in the mathematical aspects of quantitative genetic theory as
applied to animal breeding.
ANS 734 Advanced Techniques in Animal Breeding (3 units)
Techniques for estimating genetic and phenotypic parameters for use in animal
breeding programmes are presented. Models, for genetic evaluation of livestock
42
Mixed models methodology estimation of genetic trend and general problems of
analysing large unbalanced data files.
ANS 735 Special Topics in Animal Breeding and Genetic Engineering (3 units)
Lectures and discussions on topics of current and research emphasis in animal
breeding, biotechnology and genetic engineering.
ANS 736 Animal Products (3 units)
Processing and Preservation Techniques of meats milk and eggs. Utilisation of animal
by products and control.
ANS 737 Advances in post-Harvest Technology (2 units)
Storage physiology and control of losses with agricultural commodities post-harvest.
Effects of tropical environmental factors via climatic, physical and chemical indices
of quality on these commodities. Environmental control measures for long-term
storage and transportation.
ANS 745 Research Techniques and Animal Experimentation (3 units)
Initial steps in the planning of randomisation, replication, blocking. RCD, RBCD,
Latin squares, Graeco-latin squares; and cross-over design factorial experiment,
confounding. Fractional Replication Balanced and partially balanced incomplete
Block designs. Introduction to multivariate Analysis of variance. Bivariate case. The
use of the computer for data analysis.
ANS 750 Graduate Seminars (2 units)
Oral presentation of two reports - A research proposal (pre-data) seminar and a postdata seminar, pertinent to animal production approved by the Department.
ANS 799 Research Project (6 units)
Original investigation into an approved animal production problem under the
supervision of an approved supervisor. Structure, composition, chemistry and
nutritive quality of muscle tissues, milk and eggs. Principles of quality control with
animal products.
43
DEPARTMENT OF CROP SCIENCE
1.
(a)
The Department of Crop Science offers Full-Time and Part-Time programmes
leading to the award of Master of Science (M.Sc.) and Doctor of Philosophy
(Ph.D) degree in:
(i) Crop Production
(ii) Crop Protection (Entomology and Pathology)
(iii) Crop Breeding and Genetics
(iv) Pasture Agronomy
(v) Crop Physiology
(vi) Weed Science
2.
DESCRIPTION OF PROGRAMMES
Masters of Science
The Master of Science (M.Sc) programme consists of course work
component and research component with thesis/dissertation.
3.
(i).
4
5
STRUCTURE OF M.Sc. PRODRAMME
Course work
Students would be required to register for a minimum of 15 credit units per
Semester depending on their background. Students would be required to
register for courses from the following groups:
(a)
Remedial Courses
These courses carry no credit units towards the higher degree.
(b)
Core Courses
courses to be taken by students specializing in related areas. The
core courses are of direct relevance to the field of study.
(c)
Elective Optional Courses
These are normally taken from related disciplines if so
recommended by the Department. They carry credit units.
(ii)
Research Thesis
The subject for the thesis will normally be chosen from within the research areas
of the relevant Master’s degree option. Before embarking on the research, every
student will be required to submit a research proposal which must be approved by
the Graduate School Board on the recommendation of the Department’s Graduate
Committee.
(iii) Seminar
A student will be required to attend all Departmental Seminars.
He/she must present a seminar in his/her area of specialization before the defence
of the thesis.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION FOR THE M.Sc DEGREE
To graduate, a student shall be required to pass a minimum of 30 credit Units
including Core Courses, Elective and the Research thesis.
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D) Programme
(i)
Research
The Ph.D programme is done by thesis. A student who is enrolled in the Ph.D
programme in the Department will be expected to carry out his/her Research
under close supervision of his/her supervisor(s)
44
(ii)
Seminar
A student will be required to attend all Departmental Seminars. In addition, he/she
in the course of the Ph.D programme will be expected to present at least one
Seminar in his/her area of research.
2.
M.Sc. (Crop Science)
Courses Available
First Semester
Units
Remarks
CRP 701 Advanced Crop Production
3
C
CRP 702
Physiology of Crop Production
3
C
CRP 703
Advanced Genetics
3
C
CRP 704
Weed Ecology and Control
3
C
CRP 705
Statistical Methods
3
C
CRP 706
Advanced Plant Breeding
3
C
CRP 707
Seminar
3
C
Second Semester
CRP 711 Advanced Cropping System
2
C
CRP 712 Advanced Cytogenetics
3
E
CRP 713 Breeding for Pest and Disease
Resistance
2
E
CRP 714 Experimental Designs
2
C
CRP 799
Research Project
6
C
Description of Courses
CRP 701
Advanced Crop Production (3units)
Cereals, legumes, oil seeds, tubers, tree crops fruits and vegetables. Origin and
distribution of major crops, cultural practices, adaptation, production, establishment
and utilization.
CRP 702
Physiology of Crop Production (3units)
Principles of yield potentials; growth analysis in relation to crop yield. Mineral
nutrition of crop plants. Photosynthesis in relation to crop productivity; metabolism,
growth and development.
CRP
703 Advanced Genetics (2Units)
Development of fundamental concepts related to the structure, function, organization,
transmission and distribution of genetic material, interpretation of genotypic
segregation from test cross and F2 data.
CRP
704 Weed Ecology and Control (3units)
Ecology and biology of important weeds, methods of species perpetuation,
reproduction and dispersal; effects of herbicides on ecosystem. Weed control in
important crops of Nigeria; aquatic weeds and their control.
CRP 705 Statistical Methods (3units)
Statistical concepts, classification and tabulation of data, measures of central
tendency, measures of dispersion, normal distribution and probability integral,
sampling test of significance; chi-square test; goodness of fit; regression and
correlation; analysis of variance.
CRP 706 Advanced Plant Breeding (3 units)
Basic principles of breeding crop plants; application of biometric principles,
variances, covariances and genotype/environment interaction, components of variance
45
utilized in planning selection procedures. Testing multiplication and distribution of
improved seeds.
CRP 707 Seminar
Each candidate is required to deliver at least one seminar related to the research
project.
CRP 711 Advanced Cropping Systems (3 units)
Methods of studying mixed cropping systems; yield relationship in crop mixtures,
cultivation systems, varieties and soil fertility in relation to rainfed and irrigated
multiple cropping and mixed-multiple cropping systems.
CRP 712 Advanced Cytogenetics (3 units)
Variation in chromosome structure, behaviour and number and study of
developmental and evolutionary effects of this variation.
CRP 713 Breeding for Pest and Disease Resistance (3 Units)
Host plans resistance programme from standpoint of the plant breeder, plant
pathologist and entomologist. Genetics and physiology of disease development and
disease resistance in plants; mechanism of pathogenicity and infectivity; nature of
disease resistance. Methods of breeding.
CRP 714 Experimental Designs (3 units)
Principles of experimental designs, layout and analysis of data; interpretation of
results. Merits and demerits of the various designs. Practical consideration of field
experimentation.
CRP 799 Research (6 Units)
Research projects of candidates could be chosen from either agronomy or plant
breeding.
46
DEPARTMENT OF SOIL SCIENCE
The Department of Soil Science offers Full-Time or part-time programmes leading to the
award of M.Sc. & Ph.D degrees in Soil Physics, Soil Chemistry and Mineralogy, Soil
Microbiology and Redology.
1.
M.Sc. (Soil Science)
Courses Available
First Semester
Units Remarks
SOS 701
Pedology
3
E
SOS 702
Soil and Water Management
3
E
SOS 703
Advanced Soil Chemistry
3
E
SOS 704
Soil Microbiology
3
E
SOS 705
Soil Mineralogy
3
E
SOS 705
Statistical Method
3
C
SOS 706
Seminar
C
Second Semester
SOS 711
Advanced Soil Physics
3
E
SOS 712
Advanced Soil Fertility
3
E
SOS 713
Advanced Soil Analysis
2
E
SOS 714
Management of Tropical Soils
2
C
CRP 714
Experimental Designs
2
C
SOS 799
Research Project
6
C
Description of Courses
SOS 701
Pedology (3 Units)
Weathering and soil formation. Advanced study of development, morphology,
constitution and classification of soils. Land evaluation soil survey and
mapping.
SOS 702
Soil and Water Management (3 Units)
Soil and water conservation. Soil erosion and its control, cropping systems and
residue management, soil aeration and drainage; Irrigation and salinity control.
SOS 703 Advanced Soil Chemistry (3 Uints)
Physical chemistry of clay minerals and inorganic and organic soil colloids;
chemical processes taking place within the soil.
SOS 704
Soil Microbiology (3 Uints)
Soil organic matter, its decomposition and associated microorganisms,
oxidation-reduction processes; nitrogen fixations with special reference to
topical ecosystems.
SOS 705
Soil Mineralogy (3 Units)
Study of crystal structures and properties of more important minerals in soils
and sediments, especially clay minerals combined with identification
techniques involving x-ray diffraction, electron microscopy, infrared and
chemical methods.
SOS 711
Advanced Soil Physics (3 Units)
Physical properties of soils including the dynamics of soil water and iron
movement, soil aeration an soil thermal relationships. Physiochemical
properties of soil colloids.
SOS 712
Advanced Soil Fertility (3 Units)
47
Advanced study of behavior of nutrient elements in soils and plants. Emphasis
placed on nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium soil fertility evaluation.
Cropping systems and soil management. Liming, with special emphasis on
tropical soils. Economics of lime and fertilizer applications.
SOS 713
Pedology (2 Units)
Sample collection and preparation designed to familiarize students with more
difficult problems of soil analysis and interpretation of data. Use of soil
analysis in soil fertility evaluation
SOS 714
Management of Tropical Soils (3 Units)
The distinguishing pedological, chemical and physical characteristics of
tropical soils. Principles of management of tropical soils. Maintenance of
fertility and nutrient balance. Soil moisture conservation and management.
SOS 706
Seminar
A candidate shall be required to give at lest one seminar on his/her research
work towards the end of the programme of studies.
SOS 799
Research (6 Units)
Research projects of candidates should bear direct relevance to Nigerian
agriculture and could be chosen from any areas of soil Science.
48
FACULTY OF ARTS
DEPARTMENTS
ENGLISH
HISTORY & INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
MODERN LANGUAGES
PHILOSOPHY
RELIGIOUS MANAGEMENT & CULTURAL STUDIES
THEATRE ARTS
49
FACULTY OF ARTS
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
The Department of English offers Graduate programmes leading to the Master’s and Doctor
of Philosophy degrees with specialization in:
(i)
African Poetry
(ii)
African Prose Fiction
(iii) Drama
(iv)
Literary Theory
(v)
African Oral Literature
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES:
The aims and objectives of these programmes are:
(i)
to produce scholars with a firm grasp of the principles of literary theory and
appreciation and capacity for sustained purposeful research;
(ii)
to produce to-level manpower for higher academic institutions, administration,
media and cultural organizations.
(a)
M.A. ENGLISH
STRUCTURE OF THE MASTER’S PROGRAMME
Students offering literature courses must take either ELS707 or ELS715. On the other hand,
language-biased students must register for either ELS701 or ELS713. Altogether, every is
expected to present at least three seminar papers including the Seminar on his/her thesis
proposal at the Department’s Graduate Seminar.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
To fulfil the requirement for the award of the degree of Master, a student must register for a
minimum of 30 units which should include the relevant core courses and the research thesis.
(B)
Ph.D PROGRAMME
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME
The programme shall be by comprehensive research and thesis. There shall be no course
work.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT
(i) A student shall, as a prerequisite for the registration of thesis, title with the
Graduate School, present and defend his/her Department’s Graduate Seminar in
the presence of his/her Supervisor(s), and at least two other senior academic
and interested members of Department. The approval of the proposal shall
depend on the student’s successful defence of it.
(ii) A student shall be required to present a well-researched paper per session
relating to his/her area of specialization at the Department’s Graduate Seminar.
(iii) A student shall successfully defend the Ph.D thesis before a panel of examiners
constituted in accordance with the regulations of Graduate School.
50
Faculty of Arts
COURSES AVAILABLE
First Semester
Core Courses
ELS
700
Research Methodology and Bibliography
ELS
701
Major Trends in Criticism
ELS
702
Literature of the Black Diaspora
ELS
703
Topic in Dramatic Literature
ELS
704
Advanced Studies in African Poetry
ELS
705
The Semantics of English
ELS
706
Advanced Syntax
ELS
707
Advanced Sylistics
ELS
708
Advanced Phonology
Second Semester
Core Courses
ELS
711
ELS
712
ELS
713
ELS
714
ELS
715
ELS
716
ELS
799
Advanced Studies in African Fiction
Topics in African Oral Literature
Third World Literature
Contrastive Analysis
The English Language in Nigeria
Discourse Analysis
Dissertation
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
ELS 700 Research Methodology and Bibliography
Core
This course exposes students to the various approaches to research and
documentation.
ELS 701 Major Trends in Criticism
-Core
A critical survey of the pronouncements of great masters on the theory of art.
There will be detailed study of characteristics critical thought of major period and
traditions
ELS 702 Literature of the Black Diaspora
-Core
This course is based on an intensive study of the works of Black Authors from
North America and the Caribbean
ELS 703 Advanced Studies in African Poetry
-Core
A critical study of the drama of selected period with emphasis on the works of
major authors.
ELS 704 Advanced Studies in African Poetry
-Core
This course emphasizes the landmarks in African Poetry. In focusing on the
works of major African poets, it examines the relationship between orality and
modern African Poetry.
ELS 705 The Semantics of English
-Core
This is an advanced course in the study of meaning of language. The evolution of
Semantics as a branch of Language study as well as its relationship with other
disciplines, among other things, shall be treated in detail.
51
Faculty of Arts
ELS 706 Advanced Syntax
-Core
This course provides an intensive study of the major trends in Advanced English
Synt6ax with emphasis on transformational generative grammar and systemic
grammar. Of particular focus is either the Aspect model or x-bar syntax. An
introductory remark may be made on the extended theory of government and
binding.
ELS 707 Advanced Stylistics
-Core
An advanced course in the principles and application of stylistics. Differentiation,
mode field and tenor in relation to the analysis and evaluation of varieties of
English shall be studied in detail.
ELS 708 Advanced Phonology
-Core
The course is an depth study of the second system of language. It concentrates
attention on Taxonomic Phonology, Generative Phonology with particular
reference to the theories of Distinctive features and the basic tenets of
Autosegmental Phonology. The course also examines some suprasegmental
features of Phonology, which are peculiar to African Languages.
ELS 711 Advanced Study in African Fiction
-Core
This course involves an intensive study of the major genres with emphasis on
representative examples and related criticism.
ELS 712 Topics in African Oral Literature
-Core
A study of selected forms in African Oral literature and an incisive critical on
those forms.
ELS 713 Third World Literature
-Core
For the purpose of this course. Third world is defined rather in the literary sense
than in the conventional geo-political sense. Africa is the focal point with cross
references to other literatures that share related themes, styles, languages of
expression and colonial experience.
This course will involve an intensive study of the characteristic themes and
stylistic tendencies in Prose, Poetry and Drama of the areas of reference. Of
special interest also will be a detailed study of the socio-economic and religious
background of the areas whose literature is under focus. Differences and
similarities will be related to their literary consequences.
ELS 714 Contrastive Analysis
-Core
This course is aimed at comparing any two languages to determine their similarities and
differences. Specifically, it focuses on the comparison of English with any African
Language at the various levels of linguistics.
ELS 715 English Language in Nigeria
-Core
The English language in Nigerian is intended to expose students to the theoretical
background and the underlying concepts about the nature of language in contact
situations with specific reference to the multilingual situation in Nigeria.
ELS 716 Discourse Analysis
-Core
The course examines the theory of discourse analysis as a multi-disciplinary study. It
provides an indepth study of sociolinguistics, relying on the view of Dell Hymes, Malcom,
Coulthard, J.R. Firth, T.F. Mitchel, Teun Van Dyk, Robert de Beaugrande and others. It
will be both theoretical and text-based in focus.
ELS 717 Dissertation
-Core
Students to research and submit thesis in areas of their choice.
52
Faculty of Arts
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
INTRODUCTION
The Department of History offers Graduate programmes leading to the award of:
(i)
Master of Arts (M.A.) in History
(ii)
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in History
The Department also offers Masters Degree in International Diplomacy and Strategic Studies
(MDS).
Philosophy and Objectives.
The philosophy and objectives of the graduate studies programmes are to inculcate in the
students a sense of independent scholarship and to improve their methods of historical study
so as top enhance their indepth knowledge in the field of their specialization.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME DEGREE OF MASTERS (M.A.)
There shall be course work made up of regular formal lectures, tutorials and seminars. A
candidate shall be required to write an examination in a compulsory course and other elective
courses. These constitute the course work. Each course is three (3) units. The M.A. course
work would attract 30% Continuous Assessment and 70% written examination.
In addition to the course work, there is a project essay of six (6) units. The essay embodies a
candidate’s original research work. The length of the essay shall be between 20,000 and
35,000 words. Each candidate shall submit five type-written bounds copies on A4 size paper.
A candidate for the M.A. degree programme is strongly advised to register for a minimum of
15 per semester.
To quality for the award of M.A. degree, a student shall be required to register for and pass a
minimum of 30 units which should include course work and Research.
WITHDRAWAL
A student whose overall average is less than 50% will be considered to have failed the whole
course programme and will be required to withdraw from the programme.
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D) HISTORY
The Ph.D degree shall be awarded on the basis of a thesis. The length of the thesis shall be a
minimum of 25,000 words Four typewritten and bound copies shall be submitted by each
candidate.
COURSES AVAILABLE
The course work consists of the following:1st Semester
HIS 701
Method of Historical Research
3
C
HIS 702
Nation Building in Africa
3
E
HIS 703
The United Nations Organization and its Agencies
3
E
HIS 704
Political and Economic History of East Africa
3
E
HIS 705
Tends in Economics co-operation
in post-independence
West Africa
3
E
2nd Semester
HIS 711
Inter-group Relationship in Pre-Colonial Nigeria
3
E
HIS 712
Economic History of Nigeria an the
Twentieth Century
3
E
HIS 713
Constitutional Development in Nigeria
3
E
53
Faculty of Arts
HIS
714
HIS
HIS
HIS
715
716
799
Protest Movements and the Liberation Struggle
in Southern Africa
The O.A.U. A study in Africa International Relations
Problems of Plural Society in Bendel State
The Project Essay
3
3
3
3
E
E
E
E
HIS 701Method of Historical Research
This course treats historiography at higher level. It also examines historical methodology
and philosophy, the relationship between history and other related subject such as
archaeology, linguistics, religion, economics, sociology, geography and political science.
HIS 702 Nation Building in Africa
Trends in regional or sub-regional economics co-operation in post-independence Africa
such as EOWAS,, the defunct East Africa Economic Community, the Southern African
Economic Co-operation formed specifically to reduce neighbouring states dependence on
South Africa and so on; the dependent structure of African Economics and other
constraints will also be examined; liberation struggles for independence in Southern
Africa; Political Development and military rule in Africa, educational, scientific,
technological and cultural development in Africa; Health care delivery systems.
HIS 703 The United Organization and its Agencies
The United Nations Organization and its Agencies Background study of league of Nation
is essential for this course. The formation of the United Nations Organization after the
Second World War; the functions and composition of the Security Council and the
General Assembly /Agencies of the UN such as UNESCO, FAO, UNDP, the IMF, the
world Court at the Hague and so on; a critical examination of the success story and the
failure record of the UN to date
HIS 704 Political and Economic History of East Africa
An indepth study of political and constitutional trends in East Africa in the twentieth
century; economic development socialist approach to development in Tanzania compared
with capitalist economy in Kenny, reasons for the collapse of the erst-while Economic
Community of Tanzania, Kenya and Uganda; progress in interstate development in
transportation and communication, attempts to revive the economic community.
HIS 705 Trend in Economic Co-operation In Post-Independence West Africa
A close examination of the reason for the formation of the Economic Community of West
African States (ECOWAS), unequal development among member states; cultural
conflicts between Francophone and Anglophobe States; external factors hindering its
development; prospect for future progress
HIS 711Inter-Group Relations in Per-Colonial Nigeria
Political, economic and cultural relations among ethnic groups in per-colonial Nigeria;
and of indigenous political institutions of the various ethnic groups and political
evolution such as their adoption as the basis for indirect rule; the nature of pre-colonial
economics, the development of lingua franca for purposes of trade; cultural exchange.
The significance of major archaeological finds and their evaluating factor in inter-group
relation will also be critically examined
HIS 712 Economic History of Nigeria in the Twentieth Century
Nigeria economic development in agriculture, mining, trade, labor, transport and
communication from the beginning of the century will be examined, the inter-war period
54
Faculty of Arts
and how the great depression of the 1930s affected the economy will also be examined;
the great drive for self-sufficiency in food production during the Second World War;
post-independence attempts to diversify the economy particularly through
industrialization, the establishment of Marketing Boards, Regional Development Boards
and Banks; the development of petroleum and petroleum bye products, national
development plans
HIS 713 Constitutional Development in Nigeria
Circumstance leading to the amalgamation of Northern and Southern Nigeria in
1914; the Clifford constitution of 1922 and the introduction of the elective
principles; the impact of the Second World War on Nationalist struggle; the
enmergence of political parties and nationalist press; the Richards Constitution;
the Machperson Constitution; the development of Regionalism; the various
constitution conference; the
Creation of Midwest region; independence and the Collapse of the first Republic; the
creation of states; the emergence of the second Republic and
presidential system of government, a detailed study of the Constitution of 1979
and1989.
HIS 714 Protest Movements and the Liberation Struggle in Southern Africa
The Emergence of the ‘Front Line State’ – Zambia, Zimbabwe, Mozambique.
Botswana and Angola; the formation and history of the ANC; its impact on the
liberation struggle in South African. Other pressure-groups such as the PanAfrican Congress, the Black Consciousness; the role of the Churches and
some individual Churchmen such as Arcbishop Desmond Tutu and Reverend
Alan Boesak in the liberation struggle; the Namibian question.
HIS 715 the O.A.U.: A study in African International Relations
Background information on events before the formation of the OAU in 1963; the
Casablanca and Monrovia blocs; the composition and agencies of the OAU; conflicts
and cooperation among Africa states with reference to the formation of OAU;
irredentism in Africa and how successfully the OAU is tacking this problem.
HIS 716 Problems of Plural Society in Bendel State
The course is designed to examine the problems of plural Plural society in Bendel
State today; different Languages and culture, inequality of economic and educational
development; suggestions will be offered as to how the problems can reduced.
HIS 799 The Project Essay
An individual essay based on a topic approved by the Departmental Board of
studies and on the candidate’s own research interest. The course of this
research may be archival or non-written sources or both.
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
The Ph.D Programme
The Ph.D degree shall be awarded on the basis of a thesis. The length of the
thesis shall be a minimum of 25,000 words. Four typewritten and bound
copies shall be submitted by each candidate.
55
Faculty of Arts
DEPARTMENT OF MODREN LANGUAGES
PREAMBLE
THE DEGREES OFFERED
The Department of Modern Languages offer graduate programmes leading
to the award of the following higher degrees, subject to the Graduate school
general regulations governing higher degrees:
Master of arts (M.A) in French studies
Doctor of philosophy (Ph.D) in French studies
2. OBJECTIVES
The main objectives of these programmes are:
(a) To inculcate in the students a sense of persistent and independent
scholarship and ability for imaginative thought.
(b) To improve their methods of French studies particularly through research in
order to enhance their in-depth knowledge in the various fields of
specialization.
(c) To produce the much needed manpower of the senior staff cadre. These of
course, are among the people who often represent Nigeria in international
conferences, seminars, and workshops. They can also serve in several
public and private sectors, principally in teaching profession, Diplomatic
services, translation and interpretation, scientific and technological research;
Administration and Industrial Establishments.
1.
MASTER OF ARTS (M.A) IN FRENCH STUDIES
The programme offers a board perspective of French studies, including
French, Francophone African and Caribbean literatures, French and
francophone civilizations, advanced language practice, applied linguistics as
well as translation and interpretation.
(i)
DURATION
- The duration is one calendar year (12 months) on fulltime basis.
(ii) Admission Requirements:
Students applying for admission to the M.A (French studies) courses must have a
good B.A or B.Ed (French) with a minimum of second-class division from Ambrose
Alli University (A.A.U), Ekpoma or any other recognized University.
(iii) Areas of Specialization
The following five options (fields of specialization) are provided: (1) French
Language; (2) Applied French Linguistics; (3) Translation and interpretation (4)
Literature (French or Francophone Africa or Caribbean); (5) civilizations (French or
other Francophone).
(iv) COURSE WORK
A student must be required to register for, and pass 30 units of course work (24
units) and M.A. Thesis (6 units). Each course has 3 units. Note also that a candidate
shall be required to repeat some core courses at the B.A programme, where his
transcripts may reveal him to be weak (e.g. with scores below 50%).
56
Faculty of Arts
(iv)
Language Requirements
Students are expected to follow the course in French language and write their thesis
also in French language.
Thesis
- Students must submit for approval the proposed topic preferably by the end of the
first semester.
- The topic will be the student’s option (area of specialization).
- The thesis, will be at least 100 pages but not exceeding 150 pages, including
notes, bibliography, table of contents and appendices.
- Students will be required to defend their thesis in a viva voce in French language.
- The panel of examiners will consist of the Head of Department, external
examiner, internal examiner; graduate school representative and supervisor (s).
(C) COURSES AVAILABLE
GROUP A: LANGUAGE
First semester
Core courses
FRE 701 Research methods in French (Compulsory for all M.A. French Students)
FRE 702 History of French Language
FRE 703 French Language: Advanced practical French (Compulsory
for all M.A. Students)
FRE 718 Contemporary world (Compulsory for all M.A French Students)
Elective Courses (Specialised Fields)
FRE 704 Phonology of French
FRE 705 Morphology and Syntax of French
FRE 706 Applied Linguistics in French
FRE 707 Translation and Interpretation I
FRE 708 Contrastive Studies I French
FRE 709 Modern French usage and stylistics
Second Semester
Core Courses
FRE 710 Research Seminar (Compulsory for all M.A French Students)
FRE 711 Studies in French Semantics
FRE 799 Research Thesis
FRE 712 French Usage and Registers
FRE 713 Translation & Interpretation II
FRE 714 Aspects of French Stylistics
FRE 715 Issues in French Morpho-Syntax
FRE 716 French Language Today
FRE 717 Sociolinguistics
NB: A student of language must at least register for one Elective course per semester.
57
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Units
3
3
6
Faculty of Arts
GROUP B: LITERATURE
First Semester
Core Courses
FRE 701 Research methods in French (Compulsory for all M.A. French Students)
FRE 703 French Language: Advanced Practical French (Compulsory for all
M.A French Students)
FRE 718 Contemporary French and other Francophone world (Compulsory
for all M.A French Students)
FRE 719 Theoretical models and methodology in Literature and literary criticism
FRE 702 Literary Criticism in France
FRE 701 The Poetry of France I
FRE 722 French Narrative Prose I
FRE 723 French Drama I: Neo-Classical and Romantic Drama
FRE 724 Studies in Francophone African Poetry
FRE 725 Studies in Francophone African Novel
FRE 726 Studies in Francophone African Drama
FRE 727 Studies in Francophone African Poetry
FRE 728 Studies in Francophone Caribbean Novel
FRE 729 Studies in Francophone Caribbean Drama
FRE 730 Special Subject: Literature of French Expression
FRE 731 Special Author: Literature of Francophone Expression
FRE 732 Comparative Literature
FRE 733 French Colonialism in Africa
FRE 734 Government Process in the 5th Republic
Second Semester
Core Courses
FRE 701 Research Seminar (compulsory for all M.A French Students)
FRE 735 Contemporary Trends in French Thought
FRE 799 Research thesis
Elective Courses (Fields of Specialization)
FRE 736 Francophone African Thoughts: Special Subject
FRE 737 The Poetry of France II
FRE 738 French Baudelaire Prose II: 20th Century
FRE 739 French Drama II: Contemporary Drama
FRE 740 Comparative Studies in Francophone African and Caribbean
Literature (Poetry, Prose, Drama)
FRE 741 France and European Community
FRE 742 Nationalism and Decolonisation
FRE 743 Government Processes in Francophone Africa
FRE 744 Francophone African Thought: Special Author
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Units
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
N.B. Every student of LITERATURE must at least register for one Elective Course per
Semester
58
Faculty of Arts
DESCRIPTION COURSES
FRE 701–Research Methods in French
A study of the general principles involved in academic research, the various tools for
investigation, the methods of analysis, the presentation, the methods of analysis, the
methods of analysis, the presentation of findings, the compilation of data and references.
FRE 702–History of French Language
A study of the major trends in the evolution of the French language from the 9 th to the
20th Century.
Methods of diversification (Creolisation, specialization).
FRE 703–Language: Advanced Practical French
Detailed study and application of French Grammar; Composition and Comprehension.
FRE 704 -Phonology of French
The major trends in the description and analysis of French phonemes. Phonemic analysis
and classification. distinctive features; phoneme distribution; contrastive phonology;
descriptive phonology of French
FRE 705-Morphology and Syntax of French
Detailed study of morphological categories and grammatical functions in the French
Language.
FRE 706-Applied Linguistics in French
A survey of the theories associated with the teaching of French especially as a foreign
language, the problem posed by each theory and the achievement of each.
FRE 707-Translation and Interpretation
This course is designed to equip candidates with the theoretical and practical knowledge
of the technical and linguistic skills of translation and interpretation from English into
French and vice versa.
FRE 708-Contrastive Studies in French
This course will introduce students to the fundamentals and methodology in contrastive
linguistic analysis. It will also prepare them for possible contrastive analysis of any aspect
of the grammatical structure of French and that of any other language taught in the
Faculty of Arts.
FRE 709-Modern French Usage and Stylistics
The objective of this course is to enable the student to acquire advanced techniques in
oral and written French through essay writing and intensive practice in the grammatical
and stylistic analysis of literary texts.
FRE 710-Research Seminar
An opportunity for candidates to present progress of their work for collective discussion
and advice.
FRE 711-Studies in French Semantics
A close look at the role of semantics in Linguistics and modern semantics theories as they
affect the French Language.
FRE 712-French Usage and Registers
This course is designed to familiarize students with language use associated with such
basic demands as politics, science, technology, medicine, law etc. The students will be
expected to build up registers that are appropriate to each domain in fairly specialized
modes of interaction
59
Faculty of Arts
FRE 713-Translation & Interpretation II
A continuation of FRE 707. More advanced and complex notions and texts will be
studied.
FRE 714-Aspects of French Stylistics
Stylistic features of French; elaboration of chosen theories and methods; Stylistic,
Linguistics Literary Criticism.
FRE 715-Issues in French Morpho-Syntax
A detailed study of oppositions held in relation to the morpo-syntactic feature of the
language today.
FRE 716-French Language Today
This is a survey of the status and features of the French language, both in France and
elsewhere. Analysis of texts in metropolitan French and texts in other varieties will be
made.
FRE 717-Sociolinguistics
This course deals with the inter-relationship between language structure and social
structure. Using French as the main illustrative language, it will equip students with the
necessary tools to appreciate the social-cultural foundation of language in
communication.
FRE 718-Contemporary France and the other Francophone world
A survey of the present-day France and the other Francophone world from the Second
World War. Examining the major trends and developments in the political, economic,
social and cultural fields with a chronological frame work.
FRE 719-Theoretical Modes in Literature and Literary Criticism
This course deals with the major theories and methodologies such as sociology, social
criticism, psychoanalysis, Literary history etc. It prepares students for the graduate
seminar and the main thesis.
FRE 720-Literary Critics in France
Detailed study of major literary critics in France from the classical times to the present.
FRE 721-The Poetry of France I
Detailed study of prescribed texts.
FRE 722-French Narrative Prose I
FRE 723-French Drama I: Neo-Classical and Romantic Drama
FRE 724-Studies in Francophone African Poetry
Detailed study of prescribed texts
FRE 725-Studies in Francophone African Novel
FRE 726-Studies in Francophone African Drama
FRE 727-Studies in Francophone Caribbean Poetry
FRE 728-Studies in Francophone Caribbean Novel
FRE 729-Studies in Francophone Caribbean Drama
60
Faculty of Arts
FRE 730-Special Subject: Literature of French Expression
Study of a distinctive movement or current in Literature of French Expression
FRE 731-Special Author: Literature of Francophone Expression
Detailed study of entire corpus of a single author in France or Francophone Africa
FRE 732-Comparative Literature
General Principle of Comparative Literature; Comparative study of authors, themes or
movement in French literature and any other European Literature.
FRE 733-French Colonialism in Africa
Background studies of the colonial system and policies of France: assimilation,
association; the impact negritude and decolonization.
FRE 734-Government Process in the 5th Republic
A study of the functions of the different organs of government as well as their interaction
during the 5th Republic, with specific emphasis on the decision-making process.
FRE 735-Contemporary Trends in French Thought
A review of the major intellectual movements in France since the end of the First World
War.
FRE 736-Francophone African Thought: Special Subject
Detailed study of themes or topics in African thought in Francophone Africa.
FRE 737-The Poetry of France II: From Baudelaire to the present
FRE 738-French Narrative Prose II: 20th Century
FRE 739-French Drama II: Contemporary Drama
FRE 740-Comparative Studies in Francophone Africa and Caribbean
Literature (Poetry, Prose, Drama)
FRE 741-France and European Community
A study of the Government of European integration from the perspective of the French
role and participation; European institutions and European politics.
FRE 742-Nationalism and Decolonization
A study of the relations between the Metropole and its colonies in Africa and Asia from
the viewpoint of both the nationalists and of the French governments.
FRE 743-Governments Process in Francophone Africa
Study and analysis in-depth of the process of government in selected Francophone
African countries with special consideration of the role of the parties
FRE 744-Francophone African Thought: Special Author
Detailed study of a single Francophone African author and his/her contributions to
African thoughts.
FRE 799-Research Thesis
The thesis each will be at least 100 pages but not exceeding 150 pages, including notes,
bibliography, Table of Contents and appendices.
N.B: Every student of Literature must register for at least one elective course per semester
E. Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) in French Studies
(i)
Duration
The duration shall be a minimum of 2 years full-time basis.
61
Faculty of Arts
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
Admission Requirements
Possession of:
A good M.A (i.e) with 60% and above) from
A.A.U., Ekpoma or the equivalent grade from any other recognized
University.
An M.Phil.
Equivalent of M.A. or M.Phil. from any other recognized University.
Ares of Specification
The options are: Literature, Civilization, Translation, Language and Applied
Linguistics.
Course Requirements
FRE 810 – Research Seminar
FRE 899 – Research thesis
All students have to register for one graduate seminar designed to offer
opportunities to engage in advanced research methods, which will be applied
to the students’ field of specialization.
The Ph.D programme shall solely be by research resulting in a thesis.
However, a candidate shall be required to repeat some courses at the M.A.
programme where this transcripts may reveal him to be weak (e.g. with scores
below 50%).
Thesis Proposal and Defence
(a) Thesis Proposal:
The proposal should be presented as a seminar in the Department with
an invitation extended to other faculties of the University.
Students must present a Thesis proposal (with a minimum of 20 pages
but not exceeding 30 pages) before an Assessment Committee to test
their preparedness to pursue their thesis project.
The proposal will be submitted to the Head of Department not less than
one month before the defence
The Assessment Committee will consist of the Head off Department,
Supervisor(s) and two other Lectures in the Department.
The thesis proposal will contain an account of the research to be
undertaken by the student and include a report of the present state of
knowledge of the subject as well as an outline of the specific direction
further research will take.
The proposal is evaluated on approved/not approved basis. Should the
Committee consider that the student does not have a good grasp of the
project, he/she will be required to submit a revised version of the
project, based on suggestions/corrections made during the seminar.
The thesis is re-evaluated by the Departmental Graduate committee for
approval.
The proposal will be presented not more than two times. If after the
second trial the student fails, he/she will be required to withdraw.
(b) The thesis Defence
- The title of the Ph.D thesis is registered with the Graduate School after
the successful presentation of the proposal.
62
Faculty of Arts
-
The thesis should not be less than 200 pages but not exceeding 300 pages
including notes, bibliography, Table of Contents and appendices.
The format of the thesis is determined by Graduate School.
The final Ph.D thesis will be defended in a Viva Voce in French
Language, organized by the Department.
63
Faculty of Arts
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
The Department of Philosophy offers programmes leading to M.A. and Ph.D in Philosophy
with specialization in the following areas:
(i)
African Philosophy
(ii)
Epistemology
(iii)
Metaphysics
(iv)
Ethics
MASTER OF DEGREE IN PHILOSOPHY
AIMS
The Master of Arts Degree programme in Philosophy is meant to:
(i)
Guide the students in doing an in-depth work in the main area of philosophy
(ii)
Enable the student to do some specialized research in the modern and contemporary
methods in Philosophy.
Each student must register for a minimum of 15 (fifteen Units) per Semester. Each student
will be required to take five (5) courses of three (3) Units each. In addition, each candidate
must submit a research project the length of which should be a minimum of 30,000 (thirty
thousand words) which must be passed in an oral examination.
Every student shall be required to present at least a Seminar paper during the period of study.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE GRADUATION
A student must pass at least 30 units from Core Courses and Courses from his/her area of
specialization, electives and a Research project.
COURSES AVAILABLE
1st Semester
PHI 701 Critical Evaluation of the background of African Philosophy
3
C
PHI 702 Myths and Symbols in African Philosophy
3
C
PHI 703 The Theory of Participation
3
C
PHI 704 The Rationalist and the Role of Cognitive
3
C
PHI 705 Sense Experience and its Role in the Cognitive Process
3
E
PHI 706 The Idealist and Maxist Approaches to Knowledge
3
C
PHI 707 The Greek Origin of Metaphysics
3
E
PHI 708 Mediaeval and Modern Metaphysics
3
C
2nd Semester
PHI 711Problems Associated with the Rationality of African Philosophy
3
E
PHI 712 The Principles of Transcendence in African Philosophy
3
C
PHI 714 Contemporary Views of the Process of Knowledge
3
E
PHI 715 Complementarism as an ideal Epistemological Theory
3
C
PHI 716 The Possibility of African Epistemology
3
E
PHI 717 Contemporary Metaphysical Trends
3
C
PHI 718 Attacks on Metaphysics and its Jurisdiction
3
E
PHI 750 Seminar
3
C
PHI 799 Research Thesis
3
C
PHI 701 Critical Evaluation of the background of African Philosophy 3 Unit Core
African Philosophy – meaning, scope and limitations. African philosophical system as
manifested in traditional cultural practices.
64
Faculty of Arts
PHI 702 Myths and Symbols in African Philosophy
3 Units Required
The origin and meaning of myths. Myths of origin and their significance. Symbolism and
its indispensability in Core African philosophical expressions.
PHI 703 The Theory of Participation
3 Units Required
Participation as the basis of African Communalism and the unity in diversity principle of
African thought system.
2nd Semester
PHI 711Problems Associated with the Rationality of African
Philosophy
3 Units Required
Pre-choice in predestination. Rationality in witchcraft, magic and medicine in comparison
with scientific thinking.
PHI 712 The Principles of transcendence in African Philosophy
3 Units Core
A Philosophy of hierarchical relations, Supreme Being and the lower creatures (Spirits
and divinities). Consequences for the value of African Philosophy at the World level.
PHI 720 Seminar
(Core)
PHI 799 Research Thesis
(Core) 6 Units
EPISTEMOLOGY
1st Semester
PHI 704 The Rationalist and the Role of Cognitive Faculty of knowing 3 Units Core
A detailed study of Plato, St. Augustine, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibhie and their theories of
knowledge.
PHI 705 Sense Experience and Its Role in the Cognitive Process
3 Units Required
An in-depth and critical study of the cognitive theories of the empiricists: Aristotle, the
Stoics, T. Aquinas, F. Bacon, J. Locke, Berkele and Home.
PHI 706 The Idealist and Marxist Approaches to Knowledge
The synthetic of I. Kant and his-priori categories cum the noumenal and the synthetically
prior in their relation to time and core and space are critically examined. The Marxist
theories of Sensation, Practice and Research are equally discussed.
2nd Semester
PHI 714 Contemporary Views of the Process of Knowledge
3 Units Required
This is an examination of the analytic, existentialist and foundationalist approaches to
knowledge.
PHI 715 Complementarism as an Ideal Epistemological Theory
3 Units Core
Complementary as a unifying principle of knowledge; it is examined in relation to the
faculties, sense perception and the Kantian idealist theory.
PHI 716 The Possibility of an African Epistemology
3 Units Required
The scientific difficulty in rationally establishing an African mode of knowing. An indepth study of the processes of knowing which could be culturally inferred. A clear
distinction between universal and particular modes of knowing.
PHI 750 Seminar
(Core)
PHI 799 Thesis
(Core 6 Units)
METAPHYSICS
1st Semester
PHI 707 The Greek Origin of Metaphysics
3 Units Required
The essence of the pre-Socratic; Platonic and Aristotelian metaphysics as given in the
theories of existence and substance. A careful examination of the basic principles is made
and an attempt is made to compare these with an African metaphysics.
65
Faculty of Arts
PHI 708 Mediaeval and Modern Metaphysics 3 Units Required
A careful study of the Nature of Reality in mediaeval philosophy. This one is against the
background of modern philosophical Theories as given by R. Descartes, John Locke,
Berkeley, Henri Bergson, Martin Heidegger and others.
2nd Semester
PHI 717 Contemporary Metaphysical and Its Justification
3 Units Core
Logical positivism and the verification principle. A careful study of the meaning fullness
of statements.
PHI 718 Attacks on metaphysics and its Justification
3 Unit Required
Verifiability in both science and metaphysics, experimental and scientific knowledge;
and a thorough examination of the values of metaphysical knowledge.
PHI 750 Seminar
(Core)
PHI 799 Thesis
(Core)
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D) DEGREE
As provided in the General regulation of the Graduate School, a Ph.D candidate will be
required to present a research proposal to the Department, pass a qualifying examination,
present at least a seminar, submit and defend a Research Thesis.
ETHICS
1st Semester
PHI 701 Graeco – Roman Ethical Theories:
A critical study of early Greek Eudaimonism in Aristotle and Hellenistic Ethics:
Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplationism.
PHI 702 Patristic, Medieval and Modern Ethics
A critical evaluation of the ethical theories of the Church Pathers (John Damascence) and
Medieval Philosophers (St. Augustine and Aquinas). Humanist Ethics. British Egoism
and Rationalism.
PHI 703 Classical studies in Ethnics
Kant’s Ethics, Hegel’s Ethical Theories and F.H. Braadley’s analysis of Hegel’s wor are
carefully examined. In addition, a critique of utilitarianism in Jeremy Bentham and J.S..
Mil; and a study of Nietzshe, Sartre and Edmund Husseri will be done.
2nd Semester
PHI 714 Professional Ethics
This is a detailed study in the application of ethical principles and methods of the various
professions and their practitioners; medical management, engineering, architectural,
business etc.
PHI 715 Contemporary Ethical Problems
Ethical theories seem to be losing their validity in the technology world. Thus, a detailed
analysis will be done of, as many ethical problems as possible, especially Capital
Punishment, Abortion, Euthanasia. Ethnic Discrimination, Sexual Discrimination,
Poverty and Affluence, Genetic Engineering.
66
Faculty of Arts
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGIOUS MANAGEMENT AND CULTURAL STUDIES
INTRODUCTION
The Department offers courses leading to the degree of Masters of Arts (M.A.) and Doctor of
Philosophy (Ph.D) with specialization in the following areas:
(i)
African Traditional Religion
(ii)
Old Testament Studies
(iii)
New Testament Studies
(iv)
Church History
(v)
Theology
(vi)
Philosophy of Religion
MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES
AIMS
The Master of Art Programmes in religious studies is aimed at postgraduate specialization
which will;
(i)
help to provide high level manpower needs of the country;
(ii)
enable students to acquire necessary skills for carrying out further research in the
discipline;
(iii)
assist students to understand and appreciate the relevance of religious studies to
national development; and
(iv)
make the researcher to cultivate and develop scholarly attitude of objectivity,
maturity and tolerance towards various religious practices in Nigeria.
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME.
Subject to the general regulations governing graduate studies, candidates must possess
requisite level of competence in Greek and or Hebrew. Candidates who are deficient in the
two languages will be required to make up deficiency by registering for and passing at least
six units of either Greek or Hebrew. Candidates for biblical studies must demonstrate
knowledge of both languages. Each student will take at least 5 courses from his or her area of
specialization plus 3 other electives. In addition, each student must register for research
project of 30,000 words which must be passed in an oral examination. Every student shall be
required to present at least a seminar paper during the period of study.
Faculty of Arts
REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION
To fulfil the requirement for the award of the Degree of Master, a student must register for
and pass a minimum of 30 units which should include core and elective courses and the
research thesis.
COURSES AVAILABLE
(i)
African Traditional Religion
1ST SEMESTER
701
African Concept of Man
3
C
702
Secret Societies in African Religion
3
E
703
Ethics of African Religion
3
E
2ND SEMESTER
714
Symbolism in African Religion
3
E
715
Mantic Systems in African Religion
3
C
716
Mysterious Powers in Africa
3
C
67
Faculty of Arts
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
750
Seminar
799
Research Thesis
Old Testament Studies
1ST SEMESTER
704
History of Theology of the Old Testament
705
Revelation of God in the Old Testament
706
Old Testament Textual Criticism
707
Old Testament recent Studies
2ND SEMESTER
717
International Literature
718
Prophecy in the Old Testament
719
Advanced Hebrew
750
Seminar
199
Research Thesis
New Testament Studies
1ST SEMESTER
708
The Language Literature of the New Testament
709
Advanced New Testament Greek
720
The Kingdom of God
721
The New Testament in Modern Scholarship
2ND EMESTER
730
The Theology of St. Paul
731
The Passion Narrative and the Resurrection of Jesus in
New Testament
732
Jahannie Literature
750
Seminar
799
Thesis
Church History
1ST SEMESTER
722
The Early Church
723
The Reformation
724
Missiology
2ND SEMESTER
733
The Ecumenical Movement
734
Church History: Problem of Historiography
735
History of Christianity; East and Southern Africa
750
Seminar
799
Research Thesis
Theology
1ST SEMESTER
725
Western Theology I
726
Western Theology II
727
Liberation theology
2ND SEMESTER
736
African Christian Theology
750
Seminar
799
Research Thesis
68
3
6
C
C
3
3
3
3
C
E
C
E
3
3
3
3
6
E
E
C
C
C
3
3
3
3
C
C
E
E
3
C
3
3
3
6
E
E
C
C
3
3
3
C
C
E
3
3
3
6
E
E
E
C
C
3
3
3
E
E
C
3
3
6
C
C
C
Faculty of Arts
(vi)
Philosophy of Religion
1ST SEMESTER
728
Study in specific problem in Philosophy of Religion
3
C
728
The Content of Religion
3
E
742
The Religious pluralism
3
E
729
Atheism and Secularization
3
C
2ND SEMESTER
730 The Theology of St. Paul
A study of Pauline Epistles; the life, work and theology of Paul in the Epistles
particularly in Romans, Galatians and Ephesians.
731 The Passion Narratives and The Resurrection of Jesus in the New Testament
Examination of the basis of the Greek text, of the passion narratives. An in-depth
study of the Resurrection narratives in the Gospels and in Paul.
732 Johannine Literature
A detailed study of the Fourth Gospel, the Johannine Epistles and the Apocalypse, on
the basis of the Greek text
3
E
SECTION IV: CHURCH HISTORY
1ST SEMESTER
722 The Early Church
An in-depth and critical study of the early Church: covering the birth of the Church:
Paul’s missionary journeys: early heresies and schisms tension between the church
and Judaism: government of the early Christian fathers and martyrs: Peter Paul,
Ignatius of Antioch, Polycarp and Origin.
SECTION V: THEOLOGY
1ST SEMESTER
725 Western Theology
A critical study of the theologies of F. Schleiermacher, A Ritschele, E. Troeltsch and
S. Kierkegard against their historical, social and political background.
Units, Elective
726 Western Theology II
An apreaisal of the theologies of Karl Barth, Emil Brunner, R. Bultmann, hon.
Maguarrie, and J.A.T. Robinson, Karl Rhanner against their historical, social and
political background
3 Units, Core
727 Liberation Theology
Black theology in North America, Black theology in South Africa. The Political
implications and situational character of Black theology
3 Units, Core
A consideration of Liberation theology in Latin America; Feminine theology
2ND SEMESTER
736 African Christianity Theology
The emergence of African Christianity theology: a study of the theologies of some
African Christian fathers: St Augugustine. Cyprian, and Tertulian. An alppraisal of
the thoughts of Edwin, Smith, E.B. Idowu, J.S. Mbiti, Harry Sawver, Baeta, Fashole –
Luke, A. Shorter.
69
Faculty of Arts
SECTION VI: PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
1ST SEMESTER
728 Study of Specific Problems in Philosophy of Religion; God’s existence: Ontological
and teleological arguments.
705 Revelation of God in the Old Testament
Detailed study of the nature of God in the Old Testament, with particular reference to
the names of God, theophanies, angel of the Lord. A study of nature of God as
reflected in Deutero and Trito Isaiah.
3 Units, Core
706 Old Testament Textual Criticism
His and transmission of the text. Contribution of the Quran findings to Biblical
criticism. An in-depth study of either Isaiah or a minor Prophet on the basis of the
Hebrew text.
3 Units., Core
707 Old Testament in Recent Studies
A review of the various approaches to the study of the Old Testament in modern
times, entailing an examination of the source critical, form-critical, religionHistorical, Archaeological, Anthropological, Sociological and Theological
approaches.
3 Units, Elective
2ND SEMESTER
717 Intertestamental Literature
The Apocrypha and Pseudoepigrapha. A study of the wars of liberations. The
Maccabees; and the Jewish wars with the Romans (66-70; 132-235 A.D.).
3 Units Elective
718 Prophecy in the Old Testament
Prophecy in Israel. A critical assessment of the contribution of the Prophets to the
history, religion, and thought of Israel.
3 Units, Elective
719 Advanced Hebrew
An in-depth study and exegesis of a prophetic book; Isaiah, Jeremiah, or Ezekiel. An
examination of some of the Quran documents in the Original
3 Units, Core
SECTION III: NEW TESTAMENT
1ST SEMESTER
708 New Testament Studies
A critical study of the language and literature of the N.T. canon. A history of N.T.
literature and scholarship. A study of the various codices.
3 Units, Core
709 Advanced New Testament Greek
A detailed study (including translation and exegesis) of selected portions of the
Epistle
3 Units, Core
710 The Kingdom of God.
Origin of the term “Kingdom of God” the teaching of Jesus on the Kingdom and its
consummation. Use of Biblical concept of the Kingdom in contemporary theology.
The Kingdom of God and Ecclesiastical organizations in Africa today.
3 Units, Elective
711 Modern Trends in N.T. Scholarship
Modern trends in N.T. scholarship, Various schools of thought as reflected in the
works of some of the following Scholars: Rudolf Bultmann; Karl Barth, Paul Tillich,
Emil Brunner J.A.T Robinson and Karl Rahner.
3 Units, Elective
70
Faculty of Arts
2ND SEMESTER
737 Systematic Theology
738 Religion and Culture
739 The End of Religion
740 Neo-positivism and contemporary Ethics
743 The problem of Religious language
750 Seminar
799 Research Thesis
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
SECTION I: AFRICAN TRADITIONAL RELIGION
1ST SEMESTER
701 African Concept of Man
African concept of man; his constituent elements his relation to God; his relation to
the world; his relation to man; his destiny on earth and his fate after.
3 Units, Core
702 Secret Societies in African Religion
Social values and the religious significance of secret societies e.g. Ogboni, Poro,
Ekpe, Oro; the negative and positive functions of thesis societies. 3 Units Elective
703 Ethics of African Religion
Examination of moral values in African Religion, Truth, telling, integrity and probity;
Covenant taboos and prohibitions, the problems of evil and the ethical role of
divinities.
3 Units Elective
2ND SEMESTER
714 Symbolism in African Religion:
Nature and function of myth and symbols in religious beliefs, rituals and rganization,
symbolism of some cultic events, Elective bodily signs and omens, colour
symbology, numerology, eve and odd numbers,
feathers of some birds.
3 Units, Elective
715
Mantic Systems in African Religion
Examination of various African mantic systems. Lfa (Yocuba) Igbadai (Uzo-Ijaw)
etc. real meaning of manticism significance of manticism.
Mysterious Power in Africa
A critical study of magic, medicine, sorcery and witchcraft and their place in African
Religion. Examination of the relationship of each of them to the others. A
consideration of their social functions and how they operate. Their relationship to
religion. Incantations, Divinations and solution. Millennia magic and economic
enterprises. Traditional medicine and western medicine. Diseases and remedies. The
Igbe cult.
3 Units, Core
SECTION II: OLD TESTAMENT
1ST SEMESTER
704
History and Theology of the Old Testament
The return of the Exile are reflected in Nehemiah-Ezra. The effect return of
Alexander and Great conquest on Jewish History and theology. The coming of the
Romans. Immortality of the Soul, Evil, Reincarnation and Free-Will
3 Units, Core
Faculty of Arts
71
728
729
742
737
738
739
740
743
750
799
Content of Religion
A discussion of the meaning and content of religion, the consequence of man’s
response to the Divine Presence; Sacrifice and controlled behaviour.
3 Units, Elective
Atheism and Secularization
An appraisal of the modern denial of God and religious/values as exemplified in the
Freudian Psychology; the philosophy of Feuerbach, Karl Marx and Nietzche; it
equally studies the meanings of secularism and secularization as a means of attaining
a healthy religious and political environment.
3 Units, Required
Religious Pluralism
The role of experience in religious practice, the cultural and socio-economic
expressions of religious beliefs; the possibility of some sort of unity in diversity in the
universal experience of Religion
3 Units, Required
2ND SEMESTER
Systematic Theology
Theology and anthropology; the doctrine of God and Trinitarian mode of existence;
Christology and Soteriology; Ecclesiology and eschatology
3 Units, Elective
Religion and Culture
Appraisal of the essential relationship between Religion and the Area in which it
thrives; Religion as an awareness of throes; Religion as an awareness of God in a
particular environment; the influences of culture on Religion; the living nature of
cultural need for its revival.
3 Units, Core
The End Religion
An in-depth explanation of the goal pursued by different units and forms of religion.
The various ways the goal is attained in Islam, Buddhism, Zoroastrianism,
Christianity, and in African religion.
3 Units, Elective
Neo-Positivism and Contemporary Ethics
Linguistic analysis as expounded by Bertrand Russell, Ayer and Wittgestein; the
values of Neo-positivism for religion; its negative implications for both religion and
ethics. Proposed solution to the areas of disagreement.
3 Units, Core
The Problem of Religious Language
An intensive study of the finitude of man and the limitations in expressing the
experience of an infinite and transcendent God. The solutions are sought in the
Thomistic analogical predication, symbolic interpretation an d the paradoxical
approaches of the Eastern and Western mystics.
3 Units, Core
Seminar
(Core)
Thesis
(Core) 6 Units
72
FACULTY OF BASIC MEDICAL SCIENCES
DEPARTMENTS
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES
PHYSIOLOGY
73
FACULTY OF BASIC MEDICAL SCIENCES
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES
ENTRY REQUIREMENT/DURATION
Holders of the BMLS OR AIMLT/FIMLT (with appropriate PGD) may be eligible for
admission as candidates for the Masters Medical Laboratory Science Degree in any of the
specialties in Medical Sciences. Students who have considerable experience in Medical
Laboratory Sciences or who show evidence of a capacity for research in the fields related
to Medical Sciences may be permitted to specialize in one or more areas of Medical
Laboratory Sciences while participating in original research in these areas at Ambrose
Alli University.
PART-TIME PROGRAMMES:
For a part-time Masters of Medical Laboratory Sciences programme, holders of the
BMLS or AIMLT/FIMLT (with appropriate PGD) or Bachelor of Science degree will
need a minimum of 3 years to complete the MMLS, while those with AIMLT or FIMLT
are expected to complete the MMLS in four years.
The MMLS programme is by course work and a research project. The course work will
consist of lectures as well as practical classes.
All the MMLS candidates will each present 3 seminars. The first seminar will be on a
general topic. The second which will be presented before commencement of the MMLS
research project – project proposal. The third will also be on the project and will be
presented only after the project bench work has been completed.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Each candidate for the Master of Science will undergo the following study plan:
Thirty-three Semester hours of credit including Medical Laboratory Science (718).
Research and preparation of thesis (the student must submit a satisfactory thesis and pass
the oral examination). Research thesis may commence at any time as recommended by
the student’s supervisor. However, it will not be undertaken until the title is approved by
the supervisor and the Graduate Committee.
PROGRAMME AND COURSE GROUPS
At the onset of study, each student will choose one area of specialization from among the
following disciplines;
(a)
Clinical Chemistry
(b)
Haematology
(c)
Immunology
(d)
Immunohaematology
(e)
Medical Microbiology
(f)
Histopathology or Morbid Ariatmy
CORE COURSES
CREDIT UNITS
1.
MLS 701
Biological Chemistry
3
2.
MLS 702
Organizational Behaviour
3
3.
MLS 703
Computer Application in Health Sciences
3
4.
MLS 718
Research and Preparation of thesis
3
5.
MLS 728
Seminar
3
18
74
Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences
ELECTIVE COURSES
Elective course may be selected from various areas of specialization of the candidate such
as clinical Chemistry, Haematology, Immunology, Immunohaematology, Medial
Microbiology, etc.
15
Total 33
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE (Ph.D)
The duration for the Ph.D degree programme will be a minimum period of 36 months and
maximum of 60 months of full-time registration; while a minimum period of 48 months
and a maximum period of 84 months for a part-time registration.
This programme is based normally on research work. However, depending on the course
contents of the earlier training of the candidates, some pre-requisite courses may be
recommended, and which must be examined and passed before the commencement of the
research work
A minimum of three seminars will be expected from each Ph.D student. The first is on the
research proposal, and the commencement of the Ph.D research project will depend on
successful presentation of the seminar. The second will be presented when reasonable
amount of data have been collected. The third seminar will be at the completion of the
Ph.D research project bench work. Between the second and the third seminars, more
seminars may be presented. The number of such presentation will entirely depend on the
discretion of the supervisor (s)
EXAMINATIONS (MMLS)
All the candidates will be examined in each of the courses taken. There will also be at
least two continuous assessment tests in each of the courses and these may be in form of
written tests, oral tests, practical tests and/or seminars. For each of the courses, the
continuous assessment tests will attract a minimum score of 25 percent. At the end of the
teaching of each course, there must be an examination and the pass mark will be 50
percent.
The assessment of the MMLS research project will be based on the performance in the
two seminars on the project, preparation of MMLS research project report and the defense
of the project. The scores for the various assessments are 20,20,30,30 percent
respectively.
Reseat examinations will not be allowed for whatever reasons. All failed courses will be
taken at the next available opportunity. All other regulations concerning the examination
at MMLS degree programme are as per the Graduate School regulations.
Ph.D
At the Ph.D level, the examination will be based entirely on the oral defense of thesis.
However, a student will only be presented for the oral examination after having satisfied
the postgraduate Committee of the Department and Supervisor (s) that:
i The thesis to be defended represented an independent research activity of the student.
ii The student adequately took advantage of the supervision of his or her supervisor (s)
A student who fails at the examination may re-submit the thesis for examination only
after a minimum of 6 months after the previous examination.
75
COURSE REGISTRATION
MMLS
The programme will be based on course credit. Units system.
All the core courses are compulsory, totally 18 credit units. The remaining 15 credit units
may be chosen from the elective courses in their areas of specialization. All full-time
students must register for all the courses before commencing the programme. Any failed
course will be re-registered at the beginning of the session in which the course will be retaken or offered.
Par-time students cannot register for more than a total of 9 credit units or courses per
semester, and the selection of courses to be registered will be based on the advice of the
Department.
Ph.D
Candidates who did not obtain a masters degree in Medical Laboratory Sciences or
closely related subjects, will be expected to register for the prescribed courses to be
determined by the Department.
MICROBIOLOGY
CORE COURSES (See above)
ELECTIVES
MLS 704
Biomedical Statistics
MLS 705
Medical Bacteriology
MLS 706
Tissue Culture
MLS 707
Medical Parasitology
MLS 711
Physiology of Bacteria
MLS 712
Advanced Medical Microbiology
MLS 713
Medical Mycology
MLS 714
Medical Virology
MLS 715
General Parasitology
MLS 716
Advanced Microbiology
MLS 717
General Virology
CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
MLS 704
MLS 708
Clinical Chemistry
MLS 709
Automated Instrumentation in the Clinical Laboratory
MLS 721
Biomedical Electronics
MLS 719
Advanced Clinical Chemistry I
MLS 731
Advanced Clinical Chemistry II
MLS 732
Immunochemistry (Lecture)
MLS 733
Biological Chemistry (Lab)
MLS 734
Enzymology
76
CREDITS
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
CREDITS
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
HAEMATOLOGY
ELECTIVES
MLS 704
MLS 722
Introduction to Haematology
MLS 723
Theories of Blood Coagulation
MLS 724
Tissue Culture
MLS 735
Immunohaematology
MLS 736
Advanced Haematology I
MLS 737
Advanced Haematology II
MLS 738
Experimental Haematopoiesis
MLS 733
Biology Chemistry (Lab)
IMMUNOLOGY
ELECTIVES
MLS 704
MLS 725
Immnology
MLS 726
Immunohaematology
MLS 727
Medical Microbiology
MLS 721
Biomedical Electronics
MLS 732
Immunochemistry (Lecture)
MLS 739
MLS 714
Medical Virology
MLS 733
MLS 717
General Virology
MLS 729
Histochemistry
OTHER COURSES
MLS 751
Zoonoses
MLS 752
Cytogenetics
MLS 753
Molecular Biology
CREDITS
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
MLS 704 BIOMDICAL STATISTICS 3 Credits, 2 Hours Lecture week
Fundamentals of statistics as applied to Medical and Biological. Sciences. Measures
of central tendency and variability, theory of sampling; theory of estimation; sample
frequency functions; confidence limits, theory of test hypothesis; linear regression and
correlation; design of experiments; applicable non-parametric statistics.
MLS 703 COMPUTER APPLICATION IN HEALTH SCIENCE
3 credits – 2 Hours Lecture per week
Introduction to the use of computer in the various fields on the health services. Basic
programming in Fortran, utilizing the use of the A.A.U Computer Centre. The course
includes process control and on line systems with application to term project.
MLS 708 CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
3 credits
Pre-requisite: Introduction to Clinical Chemistry or permission of the Instructor/Head
of Department. 2 Hours Lecture and 2 hours laboratory.
77
Quality control, evaluation and selection of methodology. Interpretation of analysis of
tests performed in medical laboratories. Topics such as electrophoresis,
chromatography, spectrophotometer radioimmuno assay will be considered. Emphasis
is placed on clinical enzymology and blood gas measurements. The biochemical
significance of metabolic disorders of proteins, carbohydrates, and lipids will also be
discussed.
MLS 709
AUTOMATED INSTRUMENTATION IN CLINICAL
LABORATORY
3 Credits 2 Hours Lecture 2 hours laboratory per week. Open to undergraduate
students with the permission of the Instructor. A study of current principles of
automated analysis as applied to Clinical Chemistry and Heamotology. The course
will provide exposure to several commercially available systems.
MLS 722 INTRODUCTION TO HAEMATOLOGY
3 Credits 2 Hours Lecture, 2 Hours Laboratory per week. Introduction to the study of
the morphology and cytology of the blood and blood forming organs with emphasis
on their application to experimental and diagnostic procedures.
MLS 723 THEORIES OF BLOOD COAGULATION
3 Credits 2 Hours Lecture and 2 Hours Laboratory per week.
Theoretical aspects of blood coagulation in normal and diseased states with methods
of demonstration of the various blood factors involved.
MLS 724 TISSUE CULTURE
3 Credits 2 Hours Lecture, 2 hours Laboratory per week
Study methods and media for the in vitro proliferation and maintenance of vertebrate
tissue and its application to experimental methods of histology, pharmacology and
medical technology.
MLS 725 IMMUNOLOGY
3 Credits 2 Hours Lecture and 2 hour laboratory per week .
Principle of immunology, immuno – diffusion and immunochemistry with emphasis
to experimental and clinical procedures.
MLS 735 IMMUNOHAAEMATOLOGY
Prerequisite: Immunology. 2 hours lecture and 2 hours laboratory.
Methods in blood banking with emphasis on the genetics of human blood.
MLS 727
MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY
3 Credits. Pre-requisite: An acceptable undergraduate course in Microbiology or
Bacteriology. 2 Hours lecture and 1-2 hours Laboratory per week.
The delineation: of microbial species (bacteria, fungi, algae, protozoa, helminthes,
and other animal parasites) implicated in disease. The course will stress advanced
methods and techniques in microbiology, as well as specialized procedures in
diagnostic microbiology.
MLS 707 MEDICAL PARASITOLOGY
3 Credits. Pre-requires: MLS 715 (Parasitology)
2 hours lecture and 2 hours Laboratory per week
A study of the life cycle, morphology, transmission potency, simple pathology and
associated disease organism, immunology, distribution and prevention of protozoans,
helminths and arthropods that infect or infest man. Those aspects of the life cycle and
transmission which apply directly to preventive medicine are particularly emphasized.
78
Practical classes on recognition of parasites in stools, blood, tissues, and free living
are required. Special emphasis is placed upon those aspects of the life cycle that are
useful for clinical diagnosis and definitive cure.
MLS 751 ZOONOSES
3 Credits 3 Hours Lectures
A study of diseases of animals transmissible to man. Animals considered will cover
household pets, domesticated and wild animals including mammals, birds and lower
vertebrates. It stresses the epidemiology of diseases and methods to prevent human
and animal diseases.
MLS 721 BIOMEDICAL ELECTRONICS
3 Credits. Pre-requires: General Physics or the permission of the Instructor.
3 hours Lectures and demonstration.
The theory and application of electronic instrument to the health sciences especially
biology and physiology. Includes a broad survey of the operating principles of
transducers which are available for measuring temperature, displacement, flow, force
pressure, acceleration, sound and light intensity, etc. and the necessary signal
processing, display and recording equipment.
MLS 711 PHYSIOLOGY OF BACTERIA
3 Credits. Pre-requisites: MLS 716 and per-requisites Biochemistry 2 Hours lectures
and 2 hours laboratory; collateral readings and term report. A study of the metabolic
activities of bacteria and related fungi. Emphasis is placed on the enzymes of bacteria,
fermentations, energy relationships, oxidation and metabolism
MLS 719, 731 ADVANCED CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
3 Credits per semester
Per-require: Clinical Chemistry (MLS 708) or permission of instructor.
It is an advanced course designed to give in-depth understanding in Clinical
Chemistry, Analytical Techniques, selection of methodology practical for general
hospital laboratory and paediatric micro laboratory. Topics include clinical
enzymology, clinical disorders in acid-base and electrolyte imbalance, inborn errors
of metabolism. In-depth discussion of disorders of amino acids, carbohydrate, lipids
and hormone imbalance will be covered with a biochemical viewpoint.
MLS 736, 737 ADVANCED HAEMATOLOGY
3 Credits per semester. College courses in Physiology and Biochemistry are
recommended 2 Hours lecture and 2 hours laboratory. Per-requisite: Basic
Haematology, extensive work in the field or permission of the instructor.
This is an advanced course designed to give in-depth exposure to concepts of cell
origin, differentiation, as well as molecular concepts of disease and current trends of
research. Quality control experience in laboratory practice, marrow differential
counts, histochemical and biochemical techniques will be included in-depth
MLS 738 EXPERIMENTAL HAEMATOPOIESIS
3 Credits Prerequisite: Haematology 2 Hours lecture and two hours Laboratory. The
development of techniques in experimental Haematopoiesis primarily on mammalian
bone marrow. Instruction of students in techniques of altering Haematopoiesis and
evaluation of results.
79
MLS 729 HISTOCHEMISTRY
3 Credits. Pre-requisites: Histology and Organic Chemistry, 2 Hours lecture and 2
hours laboratory and project, advanced histological techniques; stain technology,
histochemical demonstration of enzyme activities.
MLS 732 IMMUNOCHEMISTRY (Lecture)
3 Credits Pre-requisites: Biochemistry or Immunology, 4 Hours Lecture and Seminar
and Demonstrations. Immunology and immunochemistry with emphasis on the
common problems of research in the field of immunology. Isolation, chemical
analysis and structure of antigens and antibodies will be studied in conjunction with
assays of biological and immunological activities. Seminar reports.
MLS 739 IMMUNOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY
3 Credits Pre-requisites: MLS 739 (Immunochemistry) and permission of the
instructor. 4 Hours Laboratory. A laboratory illustrating the qualitative and
quantitative aspects of immunochemistry. A special student project will be chosen by
mutual agreement of the instructor and student to supplement basic experiments such
as molecular weight sieves, ion exchange chromatography, immuno electrophoresis;
reductive and enzymatic cleavage and assays of immunological response.
MLS 712 ADVANCED MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY
3 Credits Pre-requisites: MLS 705 (Medical Microbiology) or at the discretion of the
instructor, sufficient experience in microbiology. 2 Hours lecture and 2 Hours
Laboratory. Applied Bacteriology: Isolation; identification and classification of
Bacteria. Usually, one or two large groups of related microorganisms are discussed.
The laboratory includes the application of various chemical and serological tests for
the identification of the isolates.
MLS 713 MEDICAL MYCOLOGY
3 Credits Pre-requisites: Microbiology, 2 Lectures and 2 Hours Laboratory. A study
of the classification, identification, life cycles and the morphologic, physiological and
comprising the major classes and orders. Emphasis is placed on those fungi of
economic and medical importance.
MLS 714 MEDICAL VIROLOGY
3 Credits Pre-requisites: MLS 717 (General Virology) or permission of the instructor.
2 Hours Lectures and 2 Hours Laboratory Applied Virology Isolation, identification
and classification of the virology of man and animals. Methods of identifying viruses:
haemagglatination and serological tests.
MLS 741 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN LABORATORY MEDICINE
One or two credits per semester to be determined with approval of the H.O.D. and the
Supervisor. Research problem under the guidance of a member of the Medical
Laboratory Science Department.
MLS 742 SELECTED TOPICS IN CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
Per-requisite: Advanced Clinical Chemistry. This seminar course is especially
designed only for students who are majoring in Clinical Chemistry. It will deal with
critiques utilized in the field of Clinical Chemistry. Such areas as electrophoresis,
lipid phenol typing and radio immunoassay and special procedures will be discussed.
MLS 718 RESEARCH AND PREPARATION OF THESIS
3 Credits per semester. Open only to matriculated students. Approval of the H.O.D.
and Supervisor. Selection, supervision and completion of the thesis topic
80
MLS 715 PARASITOLOGY
3 Credits. 2 Hours Lectures and 2 Hours Laboratory. A consideration of the general
and evolutionary aspects of parasitism together with life cycles, methods of control,
diagnosis and economic effects of the more important parasites of humans.
Laboratory studies of the morphology, physiology, culture and identification of
parasites; and their epidemiological relationship to diseases.
MLS 701 BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
3 Credits. Per-requisite: Organic Chemistry or the equivalent. An inquiry into the
Chemistry of biologically important compounds including amino acids, proteins,
lipids, carbohydrates, nucleic acids, vitamins, biological oxidation, intermediary
metabolism and enzyme systems.
MLS 733 BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY (LAB)
3 Credits. Per-requisite: MLS 701. 4 Hours Laboratory The laboratory course
illustrates the application of qualitative and quantitative chemical laboratory
principles and procedures to biochemical experimentation. Laboratory procedure
involves spectrophotometer, chromatography, and radio-tracer methods among other
techniques.
MLS 734 ENZYMOLOGY
3 Credits. Per-requisite: MLS 701, 2 Hours lecture and 2 Hours Laboratory collateral
readings and reports. The biochemical and physiological role of enzymes, with
emphasis on the kinetics and mechanisms of enzymes. Collateral readings and term
report.
MLS 752 CYTOGENETICS
3 Credits. Pre-requisite undergraduate course in genetics, 2 Hours Lecture and 2
Hours Laboratory. A study of Cytogenetic phenomena of plants and animals. The
light microscope morphology and ultrastructure of the chromosomes are discussed, as
well as the processes of mitosis. Special consideration is given to human
Cytogenetics. Laboratory techniques in the preparation of mitotic and meiotic
chromosomes from plants, animals and man.
MLS 743 BIOPHYSICS
3 Credits. 3 hours Lecture. The study of the principles of the physical sciences as
applied to biological systems. Biological problems are developed and quantified in
terms of physical models wherever practical. Topics covered include biophysical
studies on nerve and muscle; electromagnetic radiations and matter; radioactivity and
biological tracers; sound and ultrasound; electrical conductance; ion selective
membranes; electrodes, etc. The techniques and operating principle of the specialized
instrumentation used in biophysical studies and medical research are discussed.
MLS 716 ADVANCED MICROBIOLOGY
Pre-requisite: Mirobiology 2 Hours Lecture and 2 Hours Laboratory. A study of the
biology of micro-organisms (bacteria, fungi, viruses, rickettsiae, and protozoa),
including their cell morphology, cell chemistry, genetics, antigenic nature, nutritive
requirements and interrelationships.
MLS 717 GENERAL VIROLOGY
2 Hours lecture and collateral readings. The modes of reproduction and identification
of viruses and rickettsiae with attention to the nature of viruses and host susceptibility.
81
MLS 702 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
3 Credits.
This course attempts to broaden understanding of both the formal and informal
aspects of the administrative process. The critical elements of human behaviour in an
organizational environment are examined. Among the topics considered are:
Individual behavioural patterns, superior/subordinate relationships, group dynamics,
communication, motivation and decision making. The effect of administrative control
processes on organization members and the impact of innovation and change on the
organization are also considered.
MLS 744 METHODS AND MATERIALS OF TEACHING SCIENCES IN
SECONDARY SCHOOLS
3 Credits
The purpose of the course is to show that a changing philosophy of science underlies
the approach in formulating objectives determining experiences, content organization,
methods and evaluation of learning in science. This course is geared specifically for
students teaching in the health sciences.
82
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
POST-GRADUATE PROGRAMME IN PHILOSOPHY
Objective:
The main objective of the programme is to produce well trained Physiologists to meet
the high demand for these specialists in Colleges of Medicine and Medical Research
Institutions in Nigeria. It will, in particular ensure the development of academic staff
in the Department of Philosophy of this University.
This programme will also assist in meeting the demand for Physiologists in many
other Departments of the Nigerian University system, as well as in a variety of other
sectors of the economy. This is because Physiologists are needed in University
Departments of Biophysics, Neurobiology, Human Biology, Physiotherapy, Medical
Laboratory Science, Nursing etc. They are needed in agencies concerned with
Climatic Stress, Work Physiology, Sport Medicine, Nutrition and Population Control.
Physiologists are also required in private enterprises, especially those concerned with
drug and food manufacturing.
Degrees to Be Offered
(1) Master of Science (M.Sc)
(2) Doctor of Physiology (Ph.D)
Entry Requirements
1.
M.Sc.:
(a) A good degree in Physiology, Pharmacology, Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy,
Biochemistry, Biology, Veterinary Medicine, and Anatomy
(b) In certain cases, other suitable qualifications will be considered for admission. The
suitability of the qualification will be based on the full knowledge of the content of
the training programme and the nature of the candidates career. In some cases, the
candidates may be expected to take qualifying examinations.
PHY 735 Radiation and Matter
Planck’s radiation law, Einsten’s coefficients, fluctuation in photon number, Time –
dependent perturbation theory; line broadening, Doppler broadening; time
dependence of a chaotic light beam, laser systems.
PHY 736 Nuclear Spectroscopy
Isomerism and energy level study. Mossbauer spectroscopy: Practical applications,
interaction of radiation with matter.
PHY 737 Nuclear Instrumentation
Desimentry, Absorbed dose, Dose Equivalent; practical calculations of the dose rate,
calculation of Flux; Exposure rate constant; Approximate formulae for calculating
dose rate; Concept of risk, Annual dose equivalent limit; Radiation detectors,
Spectrometric electronic units; monitoring equipment; Neutron generator system;
Counting system.
PHY Seminar
A student shall be expected to present a seminar on a current topic in physics as
approved by the Department at least once in a session. This is different from seminars
based on the candidate’s Research Project.
83
PHY 799 Research Project
2 Ph.D:
A good M.Sc. degree in Physiology or other closely related subjects. In the latter case,
the candidates may be expected to take some courses aimed at up-grading the
candidates’ knowledge of Physiology before commencing with the doctorate research
project.
Duration and Nature of Studies
M.Sc.
The minimum period of study for the M.Sc. degree is twelve (12) months, for the
full-time programme and 24 months for part-time programme. The M.Sc. programme
is by course work and a research project. The course work will consist of lectures as
well as practical classes.
All the M.Sc. candidates will each present 3 seminars. The first seminar will be on
a general topic. The second which will be presented before the commencement of the
M.Sc. research project, will be on a topic related to the project. The third will also be
on the project and will be presented only after the project bench work has been
completed.
Ph.D
The duration for the Ph.D degree programme will be a minimum period of 24
months for full time registration and 48 months for part-time registration.
The programme is based normally on research work. However, depending on the
course contents of the earlier training of the candidates, some pre-requisite course
may be recommended, and which must be examined and passed before the
commencement of the research work.
A minimum of three seminars will be expected from each Ph.D student. The first
is on the research proposal and the commencement of the Ph.D. research project will
depend on successful presentation of the seminar. The second will be presented when
reasonable amount of data have been collected. The third seminar will be at the
completion of the Ph.D research project bench work. Between the second and the
third seminars, more seminars may be presented. The number of such presentations
will entirely depend on the discretion of the supervisor(s).
The maximum duration for full-time Ph.D programme is 48 months, and 72
months for a part-time programme.
Examinations
M.Sc.
All the M.Sc. candidates will be examined in each of the courses taken. There will
also be at least two continuous assessment tests in each of the courses and these may
be in form of written tests, oral tests, practical tests and or seminars. For each of the
courses, the continuous assessment tests will attract a maximum score of 25 percent.
At the end of the teaching of each course, there must be an examination and the pass
mark will be 50 percent.
The assessment of the M.Sc. research project will be based on the performance in
84
the two seminars on the project, preparation of M.Sc. research project report and the
defense of the project. The scores for the various assessments are 20, 20, 30, 30
percent respectively
Resist examinations will not be allowed for whatever reasons. All failed courses
will be taken at the next available opportunity. All other regulations concerning the
examination at the M.Sc. degree programme are as per the Graduate School
regulations.
Ph.D
At the Ph.D level, the examination will be based entirely on the oral defense of
thesis. However, a student will only be presented for the oral examination after having
satisfied the Post-graduate Committee of the Department and supervisor(s) that:
(i) The thesis to be defended represented an independent research activity of the
student.
(iii) The student adequately took advantage of the supervision of his or supervisor(s)
A student who fails at the examination may resubmit the thesis for examination only
after a minimum of 6 months after the previous examination
Course Registration
M.Sc.
The programme will be base on course unit system.
All courses are compulsory. All full-time students must register for all the courses
before commencing on the programme. Any failed course will be re-registered at
beginning of the session in which the course will be retaken.
Part-time students cannot register for more than a total of 9 units of courses per
semester and the selection of courses to be registered will be based on the advice of
the Department.
All courses failed must be registered at the beginning of the session in which the
failed course will be retaken
Ph.D
Candidates who did not obtain a Master degree in Physiology or in closely related
subjects will be expected to register prescribed courses to be determined by the
Department. Under no circumstance should such candidate register for more than 16
units of courses in the first semester and 17 units of courses in the second semester
85
M.Sc. Degree Course Description
Course Code
Course Units
PYS 701
3
PYS 702
3
PYS 703
3
PYS 704
3
PYS 705
PYS 706
PYS 711
PYS 712
PYS 713
PYS 714
PYS 715
PYS716
3
2
3
3
3
3
1
4
Course Description
The cell and automatic Nervous system
Blood, Body fluid and Renal system
Cardiovascular system and Respiration
Gastrointestinal Tract Physiology, Nutrition,
Metabolism and Temperature Regulation
Endocrinology and Reproduction
Biostatistics and Research Technique
Nerve and Muscle
Central Nervous System
Special senses
Special Topics
Computer Appreciation
Research Project
Course Outlines
PYS 701 (2 Units): The cell and the Autonomic Nervous System.
The Physiocochemical properties of cell. Regional variation in cell transport across
the cell membranes, membrane potentials, principles of cell homeostasis, the
Autonomic nervous system and its role in controlling body functions. The
hypothalamus and control of integrative processes. The gene and cellular genetic
activities.
PYS 702 (3 Units) Blood: Body Fluid and Renal System
Blood: Properties, composition, crythropoiesis, Metabolism of blood cells,
destruction of red blood cells, Hemoglobin – normal and abnormal; Hemolysis and
osmotic properties, agglutination and antigenic properties of leukocytes, spleen blood
volume, blood rheology, hemostasis, fibrinolysis, anticoagulants.
Body Fluids: Body fluid compartments, forces governing internal distribution of
water and electrolytes, mechanism of edema formation, nephrotic syndrome,
electrolyte composition of body fluids, external exchange of water and electrolytes.
Renal system: Functional anatomy of the kidney, principles of the functioning of the
nephron, glomerular filtration, clearance concept, tubular reabsorption, tubular
secretion, ater excretion, sodium excretion, potassium excretion, urine formation in
the diseased kidney, urea excretion, regulation of Acid-Bases balance.
PSY 703 (3Units) Cardiovascular System and Respiration.
CYS: The heart and the blood vessels, integrated cardiovascular function, properties
of the cardiac tissues, the heart as a pump, electrocardiogram, principles of
hemodynamics. Normal circulatory functions, autonomic and peripheral control
mechanisms, cardiovascular control system, capillaries and lymphatic vessels,
regional circulations, pulmonary circulations.
Respiration: The Morphology of the lungs and the airways, respiratory movements,
pressure changes, volume changes, gas exchanges of the atmosphere with the lungs
and blood, transport of gases by the blood; neutral and chemical controls of
respiration, Dyspnea and abnormal types of respiration; hypoxia, altitude and
accumulation, effect of excessive pressure of oxygen, helium, nitrogen, carbon
dioxide and carbon monoxide.
86
PYS 704 (3 Units) Gastrointestinal Tract Physiology, Nutrition, Metabolism and
Temperature Regulation.
Gastrointestinal Tract: Innervation and visceral sencation of the gastrointestinal
tract, gastrointestinal hormones, absorptive function, secretory and digestive
functions, motility of the tract.
Metabolism: Energy exchange, energy balance and food intake, intermediate
metabolism of carbohydrates, fats and proteins, basal metabolism, physiology of
muscular exercise.
Temperature Regulation of the Body: Heat exchange; body temperature of man and
their normal variations, Regulation of body temperature, temperature regulating
system, fever, anaesthetic hyperthermia, acclimatization.
Nutrition: Classification of nutrients, recommended intake of nutrients, food and
food table, primary nutritional diseases, public health perspectives, diet and
physiological stress.
PYS 705 (2 Units) Endocrinology and Reproduction
Endocrinology: Regulation of hormone release, measurements of hormones,
mechanisms of hormonal actions. Pituitary glands – Anatomy, Physiology of
adenohypophyseal hormones, Regulation of anterior pituitary function, Physiology of
Neuro hypophyseal hormones and regulation of the posterior pituitary function
Reproduction: Sexual differentiation, Reproductive hormones, Hormonal control of
testicular and ovarian functions, Reproductive cycle in females, Fertilization,
pregnancy parturition, foetal physiology, lactation .
PYS 706 (3 Units) Biostatistics and Research Techniques.
Biostatistics: Numbers and statistics, descriptive statistics, random variables,
expected values, some probability measures, population and samples, statistical
inference: tests of hypothesis, comparative experiments, regression and correlations.
Research Techniques: Research proposals, methodologies in physiology research,
sample collections and preservations and data collection, data analysis, report writing
PYS 711 (3 Units) Nerve and Muscle
Nerve: Resting membrane potential, excitation, conduction and transmission of nerve
impulse.
Muscle: types of muscle, Microscopic and molecular organization of muscle,
mechanism of muscle contraction. Mechanical characteristics of muscle, excitationcontraction coupling. Neuromuscular transmission of nerve impulse, vascular smooth
muscle.
PYS 712 (3Units) Central Nervous System:
General organization, spinal cord and segmented physiology, pathways and higher
influence, sensory functions of the brain, cutaneous, deep and visceral sensations.
Motor functions of the brain, pyramid system, sleep and reticular activation system,
sleep and wakefulness, electrical activity of the brain, EEG, evoked potentials and
events related potential, Limbic system, motivation and emotions, Higher nervous
functions, learning and memory, Brain and the mind
PYS 713 (3 Units) Special Senses
Vision: Structure of the eye, control of movements of the eyes, physiology of the
retina, central neutral mechanisms in vision. Basic visual phenomenon. Absolute and
differential thresholds, adaptation, after images, entopic contrast, visual perception,
electrophysiology of visual systems.
87
Audition: Physical nature of sound and noise. Middle and external ear. Auditory
pathways and higher centers. Basic amplitory functions – absolute and differential
thresholds, frequency and loudness, masking, adaptation. Speech perception. Hearing
impairments
Vestibular Function: Physiology of labyrinthine systems – components, neural
connections of the vestibular epithelia, central neural connections of vestibular
receptors, threshold determination, temporal duration of effects of vestibular
stimulation, electrophysiological responses to vestibular stimulation, motion,
sickness, labyrinthine dysfunction.
Chemical Senses: Olfactory receptors and stimuli sensation of odour,
electrophysiology of smell, central connections of the olfactory system, theories of
olfactory discrimination.
Taste – Sensation of taste, taste receptors, electrophysiology of taste, taste
discrimination, Theories of taste.
PYS 714 (2 Units)
Special Topics
Vascular physiology, Hypertension, exercise physiology, asthma, Arteriosclerosis,
Arrhythmias, Hemoglobinopathies, pre-eclampsia, Development and aging, obesity,
sickle cell anaemia, diabetes.
PYS 715 (1 Unit) Computer Appreciation
Meaning, major components and functioning versatility in the use of computer, word
processing, information storage, retrieving and processing.
PYS 716 Research Project.
Topic of the project will be assigned to the student(s) by the supervisor(s), the bench
work of the project should be done during the long vacation semester
88
FACULTY OF EDUCATION
DEPARTMENTS
CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTIONS
EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS
PHYSICAL AND HEALTH EDUCATION
89
DEPARTMENT OF CURICULUM AND INSTRUCTIONS
Graduate programmes undertaken in the Department are: M.Ed and Ph.D. each candidate
can specialize in any of the following:
(i)
Curriculum and Instructions
(ii)
Social Studies Education
(iii) Science Education
(iv)
Language Education
1.
Objectives
The main objectives of the Graduate Programmes are:
To develop the skills of practicing Curriculum and Instructions with particular emphasis
on theoretical basis for Curriculum practices.
To produce high level research personnel who will be able to contribute significantly in
the fields of Curriculum Studies by providing needed teaching and other services
in higher Institutions.
To raise high level manpower who will teach and provide the needed services in
Universities, Colleges of Education, Polytechnics and Ministries of Education.
Structure of the Programme
i.
Candidate must register for and pass all the prescribed courses.
Candidates are also expected to present Research Project to be examined in
accordance with the Graduate regulations.
Each candidate must demonstrate in teaching in university in his area of
specialization.
A candidate may be allowed to transfer not more than fifteen (15) units from
any other University approved by Senate, but units in research methods and
Research project are not transferable.
Each course will be examined through continuous assessment of students work
by examination. The pass mark for each course is 50%
Candidates who failed or are unable to write their examinations in any of the
prescribed courses may be allowed to do so at the next available opportunity.
Sandwich students shall register for first semester courses during the first long
vacation and the second semester courses during the second long vacation.
Requirements for Graduation
Candidates must register for and pass a minimum of 30 units of the prescribed courses
which shall include core, specialized and elective courses and Research thesis.
Course Requirement
Core courses for all Students
The following courses are Core for all full-time and sandwich students:
EDU 700
Research Methods
3 Units
EDU 701
Educational Statistics
3 Units
EDU 703
Project / Thesis
3 Units
EDU 740
Instructional Communication and Technology
3 Units
EDU 741
Psychology of Learning
3 Units
EDU 799
Research Project
3 Units
90
Specialisation Courses
(a) M.Ed Curriculum and Instruction
EDU 742
Theory and Practice in Curriculum Development
EDU 743
Curriculum Innovation and Improvement
EDU 744
Principles of Learning and Instruction
(b)
EDU 745
EDU 746
EDU 747
M.Ed Social Education
Introduction to Social Education
Social Studies curriculum in Secondary School
Organization and Methods in Social Studies
(c) M.Ed Science Education
EDU 748
Philosophy and History of Science Education
EDU 749
School Science Learning
EDU 750
Curriculum Programme in Science Education
Secondary Schools
(d) M.Ed Language Education
EDU 760
Mother-Tongue Education
EDU 761
Evaluation Attainment in Language Skills
EDU 762
Advances in Applied Linguistics
EDU 763
Teaching of Literature
EDU 764
Advances in Teaching Reading
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
(ii.) Electives
All the students in the specialist areas must register for at least two courses from the
following list:
EDU 751
Principles and Problems of Instruction in Higher
Education
3 Units
EDU 752
Primary School Curriculum
3 Units
EDU 753
Curriculum and Institution in Secondary School
Language Arts
3 Units
EDU 754
Continuous Assessment
3 Units
EDU 755
Research Science Teaching
3 Units
EDU 756
Curriculum Development in Teacher Education
3 Units
EDU 757
Reading in Content
3 Units
COURSE DESCRIPTION
EDU 700
Research Method
Problem definition, formulation of hypothesis and proposition. Approaches to data
collection in survey, correlation quasi experimental designs and appropriate statistics
for each of them. Research report.
EDU 701
Educational Statistics
A coverage in basic topics in descriptive and inferential statistics and application in
the interpretation of text and research. Steps in computer programming as applied to
research.
91
EDU 799 Project / Thesis
Selection of viable research topics on various aspects of Curriculum and Instruction.
Collection of data, analysis of such data and preparation of bound research reports.
EDU 740 Instructional Communication and Technology
Principles of instructional media and design with emphasis on the concepts of
structure of knowledge and the principles of development and production of materials.
EDU 741 Psychology of Learning
Psychological factors that affect learning; motivation and forgetting. Major theories
of learning such as S-R and conditioning theories, sestalt field and insight theories
and their impact on learning.
EDU 742 Theory and Practice in Curriculum Development
A survey of theory of curriculum and curriculum changes. Analysis of the
principles and process of curriculum approaches to curriculum construction,
organization and evaluation.
EDU 743 Curriculum Innovation and Improvement
Analysis and examination of strategies, classroom activities and contents of
curriculum for the purpose of revision. Principles of curriculum improvement. Recent
research works on curriculum, innovation to be critically analyzed.
EDU 744 Principles of Learning and Instruction
A survey of the teaching processes. Emphasis on readiness attitude, mindset, skills,
transfer of training, classroom climate and stimulus variation. Factors that withhold
and facilitate learning.
EDU 745 Introduction to Social Studies Education
Historical background to the study of social studies education in United States of
Europe and Africa). There will be focus on the contemporary issues in the philosophy,
problems of conceptualization of the basic theories of teaching social studies in the
secondary schools.
EDU 746 Social Studies Curriculum in the Secondary Schools
The scope, objectives and contents of social studies curriculum with particular
reference to Nigerian School Systems. Purpose of design and development of social
studies curriculum in Nigerian Schools.
EDU 747 Organization and Methods in Social Studies
Strategies in planning, development and evaluation of resources. Problem of teaching
social studies. Organisation of materials, basic techniques of effective instruction in
social studies.
EDU 748 Philosophy and History of Science Education
Contemporary views of the nature of science and scientific inquiry and to relate
them to basic issues concerned in the teaching of science and curriculum
development. History of science Education. Philosophical basis for Science
Education.
EDU 749 School Science Learning
Current theories in cognitive development pertinent to science. Various
methodologies of science. The roles of Lab in Science teaching. Improvement of Lab
management and Organisation. Content of science materials in schools.
92
EDU 750 Curriculum Programme in Science Education in Secondary Schools.
Major innovations in science education and science curriculum development. Recent
curriculum science projects. Contemporary subject areas of relevance to schools in
development and developed countries.
EDU 751 Principles and Problem of Instruction in Higher Education
Instructional Problems of higher education with emphasis on common principles
underlying each of them. Practices and materials currently in use. Outstanding
investigation on teaching higher education and suggested strategies for improvement.
EDU 752 Primary School Curriculum
Current curriculum content of the Primary Schools. Foundations and rationale for
curriculum and curriculum change. Revision and improvement. Procedures and
organizational aspects of curriculum planning. Material resources available for the
implementation of the curriculum.
EDU 753 Curriculum and Instruction on Secondary School Language Arts.
Major problems in the teaching and organization of language in a second language
situation. Recent investigations and experiments in language teaching both local
and foreign material resources, their suitability in the curriculum implementation.
EDU 754 Continuous Assessment
Principles of continuous Assessment in schools various test instruments and method
of data collection for assessment of students. Record keeping. Problems of
continuous Assessment in Nigeria. A standard report card.
EDU 755 Research in Science Teaching
Current research finding in teaching science. Major issues affecting the teaching of
science. Major contributors to science growth and teaching are examined.
EDU 756 Curriculum Development in Teaching Education
Principles and policies in development professional curriculum. Analysis of teacher
education curriculum and development. Academic programmes in institutions for teacher
education. Future trend in teacher education curricular.
EDU 757 Reading in Content Area
Various phases of reading. Various levels of reading comprehension. Effect of
vocabulary load, print and diagram of graphs on mental cognition. Various levels of
reading, independent, instructional and frustration. Readability and readability
formula. The effects of background theory on comprehension. Current research
finding on Reading in Nigeria to critically analyzed.
Ph.D, in Curriculum Studies
1.
Each candidate may specialize in any of the following:
(a) Curriculum and Instruction
(b) Social Studies Education
(c) Science Education
(d) Language Education
2. Structure of the Programme
(i) Every candidate will be required to register for a minimum of fifteen (15) units
or a maximum of twenty-four (24) units.
(ii) Candidates who fail in any of the courses shall be allowed within the approved
duration of the programme to take them at the next available opportunity.
93
Course Requirement
3. Core Courses
The following courses are Core for all the candidates:
EDU 800
Advance Research Methods
EDU 801
Advance Statistics in Education
EDU 802
Computer Programming
EDU 899
Thesis
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
6 units
4. Elective Courses
All candidates are expected to register for at least two courses from the following
in line with their areas of specialization.
EDU 841
Higher Education Teaching
3 Units
EDU 842
Curriculum Building in Social Science
3 Units
EDU 843
Research and Development in Curriculum
3 Units
EDU 844
Lab/Practical Experience
3 Units
EDU 845
Comparative Curriculum Innovation
3 Units
EDU 846
Advanced Seminar
3 Units
EDU 850
Language in Contact
3 Units
EDU 851
Advance Research Seminar on Language and
Language Education
3 Units
EDU 852
Nigerian Language in Modern Education
3 Units
EDU 853
Language Policy and Planning in Multilingual States 3 Units
5. Conditions for Graduation
(a) To qualify for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, a candidate must complete and
pass a minimum of 15 units as prescribed above.
(b) A candidate shall submit an original work embedded in a thesis in the area of
specialization in accordance with the regulation of the Graduate School.
6. Course Description
EDU 800 Advanced Research Methods
The nature of problem and limitations of empirical research in Education. Problems of
validity and reliability of instruments and research design in educational research.
Different types of research designs will be discussed.
EDU 801 Advanced Statistics in Education
Research designs, randomized designs, factorial design including factorial analysis
of variance and analysis of co-variance.
General linear models and introduction to basic multivariate techniques-multiple
regression, path analysis, canonical analysis and discriminate analysis.
EDU 802 Computer Programming
An introduction to computer and computer programming
EDU 841 Higher Education Teaching
Instructional strategies, creative teaching and meaningful evaluation. Alternative to
lecture methods. The major problem of effective teaching at a higher institution.
Solution to the problem. Research works in the areas of the higher education teaching.
94
EDU 842 Curriculum Building in Social Studies
Approaches to curriculum construction and organization in social studies. Initiating
and evaluating social studies curriculum. Opportunity will be provided to work
individually and in groups on actual curriculum problem for secondary school
learning and teaching situations.
EDU 843 Research and Development in Curriculum
Identification of research variables in the curriculum of an educational institution
programme. Application of Design of descriptive, evaluative and experiment studies
within the educational and social systems. Opportunity for individual and group work.
Implication of major investigations into teaching processes. Relating research findings
to the curriculum at different educational levels.
EDU 844 Lab Practicum Experience
An experimental skills-building laboration practicum. Laboration roles in science
education. Practical experiences in the improvement of laboration management and
organisatiopn. Recent research works in lab improvement to be analysed.
EDU 845 Comparative Curriculum Education
Curriculum offerings of certain developed and developing centers at the Primary,
Secondary and Higher Education levels. The following centres would be studied:
Britain, Germany, Russia and Brazil.
EDU 846 Advanced Seminar
The candidates are expected to have seminar in their areas of specialization. Original
works by the candidates will be present to the group offering the course. The content
of the presented work would be critically analyzed by the participant and graded by
the lecturer (s).
95
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS
The graduate programmes available in the Department are M.Ed & Ph.D. Each candidate
can specialize in any of the following:
(i)
Educational Planning
(ii)
Educational Management
(iii) Guidance and Counselling
(IV) Psychology of Education
1.
OBJECTIVES
The main objectives of the Graduate Programmes are:
(i)
To develop the skills and knowledge of practicing Educational Administrators and
Planners
(ii)
To provide opportunity for trained Graduate Teachers to acquire the skills and
competencies necessary for Guidance and Counselling functions.
(iii) To enable serving Counsellors or other guidance personnel to upgrade their
knowledge and competencies as professional counselors.
2. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME
(i)
Candidates must register for and pass the prescribed courses including research
thesis.
(ii)
vacation and second semester courses during the second long vacation
(iii) Each candidate must demonstrate in teaching at the university level in his areas of
specialization
(iv)
A candidate may be allowed to transfer not more than fifteen (15) units from any
other university approved by the Senate, but units in research methods and
research project are not transferable.
(i)
Candidate for the degree of M.Ed must register for and pass a minimum of 30
(units) including the units allocated to Research Thesis.
(ii)
Each candidate must carry out a demonstration of university teaching in his area
of specialization.
COURSES AVAILABLE
M.Ed. Educational Management and Planning
Core Courses
EDU 700
Research Methods in Education
EDU 701
Educational Statistics and Computer Programming
EDU 721
Theories of Education Management
EDU 722
Human Resources Management
EDU 723
School Plant Planning and Management
EDU 724
Introduction to Educational Planning
EDU 727
Legal Aspects of School Operation
EDU 799
Research Project
96
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Elective Courses for Educational Management
Students opting for Educational Management may select only 2 of the following:
EDU 725
School of Business Administration
EDU 728
School of Finance
EDU 729
Supervision of instruction
Elective Courses for Educational Planning
Students opting for Educational Planning may select any 2 of the following:
EDU 730
Economics of Education
EDU 731
Quantitative Methods of Educational Planning
EDU 732
Practical in Education Planning
3
3
3
Core Courses
EDU 700 Research Methods in Education
The relationship between educational research and scientific method, problem
identification and sampling procedure. Historical, descriptive, case study,
correlational and experimental research.
EDU 701 Eduactional Statistics and Computer Programming
Exposure to between language and symbols frequently used in reporting empirical
research in education. The course also introduces the students to elementary
descriptive and inferential statistics, and selection of appropriate analytical tools for
solving educational problems. The use of computer in programming educational
fate.
EDU 721 Theories of Educational Management
The development of management science and organizational theory as they are
related to the problems of management in education. A detailed study of the
application of management principles and theories to the education enterprises.
EDU 722 Human Resource Management
A study of the administration of current principles, practices, techniques and policies
used in effective human resources management. The method of recruitment, selection,
services development, assignment, salary, provision, welfare, collective bargaining
and dismissal.
EDU 723 School Plant Planning and Management
The design of the school plant in terms of educational requirements in addition to
the principles and regulations of plant layout, building materials, ventilation, space
accommodation and utilization, maintenance and insurance.
EDU 724 Introduction of Educational Planning
Approach to educational planning – social; demand, manpower, and rate of return
analysis approaches. Strength and weakness of the approaches.
EDU 727 Legal Aspects of School Operation
Laws and the basis of education administration. A critical analysis of the Education
Laws of Nigeria. Issues and problems in legislation for education
EDU 799 Research Project
An empirical or historical study of some educational problems in planning and
administration with a well documented report showing clearly how problem has
been defined, studied and concluded.
97
EDUCATIONAL MANAGEMENT (Elective Courses)
EDU 725 School Business Administration
The theory and practice of school business, concentration on the role of the principal
school business administrator and representation of the central office in the school.
Various areas of school business administration will be covered, particular emphasis
will be laid on case method approach to problem solving, budgeting, office
management and method of purchasing, inventory method, storage facilities and
competency required in simple book- keeping procedure.
EDU 728 School Finance
National and state budgets in relation to education, government and private
financing of primary, secondary and post-secondary education. Principles and
procedures in school budgeting and salary scheduling.
EDUCATIONAL PLANNING
Elective Courses
Students opting for educational planning may select any two of the following:
EDU 730 Economic of Education
Economic value of education – education as a factor of economic growth,
manpower aspect of education, measurement of cost and benefits of education –
units, cost analysis, size-cost relationship, cost control and factor affecting cost of
education.
EDU 731 Quantitative Methods in Education Planning
Evaluation of techniques used in educational planning. Analysis and appraisal of
statistical data in education, Projection, programming and detailed allocation of
cost.
EDU 732 Practical in Education Planning
Practical work on PPVS, PERT system analysis, Delhi and model building.
Analysis and grading of jobs in various sections of the educational system.
B. Ph.D in Education Management
Requirement for Graduation
(a)
Candidate for the Ph.D, must register for between 15 – 24 units of which not
less than 15 units must be passed.
(b)
The degree of Ph.D will be by course work at the 800 level and research work,
followed by successful defence of the Ph.D thesis.
(c)
Each candidate must carry out a demonstration of university teaching in the area
of specialization
COURSES AVILABLE
Core Courses
EDU 800
Advanced Research Methods
EDU 801
Advanced statistics in Education
EDU 802
EDU 821
Seminar in Educational Planning and Management
EDU 899
Thesis
98
Units
3
3
3
3
6
Elective Courses
EDU 823
Management of Human Behaviour in Schools
EDU 824
Politics and Policies in Education
EDU 825
Case Studies in Educational management
EDU 826
Case Studies in Educational Planning
3
3
3
3
Description of Ph.D Courses
Core Courses
The nature, problems and limitations of empirical research in Education. Problems
of validity and reliability of instruments and research design in Education research.
Different types of research designs will also be discussed.
EDU 801 Advanced statistics in Education
Research designs, randomized designs and factorial designs. Analysis of factorial
research designs including factorial analysis of variance and analysis of co-variances.
General linear models and introduction to basic multivariable techniques-multiple
regression pathanalysis, canonical analysis and discriminate analysis.
Topics to be covered include cards, telex and disk. Coding and two types of key
punching machines, IBM and IBM 129.
EDU 821 Seminar in Educational Planning and Management
Students choose topics in Educational Planning and Educational Management for
Seminars. The Seminar paper (s) to be presented before colleagues and the course
lecturers.
EDU 822 Dissertation
Designed to enable the doctoral candidates select and develop their research topics.
Each student selects his/her own dissertation topic which is developed with supervisor
(s) assigned to him/her in the Department.
Elective Courses
EDU 823 Management of Human Behaviour in Schools.
Bureaucracy in School, interpersonal relationship in schools, decision procedure, the
school climate, individual and organisational needs, leadership behaviour including
current theories and research.
EDU 824
Politics and Policies in Education
The course examination as a sub-system. It considers the dominance of the
executive and the social power structure over Education – community group, interest
groups, interest groups and statutory bodies. The structure of the school
bureaucratically and effects of bureaucratization on teacher morals school,
achievement and innovation.
EDU 825 Case Studies in Educational management
Case studies in educational planning at Federal, State and Local Government
Institutions in Nigeria. A critical appraisal and target setting, plan preparation,
implementation, achievements and evaluation.
99
C. M.ED IN GUIDANCE AND COUNSELLING
COURSES AVAILABLE
EDU 700
Research Methods
EDU 701
Educational Statistics and Introduction to
Computer Programme
EDU 702
Development Psychology
EDU 704
Theories of Counselling
EDU 705
Introduction to Guidance and Counselling
EDU 716
Psychological Testing
EDU 717
Techniques of Guidance and Counseling
EDU 718
Organisation and Administration of Guidance Services
EDU 720
Counseling Practicum
EDU 799
Research Project
UNITS
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
COURSES AVAILABLE
EDU 700
Research Methods
Problem definition, formulation of hypothesis and proposition. Approach to data
collection in survey correlational, quasi-experimental, experimental design and
appropriate statistics for each of the steps. Writing a research report.
EDU 701 Educational Statistics and Introduction to Computer Programme
A coverage of basic topics in descriptive and inferential statistics and application in
the interpretation of psychological tests in analysis of continuous assessment scores
and in educational research. Introduction to the use of computer for educational
research.
EDU 702 Development Psychology
A survey of the human development from conception to old age emphasizing
physical, intellectual, emotional, social and personality changes which occur during
these periods.
EDU 704 Theories of Counselling
A survey of the major theories of counseling e.g. Psychoanalytic, client centred,
behavioural, rational emotive and eclectic approaches and their implications for
counseling in the Nigeria context.
EDU 705 Introduction to Guidance and Counselling
A survey of the general field of Guidance and Counseling. Historical, philosophical
and psychological foundation. The concepts, modes and services of Guidance
services in schools and other settings. Guidance personnel.
EDU 716 Psychological Testing
Natural and scope of psychological tests. Review of test construction procedures,
principles of test administration, scoring and interpretation. Use of achievement,
aptitude, mental ability, interest and personality measures as well as actual practice
of these tests in counseling should be provided. Emphasis to be placed on locally
available and locally standardized test.
100
EDU 717 Techniques of Guidance and Counseling
An in-depth study of counseling techniques derived from various theories of
counseling. Attending and responding skills. Stages of a typical counseling situation.
Ethical considerations in the use of these techniques should be highlighted.
EDU 718 Organisation and Administration of Guidance Services
Principles and techniques of setting up and running of guidance services in various
settings. A study of attendant practical problems and possible solutions.
EDU 720 Counseling Practicum
Students are to conduct individual and group counseling sessions in approved settings
under supervision. Audio-tapes and other counseling materials used in recording are
submitted by students for examination and grading.
EDU 799 Research Project
Selection of viable research topics on various aspects of counseling. Collection of
data, analysis of such data and the preparation of bound research reports.
D. Ph.D IN GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING
CONDITIONS FOR GRADUATION
To qualify for the degree of Doctor of philosophy, candidate must complete and pass a
minimum of 18 units made up from the following:
(i)
Compulsory Courses
(ii)
Specialization Courses
I.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
STUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME
No part-time student can register for more than four 800 level courses in one
session
A candidates may be credited with some of the appropriate courses relevant to
his field of specialization if his supervisor and the Head of Department are
satisfied that he has attained a satisfactory level of performance in that
course(s) at lest at the Master’s level
A candidate must undergo at lest twelve weeks of counseling practicum in an
approved setting.
A candidate shall submit a thesis in his area of specialization in accordance
with the regulations of the graduate school.
Each candidate must carryout a demonstration of teaching at university level in
his area of specialization.
COURSES AVAILABLE
Compulsory Course
All candidates for the Ph.D in Guidance and Counseling will take and pass the following
courses:
EDU 800
3
EDU 801
Advanced Statistics in Education
3
EDU 802
3
EDU 811
Psychological Tests in Guidance and Counseling
3
EDU 812
Principles of Behaviour Modification
3
EDU 899
Thesis
3
101
Department on the candidate’s area of specialization, each candidate shall on the advice
of this supervisor, select two of the following courses:
EDU 803
Abnormal Psychology
3
EDU 804
Psychology of Childhood and Adolescent
3
EDU 813
Family Counseling
3
EDU 814
Techniques of Vocation and Educational Guidance
3
COURSES DESCRIPTION
The nature, problems and limitations of empirical research in education. Problems of
validity and reliability of instruments and research design in educational research.
Different types of research design will be discussed.
EDU 801 Advanced Statistics in Education
Research designs, randomized designs, factorial design up to (Paper design). Analysis
of Factorial research design including factorial analysis of variance and analysis of
covariance. General linear models and introduction to basic multivariate techniquesmultiple regression, pat analysis canonical analysis, and discriminate analysis.
EDU 803 Abnormal Psychology
Study of the classification, etiology and description of behaviour and psychological
disorders, including the psychoneurosis, psychoses and psychosomatic conditions,
various therapeutic approaches including surgical and convulsive drug and learning
theory approaches as well as psychotherapy are also considered.
EDU 804 Psychology Of Childhood and Adolescent
Intensive coverage of the ethilogy diagnoses and treatment of emotional
behavioural and intellectual disturbances of children and youth.
EDU 811 Psychological Tests in Guidance and Counseling
Principles of construction and usage of psychological tests in various settings.
Standization, administration and interpretation of both projective and non-projective
tests and their utilization in the counseling situation.
EDU 812 Principles of Behaviour Modification
Systemic survey of theory and research relevant to behavioural change. Emphasis on
operant conditioning and the areas of research and application to behavioural
problems seen in children and adults.
EDU 813 Family Counseling
A review of theories, assessment and treatment methods of family oriented
intervention techniques with particular reference to the Nigerian family.
EDU 814 Techniques of Vocational Educational Guidance
Intensive coverage of various techniques used in the area of vocational, educational
and personal guidance. Practice in the use of these techniques.
102
MATSTERS OF EDUCATION
DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY OF EDUCATION
1. (a)
The degree of master of education must be by course work at 700 level,
project or thesis
(b) Candidate for the degree of M.Ed must register for a minimum of 30
units including the units allocated to the project
(c) Each candidate must carry out a demonstration of university teaching in
area of specialization.
2.
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
Courses Available
Core Courses
700 Research Methods
701 Educational Statistics and Introduction to Computer
Programming
702 Developmental Psychology
727` Adolescent Psychology
728 Psychology of Learning
716 Psychological Testing
729 Exceptional Children
730 Social and Philosophical Issues in Education
799 Thesis
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3. Course Description
EDU 700 Research Methods
Problem, definition, formulation of hypothesis and proposition, approach to data
collection in survey, correlational, quasi-experimental design and appropriate
statistics for each of the steps. Writing research report.
EDU 701 Educational Statistics and Introduction Computer Programming
A coverage of topics in descriptive and inferential statistics and application in the
interpretation of psychological tests in analysis of continuous assessment scores and in
educational research. Introductional research.
EDU 702 Development Psychology
A survey of human development from conception to old age emphasizing physical,
intellectual, emotional, social and personality changes which occur during these
periods
EDU 727 Adolescent Psychology
The course considers the physiological, social and cognitive change which
characterizes the transition from childhood to adult life. The implication of
developmental theories for the education of the adolescent will be discussed.
EDU 728 Psychology of Learning
An overview of the principles and theories in the area of learning including up-to-date
research findings in the field. Indepth consideration will be given to such topics as
learning theories, motivation, retention and forgetting transfer of learning, intelligence
and creativity.
103
EDU 729
Exceptional Children
An overview of the categories of exceptional children, with an indepth consideration
of the M.R.LD visual speech impairment and behaviour problem.
Physical
handicap and multiple handicaps.
EDU 730
Social and Philosophical
An analysis of the social and philosophical factors that shape education in any county
particularly in Nigeria. Consideration of competing theories and concepts of
Education and their relevance to Nigeria.
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY OF
EDUCATION
1.
Conditions for Graduation
(a)
To qualify for the degree of Doctor of philosophy, candidates must complete
and pass a minimum of 18 units made up from the following:
(i)
Compulsory courses
(ii)
Specialization courses
(b)
No part-time student can register for more than four 800 level courses in one
session.
(c)
A candidate must submit a thesis in his area of specialization in accordance with
the regulation of the graduate school.
(d)
Each candidate must carry out a demonstration of teaching at the University
Level in his area of specialization.
2. Courses Available
Compulsory Curses
Units
EUD 800 Advanced Research Methods
3
EDU 801
Advanced Statistics in Education
3
EUD 802
3
EUD 812
Principles of Behaviour Modification
3
EUD 813
Issues in Cognitive Studies
3
EUD 899
Thesis
3
(b)
Depending on the candidate’s area of specialization, each candidate shall on the advice of
his supervisor, select two of the following courses:
EUD 803
Abnormal Psychology
3
EUD 804
Psychopathology of Childhood and Adolescence
3
EUD 805
Learning Disabilities and Mental Retardation
3
EUD 814
Social Psychology of the Classroom
3
3.
Course Description
The nature, problems and limitations of empirical research in education. Problems
of validity and reliability of instruments and research design in educational
research. Different types of research design will be discussed.
104
Research designs, randomized designs, factorial design up to (Paper design).
Analysis of Factorial research design including factorial analysis of variance and
analysis of co-variance. General linear models and introduction to basic
multivariate techniques-multiple regression, pat analysis, canonical analysis and
discriminate analysis.
EDU 803 Abnormal Psychology
Study of the classification, etiology and description of behaviour and psychological
disorders, including the psychoneurosis, psychoses and psychosomatic conditions.
Various therapeutic approaches including surgical and convulsive drug and learning
theory approaches as well as psychotherapy are considered.
EDU 804 Psychopathology of Childhood and Adolescent
Intensive coverage of the ethology diagnoses and treatment of emotional,
behavioural and intellectual disturbances of children and youth.
EDU 812 Principles of Behaviour Modification
Systematic survey of theory and research relevant to behavioural change. Emphasis
on operant conditioning and the areas of research and application to behavioural
problems seen in children and adults.
EDU 813 Issues in Cognitive Studies
The course will deal with selected views on perception, memory, concept
attainment problems solving , language acquisition and development of scientific
theories views in the content of experimental, development and cross-cultural studies.
EDU 805 Learning Disabilities and Mental Retardation
The course will deal with theories on types of causation, identification of
educational remediation of the problems of learning disabilities and mental
retardation.
EDU 814 Social Psychology of the Classroom
An overview of social-psychological theories of classroom processes. Emphasis
will be placed on the analysis and development of research methodological
dimensions of classroom interaction.
105
THE DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL AND HEALTH EDUCATION
The Department offers Programmes in
1) M.Ed Health Education
2) M.Ed Physical Education
GENERAL OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAMMES
The Masters Degree programmes are designed to provide opportunities and learning
experiences that would enable the student:
(i) To explore specific areas of study and research interest
(ii) To acquire the tools and abilities for extension of his knowledge in his chosen area
of interest
(iii)To develop the professional skills essential for leadership roles in his area of
specialization
(iv) To equip learners to be able to promote awareness among in-school and out-of
school individuals in the problems of physical, health and population and their
effects on development.
(v) To be able to educate young people on fitness, health and population problems
and also develop intervention programmes to alleviate identified problems.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS INTO THE MASTERS DEGREE
PROGRAMMES
To be admitted into the masters Degree Programme, a candidate must possess a bachelors
degree in Physical and/or Health Education with at least a second class lower division of
Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma or other recognized Universities.
DURATION OF THE MASTERS DEGREE PROGRAMMES
The duration of the Masters Degree will be a minimum of 12 (twelve) Calendar months
from the date of admission into the programme and a maximum of 36 months.
WITHDRAWAL CONDITIONS
Any Masters Degree candidate who passes less than 12 credit units in any session will be
required to withdraw.
EQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION
All candidates must register and pass all the courses prescribed to attain the Masters
Degree. A candidate needs to pass at least 30 credit units to enable him obtain the Masters
Degree. Twenty-four (24) of these credit units are course work while the remaining six
are for the Project or Thesis. A candidate must write a Project on any of the approved
topics in Physical Education, Health Education or Population Education. Approval will be
conveyed after a successful defence of the proposal before a panel of examiners set up the
Department.
106
AREAS OF SPECIALISATION
M.Ed PHYSCIAL EDUCATION
(i) Administration
(ii) Curriculum and Instruction in Physical Education
M.Ed HEALTH EDUCATION
(i) School Health Education
(ii) Population Education
M.Ed PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Core courses
MPE
701
Research Methods in PHE
MPE
702
Statistics in PHE
MPE
703
Independent Study in P.E
MPE
700
Research Project
MPE
704
Management in Physical & Health Education
MPE
705
Gender Issues in Physical Education,
Health and Population Education
Units
3
3
3
6
3
3
AREAS OF SPECIALIZAITION
Each candidate must take three prescribed courses in his or her area of specialization (9
units) plus the core courses which amount to 30 units.
Administration of Physical Education
MPE 706
Administration of P.E and Sports
MPE 707
Planning and Management of P.E and Sports
MPE 708
Theory and Principles of Conducting
Curriculum in Physical Education
MPE 709
MPE 710
Teacher Education and Teaching in P.E
MPE 711
Curriculum Trends and Research in P.E
Units
3
3
3
M.Ed Health Education
MHE 701
Research Methods in PHE
MHE 702
Statistics Methods in PHE
MHE 703
Independent Study in Health Education
MHE 700
Research Project in Health Education
MHE 705
Gender Issues in Physical, Health and
Population Education
3 Course from area of specialization
School Health Education
MHE 704
Administration of School Health Education
MHE 705
Epidemology
MHE 706
Community Health Education
MHE 707
Drugs and Substance Abuse
Units
3
3
3
6
107
3
3
3
3
9
Units
3
3
3
3
Population Education
MHE 708
Population/Family Life Education in
School/College
MHE 709
STD/AIDS Education, Information,
Communication and Education
MHE 710
Internship
MHE 711
Population and Reproductive Health
Units
3
3
3
3
GENERAL COURSE DESCRIPTION
MPE 701 Research Methods in PHE
The course is designed to introduce the students to the various research techniques.
The learner should be able to identify a researchable problem, review related literature
to the problem and implement the research project.
MPE 702 Statistics in PHE
The course is designed to enable learners apply statistics in analyzing data in
educational research and related disciplines.
MPE 700 Research Project
This course focuses on issues and problems in research and evaluation methods in
Physical and Health Education.
MPE 706 Administration of Physical Education and Sports
A study of how Physical Education and Sports are organized in the Primary,
Secondary and Tertiary levels. Philosophy including objectives, programming,
instructional strategies management, evaluation, finance and budgeting. Learners will
be introduced to administrative theory as applied to physical Education.
MPE 704 Measurement and Evaluation in PHE
A study of methods of evaluating programmes in PHE. Attention will be focused on
test development and administration in the cognitive, effective and motor domains.
MPE 703 Independent Study in PE and Health
A critical examination of vital issues and problems related to the administration of
various aspects of PE, Health and Population. Students will complete an independent
study assignment as approved by the course co-ordinator.
MPE 705 Gender Issues in PE and Health Population Education
A study of factors inhibiting female participation in sports and physical education.
MPE 706 Administration of PE and Sports
A study of administrative principles and their application to both Physical and Sports
setting. The Management of Sports at the three tiers of government will be
carefully studied and evaluated.
MPE 707 Planning and Management of Physical Education and Sport Facilities
A study of how Physical Education and Sports facilities could be planned and
developed in Secondary and Tertiary Institutions. Emphasis could be placed on
facility planning, development and management.
MPE 708 Theory and Principles of Conditioning Education
The study of movement of muscles. The course will deal with action in skills and
co-ordinated movement aspects of anatomy and physiology which affect motor
movement in Physical Education. These will be applied to topic coaching.
108
MPE 709 Curriculum and Institution in Physical Education
A critical analysis of the foundation and conceptional basis of Physical Education
Curriculum. Students will be exposed to the theoretical basis and structure of the
physical Education Curriculum, including the various approaches to Curriculum
Organisation. Emphasis will be placed on Curriculum Development and
Improvement in Physical Education.
MPE 710 Teacher Education and Teaching in Physical Education
Examinations of issues, concepts, models and problems relating to teacher education
and supervision in Physical Education. Students will be able to differentiate the
teacher education Programme and other types of Programmes in physical Education
and develop competencies necessary for designing, implementing and supervising
Teacher education in this field. Students will the be exposed to teaching research
M.Ed HEALTH EDUCATION
COURSE DESCRIPTION
MHE 704 Administration of School Health Programme
Co-ordination of various components of community health services, ecological
framework for programmes, management, budgeting and human relationships as
they affect administration and supervision of school health programmes, methods of
programme evaluation with particular reference to the school.
MHE 705 Principles of Edpidemiology
Critical examination of epidemiological concepts in relation to specific health
problems. An overview of disease distribution, etiology reservoir and control.
MHE 706 Community Health Education
Provides an introduction to principles of community health education with
emphasis on the development of learning objectives and effective communication
skills in the presentation of public health issues.
MHE 707 Substance and Drug Education
Problems and issues of chemical dependence and tolerance in the school. The course
will focus on the techniques of identifying drug users in school so as to reduce
dependency.
MHE 708 Population Education in Schools/Colleges
A study of the statistics and current practices in population education in schools and
colleges both in Nigeria and other countries.
MHE 709 STD/AIDS Education, Information, Education and Communication
A critcal examination of cases, symptoms, history, sequence and management
and control of common STDs and AIDs.
MHE 710 Inernship
Attachment to a health institution for orientation – students are expected to submit
a report after the attachment period.
MHE 711 Population and Reproductive Health
An introduction into the various techniques of demographic analysis topics such as
fertility rate, mortality rate, rate of natural increase, etc. should be covered. An
examination of the inter-relationship between population and reproductive health in
Sub-Saharan Africa.
109
Ph.D DERGREE PROGRAMME PHYSICAL EDUCATION,
EDUCATION AND GENDER POPULATION EDUCATION
HEALTH
The Ph.D degree programmes are designed to provide opportunities and learning
experience that would enable the student:
1. To explore specific areas of study and research interest
2. To acquire the tools and abilities for extension of his knowledge in his chosen area
of interest
3. To develop the professional skills essential for leadership roles in his area of
specialization
4. To equip learners to be able to promote awareness among in-school and out-ofschool individual in the problems of Physical, Health, Gender and Population and
their effects on development.
5. To be able to educate young people on fitness, health and gender population
problems and also develop intervention programmes to evaluate identified
problems.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENT INTO THE Ph.D DEGREE PROGRAMME
To be admitted into the Ph.D degree programme, a candidate must possess a Masters
degree in Physical or Health Education, Demography and Public Health Education and
allied areas from recognized Universities.
All candidates must register and pass all the courses prescribed to attain the Ph.D Degree.
Every candidate will be required to register for a minimum of 15 units or a maximum of
24 units to enable him or her obtain the Ph.D, degree. A candidate must write a project on
an approved topic in Physical Education, Health Education or Gender Population
Education. Approval will be conveyed after a successful defence of the proposal by a
Panel of Examiners set up by the Department.
Ph.D PHYSICAL EDUCATION
SPECIALIZATION COURSES
PED 800
Advanced Research in Physical and Health Education
PED 801
Advanced Statistics in Physical and Health Education
PED 803
Seminar in Physical Education
PED 804
Independent Study
PED 899
Thesis
AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
Each candidate must take 1 (one) course in his area of specialization
ADMINISTRATION
PED 814
Administration of Physical Education and Sports
PED 815
Planning and Management of Physical Education and
Sports Facilities
PED 816
110
UNITS
3
3
3
3
6
UNITS
3
3
3
CURRICLUM AND INSTRUCTION
PED 814
Administration of Physical Education and Sports
PED 816
PED 817
Teacher Education and Teaching in Physical Education
UNITS
3
3
3
Ph.D DEGREE IN HEALTH EDUATION
CORE COURSES / AREA OF SPECIALISATION
Each candidate must take the following core courses and any 1 (one) from his / her area
of specialization.
PED 800
Advanced Research in Physical, Health and Population
Education
3 Units
PED 801
Advanced Statistics in Physical, Health and Population
Education
3 Units
PED 815
Internship
3 Units
PED 803
Seminar in Health Education
3 Units
PED 804
Independent Study in Health Education
3 Units
SPECIALISATION
COMMUNITY HEALTH EDUCATION
HED 814
Community Health Education
HED 815
Internship
GPE 815
Population and Family Life Education
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION
HED 816
Administration of School Health Education
HED 817
Substances and Drug Abuse
GPE 899
Thesis
3 Units
3 Units
6 Units
Ph.D DEGREE IN GENDER AND POPULATION EDUCATION
CORE COURSES: AREA OF SPECIALISATION
Each candidate must take the following core courses and any 1 (one) from his / her area
of specialization.
GPE 800
Advanced Research in Physical, Health
and Population Education
3 Units
GPE 801
Advanced Statistics in Physical, Health
and Population Education
3 Units
GPE 803
Seminar in Gender and Population Education
3 Units
GPE 804
Independent Study in Gender and Population Education
3 Units
GPE 815
Internship
3 Units
AREA OF SPECIALISATION
GPE 814
Gender issues in Physical, Health and Gender Population
Education
3 Units
GPE 815
Population Family Life Education
3 Units
GPE 817
Population and Reproductive Health in Sub-Saharan Africa
3 Units
GPE 899
Thesis
6 Units
111
GENERAL COURSE DECRIPTIONS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION
GPE 800
research. Different types of research design will be discussed
GPE 801 Advanced Statistics in Physical in Physical, Health and Population
Education
Analysis of factorial research design including factorial analysis of variance and
multivariate techniques-multiple regression, pat analysis, canonical analysis, and
discriminate analysis.
GPE 802 Gender Studies in Population Education
A study of factors inhibiting female participation in sports and physical education.
GPE 803 Seminar in Physical Education
This is to enable the learner present a written paper of his / her choice in his / her
discipline of study focus on current issues affecting the discipline and proffer
workable suggestions on how to remedy the situation. Student to present a paper
before colleagues and course lecturer.
GPE 804 Independent Study in Physical Education
various aspects of Physical Education. Students will complete an independent study
as approved by the course co-ordinator
GPE 899 Thesis
Each student shall be expected to write a Thesis on his / her chosen topic. The
Thesis shall be assessed as a 6 unit course. The scope and depth of the dissertation
shall be such that the student is able, in at least 25,000 words, to demonstrate
adequate familiarity with the theoretical and empirical literature on the chosen topic
as well as show a group basic analysis techniques relevant to the topic. Such a
thesis must represent contribution to knowledge
ADMINISTRATION
PED 814 Administration of Physical Education and Sports.
A study of administrative principles and their application to both Physical
Education and Sports
setting. The Management of Sports at the three tiers of
government will be carefully
studied and evaluated.
PED 815 Planning and Management of Physical Education and Sports
Facilities
A detailed study of how Physical Education and Sports facilities could be planned
and managed in Secondary and Tertiary Institutions and community. Emphasis
will be placed on facility planning, development and management.
112
CURRICULUM
PED 816 Curriculum in Physical Education
A critical analysis of the foundation and conceptional basis of Physical Education
Curriculum. Students will be exposed to the theoretical basis and structure of the
Physical Education Curriculum Organization. Emphasis will be placed on Curriculum
Development and Improvement in Physical Education.
PED 817 Teacher Education and Teaching in Physical Education
A detailed Examinations of issues, concepts, models and problems relating to teacher
education and supervision in Physical Education. Students will be able to differentiate
the teacher education Programme from other types of Programmes in Physical
Education and develop competency necessary for designing, implementing
and
supervising Teacher education in this field. Students will be
exposed to teaching
research.
GENERAL COURSE DESCRIPTION
HEALTH EDUCATION
GPE 800
Advanced Research in Physical, Health and Population Education
research. Different types of research design will be discussed
GPE 801 Advanced Statistics in Physical and Health Education and Population
Education
Analysis of Factorial research design including factorial analysis of variance and
multivariate techniques-multiple regression, pat analysis canonical analysis.
HED 802 Seminar in Health Education
This is to enable the learner present a written paper of his/her choice in his/her
discipline of study with focus on current issues affecting the discipline and
proffer workable suggestions on how to remedy the situation. Students are to
present papers before colleagues and course lecturer.
HED 899 Thesis
Each student shall be expected to write a Thesis on his/her chosen topic. The Thesis
shall be assessed as a 6 unit course. The scope and depth of the dissertation shall be
such that the student is able in at least 25,000 words, to demonstrate adequate
familiarity with the theoretical and empirical literature on the chosen topic as well as
show a grasp of basic analysis techniques relevant to the topic. Such a Thesis must
represent original contribution to knowledge
HED 804 Independent Study in Health Education
various aspects of Health Education. Students will complete independent study
assignment as approved by the Course Co-ordinator.
HED 815 Internship
Attachment to a Health Institution for orientation and participation; students are
expected to submit a report after the attachment period.
113
HED 816 Administration of School Health Programme
Coordination of various components of Community Health Services, Ecological
Framework for Programmes, Management, Budgeting and Human Relationship as
they affect administration and supervision of School Health Programmes, methods of
programme evaluation with particular reference to the school.
HED 817 Substance and Drug Abuse
Problems and issues of chemical dependence and tolerance in the school. The course
will focus on the techniques of identifying drug users in the school so as to reduce
dependency.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF GENDER AND POPULATION EDUCATION
GPE 800 Advanced Research in Physical and Health Education and Population
Education.
of validity and reliability of instruments and research design in Educational
Research. Different types of research design will also be discussed.
GPE 801 Advanced Statistics in Physical, Health and Population Education.
Research designs, randomized designs, factorial design up to (Paper design). Analysis
of factorial research design including factorial analysis of variance and analysis of covariance. General linear models and introduction to basic multivariate techniquesmultiple regression, pat analysis, canonical analysis and discriminate analysis.
GPE 803 Seminar in Gender and Population Education.
A study of the statistics and current practices in population studies in schools and
colleges both in Nigeria and other countries.
GPE 899 Thesis
Each student shall be expected to write a Thesis on his/her chosen topic. The Thesis
shall be assessed as a 6 unit course. The scope and depth of the dissertation shall be
such that the student is able in at least 25,000 words, to demonstrate adequate
familiarity with the theoretical and empirical literature on the chosen topic as well
as show a grasp of basic analytical technique relevant to the
topic. Such a Thesis
must represent original contribution to knowledge.
GPE 804 Independent Study
various aspects of Gender and Population studies. Students will be expected to
complete an independent study assignment as approved by the Course Co-ordinator
GPE 814 Gender Issues in Physical, Health and Population Education
A study of factors inhibiting female participation in sports and Physical Education.
GPE 815 Family Life and Population Education
This is a detailed discussion of the foundation for a stable family, reproductive
health and sexually transmitted diseases
HED 815 Internship
Attachment to a Health Institution for orientation and participation; students are
expected to submit a report after the attachment period
114
GPE 817 Population and Reproductive Health in Sub-Saharan Africa
A study of the various techniques of demographic analysis of topics such as fertility
rate, mortality rate of natural increase, etc. should be covered. An examination of the
inter-relationship between population and reproductive health in Sub-Saharan Africa.
115
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENTS
CIVIL ENGINEERING
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS
ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
PRODUCTION AND MATERIAL
ENGINEERING
116
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
INTRODUCTION
The Department offers programmes leading to M.ENG and PhD. with specialization in
(i) Structural Engineering
(ii) Water Resources and Environment Engineering
OBJECTIVES
The objectives of the graduate programme in Structural Engineering are to help Engineers
to apply the latest advances in knowledge to the design and construction of structures, to
improve their understanding of behaviour of complex structures and to further their
knowledge of modern methods of analysis.
The objectives of the graduate programme in Water Resources and Environment
Engineering are:
(i.)
The acquisition of ability to access water resources and waste treatment
problems.
(ii.)
To design the control, distribution and affluent systems including coastal
aspects.
(iii.) To teach Engineers the techniques for the planning, analysis and development of
water resources to meet the required quantity and quality at any given time.
COURSES AVAILABLE
M.ENG. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
Courses: Core First Semester
CIE 710
Structural Design
CIR 711
Computer Method
CIE 712
Structural Mechanics
CIE 713
Stability of Structures
CIE 714
Dynamic of Structures
CIE 715
Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis
CIE 716
Foundation Engineering
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Optional Courses
CIE 717
CIE 718
Advanced Finite Element Methods
Plenix Structural Analysis
3
3
Courses: Core
CIE 720
CIE 721
CIE 722
CIE 799
Second Semester
Experimental Stress Analysis
Structural Materials
Laboratory Work
Project
2
3
2
6
117
Faculty of Engineering and Technology
One Optional Course From
CIE 724
Space Structure
CIE 725
Advanced Prestressed Concrete
Units
3
3
To satisfy the requirement for the award of the master’s degree, a student must
accumulate a minimum of thirty (30) credit units which shall include all the compulsory
courses and the project. He must give at least one Departmental Seminar on his research
during the period of his study.
First Semester
CIE 710 Structural Design
Aims of structural design: philosophy of safety: basic concepts of limit state design;
assessment of structural loadings. The design process and project management.
Structural steel design; element design; bolted and welded joints; fatigue effects, open
web and lattice construction, erection and fabrication factors in design, dome, grid
and other space constructions. Reinforced concrete; beam design at ultimate limit
state including plastic analysis of continuous beams and hinges rotation checks,
serviceability check for deflections and crack widths, yield line and Hillorbrg
equilibrium approaches. Slab design, recent developments in flat slab design and
column design. Fundamentals of design in prestressed concrete, structural timbers,
aluminium, brick work/wood work and reinforced polymers.
CIE 711 Computer Methods
FORTRAN programming using on-line computer system. Computer hardware,
computer software, graphs, data logging and process control programme and data
structure, programme design methods. Numerical integration, linear equations;
iterative and direct methods eigen problems.
Interpolation in one and two dimensions, least squares, numerical approximation
functions. Finite difference method: weighted residual and variational approaches.
Computer implementation of stiffness method for skeletal structures, solution of large
problems. Substructures. optimization, linear programming simplex method, nonlinear programming.
CIE 712 Structural Materials
Stress at a point and on an inclined plan. Equilibrium of stresses at a point, strain
displacement relationships, generalized Hooke’s law and compatibility relationships.
Two dimensional idealizations, stress function and solution of problems in both
rectangular and polar co-ordinates. Eigen values of the stress matrix, maximum shear
stresses and failure criteria. Torsion and the warping of cross-sections. Plate theory,
bending and buckling problems. Rayleight Rayleight –Ritzy and Calerkin methods.
Large deflection theory of plants.
CIE 713 Stability of Structures
Introduction to the general theory of elastic stability; classification of structural
systems; equilibrium and stability criteria; configuration space; equilibrium paths;
classification of bucking behavior, effects of imperfections. Stability of assembles of
structural elements; Numerical methods for evaluation of critical loads and post
buckling behaviour.
118
CIE 714 Dynamics of Structures
Vibration of systems with one degree of freedom; free vibration with and without
damping; forced vibration with and without damping; response to transient
disturbance. Vibration of systems with several degrees of freedom; matrix form of the
equations of motion; the Rayleign quotient; decouping of the equations of motion;
nature of earthquakes; response and spectra and their application to the design of
earthquake resistant structures. Design of foundations of vibrating machinery.
CIE 715 Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis
Determinants; matrices and vectors; rank and equivalence; theory of linear
simultaneous equations; linear transformations; eigenvalues and eigenvectors;
quadratic forms. Stiffness method, conformable and non-conformable constraints;
techniques for analysis of large structures, techniques for analysis of symmertric
structures; imposition for relations constraints; lack of fit and temperature analysis,
finite element.
CIE 716 Foundation Engineering
A review of basic principles of soil mechanics covering soil properties, shear strength
consolidation, bearing capacity, earth retaining structures. Types of spread
foundations; allowable bearing pressure; settlement of foundations; types of piled
foundation; bearing capacity of a single pile for various soil conditions; group action;
negative skin friction; piles carry horizontal forces; choice of type pile; foundation
example from practice.
OPTIONAL COURSES
CIE 717 Advanced Finite Element Methods
Plan stress triangle, virtual work and total potential energy methods, basis functions
and shape, functions, nodal forces, numerical integration, plan-stress rectangle, platebending rectangle; analysis of box structure. Variational crimes; non-conforming
elements, reduced integration, patch test and mechanism test. Shape functions for
refined elements, isoparametric elements, plate-bending triangle, shell elements. Fluid
elements, Galerking method, weight residual method. Finite strip, axisymmetric
elements, boundary integral method. Stress and hybride elements. Unified theory for
finite difference and finite element methods. Non-linear finite elements analysis,
tangent modular and stiffness matrices,
increments and iteractions, solution
procedures. Preparation and solution of problems using commercial software. Current
research in finite element methods.
SECOND SEMESTER
CIE 720 Experimental Stress Analysis
Basic theorems of model analysis; direct and indirect methods; design and
construction of models, characteristics of suitable materials, dimensional analysis;
mechanical and electrical resistance strain gauges; brittle lacquer techniques; replica
techniques; two and three dimensional photoelasticity; photoelastic
coating, Moiré
fringe technique.
119
CIE 721 Structural Materials
STEEL
Welding processes in use for structural applications, liquid and solid phase
reactions; ductile and brittle failure of steel; effects of metallurgical variables; high
strength structural steels.
CONCRETE
Review of concrete properties using composite materials approach. Dimensional
changes and treatment by codes of practice. Fibre-reinforced concretes.
PLASTICS
Physical and chemical properties of elastomers and polymers; fibre/matrix
composites; glass and carbon fibre-reinforced polymer; mechanical properties,
weathering characteristics; inservice performance properties of reinforced polymers,
creep behavior, basic concrete of sandwich construction.
ALUMINIUM
Aluminum alloys, their properties and applications.
TIMBER
Botanic structure of timber, factors affecting the strength, working stresses, glue
laminates; adhesives; plywood.
CIE 722
Laboratory Work
Students undertake laboratory work mainly in connection with experimental stress
analysis and structural materials.
CIE 799 Projects
Students are required to undertake project work in different subjects during the
course. Each student also carries out a theoretical or experimental investigation into a
particular aspect of structural engineering. This investigation is presented in the form
of dissertation.
OPTIONAL COURSES
CIE 724 Space Structure
Modern trends and recent developments in three-dimensional frameworks with
detailed discussion of the structural behavior of flat grids, double-layer grids,
braced barrel vaults and domes, folded plates, stressed-skin structures, suspended
systems and gable nets. Principal methods of analysis of three dimensional
frameworks, plate and shell analogies applicable to skeletal space systems. Modern
constructional techniques and joining systems; influence of new materials on the
design of space structures; review of the most important space structure built in recent
years.
CIE 725 Prestressed Concrete II
Analytical treatment of the effects of shrinkage and creep. Final prestressing force
limit state of statistically determinate structures. Slabs analysis of box girder bridges
at service loads and at collapse. Fatigue methods of bridge constructions. Joints
review of recent research on the characteristics of prestressed members. End-block
design.
120
WATER RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENT ENIGEERING
COURSES AVAILABLE
First Semester
Core Courses
Units
CIE 730
computational Methods in surfaced
and Ground –water Hydrology
3
CIE 731
Water Resources System Planning
and Analysis
3
CIE 732
Surface Water Hydrology
2
CIE 733
Hydraulic Structures
3
CIE 734
Water Supply Engineering
3
CIE 735
Plus One Optional Course
3
OPTIONAL COURSES
CIE 736
CIE 737
Second Semester
CIE 740
CIE 741
CIE 742
CIE 743
CIE 799
OPTIONAL COURSES
CIE 745
CIE 746
CIE 747
Advanced Hydro-Mechanics
Modelling and Control of River Quality
3
3
Core Courses
Groundwater Hydrology
Solid – Waste Management
Pollution Transport System
Laboratory Work
Project
Plus one Optional Course
3
2
2
2
6
3
Water Waves
Hydrodynamics of Coasts and Estuaries
Sediment Transport Mechanics
3
3
3
COURSE DESCRIPTION
CIE 730
Computational Methods in Surface and Groundwater Hydrology
Introduction to programming for FORTRAN, Numerical integration, linear equations;
interactive and direct methods; eigeproblems. Interpolation in one and two
dimensions, least squares numerical approximation of functions. Finite difference
methods, weighted residual and variational approaches. Time series analysis,
multidimensional implicit equations, boundary value problems (elliptic partial
differential equation), and initial value problems (parabolic partial differential
equation), applications of hydrology.
Economic benefit – cost objectives, multi-objective models in water resources
planning. Deterministic River Basin Modelling.
CIE 731 Water Resources System Planning and Analysis
Introduction to water resources planning, water resources system analysis, Engineers
and policy makers, characteristics of system analysis and costs. Planning model and
solution procedures; language multipliers, Dynamic programming, linear
programming. Simulation and search methods.
Economic benefit – cost objectives, multi objective models in water resources
planning. Deterministic River Basin Modelling.
121
CIE 732 Surface Water Hydrology
Occurrence and movement of water over the earth’s surface, precipitation and stream
flow measurement and characteristics, frequency analysis of precipitation and runoff,
relationship between rainfall and runoff, flood routing, time series analysis, and
stochastic data generation models.
CIE 733 Hydraulic Structures
Design of earth dams, Gravity dams, spillways, stilling basins and piplines, hydraulic
model laws resting.
CIE 734 Water Supply Engineering
Physical, chemical and microbiological aspects of surface, ground and treated waters.
Principles of conventional and advanced water treatment methods for public water
supplies. Water conditioning for industrial uses. Design of water supply system.
CIE 735 Wastewater Engineering
Wastewater surveys, characteristics, and laboratory and analysis. Ecology,
metabolism and population kinetics, domestic and industrial waste water treatment
methods. Design of waste water treatment and deposal systems.
CIE 736 Advanced Hydro-Mechanics
Flow kinematics, strain and vorticity, stress tensor, Naiver-stokes equations, exact
solution to Naiwe-stoke’s Equation, High Reynolds Number Flow-boundary layer,
oscillatory boundary layers, turbulence entrainment, wakes and plumes, open channel
flows.
CIE 737 Modelling and Control of River Quality
Engineering practice in simulation, analysis and management of river water quality.
Transport and assimilation of pollutants; water quality indicators, numerical fluid
flow and mass transfer. Some specific existing water quality models. Use of models in
river basin quality management.
CIE 740 Groundwater Hydrology
Introduction of principles of groundwater flow, including steady and transient flow
through porous media, numerical analysis, pumping tests, ground water geology,
contaminant transport, and design of water contaminant systems.
CIE 741 Solid Waste Management
Quantitative analysis of solid water generation and characteristics, conventional and
advanced methods of treatment and disposal alternatives of solid waste.
CIE 742
Pollution Transport System
Pollution in air, land and water environment. Analysis and solution to the problems of
air, land and water pollution. Pollution measurements.
CIE 745
Water waves
Theories of periodic gravity waves, wages spectrum concept and applications such
as wave – sediment interaction, costal modeling, costal morphology and design of
structures such as rubblemound breakwaters and caisson breakwaters.
CIE 746 Hydrodynamics of Coastals and Estuaries
Equilibrium theory of tides, tide recording, tide analysis and prediction, one and twodimensional tidal computation in estuaries and seas, salinity, sediment, pollution in
estuaries, storm surges and sunamis, and tidal inlets.
CIE 747 Sediment Transport Mechanics
Sediment transport in rivers, estuaries and closed conduits. Measure techniques,
modeling of river systems, river mechanics.
122
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTICAL/ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
The Graduate programmes available in the Department are M.ENG and Ph.D in the
Following areas:
i. Electrical Power and Machine
ii. Control and Instrumentation
iii. Electronics and Telecommunication
1. OBJECTIVES
The objectives of the programmes are:
(i) To give the student advanced Electrical and Electronics Engineering concepts
(ii) To acquire experience in applying these concepts to actual Engineering problems.
2.
AIMS
The aims of the programmes are:
(i) To foster independent scholarship and competence in research
(ii) To foster in depth knowledge in a chosen area of specialization
3. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
To satisfy the requirements for the award of the master’s degree, a student must
accumulate a minimum of thirty (30) credit units which include all the compulsory
courses and the project. In addition, a student must give at least one Departmental
Seminar on his research project during the period of the study.
M.ENG PROGRAMME
COURSES AVAILABLE
Compulsory courses Common to all Students
ELE 701
Advanced Experimention / Design / Seminar
ELE 702
Mathematics and Computer Science
ELE 799
Project
4
4
6
Electrical Power and Machines
Core Courses (At least any four of the following)
ELE 704
Electrical Machine Theory
ELE 705
Electrical Machine Design
ELE 706
Power System Analysis
ELE 707
Relays and Power System Production
ELE 708
Energy Conversion and Utilization
ELE 709
High Voltage Technology and Electrical Materials
ELE 710
Optimization and Control of Integrated Power System
ELE 711
Surges and Installation in Power Systems
ELE 712
Statistical Methods in Power System Reliability
ELE 713
Electrical Drives: Dynamics and Control
ELE 714
Power Electronics and Transducers
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
123
Optional Courses (At least any two of the following )
ELE 715
Systems Design, Planning and Equipment
ELE 716
Unified Theory of Machine and Special Machines
ELE 717
Digital and Hybrid Systems
ELE 718
Computers and Electronic Equipment Design
3
3
3
3
Control and Instrumentation
Core Courses (At least four of the following)
ELE 719
Control Theory and Application
ELE 720
Modern Control Theory
ELE 721
Industrial Instrumentation
ELE 722
Instrument and Measurement Analysis
ELE 723
Control System in Industry
ELE 724
Protection and Speed Control
ELE 725
Control Mathematic and Application
ELE 726
Digital and Hybrid Systems
ELE 727
Computers and Electric Equipment Design
ELE 728
Pulse Circuit Design
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Optional Courses (At least any two of the following)
ELE 729
Advanced Electronics and Integrated Circuits
ELE 730
ELE 731
Electric Drivers: Dynamics and Control
ELE 732
Digital and Logical Systems
3
3
3
3
Electronics and Telecommunications
Core courses (At least any two of the following)
ELE 733
Information Theory, Coding and Noise
ELE 734
Computers and Electronic Equipment Design
ELE 735
Advanced Electronic & Equipment Design
EIE 736
Analogue Communication Systems
ELE 737
Antennas
ELE 738
Digital Communication Systems
ELE 739
Pulse Circuit Design
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Optional Courses (At least any two of the following)
ELE 740
Propagation and Microwave Electronics
ELE 741
EIE 742
Digital and logical Systems
ELE 743
Solid State Engineering
3
3
3
3
ELE 701 Advanced Experimentation and / or Design
Concurrently with the theoretical courses, at least two experiments or aspects of
design work of a reasonable degree of difficulty shall be performed (or solved) and
the report written up by each candidate. Allocation will normally be by the project
supervisor.
124
ELE 702 Mathematics and Computer Science
Basic logical operations, logic and elements and memories, numbering systems and
codes. Hardware implementation or arithmetic and control operations. Central
processor and structures and features. Machine language: Assemblers, compilers and
operating systems. Peripheral devices and device characteristics, interrupt and direct
core assess arrangement; special purpose facilities, Mnemonic code; assembler
language; higher level language, Fortran IV.
ELE 703 Transform Methods-Laplace and Systems
Definition and properties of laplace transformation, transform relations for linear
systems; force and free responses; transfer function; poles and zeros; stability; inverse
laplace transformation methods of residues; distributed systems. Electrical and
mechanical transmission lines; sampled systems, the x transform; synchronous
sampling theorem.
Statistics
Probability theory; frequency and probability distributions, expectation and
movements; classical distributions; binomial, poison, gaussia, exponential; central
limit theorem and its significance; estimation hypothesis testing; significance tests,
confidence limits; regression and correlation.
ELE 704 Electrical Machine Theory
Basic rotating machine theory; energy flow, magnetic field and inductance
relationships including electromechanical energy conversion; torgue equation,
commentator actions. Flux and distributed winding mmf relations. A study of steady
state and transient operations of D.C and A.C. machines. Electromechanical
dynamics. The two axis theory of electrical machines and the differential equations
forms of electrical machines. Characteristics of synchronous machines; steady
transient, power angle, excitation, synchronizing torque, and stability relationships.
The Asynchronous machine characteristics methods of analysis and advanced
treatment of circle diagram, large three-phase transformers and their cooling
problems. Machines modeling in power systems.
ELE 705 Electrical Machines Design
Principles of electrical machines and design. The output equation, the calculation of
machine parameters, saturation problems in machine design, specific electric and
magnetic loading related to cooling machines specific design problems and computer
aided design of electrical machines. Definition of classification of windings, coil
construction and insulation; physical problems connected with single and double layer
winding; voltage analysis of windings, distribution factors, interspersing, pitch factors
and electrical short pitching; fractional slot windings; slot star diagram; MMF
analysis of windings; fundamental and harmonic rotating fields; principles and
analysis of close ration pam windings; three-phase summarization.
ELE 706 Power System Analysis
Review of Circuit Theorems
Power system network representation. Pre-unit systems. Solution of networks by
mesh-current, branch, current, and nodal-voltage equation. Formulation of nodal
admittance matrix for digital computer solution. Methods of solution using
elimination matrix, inversion and interactive techniques. Acceleration and
convergence.
125
Load Flow and Fault Analysis
Load Flow analysis of large systems and use of digital computers. Three phase faults
in large systems symmetrical components and unbalanced fault analysis.
Power System Stability
Transient stability analysis using step-by-step and numerical integration methods.
Comparison of digital computer and network analyzer solutions for power system
problems.
ELE 709 High Voltage Technology and Electrical Materials.
High Voltage Technology and Testing Methods.
H.V. cascaded transformer and series resonant testing; d.c. multiplier circuits, impulse
generation and analysis; sphere gasps potential dividers and measurements; insulator
strings and voltage distribution surges in transformer winding, corona, and ratio
interference.
High Voltage Dielectric Phenomena
Calculation of electric fields on solid, liquid and gaseous dielectrics, avalanche and
steamer breakdown in gases, dielectric loss, relaxation and special problems
associated with high voltage apparatus.
Electric Materials
Introduction to conducting magnetic and insulating materials; structure and properties
of thin films, electronics transportation properties of solid characteristics of dielectric
materials, conducting material and introduction to super-conductivity; theoretical and
experimental magnetism, preparation and properties of materials.
ELE 710 Optimization and Control of Integrated Power Systems
Requirement of Economic Dispatch, Systems with Transmission Losses, Coordination using the digital computer. Economic operation inter-connected systems,
load-frequency control, combined effect of steam, hydro and gas-turbine power
generating systems. Introduction to state space, solution of matrix differential
equation concepts of controllability. Consideration of the stability of non-linear
modelling techniques.
ELE 711 Surges and Insulation in Power Systems
Review of calculation methods of skin effect, effective resistance inductances and
capacitances of overhead lines and cables. Traveling waves, operational and transform
methods; distributed and non-linear parameter; theory and mechanisms of lighting
discharges; circuit interruption and resultant transient effects; impulse discharges,
impulse breakdown of insulation; insulation co-ordination; insulation of HV machines
and systems; line design and protection of terminal equipment, effect of system
earthling. Corona, (the use of lightening arrestors and their characteristics).
ELE 712 Statistical Methods in Power System Reliability Statistics
Basic probability theory; the binomial distribution. Poison and normal distribution.
The exponential distribution, meantime to Markov processed.
Statistical Generating Capacity, Reliability Evaluations:
The loss of load method, frequency and duration method, reliability evaluation of
spinning generation capacity
126
System Reliability
Advanced topics in the composite system reliability, evaluation and the reliability,
evaluation of interconnected systems.
ELE 713 Electric Drives: Dynamics and Control: Control Theory
Review of differential equations and their solutions. Transfer functional and
frequency response functions. Bode diagrams, diagrams and stability Nyguist
theorem. Nicholas chart Root locus methods. Use of these techniques in the design of
electric drive system.
Drive Systems (Steady Stated and Transient Characteristics)
Fundamental of electric Drives, Speed Control of Electric Drives; Motor power
rating, selection and load diagrams, Automatic Electric drive systems; Open-loop and
closed loop automatic drive control system. Typical controls of electric drives.
Transients and dynamics of drive systems.
ELE 715 System Design, Planning and Equipment: Power System
Planning and Design
World energy resources. Methods of electrical power generation. Load forecasting
and source analysis. Principles and practice of HVAC transmission and distribution.
Mathematical methods used in planning of source utilization and of transmission
network. Generation scheduling.
Power System Equipment
Alternators: factors affecting size and design. Special problems of turbo and hydroalternator construction and operation. Transformers: design construction and
operation. Switch-gear: principles of circuit breaking, types, layout of substation.
Overhead lines and cables: fabrication, erection and use.
ELE 716 Unified Theory of Machines and Special Materials Unified
Theory
of Machines
Unified theory of machines and representation; methods of machine analysis, steady
state performance characteristics of A. C. machines, general equations of A.C.
machines, the D.C. machines.
Special Machines
Homopolar machines, induction machines, stepped motors; induction regulators and
generators, rectifiers and inverters, introduction to linear motors, PAM motors,
superconducting machinery.
ELE 719
Control Theory and Applications: Basic Control Theory
(Review)
Principles of closed loop control system: block diagrams and transfer function
analysis; frequency response methods: Nyguist, inverse and Bode diagrams; transient
response analysis, root locus design of compensating networks.
Advanced Control Theory
Classical analysis and synthesis of D.C. and A.C. control systems. Analysis and
synthesis of sampled data systems by transform methods sampling and data
construction processes. Analysis and synthesis of non-linear control systems, effects
of non-linearities on stability.
ELE 720 Modern Control Theory
Introduction to modern control theory, state space and state function methods of
systems analysis, general solution of state equations, controllability and observability,
Design of control systems using sate variable feed back. Optimum control theory.
127
ELE 721
Industrial Instrumentation:
Instrumentation Components
Survey of passive and dynamic components and electrical materials employed in
electrical and mechanical devices. Specialized devices employed as components in
measurement systems. Industrial instrumentation e.g. (steel, cement and refineries).
Electronic Instrumentation:
Fundamental techniques: the broad requirements of electronic instrumentation
systems; the extension of use of commercially available small scale analogue and
digital devices to larger systems; illustrations taken from current application; the
digital frequency meter and the digital voltmeter transfer, encoders, data recording
instruments; data logging and storage.
Nuclear Instrumentation
Statistics of nuclear counting devices: of gas filled detectors; scintillation counters;
scintillator for various types of radiation, use of alkali-halides for gamma ray
spectroscopy, resolution; seminconductor dectors; silicon surface barrier and lithium
drifted types for alpha and beta radiation: scintillation counters, nuclear magnetic
resonance measuring devices.
High Speed Measurement and Instrumentation:
High speed measurement and control of voltage and current; measurement of
electrical conductivity and specific heat of metals, digital and analogue data storage
and retrieval.
ELE 722 Instrumentation and Measurement Analysis
Advanced treatment of errors in measurement, analysis of bridge measurements,
principles of the measurement displacement, flow, pressure, temperature and pH. Gas
analysis. Transducers acoustic, ultrasonic, photoelectric, optical variable impedance,
electro-mechanical. Detailed studies of instruments and apparatus including
radiometers, pacemarkers, defibrillators, stimulators, flow meters, electrical watt-hour
meters.
ELE 723 Control System in Industry
Thyrister applications in position and speed control systems. General process control
concepts, role of control in steel mills, cement factories, oil refineries, etc. component
and system design concepts.
Microprocessors and Applications:
Nature and function of microprocessors. Architecture of microprocessor and micro
computer systems. Microprogramming and assembly languages; cross assemblers and
simulators. Inputs, outputs and interrupts. Designing control systems with
microprocessors.
ELE 724 Protection and Speed Control
System Protection
Steady-state and transient behaviour of current voltage transformers; linear couplers:
characteristics and operation of relays; distance protection a carrier and pilot wire
protection schemes for complete systems. Principles of relay design.
Speed Control of Motors
The characteristics of induction, synchronous and do motors with special reference to
speed control; the characteristics of triacs and thyristor-diode pars as applied to
induction motor voltage control; the operating principle of full-controlled and semicontrolled 3-phase bridge convectors; the do link and
128
cycloconvertor; frequency control of induction and synchronous motors, slip
power recovery using convectors. Thirster control of do motors: transistor assisted
commutation commutator less do motto.
ELE 725 Control Mathematics and Application: Control of Infinite
Dimensional Systems
Introduction of the theory of control as applied to linear partial differential equations,
input output models, quadratic variational problems, oscillations, and stability.
Certain results from functional analysis developed as needed.
Identification, estimation and control of Dynamics Systems
Modeling of stochastic dynamic via state vector, autoregressive, moving average and
frequency-domain models. State and parameter estimation, linear and non linear
fostering (Winner and Kalmar) smoothing. System identification, time series analysis,
forecasting. Stochastic control. Applications to power systems, man machine systems,
industrial processes, econometrics, aerospace and environmental systems.
ELE 726 Digital and Hybrid Systems, Engineering Application of
Analogue and Hybrid Computer
Programming of system equation, optimization techniques, application to the study of
control systems.
Digital Systems Analysis and Design
Analysis and synthesis of multiple-output combinatorial circuits; theory and
realizations of sequential machines; threshold logic, advanced computer architecture
including stack machines and pipeline structures; real time design considerations;
survey of application oriented computers.
ELE 733
Information theory, Code and Noise:
The concept of information measure, information content and information transfer in
discrete noiseless and noisy channels. Entropy definition, channel matrix and channel
capacity, coding to match source of channel distributed by white addictive, Gaussain
noise. Capacity of a band-limited channel.
Coding for Noise Channels
Systematic Block codes: Hamming distances; minimum distance groups and rules for
optimal groups. Algebraic code: General generator matrix, message matrix purity
check matrix, error syndrome. Cyclic codes generation of cyclic codes using shift
registers. Decoding for cyclic codes meggitt decoder error trapping decodes.
Noise
Stochastic processes: statutionary process (strict and wide sense). Properties of
Gaussain and poison processes, Gaussain Noise and impulsive Noise as Stochastic
Processes.
ELE 727 Computers and Electronic Equipment Design
Analogue Computing
Basic analogue techniques for system simulation: simulation of non-linear systems,
time and amplitude scaling methods, checking procedures; control of the analogue
computer, use of logic and hybrid systems.
Micro-Computer
Nature and functions of microprocessors: architecture of a microprocessor and
microcomputer systems: instruction sets and assembly languages: cross assemblers
and simulators; inputs and interrupts: typical applications.
129
Design of Electronic Equipment
Need for a rational approach to design problems in electronic engineering. Basic
elements of design, technical economic ergonomic and aesthetic. Design by evolution
and innovation. Elements of the theory of reliability. Reliability and its economic
significance. Relationship between designing, development and production.
Maintenance and organization of maintenance service.
ELE 729 Advanced Electronics and Integrated Circuits: Electronic
Analogue Device
The ideal operational amplifier: physical limitations; considerations of gain,
bandwidth, CMRR: a working model; common configurations: inverting, noninvesting, difference modes other application: voltage and current sources; the
oscillators; rectifier: buffer, comparator: balanced; unbalanced systems; noise from
external fields; choice of configurations: the instrument amplifier, use of guard
system; diode function generator, square low and multiplication; division;
transconductance methods; log function generator: multiplication: temperature effects
analysis and design of active filter circuits; stability of feedback configurations,
compensation circuits.
Digital Integrated Circuits
Properties of available commercial devices: evolution of the integrated circuits;
transistor-transistor logic in small, medium and large-scale packages: MOS devices:
construction and utilization of systems based on digital integrated circuits,
manipulation of digital signal, conversion of signals from analogue to digital form,
digital storage of information.
ELE 736
Analogue Communication System:
Television
T V signals, monochrome vision, photometry, illumination, colour vision and
colourimetry TV systems, transmission of monochrome vision and chromiance
values.
Telephony
General principles of telephony and telegraphy and the description of the public
telephone systems, relays; construction, types, and performance characteristics.
Signaling; introduction, principles and types. Switching, manual and automatic,
selector mechanism, cross-bar and electronic exchangers. Traffic and trucking
distribution frames.
Satellite Communication
Introduction, design of satellite systems, multiple access techniques, modulation
techniques, ground station, future trends, and the Nigerian domestic satellite system.
ELE 737 Antennas
Electromagnetic Theory
Review of Maxwell’s equations. General theory of wave propagation radiation,
scattering and diffraction with appropriate introduction to the mathematical
techniques used.
Antennas
Factors determining the design of antennas, calculation of radiation patterns of arrays
of current elements and radiating apertures. Control of beam shapes sidelobes.
Complementary antennas. Radiation resistance and input impedance.
130
Power gain, microwage antennas. Scanning. Wideband antennas. Adaptive antennas.
Practical antennas. Practical forms of antennas in the band 30kHz-30GHz.
ELE 738
Digital Communication System
Review of digital signal representation and coding A/D and D/A converters.
Information theory; Harley Law, Nyquist information rate, diversity techniques.
Modulation and keying methods, PAM, PPM PDM delta-modulation, SK, FSK, PSK,
DPSK. Detection of signal in noise: characteristics and effects of Gausian noise,
matched filter, correlation, coherent and noncoherent methods of detection,
intersymbol interference.
Global Communication
Communication: The individual and society. The technical medial and heir basic
effects. The post-war communication explosion, public and private spheres. Traffic
growths; interrelations. International planning and control through ITU and other
agencies. Correlation of communication media and wealth, values to the developing
countries.
Modems
Time division multiplex. Design and description of typical modems.
ELE 739 Pulse Circuits
Analysis and the response to pulse signals of linear and non-linear net works;
properties and ratings of circuit elements used in pulse system, pulse properties of
semi-conductor device; semi-conductor switching theory; prediction of transient
performance; circuit; design analysis; characteristics and integrated circuit;
monolithic, thick and thin film applications, optimum scale of integration; problems
of interconnection of high speed circuits; interfacing between systems; the design of
gating systems; speed power rational noise immunity voltage and current amplitude
comparators; accuracy and speed of operation regenerative circuit; application of the
negative resistance concept; hysteresis analysis of transition between states and
mechanism triggering; multi-state circuits.
ELE 740 Propagation and Microwave Electronics;
Microwave Circuits
Behaviour of wave guide modes; transmission line analogies, discontinuity.
Waveguide junctions and the scattering matrix. Properties and design of microwave
components; synthesis techniques; microwave measurements.
Radio Wave Propagation
Propagation of radio waves over the ground; effect of ground constants and surface
irregularities. Tropospheric propagation; effects of obstacles and weather. Propagation
using scatter techniques. Impact of propagation consideration on the planning of
communication systems in the band 30KHz-30GHz
Microwave Electronics
Microwave tubes, basic introductory concepts, space-charge wave theory and velocity
modulation; Klystrons and performance characteristics; parametric amplifiers; p-n
diodes and Manley-Rowe relations, characteristics and types of parametric amplifier
linearised equations, negative-resistance parametric amplifiers.
131
ELE 741
Power Electronics
Properties of thyristors and power transistors. Controlled rectifier line cumulated
inverted circuits. A.C. to D.C. power conversion using time ratio control, the control
of D.C. machines. Impulse commutated inverters, waveform synthesis techniques,
control circuits.
Transducers
The principle and characteristics of transducers: strainguage and their application to
force and pressure measurement: Piezo and ferroelectric materials for velocity and
acceleration measurement; associated electronic equipment; charge amplifiers.
Transducers for temperature and field measurements; optical devices for machine
control.
ELE 742 Digital Logical Systems
The processing of information in digital form, the analysis and synthesis of logical
systems; combinational and sequential systems: switching algebra, systematic method
simplification switching networks; optimization of combinational and sequential
systems: race barzards, digital arithmetic processes; the addition,
subtraction, multiplication and division digital information encoding and decoding
error detection and correction.
ELE 743 Solid State Engineering
Semi-conducting Materials
Significance of semi-conducting materials; intrinsic; impurity, compound semiconductors; conduction mechanism, holes and electrons, drift; diffusion; internal
potential difference; the p-n junction properties by impurities, do characteristics,
depletion and diffusion capacitances, transient charges storage effects; transistors
operation and parameters; origins of quantum theory of electron energies, Fermi level;
application of foregoing theory of metals, insulators and semi-conductors; the tunnel
effects; metal to semi-conductor contact; the Schottky diode; physical mechanism of
field effect transistors: Hall effect.
Fabrication of semi-conductor Devices
Diodes; transistors. C.M.O.S. TTL and ECL integrated circuits. Analogue devices:
multipliers, operational amplifiers, modulators, microprocessor chips using large scale
integration
132
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
The Department offers two degrees of Masters programmes. The first is Master of
Mechanical Engineering with specialization in any of the following options:
(i) Applied Mechanical / Engineering Design
(ii) Thermofluids
The second is Master of Engineering materials with specialization in any of the materials
groups.
(i) Metals
(ii) Ceramics
(iii)Electrical and Electronics Materials
(iv) Polymer’s
(v) Elastomers
(vi) Glasses
Structure of the programmes
The two programmes consist of taught courses, seminars and research objects. In the case
of materials Engineering, there would be design, fabrication and testing of equipment
relevant to any of the major materials discipline.
Requirement for graduation
To satisfy the requirement for the award of the degree of masters, a student must
accumulate a minimum of thirty (30) credit units which shall include the compulsory
course, electives and research project. In addition, a student must give at least one
seminar on his research project during the period of study.
COURSES AVALIABLE
M. Eng. (Application Mechanics / Engineering Design)
Core Courses
Course Code Title
MEE 701
Numerical Methods in Engineering I
MEE 702
Engineering System Dynamics
MEE 703
Advanced machine Design and manufacture
MEE 704
Advanced strength of materials
MEE 705
Design methodology and optimization
MEE 799
Project
Units
3
3
3
3
3
6
Elective Courses
MEE 706
Matrix methods in vibration Analysis
MEE 707
Random vibration
MEE 708
Numerical methods in Engineering II
MEE 709
Synthesis of linkages
MEE 711
Theory of lubrication and Bearing Design
MEE 712
Experimental mechanics
3
3
3
3
3
3
133
M. Eng. (Thermo-Fluids) Courses
Core Courses
MEE 701
Numerical methods in Engineering I
MEE 713
Heat Transfer I
MEE 714
Heat Transfer II
MEE 715
Advanced Fluid mechanics
MEE 799
project
Elective Courses
Core Code Title
MEE 708
Numerical methods in Engineering II
MEE 716
Gas Dynamics
MEE 717
Power plants
MEE 718
Turbo machinery
MEE 719
Refrigeration, Air-condition and ventilation
MEE 721
Combustion Theory
MEE 722
Energy Conversion and Utilization
MEE 723
Solar energy systems
MEE 724
Ideal fluid flow
MEE 725
Boundary layer Theory
Units
3
3
3
3
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Course Description
Course for M.ENG. APPLIED
MECHANICS / ENGINEERING DESIGN
MEE 701 Numerical Methods in Engineering I
Topics from analysis having application in the solution of practical engineering
problems. Linear and non-linear mechanical systems. The algebraic eigenvalue
problem. Initial and boundary value problems for ordinary and pedal differential
equations. Tensor methods and application. Design of experiments. Statistical
analysis.
MEE 702 Engineering System Dynamics I
Vibration as a nuisance in engineering systems and in the human environment.
Characteristic parameters of vibration. Single degree of freedom lumped-parameters
systems, potential energy and stability. The vibration energy balance. Lowest natural
frequency in beam-like structures. Raleigh energy methods. Energy dissipation
mechanism. Analytical modeling of hysteretic dump.
The keended-panue reception plot. Hysteretic damping as a criterion for selection
design materials. Force/motion transmissibility. Design of anti-vibration mountings.
Non-harmkonic excitation. Impact and shock. Design of supporters to withstand
impact.
MEE 703 Advanced Machine Design and Manufacture
Design and manufacture of machine, elements for strength, rigidity, creep and fatigue.
Design of gears, hydraulic and pneumatic systems design. Design of figs and fixtures.
Design of machine tools, computer aided design.
134
MEE 704 Advanced Strength of Materials:
Elasticity:
Three-dimensional analysis of stress and strain stress equilibrium. Strain
Displacement and compatibility equations
The Balrami Michael Equation and its applications in solving various types of
problems. Stress conceation problems axially symmetrical problems.
Plasticity
Yield criteria, behaviour of materials in plastic zone-mathematical modeling.
Application in Bending and torsion problems. Plastic flow.
Plates and shell
Small deflection theory; strain energy methods; plates, stability, Buckling of thinwalled tubes.
MEE 705 Design Methodology and Optimization
A discussion of all those topics which make for a systematic and organized approach
to design, problem solving. Optimum design.
MEE 706 Matrix Method in Vibration Analysis
General characteristics of multi-degree of freedom system. Matrix notation and
algebra Lumped parameter modeling. Generalized coordinates. Deprivation of the
equation of motion. The LaGrange’s energy method. Principal coordinates. The
system matrix-jacobi method of diagonalisation. Properties of the eigen solution.
Response via model super-position.Forced damped vibrations. Receptance,
impedance mobility. Inertance. Bean receptance, point receptance, cross receptance
coupling. Mobility testing.
MEE 707 Random Vibration
Natural occurrence of random vibration as opposed to the idealized time harmonic
vibration. Random process. Probability density/distribution functions, statistical
parameters, stationary/ergodic process, antocomelation. Spectral analysis; power
spectral density broad/narrow bands, with noise fatigue and failure in random
vibration.
MEE 708 Numerical Methods in Engineering 11
Calculus of variations numerical linear algebra. Applications to
vibration,
diffusion, heat transfer, wave propagations, membranes, plates, fluid flow and
celestial mechanics, simulation and dynamical system. Analogue computation.
MEE 709 Synthesis of Linkages
Kinematic synthesis of mechanism, dimensional synthesis, finite displacement theta
including concepts of poles, circle point curve, centre point curve and burmesters
point. Introduction to space mechanisms, modern kinetic analysis and methods of
performance evaluation. Curvature theory and instantaneous invariants, cams, kinetic
design of gears gear trains.
MEE 711 Theory of Lubrication and Bearing Design
Basic theory of hydrodynamic lubrication, hydrodynamic thrust and journals,
lubrication flow and heat dissipation in finite bearings, factors in bearing design,
hydrostatic, the theory of lubrication, hydrostatic design, bearing materials, optimum
design methods.
135
MEE 712 Experimental Mechanics
Photoelastic techniques of two and three dimensional stress analysis problems.
Interferometry, holography, moiré fringes and their application in stress analysis,
strain gauge techniques transducers. Brittle coatings.
COURSES FOR M.ENG. THERMO FLUID
MEE 713 Heat Transfer 1
Fundamentals of Heat Transfers
Introduction to heat transfer, modes of heat transfer, basic layer of heat transfer, units
and dimensions combined modes of heat transfer; analogy between heat transfer and
electrical energy transfer.
Conduction Heat Transfer
Steady state one-dimensional heat conduction with and without internal heat sources;
steady state two and three dimensional heat conduction; unsteady-state heat
conduction.
Radiation Heat Transfer
Thermal radiation, absorption, reflection and transmission of radiation; Kirchoffs laws
and Black Body radiation; radiation intensity and emissive power; heat transfer
between black and grey surfaces, heat transfer by radiation in black or grey
enclosures; radiation from gases, vapours and flames, solar terrestrial and atmospheric
radiation.
Measurements
Methods of measuring temperature and heat flow in solids, liquids and gases; surface
temperature measurement; radiation pyrometers; thermocouple; heat flow methods.
MEE 714 Heat Transfer II
Convection Heat Transfer
Fundamental principles of viscous fluid and boundary layer flow fundamentals of
convective heat – transfer coefficient; the Nusselt number; evaluation of coefficient;
the Nusselt number; evaluation of convective heat transfer coefficient; dimensional
analysis applied to heat transfer; laminar and turbulent.
MEE 716 Gas Dynamics
Fundamental concepts of gas dynamics, kinematics of fluid-flow equations of motion
for perfect fluids; classical thermodynamics and statistical mechanics applied to
compressible fluid flow; speed of sound stationary sock-wave in perfect fluids; one
dimensional steady flow; non-steady one-dimensional and quassi – one- dimensional
flow perfect fluids; non-steady flows of perfect fluids with discontinuities; spatial
supersonic steady flow of perfect fluids, flows with viscosity and heat transfer;
methods of measurement.
MEE 717 Power Plants
Energy sources and their availability, fuels and combustion, energy cycles.
Steam Power Plants
Combustion methods and systems (gas oil) – and coal fired systems, fluidized –bed
systems steam generation dust collection; prime inovers; condensers; calling towers;
sper critical pressure steam plants.
Nuclear Power Plants
Power reactor systems; design; operation and control of power reactions; nuclear
fuels; fast bredder reactors; disposal of nuclear wastes; nuclear safety.
136
Hydroelectric Power plants
Hydro-power station and auxiliaries site selection
Miscellaneous Power Plants
Solar and geothermal plants; small-scale hydro-plant .Environmental considerations.
Particulate emissions. Power-plants wastes and their environmental effects.
Power Economy
Load curves; plant selection; overall station performance; energy rates.
Gas Turbine Power Plants
Open cycle-single- shaft and twin-shaft arrangements; compounding; closed cycles,
aircraft population, application, gas turbine design. Ideal cycles losses; design point
performance. Performance of practical cycles; gas turbine cycles for mobile and
stationary applications; combustion systems, prediction of plant performance.
Economics of Gas Turbine Plants
Reciprocating internal combustion, engines; criteria of performance, performance
characteristics, fuel and combustion processes in internal combustion engines; fuel
systems; the air fuel ratio and the volumetric efficiency; supercharging; modern
developments and applications; economics of internal combustion engine application.
MEE 718 Turbo-Machinery
Introductory concepts, definition, units and dimensional analysis and similitude,
performance laws and characteristics; specific speed; cavitation-thermodynamic and
fluid dynamic concepts; efficiency. Two dimensional cascades; two-dimensional axial
flow turbines, two dimensional axial flow compressors; pumps and fans; threedimensional flows in axial turbo machines, centrifugal compressors; pumps and fans;
radial flow machines.
MEE 719 Refrigeration, Air-conditioning and Ventilation
Building of environmental engineering role of air-conditioning and ventilation in
environmental control; ventilation; properties of the air and applied psychrometry, airconditioning processes; flow of air inducts: air-conditioning and refrigeration
equipment; air-conditioning applications; automatic control in air conditioning
systems; air movement in rooms; principles of product refrigeration.
MEE 721
Combustion Theory
Fuel – solid, liquid, gas. Types and formation of hydro-carbon. refining process.
Properties and grades of gasoline. Combustion of fuel or hydrocarbons; application of
the first and the second laws of thermodynamics. Heat of reaction or calorific values
and adiabatic combustion. Heats of formation and Hess’s Law.
Chemical potential, Chemical Stoichiometry and Dissociation. Chemical Equilibrium
and Chemical Kinetics. Methods for calculating Equilibrium constants, applications in
engines. Ionization of gases, Saha equation for ionized gases. Electric sparks or
plasma formations. Droplets ignition and combustion application in engines.
Combustion phenomena: flame speeds, laminar and turbulent burning velocities,
quiescent and turbulent explosions. Limit of inflammability. Confined or non flow
explosion, flow or continuous combustion pollution; pollution from engine control.
137
MEE 722
Energy Conversion Utilization
The energy crisis; consumption, units and energy and power, growth rates; fossilreserves. Limitations to usage of available energy- terrestrial and thermodynamic
limitations; energy from fossil; hisropower nuclear energy.
New and renewable energy sources-solar; wind energy, biomass energy; geothermal
sources.
MEE 723 Solar Energy Systems
Introduction and Historical development. Solar radiation, Thermal Collectors. The flat
plate collector, intermediate temperature collectors (up to 2000C). High temperature
collectors. Thermal application space heating and cooling power production. Other
thermal applications, energy storage. Photovoltaic system. Biological energy
conversion. Economic, social and legal issues. Wind power systems.
MEE 724 Idea Fluid Flow
Introductory concepts. Bermoulli’s theorem, two dimensional flows rectilinear
vertices; the circular cylinder as an airfoil-Joukoski’s transformation; twodimensional airofoil thin serofoil theory; induced velocity; airofoil with finite aspect
ratio; the lifting line theory, the lifting surface theory; propullare and windmills; wind
tunnel correction, subsonic and supersonic firms.
MEE 725 Boundary Layer Theory
Concept of the boundary layer; separation and vortex formation; turbulent flow in
dusts and boundary layers.
Laminar Boundary Layers
Two-dimensional boundary layer equations; general properties of the boundary layer
equations, exact solutions of the steady-state, the dimensional boundary layer
equations, axially symmetrical and three-dimensional boundary layer, non-steady
boundary layers, approximate methods for the solution of the boundary layers
equations; boundary layer-control; thermal boundary layers: boundary layers in
compressible flow. Turbulent Boundary Layers
Transition from laminar to turbulent flows including the origin of turbulence.
Fundamentals of turbulent flows; turbulent flows through pipes; sin friction drag of a
flate plate at zero incidence; roughness; turbulent boundary layers with favourable
and adverse-pressure gradients; free turbulent flows.
DOCTORATE DEGREE (Ph.D) PROGRMME
The Ph.D programme will be by research only:
MATERIALS ENGINEERING
Course Description
MTE 701 Materials Research Equipment
Basic laboratory: X-ray diffractometer, X-ray fluorescent analysis, Electron
microprobe analysis, SEM, LOM, TEM etc. detailed laboratory procedure for
characterizing materials, metallography, ceramography, etc.
138
MTE 702 Physical Materials Process
The processing of materials: metallurgical processes, ceramic processes, polymer
processing, materials processing using lasers, advanced treatment. The fabrication
properties of metals, ceramics and refractories.
MTE 703 Glasses and Amorphous Materials
Nature and structure of glasses: nucleation and crystal growth theories. Raw
materials, processing properties. Optical fibers: CVD, MCVD, AVD, etc. glass
coatings, electronic glasses and Cxynitride glasses, Chalcogenide glasses and elctrooptic materials. Metallic glasses.
MTE 704 Traditional Ceramic Materials
Raw materials preparation, forming techniques, phase diagrams; triaxial ceramic
compositions, properties and quality control, SQC, TQC.
MTE 705 Polymer Technology
Polymer processing, extrusion and injection moulding of polymers. Process
monitoring and control. Mould and die design. Extrusion vulcanization of elastromers
MTE 706 Advanced Ceramics
Processing of advanced ceramics materials for mechanical applications (Turbine
blade Tools piston valves, textile thread guides, etc). Sintering theory and practice.
Properties, flexural strength, wear and high temperature resistance.
MTE 707 Mechanical Metallurgy
Theory of Brittle and ductile fracture Mechanical working of metal and novel
processing techniques.
MTE 708 Electronic Ceramics
Uses of ceramics in electronic devices. Principles of sensors, dielectric, piezoelectric,
hydroelectric, ferroelectric, opto-electronic, ferromagnetic and ferromagnetic
materials; emphasis is on the synthesis of electronic ceramics. Superconductors (from
Hg to high Tc La-Sr-Cu oxides). Application of superconductors superconductive
microelectronic devices. Thin and thick film, MLCC.
MTE 709 Materials Equipment Design
Design, fabrication and testing of equipment used for materials processing and
handling. Use of different design packages, CAD-CAM. Selection of materials.
Management of design by time planning and other techniques. Design and
environment compatibility.
MTE 710 Composites Processing
Processing and modeling of composite materials resistant foams, hydride wall
materials. Mechanical properties of expoxy, polyester, polyurethane and cement
matrices reinforced with sheres and E-glass. Carbon and aramid fibres. Classceramics as an example of a composite material. Other composites.
MTE 711 Engineering Management
Review of existing knowledge in management procedures. Investment analysis, data
collection and cost estimating.
MTE 712 Material Protection
Factors affecting and determining performance of materials under corrosive and
abrasive conditions. Design for corrosion and wear control by use of surface
protective treatments, environment modifications and special property materials.
139
MTE 713 Foundry Technology
Ferrous and non-ferrous casting. Design of patterns and moulds. Treatment of
solidification of steel and alloys investment casting, centrifugal and other casting
methods.
MTE 714 Power Metallurgy
Power preparation, consolidation techniques. Properties and application of power
metallurgy products. Quality control.
MTE 715 Computational Materials Engineering
Computer simulation of structure of materials. Finite element method. New methods
of calculations. Estimation of properties by calculations. Quantitative stereological
measurements. Modeling of crack, creep and fatigue (computer Simulation of
Fracture). Computer calculation of Phase Diagrams (CALPHAD)
MTE 799 Research/Design Project
140
DEPARTMENT OF PRODUCTION AND MATERIAL ENGINEERING
1. Introduction
The Department of Producation and Materials Engineering (MPE) is devoted to
activities that improve the development and performance management in organization,
and also other programmes that affect the well being of people living in both rural area
and urban communities. The Department offers specialized programmes that encourage
the integration of technological, environmental, social, economic, and management inputs
for effective and sustainable development. Our Department is a pioneering leader in the
development of integrated Graduate Development Scheme (IGM) in Africa.
The IGDS includes M.Sc and Ph.D degree programmes, short practical and special
courses for groups and individual study. All programmes are designed to meet the
education and training needs of individuals involved or intending to become involved in
planning, provision and/or management of physical infrastructure for development. All
programmes on offer are suitable for engineers and non-engineers (e.g. holders of degree
honours in building, chemistry, computer science, physics and social sciences).
The Department of Production and Materials Engineering is aware of the present
gender imbalance amongst management and technical personal in the various sectors of
the African economy. In addition, the Department recognizes that the involvement of both
men and women in all phases of development is essential if progress is to be effective and
sustainable. To help address these issues, the Department particularly encourages women
to participate in our technology management programme to enable them actively take part
in the pacing of economic and technological development in Africa.
2. The Programmes
Our modular programmes include:
a. M.Sc in the following areas:

Production and Materials Engineering

Technology Management
b. Ph.D in the following areas:

Production and Materials Engineering

Environmental Management and Technology
Technology Management
The M.Sc programmes are for two semesters, while the Ph.D programmes are for six
semesters. Both programmes are by course work and research project.
The production and Materials Engineering Programme combines an understanding of the
physical, mechanical and chemical basis of solid materials with an appreciation of
management and manufacturing process and the economic and social constraints in which
they operate. The programme prepares students for careers in manufacturing industries
where new materials are taking the place of traditional materials. The Technology
management programme is a multidisciplinary course with a roughly equal balance
between appreciation of the human, economic and social framework in which business
and industrial activity take place and study of technologies used in
modern industries. The programme is aimed at giving the students an understanding of
the interactions between technology, development and society and also an appreciation of
technology as the engine of economic development.
141
3. Admission Requirement
Admission is open to graduates who have obtained a good honours degree of not
below second class lower in Chemistry, Engineering, Geology, Materials science,
Physics, Polymer science, and technology from a recognized institution of higher
learning. However, candidates with lower qualifications but have adequate relevant
experience may be admitted into a four-semester M.Sc. degree programme. Only
candidates with master’s degree in Engineering and Technology may be registered for the
Ph.D. programmes. However, candidates with good Master’s degree in petroleum
economics, but have adequate relevant experience may be admitted into the technology
management or environmental management and technology programme.
4. M.Sc Course Structure
The programmes are based on the credit system. Students are required to obtain a total
of 30 credit units, comprising 24 units from the instructional components of the course
and a further 6 credit units from the research project module. Each instructional credit
represents 20 hours of lectures with associated laboratory, design and course work.
Candidates following the part-time basis may undertake their instructional credits
over four semester, and can extend their project over the same period. Six compulsory
courses are taught on the programme, four of which are taken by all students in the
semester while the remaining two are taken in the second semester.
4.1 Course Outlines/Descriptions for Production and Materials Engineering
Programme
First Semester
Course Code Course Title
Units
MPE 701
Engineering Materials
3
MPE 702
Surface Engineering
3
MPE 703
Materials Handling
3
TEM 703
Management of information Technology
3
TEM 704
Technology and Marketing Strategy
3
TEM 705
Management of Technological Innovations
3
Second Semester
Course Core Course Title
MPE 711
Materials Research Equipment
MPE 712
Materials Processing
MPE 713
Seminar
MPE 714
Project Work
MPE 715
Technology Acquisition and Accumulation of
Domestic Capacity
Units
3
3
3
3
3
MPE 701 Engineering Materials (3 Units)
Main components include: metallic materials, ceramic materials, polymeric materials,
electronic and magnetic materials, and matrix composites.
142
MPE 702 Surface Engineering (3 Units)
Main components include: structure of surface and interfaces, surface energy,
adhesion theory, adhesives, vacuum science, liquid phase deposition, solid phase
deposition, behaviour of engineering materials under plasticity, creep, fatigue and
fracture conditions.
MPE 703 Materials Handling (3Units)
Main components include: terminology and principles of materials handling, analysis
of materials handling problems, features of materials handling systems, selection of
materials handling systems, and material handling equipment.
MPE 711 Materials Research Equipment (3Units)
The major thrust in the area concerns the procedures and techniques used in the
characterization of materials that are of special interest to materials engineers. This
includes: x-ray diffractometer, x-ray fluorestcent analysis, electron microprobe,
transmission electron microscope, optical microscope, and sample preparation
techniques.
MPE 712 Materials Processing (3 Units)
Main components include: injection moulding of polymers, adhesives, metal matrix
composites, fibre-reinforced composites, welding of metals and polymers, ceramic
processing methods, glass manufacturing, and property evaluation techniques.
MPE 713 Seminar (3 Units)
Each student will be required to attend all Departmental seminars. In addition, each
student is also expected to present at least one seminar in his or her research work..
MPE 714 Project Work (3 Units)
Each student will be expected to submit a compulsory research report, which will be
written up as a thesis under the supervision of a senior academic staff. Such projects
are carried out in areas of particular interest to the students or their sponsors.
4.2
Course Outlines/Descriptions for Technology Management Programme
First Semester
units
TEM
701
Introduction to Technology Policy
3
TEM
702
Management of Technology Change
3
TEM
703
Management of Information Technology
3
TEM
704
Technology and Marketing Strategy
3
TEM
705
Management of Technological Innovations
3
TEM
703
Materials Handling
3
Second Semester
Units
TEM
711
Organisation of Production and Work
3
TEM
712
Technology / Acquisition and Accumulation of
Domestic Capability
3
TEM
713
Seminar
3
TEM
714
Project Work
3
TEM
715
Technology, Industrial Competitiveness and
International Trade
3
143
TEM 701 Introduction to Technology Policy (3 Units)
Main components include: basic definitions, origin of technology policy,
generation and nature of scientific knowledge, technology policy and economic
analysis, economics of organisation and technological change, relationship between
science and technology, and society, science and technology indicators, science and
technology in developing economies, and national policy on science and technology
development.
TEM 702 Management of Technological Change (3 Units)
Main components include: scientification of government Departments and industry,
evolutionary theory of firm, innovations at firm level, technology change and
strategies of firms, managing the risk and cost of technological change, managing
inter-institutional technology generating endeavours, the role of research and
development/promotion of technology change, and public policy towards
technological change.
TEM 703 Management of Information Technology (3 Units)
Main components include: introduction to computer systems, data processing
techniques, data structure, computer languages, problem analysis, algorithms,
appreciation and research potentials of computers in management environment.
TEM 704 Technology and Marketing Strategy (3 Units)
Main components include: marketing overview, context of marketing
descision/controllable marketing decision variables, diffusion theory of
technological change and consumer behaviour, technology and marketing
segmentation, marketing research and sales forecasting, product promotion and
distribution decisions, market control/review.
TEM 705 Management of Technological Innovations (3Units)
Main components include: sources of innovation, innovation and technical change,
process of generating and developing technological innovation, place of the market
in innovation endeavour, risk of technological innovation, funding of technological
innovations, innovation and the project champion, technology and industrial agenda.
TEM 711 Organisation of Product and Work (3 Units_
Examines the nature and changing institutional forms of production and work
orgagnisation in capitalist economies and provides a through assessment of
competing perspectives in political economy, modern economic analysis and
history. Major topics include: emergence of the factory, technology division and
labour, formation and structure of labour markets, globalization of production,
nature and impact of state intervention.
TEM 712 Technology Acquisition and Accumulation of
Domestic Capability (3 Units)
Major topics include: technological innovation as a synthesis, technological
paradigms, technological guideposts and technology development, concept of
technology transfer and acquisition, pre-requisites for effective technology transfer
and acquisition, administrative and legal aspects of technology transfer, technology
skills learning processes, technology acquisition in firms, and the role of the state in
effective technology acquisition.
144
TEM 713
Seminar (3 Units)
student is also expected to present at least one seminar in his or her research work.
TEM 714 Project Work (6Units)
are carried out in areas of particular interest to the student or their sponsors.
TEM 715 Technology, Industrial Competitiveness and
International Trade
Main components include: concept of competitive advantage, need for a new
paradigm, determinants of competitive advantage, dynamics of national competitive
advantages, globalization and international trade, competitive advantage of
industries, international trade in services, barriers to trade in services, and some
trade policy issues.
5. Ph.D Course Structure
Our doctorate degree modules offer an expanding programme of opportunities for
candidates who want to update and extend their knowledge and skills. The
programmes are designed to produce high-level personnel capable of breaking
through new grounds, through training and research, thereby making worthwhile
contribution to knowledge. Students may choose six credit units from the course
offered; with the approval of the Department and a further nine credit units from the
project work and seminar. The choice must reflect the interest and the programme
of study chosen by the students.
Course Outlines/Descriptions for Materials and Production
Engineering Progamme
First Semester
Units
MPE 801
Advanced Properties of Engineering Materials
3
MPE 802
Manufacturing Strategy
3
MPE 803
Advanced Materials Processing
3
MPE 801
Interface Management
3
Second Sixth Semester
Units
MPE 811
Seminar
3
MPE 812
Project Work
6
MPE 801 Advanced Properties of Engineering Materials (3 Units)
Main components include: strength of materials, friction and adhesion, lubrication and
wear, corrosion technology, fatigue and fracture, electrical and optical properties,
materials selection and design.
MPE 802 Manufacturing Strategy (3 Units)
The major thrust is in the areas of overall company competitive strategy and its
implications for manufacturing management, technology audits in the evaluation of
current performance in manufacturing systems, development of manufacturing system
improvement priorities, implementation procedures, use of task forces in changing
manufacturing systems, quality management techniques and procedures,
145
standardization and cost of varieties in manufacturing systems, and assessment of
manufacturing system flexibility.
MPE 803 Advanced Materials Processing (3 Units)
Main components include: new polymeric materials, product composition and
formulations, manufacturing processes, self-reinforcing polymers and structural
forms, engineering ceramics, metallic alloys, and composites development from
metals, ceramics and polymers.
MPE 811 seminar (3 Units)
Each student will be required to attend all departmental seminars. In addition each
MPE 812 Project Work (6 Units)
5.2 Course Outlines/Descriptions for Technology Management Programme
First Semester
Units
TEM 801
3
TEM 802
Information Technology
3
TEM 803
Technology, Strategy and Competitiveness
3
TEM 804
3
Second Semester
TEM 811
Seminar
TEM 812
Project Work
Units
3
3
TEM 801 Interface Management (3 Units)
Main focus includes: organizational interfaces, approaches to interface
Management, selection of managerial instruments, research and development
interfaces, interface at project level, and role requirements in interface management.
TEM 802 Information Technology (3 Units)
Offers a complete understanding of all aspects of computer technology, emerging
technologies in information management, concepts of telecommunications, role of
information in project management, information usage in strategic decision making
process and network management, web administration and management.
TEM 803 Technology, Strategy and Competitiveness (3 Units)
Introduces basic concepts in: technology changes, management’s missing dimension
in marketing strategies, benefits and threats of technological changes, strategies for
managing competition, dichotomy of technology and management, management
paradigms in competition, and strategic architecture of technology management.
146
TEM 811
Seminar (3 Units)
Each student will be required to attend all Departmental Seminars. In addition, each
student is also expected to present at least one seminar his or her research work.
MPE 812
Project (6 Units)
5.2 Course Outlines/Descriptions for Technology Management Programme
First Semester
Units
EMT 801
Environmental Economic
3
EMT 802
Environmental Chemistry
3
EMT 803
Environmental Pollution Science and Technology
3
EMT 801
3
Second – Sixth Semester
Units
EMT 811
Seminar
3
EMT 812
Project Work
3
EMT 801 Environmental Economics (3 Units)
Concerns: market failure and environmental goods, treatment of environmental
factors in investment appraisal, theory and practice of pollution control, green
taxation, sustainable environmental development, intergeneration equity and discount
rates, economics of renewable resources, environmental issues in sector policies, e.g.
agriculture, oil exploitation and exploration.
EMT 802 Environmental Chemistry (3 Units)
Main topics include: chemistry of dilute solutions and the development of methods to
remove toxic impurities from effluents, transport of potential toxic species in
ecosystems/waste management, heavy meal uptake in single cell organisms as
environmental probes, aluminum-silicon interactions in solution, methods of
extraction of metals from waste materials and low-grade ores.
EMT 803 Environmental Pollution Science and Technology (3 Units)
Concentrates on: the atmosphere and use of pesticides, water pollution, solid waste
disposal and land dereliction
EMT 811 Seminar (3 Units)
EMT 812 Project Work (6 Units)
147
FACULTY OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
DEPARTMENTS
ARCHITECTURE
GEOGRAPHY AND REGIONALPLANNING
148
FACULTY OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE
The Department offers courses leading to the degree of:
(i). Master of Science (M.Sc.) Architecture
(ii). Doctor of Philosophy (Ph. D) Architecture
AIMS
The degree of Master of Science in Architecture is awarded on the successful completion of
a two-year programme of studies. The curriculum in Architecture as developed in Ekpoma
is aimed at providing the student with the various tools an Architect requires in solving
environmental design problems and opportunity to explore one or two subject areas in
considerable depth.
OBJECTIVES
The two years of study are devoted to complex architectural design problems and building
technology. The objective of the system of specialized architectural design modules
practiced in the department to enable in-depth inquiry into building design types, thus
allowing the student to develop the beginning of a specialized career within the board field
of architecture.
The other objectives of the programme are to develop the student’s ability in problem
analysis and creative thinking which tools are indispensable to successful architectural
career.
The programme of study leading to the degree of Master of Science in Architecture enables
the student to concentrate in the special fields of design such as Industrial Buildings,
Housing, Institutional Buildings, Rural and Urban Design.
The specialized fields of design are arranged in module, each module having a specific
emphasis as mentioned above.
Written examination for the award of M. Sc Degree are completed in the first year of the
two years programme. The second year is devoted to the completion of a live project
organized in Physical Planning Unit,
Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma during the first semester and an Architectural Design
Thesis in the second semester.
A candidate for the degrees is expected to complete all courses of instruction in form of
lectures, seminars, studio and any other forms of instruction as may be prescribed. All
studio assignments are carried out in the studio.
A Candidate is expected to pass all written examinations before commencing the design
project. The minimum pass mark for both written examinations and workshop/studio
assignments is 50%.
A candidate admitted into the M.Sc. degree course shall be required to pass the following
before the award of the degree.
(i). Written examination in all prescribed courses
(ii). Workshop or Studio assignment
(iii). Design project.
149
Faculty of Environmental Studies
PROJECT EVALUATION
The Thesis of the individual candidate on submission is assessed by a Board of
Examination/Jury of external and internal examiners approved by Graduate School
Board.
COURSES AVAILABLE
1st Year
1st Semester
ARC 701
Advanced Architectural Design 1
ARC 702
Advanced Building Construction 1
ARC 703
Advanced Building Service 1
ARC 704
Professional Practice and law 1
ARC 705
Specification Writing 1
ARC 706
Advanced Landscape Design 1
ARC 707
Advanced Structure 1
ARC 708
Advanced Construction Management 1
ARC 709
Quantity Surveying
ARC 710
Architectural Application
nd
2 Semester
ARC 711
Advanced Architectural Design II
ARC 712
Advanced Building Construction II
ARC 713
Advanced building Services II
ARC 714
Professional Practices and Law II
ARC 715
Specification writing II
ARC 716
Urban Design II
ARC 717
Advanced Structures II
ARC 718
Advanced Construction Management II
ARC 719
Quantity Surveying
ARC 711
Building Maintenance
2nd Year
1st Semester
ARC 751
Advanced Architectural Design III (Live project) 1
Arc
752
Design/Research Seminar
2nd Semester
ARC 799
Master’s Design Project
Units
8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Units
8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Units
2
2
Units
24
ARC 701 Advanced Architectural Design 1 (8 Units)
Comprehensive design of complex building types with working drawing and details.
ARC 702 Advanced Building Construction I (2 Units)
Structural systems in Architecture; Structural behaviour Forces on building and their
effects. The behaviour of building elements under load; lactic Irusses; Grids; grid
plates; grid decks, space frames.
ARC 703 Advanced Building Service I (2 Units)
Design and production of drawing on: Water supply, drainage and sewage disposal
installation, ventilation, heating and air-conditioning system
150
ARC 704 Professional Practice and Law I (2 Units)
The ecology of Architectural practice in Nigeria; code of professional conduct and
the architects scale of fees; Organisation of urban development; planning laws;
planning authorities and planning approval processes; building regulations;
easements, dilapidation; litigations and arbitration; pre-contract architectural
services.
ARC 705 Specification Writing I (Units)
Architectural aspects of town designing; the industrial city; analysis of new towns
and factors influencing development. Basic concepts guiding the designing of cities
and their components, residential neigbourhood, civic space, central business district,
shopping centers, industrial areas and the relationship among the components,
group
form and magestructure. Aesthetic analysis of settlement in
African
with
consideration emphasis on Nigeria. Extensive reading assignments and
class
discussion.
ARC 707 Advanced Structure I (2 Units)
Introduction to prestressed concrete design. The design of steel beams, girders,
cantilevers, welded and reverted connections. Columns bearing plates, etc. the
plastic method of design. Studio work in calculation and layouts of simple steel
buildings.
ARC 708 Advanced Construction Management I (2 Units)
Project planning and control, (C.P.M. PERT, BAR, CHART) Scheduling Crashing,
Optimal solution, construction Management, project conception and initiation,
project definition and design, construction policy, utility data and time-cost curves,
linear programming and use of computers.
ARC 709 Quantity Surveying (2 Units)
Definition of Quantity Surveying. Types of construction, Contracts and relevance of
quantity Surveying, Preliminary sketch design estimates by the area method and
cube method. Building trades and method of measurement in accordance with the
standard method of measurement for building works, course work: Substructure.
ARC 710 Architectural Appreciation I (2 Units)
Examination of the aesthetic quality; chronological survey of architectural
masterpiece in Nigeria and the tropical architectures as a whole; method of
architectural presentation; Architectural rendering.
ARC 711 Advanced Architectural Design II (8 Units)
Comprehensive design of complex building types; with construction documents,
working drawings and details.
ARC 712 Advanced Building Construction II (8 Units)
Folding, plants, suspension structures; shells; miscellaneous specialized structure;
volumetric component structure, Hull core building, pylons, silos, towers.
ARC 713 Advanced Building II (2 Units)
Air-conditioning, Design of air-conditioning requirements for cooling, humidity
control and types of air-conditioning systems. Refrigeration, advantages and
disadvantages of air-conditioning systems. Principles of air-movement, special
ventilation devices. Power supply systems and electrical installation.
ARC 714 Professional Practice and Law II (2 Units)
Building contracts and tendering procedure. Building contract management. The
architect and his office. Current trends in architectural practice.
151
ARC 715 Specification Writing II (2 Units)
Specification clauses. General conditions of contracts; Preliminary clauses; materials
and workmanship clauses in respect of new works, alteration work, use of the
quantity surveyor and improvement grant works.
ARC 716 Urban Design
Survey of Urban Design Process: Survey evaluation criteria, the idea of Urban Design
process Criteria, Imageable physical concept, comprehensiveness of Design, Design
fit-A balance between preservation and Development, Public Sector emphasis;
process criteria;- Goals, Polices and Strategies, Interagency Coordination, Awareness
and Participation. Implementation of Action Programmes and Application of
Controls. Investigation of wide range of Urban Design Concepts and Issues.
ARC 717 Advanced Structures II (2 Units)
Introduction to composite construction and design: General Principles; Composite
section; Shear Connections: Applications of composite construction. Theory of
stabilization of Multi-story and high-rise Building against horizontal forces and lateral
sway. Application to special design-stadium, High-rise office buildings; industrial
buildings, storage facilities, etc, selected building structures, problems.
ARC 718 Advanced Construction Management II (2 Units)
Approximate estimating, cost in use, building development cost control techniques,
economy of residential development and valuation.
ARC 719 Quantity Surveying (2 Units)
Bill of Quantities format and units of management. Engineering method of estimating
contrasted with professional Bill of quantities. Prime Costs of Provisional sums,
preambles contingencies. Mechanical and electrical works (water supply, drainage,
artificial lighting, air conditioning documents,) course work: Superstructures.
ARC 720
Building Maintenance (2 Units)
Building Maintenance is designed to acquaint the students with the following: Defects
identification, physical and written documentary analysis to establish causes and
danger imposed. Construction and structural solutions and the general environment
when work commences. Cost implication and evaluation, forms of contract, contract
documents and suitable tendering process.
ARC 751 Advanced Architectural Design III (Live Project) (2 Units)
Comprehensive design of complex building types. Prerequisite: ARC 711
ARC 752 Research/Design Seminar (2 Units)
Students are offered the opportunity to discuss environmental and architectural
problems with emphasis on general architectural characteristics. A chosen topic is
researched by each student within the perimeters that should include design concepts,
forms, space and activities, acoustic and fire hazards, thermal comfort interior
finishes, lightening systems and landscape duties. The main objective of this exercise
is for the student to demonstrate his knowledge of research methods and building to
handle and research topic within the context of environmental and architectural
problems.
ARC 799 Master’s Design Project
A theses or a dissertation is prepared under staff supervision during the last semester
of the final Year of the postgraduate course, proceeded by one term course in
research methods, but candidate for a Master of Science in Architecture degree,
selects an area for investigation previously approved by the Department in the
152
semester proceeding the thesis. The thesis or dissertation may involve
experimentation, accumulation of physical data, consultation with recognized
authorities, or surveys of opinion, and is expected to add significantly to the existing
knowledge of the chosen subject. Alternatively, a candidate may create a live situation
for which an architectural solution is provided.
Ph.D IN ARCHITECTURE
(A) BY COURSE WORK AND RESEARCH
1. DOCTORAL PROGRAMME IN ARCHITECTURE
The doctoral programme in Architecture is designed to develop high level manpower
resources for the expanding field of architectural education in the country. It is also aimed
at meeting the demand for highly qualified researchers capable of serving the needs of the
country in the environmental design specialty. The programme is designed as a new
platform for specialized academic development tailored to accommodate student’s
personal goal and objectives.
2. PROGRAMME OBJECTIVE
The overall objective is to train students in conducting significant, original research and
make important contributions to knowledge of value to the environmental design
discipline. The programme therefore involves both a depth and breath of scholarship, and
competence in research and other academic skills.
3. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
To obtain a Ph.D in Architecture, a candidate must fulfill the following requirements:
(a) Complete successfully the prescribed taught courses (course work).
(b) Present an approved research proposal
(c) Conduct a significant research
(d) Present an acceptable thesis to the Department.
(e) Pass the final oral Examination.
PROGRAMME OF STUDIES
The doctoral programme requires the satisfactory completion of required course work,
field research and thesis (dissertation). The course work consists of:
(i) The Core Courses
(ii) Research skills and techniques
(iii)Specialization
(iv) Elective Component
(i) THE CORE COURSES
This component of the programme deals with area or field provided by courses, seminars,
modules or experiencee which contribute to the interpretation, understanding and
resolution of architectural problems. Courses in this area are compulsory for all doctoral
students irrespective of area of specialization. The courses in this area are as follows:ARC 801
Recent Development in Architecture
3 Units
ARC 802
Architectural Research
3 Units
ARC 803
Contemporary Problems in Architecture
3 Units
ARC 804
Directed Studies
3 Units
ARC 805
Writing Publication
3 Units
ARC 806
Ph.D Thesis
3 Units
153
(ii) RESEARCH SKILLS AND TECHNIQUES
This component includes a variety of courses of experiences aimed at equipping the
candidate with a number of research skills and techniques. One of the courses is
compulsory for all candidates. At least two others should be selected to support the
research objectives of the individual student. The main courses in this component are as
follows:ARC 806
Research Methods in Social Science (compulsory) 3 Units
ARC 807
Elements of Scientific Research
3 Units
ARC 808
Quantitative Methods
3 Units
ARC 809
Qualitative Methods
3 Units
ARC 810
Teaching of Architecture in Higher Institutions
3 Units
(iii) SPECIALIZATION
The component of the programme is aimed at developing depths of understanding,
sharpening of analytical skills and gaining of mastering of developments within the
student’s intended area of specialization. In consultation with the Supervisory Committee,
a student may select areas from those developed in the Faculty or devise his own
specialization. The Specialization component will consist of a minimum of four graduate
level courses carefully selected to meet the students’ need.
Major Areas of Concentration or Specialization Include:
(a) Traditional Architecture, Preservation and Conversation
(b) History and Philosophy of Architecture;
(c) Social and Behavioural Science in Architecture;
(d) Environmental Technology and Building Material Research;
(e) Housing and Community Development
Approved Courses for each Concentration are as Follows:
ARC 811
Industrialized System of Building
3 Units
ARC 812
Twentieth Century Architecture
3 Units
ARC 813
Masters of Modern Architecture
(Le Corbusier, Frank Lloyd Writing and Walter
Groupies)
3 Units
ARC 814
Post Modern Architecture
3 Units
ARC 815
Materials and Technology
3 Units
ARC 816
Issues in Architecture Practice
3 Units
ARC 817
Managing an Architectural Firm
3 Units
ARC 818
Building Maintenance in the Tropics
3 Units
ARC 819
Philosophy of Architecture
3 Units
ARC 820
Methodologies of Design in Architecture
3 Units
ARC 821
Cost Control in Buildings
3 Units
(IV) ELECTIVE COMPONENT
The component is made up of a variety of courses relevant to the individual student’s
requirement. A minimum of two (2) and a medium of four (4) electives will be chosen by
a student under the guidance of his supervisor.
154
ELECTIVE COURSES
ARC 822
History of Africa up to 1880 A.D.
ARC 823
History of Africa since 1880 A.D.
ARC 824
Culture Change
ARC 825
Economic Problems of Africa
ARC 826
Rural Settlement and Land Use (Geo 513).
ARC 827
Rural Development and Planning (GEO 513)
ARC 828
Urbanization Process (GEO 516)
ARC 829
Art History of Sub-Sahara
ARC 830
Nigeria Land Law (LAW)
ARC 831
Contract Law
ARC 832
Micro Climatology
ARC 833
External Relations of the City (GEO 520)
ARC 834
Planning Library Buildings
ARC 835
Regional Geology of Nigeria
ARC 836
Principles of Accounting (Acctg.)
ARC 837
Urban Housing (URPGEO)
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
3 Units
(v) RESEARCH PROPOSAL
A detail research proposal and thesis prospectus must be submitted to the supervisory
committee for approval before the students embark on field work. The proposal must
show methodological adequacy and interpretative sophistication
expected of a doctoral work. The thesis prospectus is a brief outline of the thesis
containing:
1. Clear statement of proposal research;
2. Indication of questions to be answered by research;
3. Methods to be employed; and
4. Contribution of study to knowledge
(xiv) FIELD WORK
This involves intensive directed work at an approved location to obtain needed data
towards writing up of the Ph.D thesis; must be based on substantial problem which is
clearly defined in the proposal. The problem to be investigated must possess professional
value, societal importance and utility or it should have theoretical and
conceptual validity prior to field work. The student must demonstrate competence in
structuring the topic and organization of a clear plan.
(XV) DOCTORAL THESIS IN ARCHITECTURE
The thesis represents the culmination point of the doctoral work. It should be an
organized scientific contribution to existing body of knowledge in a specialized area of
architecture or a comprehensive analysis of theory and practice in specific area of
architectural endeavour. The material must be presented in the appropriate format,
readable, clear and devoid of all redundancies. The length of the thesis must be
appropriate to the effort and information value of the work. Conclusions must be clearly
presented and in a systematic manner. The thesis should be accompanied with an abstract
of 600 works summarizing the essence of the work.
155
(viii) ORAL EXAMINATION
The candidate must orally defend his thesis before a panel of internal and external
examiners appointed by the Senate for this purpose. A candidate may not take the oral
examination on his thesis until all requirements for the degree have been satisfied. He is
expected to display mastery of his subject matter, a sophistication of oral presentation,
clarity of expression, composure and dignity expected of a holder of Doctoral Degree.
The oral examination should cover the thesis and the general field of study. An internal
preliminary examination may be conducted by the Department before inviting the
External Examiner to ensure readiness of the candidate for final examination.
ARC. 801 Recent Development in Architecture
Analysis of activities, ideas, and resources which affect the future development of
architectural practice, research and education in general. Presentation by prominent
individuals in architectural practice, government education, industry and other
institutions.
(Requirement: Attendance and a Seminar Paper)
ARC. 802 Architecture Research
Analysis of architectural research within the framework of policies, direction,
methods, priorities, resources, peculiarities and interdependencies. The study of
selected projects, case studies and research undertakings in the field of architecture
and interrelated areas.
(Requirement: Participation and a Seminar Paper)
ARC. 803 Contemporary Problems in Architecture
Analysis of aspects of urbanization, industrialization and modernization is it affects
Architectural development in Nigeria. Investigation on the impact of economic
development, political situation and technology on architecture, man and society.
(Requirement: Participation and a Seminar Paper)
ARC. 804 Directed Studies
Research in the selected area of concentration designed to give the individual student
a sound grasp of his area of interest. Involves the study and review of at
least five important and current publications in the student’s area of specialization.
ARC. 805 Writing for Publication.
The course focuses on the development of writing skills and on channels of
publication. Topics include preparation of scholarly manuscripts, research
proposals, organization of materials, rules of citing; use of visuals, bibliography,
revising for publication and so on. (Requirements: Attendance and Examination).
ARC. 899 Doctoral Thesis in Architecture
The thesis represents the culmination point of the doctoral work. It should be an
organized scientific contribution to existing body of knowledge in a specialized area
of architecture or a comprehensive analysis of theory and practice in specific area of
architectural endeavour. The materials must be presented in the appropriate format,
readable clear and devoid of all redundancies. The length of the thesis must be
appropriate to the effort and information value of the work. Conclusion must be
clearly presented and in a systematic manner.
The thesis should be accompanied with an abstract of 600 words summarizing the
essence of the work.
156
RESEARCH SKILLS AND TECHNIQUES
ARC 806 Research Methods in Social Sciences
Systematic analysis and classification of research procedures, appropriate
techniques for analysis data evaluating evidence. Basic study of survey research
process with emphasis on problem confronted by a researcher in Nigeria.
Theorizing formulating research problems, feasibility of project, data collection,
data analysis, inferences and repeatability.
(Requirements: attendance and examination or seminar paper)
ARC 807 Elements of Scientific Research
An introduction to scientific method from a practical point of view. Principles,
maximum, procedures and techniques useful to researches in the “hard sciences.”
Includes choice and statements, design of apparatus, execution of experiments,
measurements, analysis of experimental data and report of results of research in the
sciences.
ARC 808 Quantitative Methods
An introduction to statistical methods needed for basic data analysis in architecture;
includes distribution of variables, measures of central tendencies, variability and
hypothesis testing techniques. A sound grasp of analysis of variance, estimation and
correlation. A grounding in both theoretical and computational skills is required.
(Requirements: Attendance and Examination)
ARC 809
Qualitative Methods
Theory and practice of qualitative research methods. Interviews, observations,
unobtrusive measures etc, analysis of validity, reliability objectivity and
generaliseability from qualitative data. Contrasts naturalistic with conventional
inquiry and describes conditions under which each is appropriate.
ARC 810
Teaching in Higher Institutions
A course for postgraduate students who are teaching staff or who are intending to
teach after graduation. Basic skills of teaching in the university and other
institutions of higher learning. Principle, practice, problem of teaching in such
environment. Particular problems facing the architectural educationist in the studio
and classroom, materials, literature evaluation techniques, standards and the
determination of essential of content.
(requirements: Attendance and Examination)
SPECIALIZATION OR CONCENTRATION COURSES
ARC 811 Industrialization System Building
Examination of development of industrialized building systems. Consideration of
effective project delivery techniques, user requirement, cost, time and quality of
systems. Examples of realizations in Europe, USA USSR and in Nigeria will be
examined.
(Requirements: Attendance and Seminar Paper).
ARC 819 Philosophy of Architecture
To develop an awareness of the nature of architecture in the student and to cultivate
creative insight and critical judgement. The course contents include:
Sign and symbols, order, form and proportions, spatial concepts, expression and
communication, ethics and aesthetics, marility, education etc
(Requirements: Attendance and Seminar Paper)
157
ELECTIVE COURSES
ARC 822 History of Africa up to 1800 AD
Seminars on generalized introduction to pre-colonial history of the African continent
with emphasis on Africa South of the Sahara. Examination of African societies and
cultures from the beginning of Iron Age to the dawn of colonial era, to include prehistory, Iron Age, state formation, empires trade pattern, external influences and
internal changes, studies in the role of Islam, triangular trade and early European
explorers.
(Requirements: Attendance and Seminar Paper)
ARC 823 History of Africa since to 1800 AD
Seminars on general historical development since the dawn of thee colonial era. To
include partition of Africa, European conquest, resistance movements, colonial
rule, independence movements and independence. Examination of the post
independence era, power struggle, economic development, neocolonialism, military
intervention etc.
(Requirements: Attendance Examination)
ARC 824 Culture Change
Seminar on the process and pattern of culture change Emphasis will be on thee
impact of industrialization. Urbanisation, commercialization and international contact
as they affect traditional societies.
(Requirements: Participation and Seminar Paper)
ARC 825 Economic Problems of Africa (Econs)
Seminar on the major problems facing the less developed countries of Africa.
Examination of factors, such as, low technology, slow production growth,
population explosion, rapid urbanization, neocolonialism, relationship with world
market and multinationals.
ARC 826 Rural Settlement and Land Use
Models and topologies of rural settlement with emphasis on spatial organization of
activities in the rural environments. Rural – urban interface and integration, rural
service centers and land patterns. Defiance of rural land use and future trends in
Nigeria.
ARC 827 Rural Development and Planning
Models of rural development, Strategies, institutions and concepts of rural
development in Nigeria. Empirical analysis.
ARC 831 Microclimatology
Examination of the influence of Local factors in environment with particular
emphasis on the energy budget. To include the influence of slopes, valleys,
mountains, plants, water bodies and buildings on local climate conditions.
ARC 832
External Relations of the City
Urban interlands. Basic and non-basic theories of city growth and development. The
city in the context of regional and national space economics. Impacts and constraining
effects of cities to national economic development and regional exchange.
158
(B) Ph.D IN ARCHITECTUREE BY RESEARCH
1. DOCTORAL DEGREE
The doctoral programme is designed to devolve high-level manpower resources for
the expanding field of architectural education in the country. It is also aimed at meeting
the demand for highly qualified researchers capable of serving the needs of the country in
the environmental design specialty. The programme is designed as a new platform
for academic development tailored to accommodate students’ personal goals and
objectives.
2. PROGRAMME OBJECTIVE
The overall objective is to train student in conducting significant, original research and
make important contribution to knowledge of value to the environmental design
discipline. The programme therefore involves both in-depth and breath scholarship, and
competence in research and other academic skills.
3. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
To quality for a Ph.D by research in architecture, a candidate must fulfill the following
requirements:
(a) Must possess a relevant M.Sc/M.Arch. in the relevant discipline or area of
study.
(b) Must have made a minimum average score of 60%
4. PROGRAMME DURATION
The Ph. D programme is a minimum of two years (24 calendar months) beyond the
masters level, a maximum of three years duration for full-time students. A minimum
duration of three years (36 calendar months) for part-time students and a maximum of
five years duration (60 calendar months) for part-time students.
5. SPECIALIZATION (ONE COURSE)
This component of the programme is aimed at developing the depth of understanding,
sharpening of analytic skills and gaining or mastering of development within the student’s
intended area of specialization. In consultation with the supervising committee, a student
will select areas from those developed within the faculty specialization areas as listed
below.
6. Ph.D RESEARCH PROPOSAL
A detailed research proposal and thesis prospectus must be submitted to the
supervisory committee for approval before the methodological adequacy expected of a
doctoral work. The thesis prospectus is a brief outline of the thesis containing.
(i)
Clear statement of proposal research.
(ii)
Indication of questions to be answer by research;
(iii) Method to be employed; and
(iv)
Contribution of studies to knowledge
The proposal to the Department must be in 20 copies to accommodate the Graduate
School and the Departmental distributing quota.
159
7. FIELD WORK
This involves intensive directed work at an approved location to obtain needed data
towards writing up the Ph.D thesis; must be based on a substantial problem which is
clearly defined in the proposal. The problem to be investigated must possess professional
value, societal importance and utility or it should have theoretical and conceptual validity.
Prior to the field work, the student must demonstrate competence in structuring the topic
and organization of a clear plan.
8. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS.
The Ph.D degree is awarded to a student who successfully satisfies the graduation
requirements in the following order:
(i) Presentation of a minimum of two seminar papers in the area of specialization
(ii) Presentation of Research proposal to the Department
(iii)Preparation of a Ph.D Thesis
(iv) Successful defence of the Ph.D thesis in a viva
160
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY AND REGIONAL PLANNING
1. INTRODUCTION
The Department currently offers academic degree programmes at the Masters and
Doctorate levels in the following areas of specialization:
(i)
Agricultural Geography
(ii)
Rural Development Planning
(iii) Cartography
(iv)
Remote Sensing
(v)
Climatology
(vi)
Geomorphology
(vii) Industrial Geography
(viii) Urban Geography
(ix)
Environmental Resources Management
2. AIM
Graduate training in the Department is aimed at producing Geographers with acquired
research skills and a sense of judgement from which original geographic knowledge can
emanate.
3. OBJECTIVES
The basic objectives of the programme are:(i) To inculcate in the student a broad knowledge of the theories and concepts
governing geographical phenomena.
(ii) To provide a basis for the student to apply himself in the formulation,
conceptualization and evaluation of geographical problems.
(iii)To inculcate in the student a sense of independent skills and creativeness to embark
on original research into spatial problems.
4. M.Sc PROGRAMME
4.1 Admission Requirement:
Applicants with Bachelors (B.Sc) degree in Geography or in a related discipline from
Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma or any other recognized university can be admitted
into the M.Sc. Programme. Applicants with third class Bachelors degree plus Post
graduate Diploma in Geography and related disciplines can also be considered.
4.2 Programme Duration
The M.Sc. Programme is a minimum of two years for full time students and a
maximum of Five years for part-time students.
4.3 Registration of Course
During the first year, students are expected to register for all the courses as follows:
- GRP 701
3 Units
- GRP 702
3 Units
- Three courses in area of specialization
15 Units
4.4 Second Semester
- GRP 703
- GRP 704
- Three courses in area of specialization
- GRP 799 (Research Thesis – Proposal)
-
161
3 Units
3 Units
9 Units
6 Units
21 Units
Student are expected to present their research proposal to the Department after taking and
passing all core courses and at least twelve (12) units in the area of specialization.
During the second year, the students are required to register for GRP 799 (Research
Thesis) only. They are expected to carry out detailed field work, do write-up and defend
the final thesis. All this is to be done under a close supervision of the supervisor(s).
5. Requirement for Graduation
The award of M.Sc. Degree in the Department is subject to the successful completion of a
minimum of 30 credit units, made up as follows:
(i)
2 Units of core courses
(ii)
8 Units from courses available in area of specialization
(iii) 6 Units of research project.
Students may be expected to satisfy all other requirements as stipulated in the regulations
of the School of Postgraduate Studies.
6. Summary of Courses
Core Courses
Units
GRP 701
Philosophy of Geography
3
GRP 702
Research Methodology`
3
GRP 703
Quantitative Techniques
3
GRP 704
Theoretical Geography
3
GRP 705
Research Thesis
3
COURSES IN AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
1. AGRICULTURAL GEOGRAPHY
COURSES AVAILABLE
GRP 710
Agricultural Development Planning
GRP 711
Agricultural Systems
GRP 712
Agricultural Location Theories
GRP 713
Rural Settlement and Land Use
GRP 714
Rural Development Method
GRP 715
Land Resources Evaluation
GRP 752
Industrial Development Planning
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2. RURAL DEVELOPMENT PLANNING
COURSES AVAILABLE
GRP 712
GRP 713
GRP 715
GRP 716
GRP 752
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3. CARTOGRAPHY
COURSES AVAILABLE
GRP 720
Theoretical Cartography
GRP 721
Automated Cartography
GRP 722
Applied Cartography
GRP 723
Cartographic Methods in Research
GRP 728
Geographic Information Systems
Units
3
3
3
3
3
162
4. REMOTE SENSING
COURSES AVAILABLE
GRP 724
Remote Sensing and Geography Studies
GRP 725
Principles of Manual Image Analysis
GRP 726
Principles of Digital Image Analysis
GRP 727
Remote Sensing System
GRP 728
Geographic Information System
Units
3
3
3
3
3
5. CLIMATOLOGY
COURSES AVAILABLE
GRP 730
Advanced Climatology
GRP 731
Micro/Meso Climatology
GRP 732
Urban Climatology
GRP 724
Remote Sensing Systems in Geographic Studies
GRP 742
Water Resources
GRP 743
River Basin Studies
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
6. GEOMORPHOLOGY
COURSES AVAILABLE
GRP 741
Erosion and Soil Management
GRP 742
Water Resource
GRP 743
River Basin Studies
GRP 744
Advanced Fluvial Geomorphology
GRP 745
Geomorphology in Environmental Management
GRP 746
The Geomorphic System of Humid Tropical
Environment
GRP 747
Development in Geomorphic Thought
GRP 715
GRP 715
Remote Sensing Systems in Geographic Studies
GRP 744
Advanced Fluvial Geomorphology
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
7. INDUSTRIAL GEOGRAPHY
COURSES AVAILABLE
GRP 750
Industrial Location Analysis
GRP 751
Industrial Structure and Dynamics
GRP 752
GRP 710
Agricultural Development Planning
GRP 711
Agricultural Systems
GRP 732
The Urbanization Process
Unit
3
3
3
3
3
3
8. URBAN GEOGRAPHY
COURSES AVAILABLE
GRP 760
The Urbanization Process
GRP 761
Urban Land Use Planning
GRP 762
Urban System Analysis
GRP 763
The Urban Spatial Interaction
GRP 764
The Internal Structure of the City
Units
3
3
3
3
3
163
GRP
GRP
GRP
765
750
732
The External Relations of the City
Industrial Location Analysis
Urban Climatology
3
3
3
ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
GRP 766
Ecology of Natural Resources
3
GRP 743
River Basin Studies
3
GRP 741
Erosion and soil Management
3
GRP 742
Vegetal Resources
3
GRP 768
Energy and Mineral Resources
3
GRP 769
Environmental Planning and Management
3
GRP 770
Tourism Planning and Management
3
GRP 701
PHILOSOPHY OF GEOGRAPHY
The scope of the History of geographic thought, Approaches to the study of
Geographic thought. Definition of the History of Geographic thought. Ancient
geographic thought: Nature of the earth, Description, Charting, Mapping and
Measurement. Ancient Geography, Geography during the middle ages-AD-1400
(The period of Western Christendom-AD 800-1400 (The age of Discovery)
MODERN GEOGRAPHY
- Foundation of modern geography
- Definition of modern geography, method of geographical analysis, identification of
area units. Contribution of Alexander, Von Humbodt and Carl Rifter. School of Modern
Geography The German, French, British and American School of Geography. Geography
in the Twentieth Century. Danwin and the Environmentalism and geography possibilitism
and determislism in Geography Dualism in Geography.
GRP 702 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
Selection of research topic. research frame, statement of the problems, objectives of
the study. hypothesis, research methodology, methods of data collection and
relevant statistical techniques to be used in the analysis of the dataspatral and
literature theoretical/conceptual framework and literature review. Capitalization.
students are expected to present a term paper each involving practical examples.
GRP 703 QUALITATIVE TECHNIQUES
Spatial sampling design. Field surveys and instrumentation. The integrative approach
to research. Point analysis. Indices for assessing concentration and diverstation.
Probability theory and applications to geographic events and processes, Analysis of
variance. Analysis of multivariate data. Multiple correlation and regression. Factor
and principal component analysis. Prediction techniques. Linear programming and
computers in Geography.
GRP 704 THEORETICAL GEOGRAPHY
Modern schools of geography and the philosophical undertones in developed and
developing countries. Major parading shifts. The scientific methods and geography.
Hypothesis, models and theories in geography and systems analysis. Explanations in
geography. Classification and Regionalization. Spatial dynamics-forms and
processes.
164
GRP 710 AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT PLANNING
Multifarious problems especially in developing counties with special reference to
Nigeria. Physical, fiscal and social aspects of planning that are relevant to agricultural
development. Significance of research in promoting effective development of
agricultural statistics for planning purposes.
GRP 711 AGRICULTURAL SYSTEM
Different agricultural systems in terms of the constraints to productivity and the feasible
solution to these constraints. Major agricultural systems: rotational bush fallowing,
arable crop production, tree crop production, irrigation, plantation and forestry. The
contribution of each of these systems of agriculture to national economy.
GRP 12 AGRICULTURAL LOCATIONAL THEORIES
Importance of location in agricultural studies. Major theories: Von Thunel’s theory,
theories of agricultural land potential, diffusion theories, Markov chains, games theory,
regional model of development, trend surface analysis and model of continuous
techniques, principal component analysis and factor analysis.
GRP 713 RURAL SETTLEMENTS AND LANDUSE
Model and typology of rural settlement. Empirical analysis of Nigeria rural settlement with
emphasis on the spatial organization of rural activities, rural-urban interface and linkages.
Rural service centres and land use patterns. Defiances of rural land use and future trends in
the developing world.
GRP 714 RURAL DEVELOPMENT MODELS
Model of rural development. Strategies, institution and concepts of rural development in
Nigeria. Empirical analysis.
GRP 715 LAND RESOURCES EVALUATION
Types of rural land resources and management techniques. Demand and supply of rural
land. Landscape analysis, measuring and evaluating rural land carrying capacity.
Natural hazards in rural environment. Progress and problems of research in rural land
resources evaluation.
GRP 716 RURAL DEVELOPMENT PLANNING
Ideologies and theories of rural development
- Concept of rural development
- Capitalist approach
- Socialist approach
- Objectives and factors involved
- Planning for human service and facilities
Rural Development Strategies
- Land reform, agricultural extension services, community development and self help
etc. political economy and self help in Abiod world counties.
- Resource allocation and rural development
- Political power and rural development
- Regional economic integration and rural development
- Rural development in Nigeria. Problems and prospects.
GRP 720 THEORETICAL CARTOGRAPHY
The concept of map, assumptions of statistical maps. Different components of the
cartographic communication channels, and factors influencing them. Numerical map
analysis. Relation of map data to geographic system.
165
GRP 721 AUTOMATED CARTOGRAPHY
The development and appreciation of computer cartography. The logic of computer
graphics and the employment of various mapping software programmes for the
production of various maps, using various output devices.
GRP 722 APPLIED CARTOGRAPHY
The development of cartography from the ancient times to the present. The evolution of
national surveys and development of mapping in Nigeria. Uses of maps in geographic
studies. Map as a model of the world for evidences, prediction and hypothesis
generation and testing. Errors in maps. Fieldwork and laboratory exercises.
GRP 723 CARTOGRAPHIC METHODS IN RESEARCH
The various uses of maps in geographic studies, maps as a model of the world for
evidence, prediction and hypothesis generation and testing. Errors in maps and
assumptions of statistical maps. Course will involve lectures, fieldwork and laboratory
exercises.
GRP 724 REMOTE SENSING SYSTEMS IN GEOGRAPHIC STUDIES
Review of the basic concepts and principles of remote sensing. Remote sensing
systems, e.g. aerial photographs, radar system and satellite remote sensing devices.
Applications in agriculture, urban and rural settlement patterns, industrial land use,
hydrology and watershed management.
GRP 725 PRINCIPLES OF MANUAL IMAGE ANALYSIS
Image analysis paradigm, basis of manual image interpretation; image interpretation
tasks; elements of manual image analysis; aids and techniques.
GRP 726 PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL IMAGE ANALYSIS
The basics of digital image processing; processing concepts, image restoration,
enhancement and image classification procedures.
GRP 727 REMOTE SENSING SYSTEMS
An examination of all remote sensing systems. Aerial photography, satellite remote
sensing systems, radar systems and their application.
GRP 728 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS (GIS)
Basic concepts in GIS. Policy and Institutional issues in GIS. Hardware and software
for GIS. Database design and creation. Presentation and Quality management in GIS.
Applications of GIS.
GRP 730 ADVANCE CLIMATOLOGY
Atmospheric heat balance and moisture. Principles and concepts relating to weather and
general circulation in the tropics and temperate regions. Drought, precipitation,
desertification, climatic changes - local and global.
GRP 731 MICRO/MESO CLIMATOLOGY
Soil temperature and moisture. Evaporation from homogenous surfaces. Wind flow
over homogenous and non-homogenous surfaces. Turbulence and turbulent transfer of
heart over and from homogenous surfaces. Forest climatology, the atmosphere over
large lakes. Land and sea breezes. Valley and mountain winds.
GRP 732 URBAN CLIMATOLOGY
Scope and contents of urban climatology. The analysis of urban climate on different
times and spatial scales. Air pollution. Urban weather in relation to human comfort,
housing, food and industries, precipitation.
166
GRP 740 GEOMORPHOLOGIC RESEARCH TECHNIQUES
Method of geomorphological investigation; advanced morphometry. Material properties
of rocks, weathering, slope, river, glacial and desert processes, methods of dating.
GRP 741 EROSION AND SOIL MANAGEMENT
Soil erosion; factors, mechanism and types of soil erosion, soil survey, classification
and mapping. Topographic, social and economic consequences of soil erosion. Soil
erosion model of the humid tropics. Soil conservation; theory, techniques and national
policy; need for conservation.
GRP 742 WATER RESOURCES
Exploration and exploitation of surface and ground water resources. Urban and rural
water supplies. Conflicts in water uses. Water Resources development and
management, water pollution and water law.
GRP 743 RIVER BASIN STUDIES
The drainage basis as a fundamental planning as well as a geomorphic unit. Drainage
basin characteristics and processes. Drainage basin instrumentation; analysis of
drainage basis. Small and large watersheds. Drainage modeling and reponse. Floods.
GRP 744 ADVANCED FLUVIAL GEOMORPHOLOGY
Dynamic principles, theories and processes guiding the activities of rivers and their
resulting land forms. The role of tropical rivers in landscape development.
GRP 745 GEOMORPHOLOGY IN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT.
Aspects of geomorphology in environmental management. Interaction between cultural
activities and geomorphic systems. Development of appropriate methodology for
environmental and geomorphic impact assessment.
GRP 746 THE GEOMORPHIC SYSTEM OF THE HUMID TROPICAL
ENVIRONMENT.
Fundamental environmental conditions and problems of humid tropical denudation
system: delimitation of the humid tropics; the concepts of humid tropical
geomorphology; the humid tropical environment. Humid tropical processes-weathering,
removal and disposition. Major land of forms of the humid tropics. Environmental
geomorphology of the humid tropics.
GRP 747 DEVELOPMENT IN GEOMORPHIC THOUGHT
Origin of current theories and concepts in geomorphology; examination of the
development of significant geomorphic thought; contributions of Nemer, Hulton,
Playfair, Lyell Remsay, Powell, Gilbert, Davis, Penck to the evolution of geomorphic
concepts and theories.
GRP 750 INDUSTRIAL LOCATION ANALYSIS
Industrial location theories and models, role of industrialization in development;
Acquisition, preparation, and analysis of field data. Case studies of selected industries
and industrial regions.
GRP 751 INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURE AND DYNAMICS
Classification of industries according to capital, employment, value added etc. The
dynamics of industrial growth; development and propoliveness; industrial project
analysis.
GRP 752 INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT PLANNING
Problems of industrial development especially in developing countries with Nigeria as a
case study. Processes generating spatial inequality in industrial development
167
Implication of government policies for industrial development and environmental
industrial complexes and estates.
GRP 760 THE URBANIZATION PROCESS
Historical analysis of urbanization; urban explosion and the demographic transition
theory. Urbanization pattern in Africa. The informal sector in the urban economic
population mobility and rural-urban linkages. Quality of life in urban Nigeria.
GRP 761 URBAN LANDUSE PLANNING
Techniques of identifying space demands. Projection of future land use. Methods of
Land use planning. wastes disposanl, location of social and recreations facilities.
Housing development and slum clearance. New towns.
GRP 762 URBAN SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
The City as a system. Central place systems and Rank-size relationship. The nature of
cities; classical models, factorial ecology and microeconomic explanations of urban
spatial structure. Mathematical Modeling of urban systems.
GRP 763 URBAN SPATIAL INTERACTION
Urban trips and urban traffic flows and interaction. Accessibility and traffic congestion.
Mass transit system. Urban route and transportation planning.
GRP 764 THE INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF A CITY
Theories and models of City form Residential differentiation. Land use types and
problems. Impact of land on urban development planning and management.
GRP 765 THE EXTERNAL RELATION OF A CITY
Urban hinterlands. Basic and non-basic theories of city growth and development. The
city in the context of regional and national space economy.
GRP 766 ECOLOGY OF NATURAL RESOURCES
Man, Nature and resource relationships. Principles of conservation and resource use.
Ecosystems. Man’s use of resources. Mineral and energy resources: pollution and the
environment. Limits of man’s economic growth.
GRP 767 VEGETAL RESOURCES
Plant evolution and distribution. Methods of regulation mapping and analysis. Nature
and type of vegetal resources. Exploitation and management of vegetal resources.
Afforestation. Game reserve management
GRP 768 ENERGY AND MINERAL RESOURCES
Nature and types of energy and mineral resources. Perspectives of government policies
and programmes. The management of environmental hazards arising from the
exploitation of minerals.
GRP 769 ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT
Principle of resource planning and environmental management with specific reference
to environmental impact assessment and ecodevelopment. Environmental power in
resource planning and environmental management.
GRP 770 TOUISM PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT
Types and place of tourism in development. Tourism demands the supply of facilities.
Tourism planning impact of tourism land use. Case studies of various tourism plans.
GRP 779 RESEARCH PROJECT
Presentation of thesis proposal, field work, write up, and thesis defence.
168
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D GEOGRAPHY)
1. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS:
Applicants with Masters (M.A, M.Sc. or M.Phil.) degree in Geography or in a related
discipline from Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma or any other recognized university can
be admitted into the Ph.D progamme.
2. PROGRAMME DURATION:
The Ph.D programme is a minimum of two years (24 calendar months) beyond the
Master’s level for full-time students and a maximum of 3years (36 calendar months) for
part-time students
3. REGISTRATION OF COURSES:
During the first year, students are expected to register for seminar courses in four areas
of geography; three in core (common) areas and one in area of specialization, as listed
below:
(a)
COMMON COURSES: these are:
GRP 801
Research Methodology in Geography
3Units
GRP 802
Advanced Quantitative Techniques in Geography 3Units
GRP 803
Philosophy and Theoretical Geography
3 Units
(b) AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION (ONE COURSE):
GRP 804
3 Units
GRP 805
Cartography
3 Units
GRP 806
Climatology
3 Units
GRP 807
Environment Resources Management
3 Units
GRP 808
Geomorphology
3 Units
GRP 809
Industrial Geography
3 Units
GRP 810
Remote Sensing
3 Units
GRP 811
3 Units
GRP 812
Urban Geography
3 Units
The four courses involves lectures (optional), as well as independent reading and library
research by the student under close supervision. Before the second semester of the
year ends, the student is expected to have presented a seminar in his area of specialization
outlined above.
At the end of the first year, the student must take and pass the Ph.D. candidacy examination
in the four areas.
(c) GRP 899 (Ph.D. THESIS)
After passing the Ph.D candidacy examination, the student will embark on the Ph.D
thesis, following the steps outlined in the University Graduate Programme in terms
of:
(i) Presentation of thesis proposal to the Department. Thirty copies of the research
proposal and title of Thesis must be sent to Graduate School for approval before
proceeding to the next step.
(ii) Detail field work
(iii)Write-up
(iv) Thesis defence
During the period of thesis preparation, the student will be expected to attended
seminars and occasionally present papers (particularly to the supervisors) which represent
progress report of his work.
169
4. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
The Ph.D degree is awarded to a student who successfully satisfies the graduation
requirement in the following order:
(i)
Registration for seminar courses in GRP 801 and GRP 802, GRP 803 and one of the
special areas (GRP 804 to GRP 810).
(ii)
Registration for GRP 899 (Ph.D Thesis)
(iii) Presentation of one Seminar paper in his area of specialization.
(iv)
Taking and passing the Ph.D Candidacy examination
(v)
Presentation of Research Proposal to the Department
(vi)
Presentation of a Ph.D Thesis
(vii) Successful defence of the Ph.D Thesis in a viva.
GRP 801 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY IN GEOGRAPHY
The integrative approach to research. Research problem formulation, Hypothesis
models and theories in Geography. Data collection, manipulation and presentation.
Spatial dynamics – forms and processes Explanation in Geography.
GRP 802 ADVANCED QUALITATIVE TECHNIQUES GEOGRAPHY
Techniques in handling the large number of variables in geographic studies.
Probability theory. Multivariate data analysis – classification, correlation,
regression, factor/principal components analyses. Indices, Linear prediction
Techniques. Use of Computer in Geographic analysis. Trend surface Analysis.
GRP 803 PHILOSOPHIC AND THEORITIAL GEOGRAPHY
The history of Geographic thought, Ancient and modern Geography, Schools of
modern geography, and geography in the twentieth century. The concept of
environmentalism in geography, paradigm shift in geography. Scientific revaluation in
geography. Hypotheses, models, theories and laws in geography. Explanation in
geography, classification and rationalization in geography; spatial dynamics – forms
and process.
GRP 804 AGRICULTURAL GEOGRAHY
Nature of Agricultural Geography. Supply and demand for rural recourses. Recourse
Management. Agricultural development planning. Research Methods in Agricultural
Geography. Review of Literature.
GRP 805 CARTOGRAPHY
The development of Cartography and Geographic information system. Application of
geoinformatics in Regional land use, environmental management, topographic map
production and revision. Topical issues in remote sensing, cartography and GIS.
Multimedia cartography and electronic maps. Mapping on the internet and the
Worldwide Web (www).
GRP 806 CLIMATOLOGY
Solar radiation and how it can be estimated. Factors responsible for spatial differences
of solar radiation over a surface; climate or vegetated and non-vegetated surfaces;
climate of non-uniform terrain: Climates of man-modified surfaces and process of
investigation; the measurements and instrumentation for determining boundary layer
climates; Climatological models and their application in climate studies; Statistical
methods in climatology, evapotranspiration, wind vectors, precipitation, etc.
Evaporation and evapotranspiration, in relationship to agricultural planning, water
supplies and deficit especially in marginal areas like the Sahel of West Africa.
170
GRP 807
ENVIRONMENTAL RESORUCES MANAGEMENT
The concepts of Environmental Resources and Management. Components of the
Environment. Environmental hazard-pollution, soil and coastal erosion, flood, draught
and desertification. Environmental Impact Assessment (E.I.A), Social Impact
Assessment (S.I.A.), Ozone Depletion. World Organizations (e.g. UNO, NATO, WTA,
World Bank, etc.) and regional organizations and Environmental profession. CASE
Studies.
GRP 808 GEOMORPHOLOGY
Development of geomorphic thoughts, tropical geomorphology, fluvial geomorphology,
slope studies, environmental management, and field research methods and techniques.
GRP 809 INDUSTRIAL GEOGRAPHY
Nature of industrial geography. Literature review on patterns of industrial
development, socio-economic and environmental impact of industrialization; political
policies and industrial development, etc.
GRP 810 REMOTE SENSING
Development of remote sensing and GIS. Application geoinformatics in regional land
use inventory and analysis, geomorgraphical, soil and environmental degradation
assessment. Topical issues in remote sensing, cartography and GIS.
GRP 811 RURAL DEVELOPMENT PLANNING
The concept of rural areas, Development and Planning Defined. Rural Systems, Rural
Economy, Rural Characteristics, Regional economic integration and rural
development project or case studies or rural development in Nigeria. Planning the
location of variables in rural areas.
GRP 812 URBAN GEOGRAPHY
Nature of Urban Geography, Literature review on urbanization processes, land use
types and development planning and management.
171
FACULTY OF LAW
DEPARTMENTS
COMMERCIAL AND PROPERTY LAW
PUBLIC AND INTERNATIONAL LAW
172
FACULTY OF LAW
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCIAL AND PROPERTY LAW
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES
The programme aims to offer to the student who has an aggressive intellectual stance and
who wishes to advance the frontiers of knowledge, a challenging, if somewhat, arduous
discipline. The course of study for the award of the LL.M degree differs from the
traditional courses generally offered by law faculty in the country.
A unique feature of the programme is a requirement that every student must offer at least
8 units but not more than 16 units of core subject(s). It is expected that the student will
successfully defend his dissertation/thesis on a topic chosen from an area covered by one
of the subjects or fields of law comprised in his study before a board of examiners
approved by School of Postgraduate Studies.
This dissertation will in addition offer him experience of sustained, sustained, intensive,
personal work on specific legal problems. We consider this to be substantial aspect of the
legal education of our graduate students.
COURSE OF STUDY
i. Course for the LL.M degree shall be chosen from the list of subjects referred to in
these regulations as core and elective subjects; together with a thesis which shall not
be less than 15,000 words.
ii. The course of studies will normally be for a period of not less than 2 semesters after
initial registration.
EXAMINATION
(i)
(ii)
Examinations for the LL.M degree shall be by:
Written examinations at the end of period of study in all subjects selected by, and
approved for, the candidate.
0Oral examination for a thesis which shall not be less than 15,000 words.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
To fulfill the requirement for the award of the LL.M degree, a candidate must:
(i)
Register for and pass a minimum of 40 units of course
work including a thesis.
(ii) Obtain a mark of 50% (C) in each of the written
examinations.
(iii) Defend the thesis for the LL.M degree in oral examination.
Faculty of Law
173
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCIAL AND PROPERTY LAW LL.M. DEGREE
PROGRAMME
B. COURSES AVAILABLE
CORE COURSES FIRST SEMESTER
CPL 701 Advanced Corporation Law
CPL 702 Law of Civil Remedies
CPL 703 Advanced Law of Civil Obligation
CPL 704 Advanced Property law
CPL 705 Labour Law
ELECTIVE COURSES
CPL 707 Environmental Protection Law I
CPL 708 Law of Carriage of Goods by Land, Air and Sea
(Transportation Law)
CPL 709 Law of Business Taxation
CPL 710 Law of Industrial and Intellectual Property
CPL 721 Shipping Law
CPL 722 Law of Restitution
CPL 723 Law of Succession
CPL 724 Customary Law
A Candidate may not offer CPL 703 together with CPL 722
SECOND SEMESTER
CORE COURSES
CPL 711 Advanced Corporation Law
CPL 712 Law of Civil Remedies
CPL 713 Advanced Law Civil Obligation
CPL 714 Advanced Property Law
CPL 715 Consumer Protection Law
CPL 716 Labour Law
CPL 799 Thesis
ELECTIVE COURSES
CPL 717 Environmental Protection Law
CPL 718 Law of carriage of Goods by Land, Air and Sea
(Transportation Law II)
CPL 719 Law of Business Taxation II
CPL 720 Law of Industrial and Intellectual Property II
CPL 731 Shipping Law
CPL 732 Law of Restitution
CPL 733 Law of Succession
CPL 734 Customary Law
A candidate may not offer CPL 734 together with CPL 732
174
Units
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Faculty of Law
II. CPL 701
FIRST SEMESTER
Advanced Corporation Law (4 Units)
Students offering this course must have studied company law or the law of business
association at the LL.B. level. The course will concentrate on how collective undertakings
of all sorts are organized, funded, and governed. It will examine the structure and
characteristics of both domestic and multinational or transnational corporations and the
legal issues of their control and accountability. Relevance of the corporate identity and
the ultra vires principles; administrators, managers and shareholders, hierarchy within the
corporation. The application of fiduciary principles in efforts to control the behaviour of
corporate insiders.
CPL 702 Law of Civil Remedies (4 Units)
This course seeks to examine in detail the nature, functions and dynamics of civil
remedies in an integrated contest. It is expected that this novel approach will increase the
awareness in the profession, heighten students understanding and grasp of remedies and
so throw up advanced issue in doctrine and practice. A critical appraisal of the efficacy of
existing remedies will be encouraged.
CPL 703 Advanced Law of Civil Obligation (4 Units)
The main focus in this course is on delictual contractual and restitutionary obligations at
common law. Also to be examined are the institutions such as the trust and property
which results in obligations.
(i)
Introduction sources of Law of Obligations. Early Common Law of Obligations
and Roman Law of Obligations. Theories of Obligation and Formalism.
(ii)
Promissory Obligation – the nature of contractual obligation, nature of promises
and their effect of law – Prof. Atiyah’s theory on the law of contractual Privity of
contract.
(iii)
Delictual Obligation – nature of tort liability of fault based liability, non fault
based liability and strict liability vicarious liability.
(iv)
Resituationary obligation, unjust enrichment and basis of obligation.
CPL 704 Advanced Property Law (4 Units)
This course will subject the institution of property to rigorous legal analysis while
stressing the relationship between the legal aspect of property and property of social and
economic phenomena. Topics to be treated include traditional property concepts in
Nigeria, erosion of the trusteeship idea, the decline of fiduciary standards on the reaction
of the post – colonial governments to the erosion of the trusteeship idea.
175
CPL 705 Consumer Protection Law (4 Units)
Overview of the law of and economic rationale consumer protection regulation in Nigeria
including advertising, disclosure of terms of sale, technique conditions, warranties and the
impact of credit law of the consumer.
(i)
Regulation of advertisement of consumer goods and services in the print and
electronic media, effect of disclaimer of truth or reliability in an advertisement.
(ii)
Consumer protection within the framework of the sale of goods ACT 1983 or sale
goods law, 1959 laws of western Nigeria. Defectiveness under the sale of goods
law and general tort law, sellers’ obligations to supply quality goods, scope of
express and implied conditions and Warranties contractual and judicial remedies.
(iii) Impact of Regulatory Agencies e.g. Food and Drug Agency, Standards
Organization of Nigeria and of Public Law on Consumer Protection. The
International Legal Order and Consumer Protection-the problem of dumping of
goods in third world countries.
CPL 706 Labour Law (4 Units)
The programme is designed to give the student a deeper understanding of selected topics
in the general law of employment to enable him cope with the continually rising problems
involved in public and private employment. Accordingly, the study of Labour Law at the
undergraduate level is a prerequisite if a student is to derive maximum benefit from the
course.
ELECTIVE COURSES
CPL 707 Environmental Protection Law (4 Units)
(i)
Dimensions of Environmental Problems, Legal, Social and Economic.
(ii)
Economic consideration in the selection of pollution control- Legislations; Legal
causes of Environmental Problems, Pollution Control Objective: Alternative
forms of Control.
(iii) Administrative and Judicial Control on Pollution of the Environment.
(iv)
Statutory Environmental Control Technical, Coercive Measure, Criminal
Sanctions and Ministerial orders; Prior Authorizing (licensing), Effluent Charges,
Fiscal Incentives for Pollution abatement and Property Rights.
CPL 708
Law of Carriages of Goods By Land, Air And Sea
(Transportation Law 1) (4 Units)
Common and Private Carrier
P.O.R. Contracts
F.O.T. Contracts
C.I.F. Contracts
F.A.S. Contracts
Charter Parties
Bills of landing
Air Consignment Notes
Consignor’s Rights and Obligations.
CPL 709 Law of Business Taxation 1 (4 Units)
(i)
Nature of Business Taxation: Classification
(ii)
Company Taxation – Nature and Sources Company, Tax Construction
Of tax Statutes. The Company Income Tax act, 1961 and subsequent amendments.
Federalism of Taxation of Companies. Residence Corporate Bodies, Dormant
Corporations.
(iii) The Charge of Income Tax – Definition of Income, Foreign Income; Profits
Chargeable: Meaning of Trade ; Meaning of Business: Rent Protection Dividends
176
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
CPL
(i)
(ii)
CPL
CPL
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
Interest; Discounts, Charge Annuities; Other Annual Profit, Undistributed Profit;
Exempted Profits; Artificial. Transactions; Income from Investment of Pensions.
Basis of Taxation, e.g. the territorial Sources of profits; Distribution – Recipients
of the Distribution(s) (a) Individual Shareholder; the Recipient Company.
Computation of profits –receipts; capital or revenue receipts Non–Mading
dispositions of trading stock, sums payable, stock in trade and works in progress;
trading expenses allowed; wholly and exclusively incurred; deductions not
allowed; bad debts, capital expenses; the ascertainment of assessable profits; the
basis period ; accounting year and accounting data; new trades and business,
cessation of trade or business.
Capital allowance-qualifying expenditure, machinery and plant; first year
allowance; annual allowance; balancing allowance; balancing charges; special
cases; leases, hire- purchases.
Losses of trade/ business, pioneer companies; reconstituted companies.
720 Law of Industrial and Intellectual Property
Aims and Objective:- the law of industrial and intellectual property embraces
patents, trade marks, copy right and designs. It deals mainly with the protection of
inventions, trademark and activities, published and unpublished materials in the
literary, dramatic and musical works.
Introduction – general survey of forms of industrial and intellectual property: a
need for protection, nature of protection ; comparative advantages of each form of
protection .
Copyright – international conventions – main works protected, viz; unpublished
works, literary works, dramatic and musical works, artistic works, sound and T.V.
broadcast – ownership or copyright viz; authorship, joint authorship, commission
works, employee’s works, assignment, licenses – infringement of copyright,
remedies for infringement; copyright, and the press.
721 Shipping Law (4 Units)
Maritime law and common law – origin of maritime law, admiralty jurisdiction ;
other special jurisdiction; the public control of shipping and navigationregistration and safety of ships, dealings in ships, such as sale mortgage, liens, the
master and the crew, carriage of goods by sea, contracts and documents, parties,
bills of lading voyage; charter parties, bills of lading; exclusion and limitation of
liability; general average; carriage of passengers. The navigation of ships and
safety at sea-collision regulation; lights and shapes. Restricted visibility; steering
and sailing rules: notice to mariners; traffic separation schemes, pilots and
pilotage; light houses and other aids to navigation; harbours; dock and piers,
722
The Law Of Restitution (4 Units)
Introduction – restitution and quasi- contract; the legacy of history; the “implied
contract theory” the principle of Unjust Enrichment; personal and proprietary
claims; the classification of proprietary claims.
Proprietary claims: trace at common law and in equity.
The right to restitution:- Mistake; money paid under mistake of fact; money under
mistake of law , restitution for services rendered under a mistake; restitution for
chattels (excluding money transferred under a mistake); restitution for land
transferred under mistake ; rescission; rectification; reopening accounts.
Recovery of benefits conferred under duress; categories of duress; economic
duress; duress and submission to honest claims; effect of recovery of an
alternative remedy; failure to tender amends.
177
(c)
(d)
(e)
Recovery of benefits conferred under undue influence; limits to the relief.
Relief from unconscionable bargains in equity; in admiralty and by status statute
The right to contribution and recoupmentt. Where there is liability in sodium and
where of there is no such liability; compulsory discharge of another liability.
(f)
Restitution at common law- agency of necessary necessitious intervention by a
stranger
(g)
Maritime salvage
(iv)
Ineffective transactions: contracts void for wants of authority; contracts void for
mistake or uncertainty- (for ambiguity in or incompleteness of contractual terms;
non- correspondence between offer and acceptance; failure of condition precedent
or some essential terms of where there has been a successful plea of non est.
factum); contracts affected by statutes of frauds, illiterate ordinances; void bill of
sale; illegal contracts; contracts affected by incapacity discharge by frustration, or
breach, anticipated contracts which do not materialize.
(v)
Restitution of benefits conferred under trusts which do not exhaust the trust or
which fail.
(vi)
Attormennt in respect of money or chattels.
(vii) Subrogation; categories of subrogation, general principles.
(viii) Claims under a will or intestacy or under an inter vives trust
CPL 723 Law of Succession (4 Units)
Testate succession- wills
(i)
Sources of Wills Law
(ii)
The scope of Wills Law-Choice of Law
(iii) The Nature of Will
(iv)
Testamentary Contracts and Promises
(v)
Joint and Mutual Wills
(vi)
Making of Wills
a.
Privileged Wills
b.
Mental Elements and Capacity
(vii) Privileged Wills
(viii) Revocation, Alternations, Repudiation and Revival.
CPL. 724 Customary Law (4units)
Sources, main principles and development of customary law system in Nigeria and subSahara Africa.
(i).
Types of Traditional Political Structure:- The Customary Law of selected
traditional societies e.g. Yoruba, Edo, lgbo, Ltsekiri and Urhobo; their sources and
character. Custom, law and morality, legislation in traditional societies.
(ii)
The Judicial Process:- Indigenous system of adjudication, conciliation and
arbitration, customary procedures and modes of proof, precedent and remedies.
(iii) The Law of Wrongs:- Distinction between criminal and civil wrongs. Categories
of crime and civil wrong. Obligation arising from contracts and status in
customary law.
CPL. 711 Advanced Corporation Law (4 Units)
Legal issues of control and accountability, ministerial control of public corporation –
powers of appointment and dismissal of board members, power to make rules and issue
general directions and powers to grant or withhold consent in special cases. Attention
will be given to such domestic corporations as small private or large limited liability
companies; finance houses such
178
Faculty of Law
as the banks and insurance companies; universities; hospitals, the Lagos stock exchange
securities and exchange commission; the role of corporations in society as reflected in
statutes and judicial decisions.
CPL 712 Law Of Civil Remedies (4 Units)
This course seeks to examine in detail the nature, fountains and dynamics of civil
remedies in an integrated context. It is expected that this novel approach will increase
the awareness in the profession, heighten students’ understanding issues in doctrine
practice. A critical appraisal of the efficacy of existing remedies will be encouraged.
CPL 713 Advanced Law of Civil Obligation (4 Units)
(i)
Public law statute law as sources of civil obligation
(ii)
Extinction and modification of obligation – cessation, contributory Negligence,
discharge, etc.
(iii) Transfer and Enforcement of Obligations
CPL 714 Advanced Property Law (4 Units)
The involvement of the state in land ownership; land uses – the land use act 1978
incidence of ownership; eminent domain; boundary disputes – state and ethnic factors.
CPL 715 Consumer Protection Law (4 Units)
(i)
Sale credit – credit sales, hire purchase transaction , hire purchase act 1965 with
amendments
(ii)
Loan Credit – characteristics of consumer loan transactions. Rights of consumer
borrower and of lender consumer credit facilities– money lenders’ ordinance;
peoples bank, finance houses , etc, disclosure of cost of borrowing. Lenders
remedies- garnishment, proceedings against guarantors, extra judicial debt
collection practices.
CPL 716 Labour Law (4 Units )
Legal status of trade union; relationship between union and members; the rule book.
Industrial conflict – collective bargaining agreement; the right to strike; the role of
industrial arbitration and panel and national industrial court; ministerial role in
industrial peace – making.
Industrial democracy: basic concept and objectives; attendant problems of reconciling
the conflict between the concept and the principles of contract. Economic torts –
conspiracy; intimidation, inducing breach of contract; picketing.
ELECTIVE COURSES
CPL
717
Environmental Protection Law (4 Units)
(i)
(ii)
Private remedies for pollution damage. Special consideration will
be given to selected problems in oil pollution, water quality management,
emission from industries, and automobile pollution.
Population as a factor in environmental problems
iii
Development of pollution control legislation
(vi)
International protection of the environmental
CPL
718
Law of Carriage of Goods by Land, Air and Sea
(Transportation Law 11) (4 Units)
179
Faculty of Law
Common law and statutory duties and liabilities of carriers
Rights of carriers
Loading, discharge and delivery of goods
Exclusion of carrier’s liability
General average
Demurrage and freight
Claims for non-delivery, misdelievery, and loss.
CPL 719
Law of Business Taxation 11 (4 Units)
CPL
Relief from income tax: Introduction – reliefs for civil war damages. Pioneer
companies relief. Common wealth income tax relief. Double taxation relief.
Oil company taxation – petroleum profits tax: ascertainment chargeable profits:
capital allowances; persons chargeable; administration of petroleum profit tax.
Capital gains tax – history; meaning of capital gains tax; chargeable assets;
disposal of assets; exemptions from capital gains tax. Computation of capital gains
Taxation of groups and consortia; close companies definition; consequences of
close company status; extended meaning of distribution; loans to participators.
720
Law of Industrial and Intellectual Property 11 (4 Units)
1.
Trade Marks
2
Patents
(i).
(ii)
(iii).
(iv)
CPL 731
Shipping Law (4 Units)
Collision and liability for damage; irrecoverable losses; remoteness of damage and
economic loss; Limitation of liability; other liability; salvage towage and wreck;
marine pollution control; Oil pollution. Dumping at sea. Liability for oil pollution;
marine insurance – indemnity and insurance interests; utmost good faith; types of
policies; perils insured against; losses; rights of insurer, assuagement of policies;
mutual insurance.
CPL 732
The Law of Restitution (4 Units)
(i)
Fraudulent and voluntary disposition off property and avoidable preferences;
avoidance of creditors, or subsequent purchasers, or to defeat claims by spouses to
financial relief; avoidance of transactions entered into by persons who thereafter
become bankrupt.
(ii)
Perfection of imperfect gift in favour of intended done.
(iii) Waiver of tort – what torts can be waived, nature of the enrichment;
election; advantages of waiver.
(iv)
Benefits accruing to a criminal from his crime; criminal succession to property on
death; benefits acquired by reprehensible means.
(v)
Benefit sacquired in breach of fiduciary relationship; benefits acquired in breach
of another’s confidence.
(vi)
Breach of contract
(vii) Defence – Res Judicata and selection; statures of limitation and laches; bona fide
purchase; change of position and Estoppel, special cases – recovery from agents and
persons in an analogous position. Bills of exchange.
Note: A candidate may not offer this course together with advanced law
civil obligations (CPL 713)
Faculty of Law
180
CPL 733
Law of Succession (4 Units)
(i)
Construction of will
(a)
General considerations
(b)
Fundamental Principle
(c)
Meaning of words and phrases
(d)
Subsidiary General principles of construction
(e)
Use of Extrinsic Evidence
(f)
Gift to persons and property
(ii)
Testamentary Freedom
(iii)
Intestacy
(a)
Introduction – The role in Cole V. Cole – the “Inherent incident Theory V. The
Manner of life theory”
(b)
The statutes of distribution, 1670 and 1685 and the interstate Estates act 1890.
(c)
Lagos state, West and Bendel – the Administration of Estate law,
(d)
Statutory Trusts for Sale
(e)
(f)
Northern and Eastern state – The Rule in Attorney – General of the East V.
Egbuna
Partial intestacy.
(iv)
Probate
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(v)
a
b
Grant of Representation
Appointment of Executors and administrators
Non-contentious business
Renovation of grants
The Position of Personal Representatives
The nature of the office
Realizing assets
c
Personal representatives without a grant
d
Discharge of Debts and Liabilities
e
Executor de son tort
f
The liability of personal representatives
g
Taxation during the administration period
h
The position of beneficiaries and distribution among beneficiaries.
Faculty of Law
(vi)
Succession in Customary Law
181
CPL 734
Customary Law
(4
Units)
(i)
The Basic Principles of the Law of Persons legal Personality, status and capacity.
The status and capacity of females and minors family and other grouping based on
legal significance and functions, domestic authority guardianship, and legitimacy
(ii)
The Law of Property :Customary land use and land owing systems – title
of property, communal and individual right in land, the position of custmary law
of property in modern Nigeriam law .
(iii)
(b)
(a)
Harmonization of custmary law with common law and statute
law –the Nigerian, and other African experiences.
The future of customary law toward codification and institution of customary law
CPL 799 Long Essay (15,000 Words)
(8
Units)
This is required of all candidates for the degree of Master of Laws in all the Departments
in the Faculty. The essay may be written in one field of Law or where the need arises, the
essay may straddle several fields of law or a field of law and an area in the social sciences
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D) IN LAW
INTRODUCTION
The Ph.D programme shall normally be solely by research resulting in a thesis in any of
the areas listed under the LL.M programme in the Faculty
THESIS SUPERVISION.
A candidate shall indicate his intended area of specialization at the time of registration for
the programme. A special topic for the thesis must be selected within 6 months of
registration.
To satisfy the minimum requirement for the award of the degree of Ph.D in Law a
candidate shall submit and defend a thesis in accordance with the General Regulations
Governing Higher Degree of the of Ambrose Alli University. Where appropriate, a
candidate shall, in addition, satisfy the examiners in any prescribed taught courses.
182
Faculty of Law
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC AND INTERNATIONAL LAW
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES
The programme aims to offer to the student who has an aggressive intellectual stance and
who wishes to advance the frontiers of knowledge in a challenging and somewhat
arduous discipline, the course of study for the award of LL.M degree, at a time when
there is a feeling that academic standards in the country are falling
STRUCTURE OF THE GRADUATE PROGRAMME
A unique feature of the programme is a requirement that every student must offer at least
8 units but not more than 16unit of core subject (s). It is expected that the student will
successfully defend his dissertation/thesis on a topic chosen from and an area covered by
one of the subjects or fields of law comprised in this study before a Board of Examiners
approved by Graduate School. The dissertation will in addition offer him experience of
sustained, intensive, personal work on special legal problems. We consider this to be
substantial aspect of the legal education of our Graduate Students.
COURSES OF STUDY
(i)
Courses for the LL.M degree shall be chosen from the list of subjects referred to
in these Regulations as core and elective subjects, together with a thesis which
shall not be less than 15,000 words
(ii)
The courses of studies will normally be for a period of not less than 2 semester
after initial registration.
Examination for LL.M Degree shall be by:
(I)
Written examination at the end of period of study in all subjects selected and
approved for the candidate.
(ii)
Oral examination of a thesis which shall not be less than 15,000 words.
To fulfill the requirements for the award of the LL.M degree, a candidate must:
(i)
Register for and pass a total of 40 Units of course work including a thesis
(ii)
Obtain a mark of 50% (C) in all written examination including the
long essay
(iii) Defend the thesis the LL.M. degrees inn a viva
COURSES AVAILABLE
Core Courses, First Semester
Units
PIL
701
Comparative Administrative Law
4
PIL
702
Trans- National Investment Law
4
PIL
703
Jurisprudence and Legal Theory
4
Elective Courses
PIL
704
Law
of International institutions
PIL
705
International Economic Law
4
PIL
706
International Law of the Sea
4
PIL
707
Air and Space Law
4
PIL
708
Law of Armed Conflict
4
183
4
PIL
709
Comparative Constitutional Law
4
PIL
710
Comparative Criminal Law
4
PIL
721
Principles of Civil Litigation
4
PIL
722
Law of Personal Taxation
4
CORE COURSES, SECOND SEMESTER
Units
PIL
711
4
PIL
712
Trans- National Investment Law
4
PIL
713
Jurisprudence and Legal Theory
4
PIL
799
Thesis
4
Elective Courses
PIL
714
Law of International Institutions
4
PIL
715
4
PIL
716
4
PIL
717
Air and Space Law
4
PIL
718
Law of Armed Conflict
4
PIL
719
Comparative Constitutional Law
4
PIL
720
Comparative Criminal Law
4
PIL
731
4
PIL
722
4
Core Courses First Semester
PIL 701 Comparative Administrative Law
(4 Units)
Historical development of the common law and civil law aspects of the subject. The
course would focus attention on public law and political institutions in common and
civil law systems. The Administration – terminology and definition with particular
references to the scope and functions of Administrative law. The structure of Central
Government in common law countries having federal or unitary system of
government. Particular emphasis would be laid on the decentralization of powers,
rationalization of the Centre Executive, the functions of the Central Government,
policy implementation, allocation and the civil service. The legislative powers of
administration, classification of functions. Students would be expected to lay
emphasis on judicial powers of the administration. in this regard, attention will be
focused on administrative tribunals, public incurious domestic tribunals, Conseil
d’Estate
Faculty of Law
184
PIL
702 Trans-National Investment Law
(4
Units)
Attention will be focused on the law relating to natural resources development and
foreign investment; emphasis will be placed no the theories of ownership, control,
concessions, joint ventures, service contracts and production in agreements.
PIL 703 Jurisprudence and Legal Theory
(4
Units)
The history of Legal Theory and modern schools of the thought concerning the
nature, origin and function of law in the society; tort; contract; quasi-contract
and restitution, crime (in relation to morals), negligence, recklessness, strict
liability, vicarious liability, mistake, malice, abuse of rights, public policy.
Elected Courses
PIL 704
Law of International Institutions
(4
Units)
(i)
General aspects of international institutions, definition,
development, sources, functions and types
(ii)
Non-Comprehensive International Institutions;
(a)
Judicial International Institutions with special reference to the Permanent Court
of Arbitration and the International Countries to these courts, Organization, of
functions, Jurisdiction, Procedure Awards, Judgments, Advisory opinions and
Execution.
(b)
Administrative International institution with special reference to pre - 1714
International Unions and International rival Organization.
(c)
Functions, membership organization and powers. Quasi–Legislative International
Institutions with special reference to conferences and the relevant aspects of
International Labour Organization. Functions, Membership, Organization,
Jurisdiction and Powers, Attitude of African counties to these institutions.
PIL 705
(4
Units)
Economics sovereignty, the co – existence of sovereign economics; extra
territorial effect of economic legislation. Immunities
from economic
sovereignty. Economic and fiscal aspects of the immunities of the state organs
and state property. Economic aspects of “territorial” extra- territorially.
Exemptions from territorial jurisdiction, free zones and free post. Economic
unions; freedom of navigation; freedom of the seas and claims to the continental
shelf. The problems of international economic public policy. The principles of
international economic law on the level of international institutions,
international law and underdevelopment
(i)
Standard of International Economic Law
Function; the minimum standard; the standard of reciprocity; the most – favoured –
nation standard. The standard of national treatment. The standard of economic good–
neighbourliness. The inter–play of standards. The circumvention of standards. The
standard within the framework of the United Nations. The standard of International
Economic Laws on the level of International Institutions.
(ii)
International Economic Transactions
General principles. Economic aspects of transactions (with special reference to and
continuity of
States).
Unilateral Acts. Treaties of commerce agreements.
Communications, Barter Agreement. Loans, monetary and payment agreements.
185
Bilateral agreements on nuclear energy. Foreign aid convention. Mutual defence
assistance agreements. Double
Faculty of Law
taxation conventions. State bankruptcy.
Financial guarantees. Techniques of international financial control. The International
Economic Law of Tort (with special reference to the Cairo clause). International
Economic Criminal Law
PIL 706
(4
Units)
(i)
Introduction – History and Sources
(ii)
Delimitation of the relevant areas – internal waters, and territorial
sea and the contiguous zone, bays, harbour works and roadsteads, international
straits and waterways. The high seas, the continental shelf and exclusive
economic zone, the sea bed and sub-soil beyond National jurisdiction
(iii) The principle of the freedom of the seas–ordinary and extra–ordinary rights of
jurisdiction in time of peace, special reference to piracy and the slave trade,
coercive measures short of war, limitations and exemptions.
(iv)
Uses of the high seas and the sea–bed navigation, fisheries, exploitation of other
resources, scientific research and experiments, disposal of radio active waste,
pipe lines, cables, mechanical installations and other uses.
(v)
Jurisdiction over maritime areas adjacent to the coat the regime of ports and
international water, the regime of territorial sea and the contiguous zone, the
regime of the continental shelf. The right of hot pursuit, ships in distress
(vi)
The legal regime of the high sea, the exclusive economic zone, the continental
shelf, and the sea bed and sub-soil beyond National jurisdiction as the
common heritage of mankind.
(Vii) Fishing rights in the seas, scientific research pollution regulations.
(viii) Access to the sea for States without sea coast, use of ports and the territorial sea of
neighbouring States, rights to sail on the high sea.
PIL 707
Air and Space Law
(4
Units)
(i)
Institutions and organs for the creation and administration of Air Law – National
Organization – of civil Aviation, International Institutions – membership, organs
functions. Non-governmental institutions.
(ii)
The right to fly – sovereignty over the Air space. Air transport agreements; nonscheduled flights; unauthorized entry. Paris Agreement, 1956; scheduled Air
Service; Multilateral and Bilateral Agreement Transit Rights; Transit; Right;
Traffic Rights and Ancillary Rights. Route planning capacity control and ratefixing.
(iii) The legal regime of crew, passenger and cargo incenses of personnel, international
standards and recommended practices; owners of aircraft; operators; aircraft
commanders; crew, entry and clearance regulation; facilitation; cargo restriction;
mails; sanitary regulation.
(iv)
The legal regime of aircraft- definition and classifications of aircraft, legal nature
of aircraft; state aircraft; nationality and registration: certificate of airworthiness;
documents to be carried and notices to be exhibited; jurisdiction over aircraft;
crimes on board aircraft; customs; seizure and arrest, wreck and salvage;
investigation of accidents.
186
Faculty of Law
PIL 708 Law of Armed Conflict (4 Units)
(i)
Characteristics of War; Cause, Kinds and Ends of War, The Laws of War; the
Regime of War; Belligerent; The Armed Forces of the Belligerent; Enemy
Character.
(ii)
The outbreak of war- commencement of war, declaration of war; ultimatum and
prohibition of war; acts which begin a war; effects of the outbreak of war.
(iii) Warfare on land – land warfare in general; violence against enemy persons;
“Treatment of wounded and dead bodies; captivity, appropriation and utilization
bombardment; espionage; treason ruses; occupation of enemy territory.
(iv)
Warfare on sea – sea fare in general; attack and seizure of enemy vessels;
appropriation and destruction of enemy merchantman’s violence against enemy
persons. Treatment of wounded and shipwrecked; espionage; treason ruses;
requisitions; contribution, bombardment; interference with submarine telegraphic
cables.
(v)
Air Warfare – Rules before the First World War; the Hagua Rules of Air warfare;
Instruments of force In aerial warfare; aerial bombardment and non combatants;
attack on enemy civil aircraft and on enemy merchant vessels; liability of civil
aircraft to capture
(vi)
Non-Hostile relations of belligerent - fides etian host servants; different kinds of
non-hostile relation, licenses to trade passports safe guards; flags of truce; cartels
and cartel ships. A capitulation and simple surrender ; armistices.
(Vii) Means of Securing Legitimate Warfare – Complaints, Good Officers and
mediators; intervention; Reprisals; Punishment of War Crimes; Taking of Hostages;
Compensation.
PIL 709 Comparative Constitutional Law (4 Units)
The study will be based on the constitution of Common Wealth countries but
wherever possible reference will be made, on a comparative basis, to the
constitutional laws of Francophone and other African sates.
(i) The constitutional structure and development of selected African countries (in
outlines only). The problem of constitutional evolution.
(ii) The Problem of Autochthony
(iii) Comparative constitutional structure of individual state
(a) Federal and Unitary Constitutions distinction of power and relations between the
centre and the states in Federation. Devolution within unitary system. Diarchy
(b) (i) Cabinet Government
(ii) Presidential Government
(iii) The Executive Government (including the police and armed forces and the civil
service)
(iv) The Legislature
(v) The inter-relationship of (i) -(iv) above
(iv) Party System
Constitutional Safeguards and Protection:
Faculty of Law
Bills of Right
Independence of the Judiciary
Electoral Systems
Public Accountability
Status of the opposition and the abuse of majority power.
187
Faculty of Law
PIL 710
Comparative Criminal law
(4 Units)
Consideration of the main principles of Nigeria criminal law (under both the Criminal
and Penal Codes) and problems arising from codification.
(i) The principles of criminal responsibilities and the general defense to crime
(ii) Strict liability offences
(iii) The above aspects of the criminal law to be examined in comparison with the
following:
The English Common Law and
The Statutory Law of crime
The Ghana Criminal Code
The Queensland Criminal Code
The Sudan Panel Code
The Indian Penal Code
The Panel Code of Kenya
PIL 721
(4 Units)
The general principles and nature of civil litigation. Psychology of litigation.
Comparison of the organization, jurisdiction procedure and functions of the various
courts and tribunals. Relationship of Federal and State Courts. The specialist courts.
The structure of the legal profession.
PIL 722
(4 Units)
The general structure and administration of income tax and capital gains tax in
Nigeria and the residence rules relating to individuals and trustees for tax purposes.
Jurisdiction of Federal and State Governments over taxation of income in Nigeria.
The definition, ascertainment and computation of income for tax purposes in relation
to income from profession or vocation; employment income and the deductions and
allowance (excluding capital allowances and loss relief) which may be set against
income. The rules for applying income tax to individuals, income from trusts and
estates and residence. Uniform taxation in Nigeria and the agencies for administration
for uniformity- Joint Tax Board. The definition, ascertainment and computation of
changeable gains and losses for capital gains tax and the rules for applying capital
gains tax to individuals.
Second Semester
Core Courses
PIL 711
(4 Units)
Judicial review of administrative actions- the application and/or exclusion of the
principles of natural justice, ultra vires doctrine and the exclusion of the principles of
natural justice, ultra vires doctrine and the exclusion and /or restriction of judicial
review of administrative functions. The course will examine administrative remedies
under section 42 of the constitution- certiorari, the prohibition mandamus, habeas
corpus declaration and injunctions, common law actions for remedies in tort, remedies
under Droit administrative and in particular, the problem of locus standi. Extrajudicial control of administrative action – the public complaints commission
(ombudsman) or parliamentary commissioned public corporations – powers and
functions, state liability in tort, and contract and liability of public officials.
Faculty of Law
PIL 712
Trans-National Investment Law
188
(4 Units)
The course will offer an exposition and analysis of the problems faced by developing
countries and transnational companies in the negotiation or review of Copper, oil,
timber and national resources exploitation agreements. Theories and practice of
nationalization and bases of compensation assessment will be considered alongside
technical assistance agreements. Case studies will be made of “concession” agreement
signed by countries like Ghana, Indonesia, Liberia, Papua New Guinea, Sierra-Leone
and Zambia.
Elective Courses
PIL
714 Law of International Institutions
(4 Units)
(i) Comprehensive International Institutions: - The League of Nations and the
United
Nations; Functions, Membership, Organization, Jurisdiction, Powers and
Procedure.
(ii) African Regional Institution: - Regionalism within the universal systems,
O.A.U., O.C.A.M., Arab League, African Technical Organizations, etc.
(iii) Non –African Organizations: - The Council of Europe, The North Atlantic
Treaty
Organization, The Western European Union, European Coal And Steel
Community, The European Economic Community – American Organizations.
PIL 715
(4 Units)
(i) Law of Economic Warfare: - Economic Reprisals peacetime
economic “warfare”. The law relating to trading with the enemy. The laws of economic
warfare on land and at sea. The international economic law of military occupation
(with special reference to the treatment of property and public finance). Rights
and duties of neutral powers. The protection of neutral property. War Claims,
Restitution, and Reparations.
(ii) Law of International Economic Institutions: -Representation of economic interest
abroad. International adjudication of economic claims, economic and
financial unions (with special reference to monetary customs unions, the
Geneva agreement of 1774 and the Havana Charter).
The Economic and social council (with special reference to the organization of technical
assistance. Administrative machinery for the application of international
economics sanction). The bank of international co-operation in the field of nuclear
energy, non-universal economic organization (with special reference of America
states, the organization for economic co-operation and development, the economic
commission for Europe, the European communities and the European free trade
association. International economic co-operation with soviet orbit. GATT
(General Agreement on tariffs and trade 1747). The organization for trade cooperation. Declarations and conventions on economic human right, inter-African
Economic Organization.
PIL 716 International Law of the Sea
(4 Units)
(i) The legal regime of the ship – nationality of ships, flags of convenience, warships
and other government owned ships on non- commercial service, government owned
merchant
ships, privately owned merchant ships collision, wreck and salvage.
Stateless ships and private ships.
(ii) The legal regime of crew, passengers and cargo jurisdiction, condition of labour,
consular
jurisdiction over sea-mean aboard, safety of life at sea.
Faculty of Law
iii. Rules for securing safety at sea- rules for the prevention of collision at sea, assistance
at sea. Load-line convections, pollution, safety of life at sea.
189
iv. Marine law in the time of war-prize law and prize courts, rules of maritime warfare,
the law of maritime nentratily.
v. International maritime institutions – types, functions, organizations and jurisdiction.
vi. Settlement of disputes.
PIL
717
Air and Space Law
(4 Units)
(i) Airport and other navigation facilities- licensing of aerodromes; customs
aerodromes; sanitary aerodromes; provision of airport and any navigation
facilities; international standards and recommended practices; international
technical and financial assistance; international use of aerodromes and other
navigation facilities.
(ii) Liabilities arising from operation of aircraft and air services - trespass; nuisance;
surface damages; collision. Death and injury to passengers. Loss of property and
responsibility therefore.
(iii) Air law in time of national emergency and war state and effects of national
emergency and war effect on air transport agreement; prize neutrality; angry;
hospital and medical aircraft; rules of air warfare.
PIL
718 Law of Armed Conflict
(4 Units)
(i)
End of war and postliminum - Termination of war in general modes of
termination and cessation of hostilities, subjugation; treaty to peace; effects of
treaty of peace; performance of treaty of peace; postliminum.
(ii)
Neutrality- Development of institution of neutrality and the general for the
renunciation of war, neutrality of the United Nations; characteristics of
neutrality, different kinds of neutrality; common.
PIL
719 Comparative Constitutional Law
(4 Units).
(i)
Emergency powers
(ii)
Procedures for constitutional amendments
(iii)
Judicial review of the constitutionality of legislation
(iv)
The place of traditional elements, modern constitutions
a.
The problem of the minority; succession and its constitutional implications
(b)
The traditional rulers and institutions
(c)
The problem of stability
(d)
(a) iv (a) above
(e)
Coups d’ etat and their cons implications.
(f)
Regional Co-operation and Sovereignty.
PIL
720 Comparative Criminal law
(4 unit)
A comparative examination of selected offences:
Parties in crime
Homicide
Stealing and kindred offences
Sexual offences and offences against morality,
Offences involving fraud, corruption, armed robbery, drug
Trafficking, economic sabotage
PIL 731
(4 Units)
The enforcement of judgments and orders; pretrial procedures. The trial,
assessment of damages. Other consequential relief. The right of appeal.
Procedure on appeal and the structure of Appeal Courts. A comparative
examination of the social and economic effects and value of the system of
civil litigation.
PIL 732
(4 Units)
190
PIL
Income from offices and employment – what constitutes employment, income
valuation and taxation of benefits in kind. Deductible expenditure; share
option and incentive schemes; golden handshake and exemptions to charges;
pensions/ pensioners and personal taxation provisos. Income from government
securities–annuities interest, dividends and foreign income- the remittance
relief for interests; overdrafts; other interests, nature of annual payments and
taxation.
799
Long Essay (15,000 Words)
(8 Units)
This is required of all candidates for the degree of Master of Laws in all the
Departments in the Faculty. The essay may be written in one field of Law where
the need arises, the essay may saddle several fields of law or a field of Law and
an area in the Social Sciences.
DOCTOR IN PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D) IN LAW
INTRODUCTION
The Ph.D. programme shall normally be solely by research resulting in a thesis in any of
the areas listed under the LL.M programme in the Faculty.
Thesis Supervision
A candidate shall indicate his intended area of specialization at the time of registration for
the programme. A special topic for the thesis must be selected within 6 moths of
registration.
To satisfy the minimum requirement for the award of the degree of Ph.D in law, a
candidate shall submit and defend a thesis in accordance with the general regulations
governing higher degrees of the Ambrose Alli University and where appropriate, a
candidate shall, in addition, satisfy the examiners in any prescribed taught course.
MASTER’S DEGREE PROGRAMME IN INTERNATIONAL
DIPLOMACY AND STRATEGIC STUDIES (MDS)
INTRODUCTION
The programme is planned to offer candidates the opportunity to have a good foundation
in understanding and analyzing international issues. The course is primarily designed for
practitioners or those who want to make a career in the media, foreign service or other
related agencies with external constituencies.
Objectives
The course aims at:
(1)
Enabling the participants acquire skills and knowledge in international relations,
so as to
be able to investigate and analyze international problems and issues with
relative ease.
(2)
Developing a critical outlook on questions and issues relating to international
diplomacy
as well as strategic studies from the management approach.
(3)
Exposing participants to the political, cultural, strategic and economic matters at
the
international level and a firm grasp of strategic and security management.
191
Duration
The programme will run for 4 semesters. The fourth semester will be dissertation
STRUCTURE OF THE MDS PROGRAMME
First Semester
Code
Units
Description
MIDS 801
3
International Polities and its Management
MIDS 802
3
International Economic Relations and its Management
MIDS 803
3
MIDS 804
3
Africa in Sub-regional, and Global issues
MIDS 805
3
International Institutions Second Semester
MIDS 810
3
Theories of International Relations
MIDS 811
3
Diplomacy
MIDS 812
3
Contemporary Strategic Theory and Problems
MIDS 813
3
Nigeria’s Foreign Policy
MIDS 814
3
War and Diplomacy in Per-colonial, Colonial and Independent
Africa.
Third Semester
MIDS 850
3
Human Rights, Technology Ecology and Environmental
Issues
MIDS 851
3
Research Methodology
MIDS 852
3
Conflict and Peace Studies
Fourth Semester
MIDS 899
6
Essay and Diplomatic/ Strategic Issues or Care Study on
Contemporary National, Regional or Global Flash
Points.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
MIDS 801 International Politics and Management
The emergence of International State System. Evolution of the contemporary
international system with particular emphasis on its Eurocentric origins as well as
factors which have led
Faculty of Law
to its globalization uptill 1945. Contending approaches to the study and
understanding of international relations. The setting of international politics. The
basic units, structure and actors in international society. Concepts and theories, state
activities, goals and instruments in International Relations
MIDS 802
International economic relations links between politics and economics in
international arena; global current international problems; International Trade and
Development problems of the Third World States.
Theory of International Trade, GATT & UNCTAD compared, international
monetary system; IMF balance of payment problems; economic theory and decision
making processes etc, Other economic organizations –EEC, Andean Pact Comecon,
Lome convention, etc. Political aspects of international economic relations, New
International Economic Order, East-West Economic Relations Sources, and
Organization of National Economic Power, the Economic factors in the formulation
of foreign policy.
MIDS 803
International law, Principles and Practice
Comparison between International Law and Municipal Law. International
personality of States, non-self governing territories. International organizations and
192
the position of individuals. Jurisdiction over territorial seas. International waters and
space. Treaty making and its validity, termination, etc. Dispute and international
claims; law of war and protection of Human Rights.
MIDS 804
Africa in Sub-Regional, Regional and Global Issues
Pan- Africanism and the OAU, problems of national Integration and the State
frontiers. The concepts of non-alignment. Neutralism and neo-colonialism;
apartheid; special relationship with Commonwealth, Britain, France, EEC, Middle
East. Problems concerning foreign trade, foreign aid and debt policies within the
UN; great power policies towards Africa.
MIDS 805
International Institutions
Analysis of the various conceptual approaches to international institutions.
Historical evolution; relationship between sub regional and global organisations,
illustrating with the UN, OAU, EEC, ECOWAS, etc. Changing role of
international institutions in post cold war order. Nigeria’s role in international
institutions.
MIDS 810
Theories of International Relations
Recent trends and development in the study of international relations and
associated disciplines. Problems of methodology and epistemology. The system
perspective and attempts to apply it to world society. Peace research and the
growth of futurology. Policy formation and implementation, values, images and
perception; communication and decision making; empirical research and content
analysis.
MIDS 811
Diplomacy
The meaning and historical development of diplomacy. Classical Greece, Rome,
Ancient China and Africa. The contribution of individual to the development of
diplomacy. Congress of Vienna (1815), A lachapel (1818), Vienna conference in
diplomatic intercourse and
Faculty of Law
immunities (1961), principles of modern diplomacy. Structures and instruments
of diplomacy, different types of diplomacy, traditional, conference, preventive
or crisis diplomacy, types of open versus secret diplomacy. Task of diplomacy.
Functions and limitations of diplomacy. Functions of diplomats, functions of
diplomatic missions, diplomatic ranks, protocol and procedures, privileges and
immunities of negotiation, bargaining tactics, case studies of bargaining.
Diplomacy as state craft, Diplomatic customs, etiquette and conduct diplomacy
and intelligence
operation of propaganda system. Propaganda and
psychological warfare. Economic warfare, conversation, functions of
intelligence services, intelligence collection and counter intelligence,
organization of the intelligence mission; profiles of secret agents, intelligence
mission; intelligence in a democracy. Impact of technology on diplomacy and
intelligence.
MIDS 812
Contemporary Strategic Theory and Problems
Origin and approaches to strategic studies, relations between strategic studies
and other disciplines, key concepts and theories Evolution of war and warfare,
nature and consequences of war, kinds of war, non–military forms of conflict,
masters of traditional military thought; IZU; Machiavelli, Von Clause Witz,
Liddell - Hart, Shaka the Zulu, Andre Beaufre. Conventional warfare, nuclear
war, guerrilla war, air and maritime, limited and unlimited, internal war, military
alliance and non- military forms of coercion and conflict.
193
MIDS 813
Nigeria’s Foreign Policy
Basic principles underlying Nigeria’s foreign policy. Determinants (domestic
and external) .The foreign policy case studies for in-depth study such as the
reason to abrogate Anglo –Nigerian Defence pact (1961). The reasons to severe
diplomatic relation with Israel in October 1973, policy towards decolonization
with special emphasis on the recognition of MPLA in 1975, independence for
Zimbabwe in 1980, the Namibian independence in 1990, etc. Policy towards
apartheid and racism; economic integration in Africa with reference to the
ECOWAS. Africa economic community, economic diplomacy. Abacha’s China
card, Nigerian- East Policy and New Franco- Nigerian entente.
MIDS 814
War and Diplomacy in Pre- Colonial Africa and Colonial Africa
War and organization of society in pre-colonial Africa, concepts and practicesYoruba, Kanuri, Hausa, Tiv, Ibo, Dahomey kingdoms, etc. The Zulu nation
under Shaka. Strategy and tactics of European conquests in Africa, negotiations,
agreements, confrontations, etc. The Anglo-Boer wars, anti-colonial struggle
and guerrilla war in Portuguese colony, anti-apartheid struggle in South Africa .
Internal wars in independent Africa–Biafra, and wars in Sudan, Ethiopia.,
Eritrea, etc; the Tutsi revolution in Central and East Africa, causes and
consequences.
MIDS 850
Technology, Human Rights and Environmental Issues
World in transition, changing nature of sovereignty, hegemony, power and
authority in the international system. Technological change to diplomacy.
Ecological challenges; new social movements; international polities of the
environment. Interconnectedness of the international system and security.
Current trends and future possibilities. Historical and political background; the
emergence of the modern state and man’s position on it with particular
Faculty of Law
reference to English and French writers since the Reformation; especially
Hobbes, Cooke and Rousseau. Basic principles, the three generations of human
rights; regional human rights organizations. International non-governmental
organizations. Promotion protection by the UN; references and human rights;
population and human rights–human rights and development of human rights
and foreign policy.
MIDS 851
Research /Methodology
Basic concepts, research sources and materials. Primary sources (of official
publications, speeches, memoirs), secondary sources (e.g. books, articles,
periodicals, newspapers). Analytical tools; formation of hypothesis
MIDS 852
Conflict and Peace
Major conflicts in the Globe. The Napoleonic wars, the 1st and the 2nd World
wars. The Gulf crisis , Nigerian civil war, Congo crisis, the Rwanda crisis,
Yugoslavian crisis, etc. The major peace pacts, the Vienna conference, the
Versailles treaty, the San Francisco treaty (league of nations and the UNO), etc.
Emphasis will be on various disarmament treaties.
194
FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT SCIENCES
DEPARTMENTS
BANKING AND FINANCE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
195
FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT SCIENCES
MASTER’S DEGREE IN BANKING AND FINANCE (MBF)
INTRODUTION
This programme is planned to offer the candidate the opportunity to have a good
foundation in the fields of Banking and Finance, and produce the much needed manpower
appropriate to the needs and requirements of the dynamic world of banking in Nigeria.
OBJECTIVES
The requirements are as follows:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
To train and groom middle and top management personnel in the Banking and
Finance Industry.
To develop and improve students’ understanding in Banking and Finance
problems in general.
To expose the students to modern day theoretical development, acquaint them
with decision making devices and modern management techniques in the field.
Lectures are expected to be held during week-ends.
C. REGULATIONS GOVERNING EXAMINATION
Apart from satisfying the general university examination conditions, students are
expected to meet the following requirements:(i)
Students are expected to pass all courses as well as mandatory electives to be
entitled to an ABMA degree. The level of pass most not be below 50%.
(ii)
A candidate who passes all the courses at the end of the first academic year shall
proceed to the second academic year.
(iii) A student who accumulates at least 18 credit units pass at the end of the first
academic session but fails some credit units courses may proceed to the second
academic session and carry over those courses not passed. Those failed courses
must be registered first.
(iv)
Any student who accumulates less than eighteen credit units at the end of the first
year shall be required to withdraw from the programme.
B. EXAMINATIN SCORING AND GRADING
The grading system shall be as follows: Marks
Letter
70% and above
A
60% to 69%
B
50% to 59%
C
0 to 49
D
Remarks
Excellent
Very good
Pass
Fail
196
Faculty of Management Sciences
REQUIREMENT FOR THE AWARD OF A MASTERS IN BANKING AND
FINANCE
A Master’s of Banking and Finance will be awarded to candidates who have
successfully completed the programme by passing all the prescribed examinations in the
core and mandatory elective plus the project.
STRUCTURE OF THE MBF PROGRAMME
The programme is structured as follows:YEAR ONE
First Semester
Code
MBF 701 Economic Analysis
MBF 702 Accounting for Managers
MBF 703
Quantitative Methods in Banking
MBF 704 Monetary Theory and Policy
Second Semester
MBF 711 Economic Analysis II
MBF 712
Management Accounting
MBF 713
Introduction to Computer
MBF 714
Financial Management
Units
3
3
3
3ME
12
3
3
3
3ME
12
YEAR TWO
First Semester
MBF 705
Financial Markets and Institutions
MBF 706
Bank Management
MBF 707
Project Analysis and Evaluation
MBF 708 Public Finance
Second Semester
MBF 715 Investment Management and Portfolio Theory
MBF 716
Bank Laws and Institutions
MBF
750
Project Work
3
3
3
3ME
12
3
3
6
12
COURSE DESCRIPTION
YEAR ONE
First Semester
MBF 701 Economic Analysis 1 (Micro–Economics)
This course centres on the advanced treatment of aggregate output, employment,
price level and the balance of payments. Emphasis shall be placed on the classical, the
Keynesian and the neoclassical macro-models. The topics will include: the classical
macro-models,
197
Keynesian revolution, the monetarist revolution, national income accounting. The
consumption functions, monetary and fiscal policies and multiplier analysis. Growth
theories, investment theory and theory of international trade, the general equilibrium (
IS-LM ) analysis.
MBF 702 Accounting for Managers
Topics include the review of company accounts, concepts, and conventions
underlying account measurement; special problems in accounting measurement fund
and flow statement analysis, financial statement analysis, acquisitions consolidated
statements and price level adjustment.
MBF 703
Quantitative Methods in Banking and Finance
The purpose of this course is to develop basic competence in the use quantitative
techniques to solve and analyze business problems. An overview of mathematics and
matrix algebra. It will also involve the use of basic differential and integral calculus in
the analysis and evaluation of business decisions. Other topics covered will include
linear programming, mathematical programme, queuing theory, inventory theory and
Markov chains.
MBF 704
Monetary Theory and Policy
An advanced treatment of the role of money in the classical, Keynesian and the
monetarist models. The theory of money. The factor determining the supply and
demand for money and financial assets. The determinants of money stock, the theory
of interest, the term-structure of interest rates. The relationship between money and
price level, employment and interest rates. The meaning of monetary policy,
stabilization policies, objective conflicts and trade offs. The structure and functioning
of financial system and markets. An appraisal of financial institutions and the role in
the economy.
Second Semester
MBF 711
Economic Analysis II
This course provides an advanced treatment of mainstream microeconomic concepts.
The topics covered will include: the theory of consumer behaviour, the theory of
demand and the concept of elasticity. Theory of the firm, the theory of cost and theory
of production; the theory of distribution; welfare economics and introduction of
general equilibrium analysis.
MBF 712 Management Accounting
The course is aimed at acquainting the student, first with the principles of costing
before proceeding to management accounting. Topics include cost behaviour and
control, relevant cost and special decisions, budgeting and variance analysis, capital
investment appraisal and decisions under certainty, responsibility accounting and
management control structure.
MBF 713 Introduction To Computer
Historical development leading to computers. Introduction to computer concepts. The
black box analogy, computer confirmation: use and limitation, binary arithmetic, octal
and hexadecimal representation. Computer software: (1) programming languages –
Cobol, Fortran and Basic: (2) Packages – Word perfect, Dbase, Lotus, Computer
hardware: Combination topics and Boolean Algebra. The CPU, Printer, Readers.
MBF 714 Financial Management
Embraces the conceptual and practical problems associated with financial
management of the corporate entity. It includes, the integration of the management of
198
cash flows with management of firms, current assets and liability position. Other
topics covered include:
Capital budgeting; Current assets and Fixed Assets management; Sources and
Application of funds; Inventory policies; Financial and asset structure; Dividend
policy; Valuation of share, etc.
YEAR TWO
First Semester
MBF 705
Financial Markets and Institutions
A survey of the structure and operation of the markets for medium and long-term
securities. The course will examine the nature, type, sources and uses of securities as
well as the nature, objectives, structure, functions and practices of institutions such as
the stock exchange, acceptance houses, trusts and community banks. Profit sharing
banks, people’s band, insurance companies and international financial institutions.
The course will also examine the economic and legal aspects of capital market,
analysis of interest rate, cost of capital, price of securities, risk, dividend policies and
their implications for investment decisions.
MBF 706
Bank Management
This is based on case studies and analysis in dealing with the management policies of
commercial banks and other financial institutions. It focuses on the lending,
investment and liquidity management policies of these institutions.
MBF 707
project Analysis and Evaluation
Topic covered include:
Economic justification of public investment. The analysis of technical, economic and
commercial feasibility of public and private project. Public goods, externalities and
income distribution. The theoretical basis of cost benefit analysis, shadow pricing and
input-output analysis. Measures of commercial profitability, and assessing the social
desirability of public projects.
MBF 708 Public Finance
This course examines government in general and takes an in-depth study of economic
activities of government, the determination of the level of government activities, how
the expenditures and revenues meant for the activities are raised and their effects on
the economy. The study will essentially be devoted to examining the Nigeria public
finance
Second Semester
MBF 715
Investment Management and Portfolio Theory
This course involves the survey characteristics of different types of investment
securities, the techniques of analyzing and managing investment and investment
portfolios under varying management conditions. The courses focuses no portfolio
measurement of those phenomena in respect of different types of securities
MBF 716
Bank Laws and Institutions
Tropics covered include:
Law of contract, agency, sales of goods, hire purchase, carriage of goods, negotiable
instrument, money lending surety ship and guarantees, basis provisions of laws
governing insurances and banking institutions in Nigeria. Laws relating to
bankruptcy, deeds of arrangement, voluntary and compulsory liquidations, disposition
of property by will and letters of administration, etc. Types of companies, company
formation procedures and documentation issues and transfer of shares and debentures,
prospectus and statutory books;
199
meetings and resolution duties of officers (directions, secretary, etc.); provisions
relating to disclosure in corporate accounts; reconstruction, amalgamations and
takeovers.
MBF 750
Project Work
MASTERS OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
INTRODUCTION
This programmer is planned to offer the candidate the opportunity to
have a good foundation in the management of modern business and produce the must
needed manpower appropriate to the needs and requirements of the dynamic world of
business in Nigeria.
OBJECTIVES
The objectives of the programme include:
(i)
To introduce student to the tools, concept and principles of decision making and
their use
and application in managerial contexts.
(ii)
To expose students to modern management techniques required in a dynamic
business environment.
STRUCTURE OF MBA PROGRAMME
The programme is structured as follows:
CORE
UNIT / STATUS
DESCRIPTION
FIRST SEMESTER
MBA 701
3(M)
Accounting for Managers
MBA 702
3(M)
Managerial Economics I
MBA 703
3(M)
Management and Organizational Theory
MBA 704
3(M)
Quantitative Techniques for Business
MBA 705
3(M)
Capital Markets and Institutions
MBA 706
3(M)
Advertising and Consumer Behavior
SECOND SEMESTER
MBA 711
3(M)
Managerial Accounting
MBA 712
3(M)
Managerial Economics II
MBA 713
3(M)
Business Research Methods
MBA 714
3(M)
MBA 715
3(M)
Operational Research
MBA 716
3(M)
Industrial and Labour Relations
THIRD SEMRSTER
MBA 708
3(M)
Business Policy and Strategy
MBA 709
3(M)
Entrepreneurial Development
MBA 720
3(E)
Nigerian Economy
MBA 721
3(E)
Product System and Management Marketing
Management
MBA 722
3(M)
Marketing Management
200
FOURTH SEMESTER
MBA 717
3(M)
Behavioural Science for Business
MBA 718
3(M)
Statistical Analysis and Computer Application to
Business
Problems
MBA 719
3(M)
Business Law
MBA 730
3(M)
Human Resource Management
MBA 750
6(M)
Project (Original Essay)
M= Mandatory,
E = Elective
REGULATIONS GOVERNING EXAMINATION
Apart from satisfying the general university examination conditions, student are expected
to meet the following requirements:

Students are expected to pass all the mandatory courses as well as at least two
elective courses to be entitled to an MBA certificate. The level of pass must not be
below 50%

A candidate who passes all the courses at the end of the first academic year shall
proceed to the second academic year

A student who accumulated at least 30 credit units pass at the end First Academic
Session but fails some credit units of mandatory courses may proceed to the
second academic session and carry over those courses not passed. The failed
courses must be registered first.

Students who pass less than 30 credit units shall be required to withdraw from the
programme.
The maximum number of academic sessions that a student is expected to register is 3
after which his/her studentship of the programme would lapse.
COURSE DESCRIPTION MBA
MBA 701
Accounting for Managers
This is an accounting course designed to introduce the students to basic accounting
concepts, practicals and procedures. The major tropics to be covered include:
introduction and definitions of accounting concepts and conventions. Double entry
system for assets and liabilities; trial balance; double entry system for expenses and
revenues. Error and accounts journal entries and correction journals. Trading profit
and loss account, and balance sheet. Accounting for fixed assets – purchases,
disposals and depreciation. Accounting for bad debts; petty cash and cash books; bank
reconciliation; partnership accounts; company account; and interpretation of financial
statements.
MBA 702
Managerial Economics I
This course deals with business decision–marking the firm, with the behaviour of
individual markets reacting to supply and demand forces and with the consequences
of alternative market structures and business policies. Topics covered include supply
and demand analysis, value and distribution, and partial and general welfare
equilibrium
MBA 703
The Process of Management
The purpose of this course is to enable students understand the process of
management in complex organizations. The approach will be both historical and
comparative drawing heavily on empirical evidence and experience. The major focus
will be the Nigerian work
201
organizations with evidence provided by other contexts as points of departure. The
course will among others address the following issues; the role and nature of
management in different socio-economic systems; analysis and specific theories of the
management process; special theories of the management, process, the functions of
management, human factors in management, approaches to the measurement and
control of organizational performance, organizational efficiency and effectiveness, the
handling of delegation and time in organization and management development,
organization design problems of management in the under-developed as well as
developed countries and emergent perspective and practices.
MBA 704 Quantitative Methods for Business
The purpose of this courses is to develop basic competence and judgment in using
quantitative techniques to solve and analyze decision problems in business fields.
The course will consist of :
1. Elementary set theory: Functions, inequalities, graphs and elements matrix
operations.
2. Concept of optimization: Which includes the formulation of mathematical
methods, basic notion of differential and integral calculus with business
applications and general treatment of application analysis.
3. Statistical Analyses: Which includes basic notion of probability, descriptive data
analysis, statistical inference and simple regression analysis. Emphasis will be
placed on problems stature and formulation where possible, standard computer
programme will be used in obtaining solutions.
MBA 705 Capital Markets and Institutions
A survey of the structure and operation of the market for medium and long-term
securities. The course examines the nature, types, sources and user of securities as
well as the nature, objectives, structure, functions and practices of institutions such as
the stock exchange, acceptance houses, trusts, investment banks, insurance
companies, and international finance institutions. Economic and legal aspects of the
capital prices of securities, risk dividend policies and their implication for investment
decision and income are also studied.
MBA 706 Advertising and Consumer Behaviour
This course is intended to enable the student understand the basic and nature of
consumer purchasing and consumption behaviour, the formulation and
implementation of effective advertising programmes and thus prepare him for better
marketing decision-making. The course is interdisciplinary relying heavily on concept
and theories borrowed and adapted from other behavioural sciences, especially
psychology, social psychology, sociology, economics and anthropology. Topics
covered include the role of advertising in the marketing mix, advertising and the
process of communication, influence of buyer behaviour on the character of
promotional efforts, determining basis, promotional strategy: Choice of appropriate
methods to achieve desired objectives: planning creative strategy: effective execution
of promotional programmes, measuring the results of promotional efforts; budgeting
and the evaluation of advertising expenditures, the agency and the media; consumer
needs motivation perception, learning, family influences, personal influence and
opinion leadership, social class, and culture influences as they affect consumer
motivation and behaviour. The course will emphasis behaviour and their implications
for marketing management. Pre-requisites BUS.731
202
MBA 711
Management Accounting and Information Systems
This is a course in accounting for management decision and control. Emphasis is on
accounting as a provider of information for management decision – making. It
necessarily includes, elements of cost accounting, measurement of performance, profit
planning and control, financial structure, investment, analysis, pricing decisions,
capital budgeting, setting up and evaluation information systems, etc. This is terminal
course in accounting majors.
MBA 712 Managerial Economics II
The emphasis on this course is on the macro, or aggregative aspects of the economy.
Topics include national Income accounts; the determination of the legal of aggregate
output, employment and prices, the monetary system: monetary as fiscal policies,
economic growth and international monetary economics.
MBA 713
Business Research Methods
The course is designed to improve the ability of students to carry out empirical
research and to evaluate published research. Topics covered include the nature of
scientific research, theory building, and concept definition, formulation hypothesis,
validity and reliability measurement and scaling methods, concepts, and problems in
data collection and sampling, criteria for casual inferences,
Studies and control groups, considerable time will be devoted to report writing
including editing, foot noting, etc.
MBA 714
Embraces the conceptual and practical problems associated with financial
management of the corporate entity. It includes integration of the management of cash
flows with management of the firm’s current asset and liability position. Items
covered include capital budgeting, current assets management, funds acquisition and
development, sources of finance. Inventory, policies, accounts receivable and payable
policies, Financial and Asset Structures. The approach will rely on case analysis and
assigned readings in addition to the usual lectures.
MBA 715 Operation Research
This course is concerned with formulation and analysis of mathematical models for
decision making. Emphasis on the scientific approach to the study of queuing theory
problems: inventory management problem, dynamic programming; game theory and
other problems dealing with allocation of resources. Topics are also selected from
linear programming; integer programming and search techniques. The computer is
expected to be used in solution of specific problems or management decision.
MBA 716 Industrial And Labour Relations
This course combines a review of labour market structures, theory and research in
wage determination, wage differentials in the private and public sectors, the impact of
government incomes and regulatory policy on the labour market, with a study of the
industrial relations in Nigeria, legal framework of industrial relations, central
problems in the negotiation and administration of collective agreements and a
comparative analysis of industrial relations system in countries at various stages of
development.
MBA 708 Business Policy and Strategy
The course aims at providing the participants an integrated. view in the management
of organization and exposing them to situations requiring utilization of
203
multidimensional approach. Care would be taken to provide them with necessary
skills and attitudes for formulation and implementation of corporate basic policies and
strategies in the context of organizational goals, opportunities and challenges.
MBA 709 Entrepreneurial Development
This course seeks to develop entrepreneurial orientation and skills among students
and to reduce the dependence of the MBA graduate on the existing employment
market. Specially, attempts would be made to encourage students to explore the
possibility of employing the abundant resources in the country in the capacity of an
entrepreneur. The focus of the course is on the techniques of decision making policy
formulation and implementation, environmental analysis for the identification of
profitable business opportunities, project analysis and evaluation, small, medium and
large business managerial growth and survival strategies, the determinants of success,
and the problem of succession in Nigeria. Students will be encouraged to examine the
inhibitions to cooperation among Nigerian businessmen and the prospects of the
cooperative philosophy in the country.
MBA 720 The Nigerian Economy
The course, which is compulsory for all MBA students, covers the following topics:
The national development plans and their implications for growth and economic
development. The ideological conflicts in economic planning – capitalism, socialism,
mixed economics, international, trade and bilateralism, economic cooperation in West
Africa, major economic infrastructures: the Nigerian capital and money markets;
economics of housing and urban development; the indigenization decree; the problem
of growth and investment opportunities and public corporations; the politics of oil and
OPEC; the Agricultural Development Programmes; Nigerian cooperatives; functions
and accomplishments; land tenure and its impact on agricultural development;
manpower development, shortages and implications; the supply/demand situation in
Nigeria.
MBA 721 Production Systems and Management
The primary objective of the course is to provide adept of understanding in the vital
planning and control elements of the production management function. The course
focuses on the recurrent problems, concepts and techniques which are encountered in
managing the flows of materials, services and information in organization, the
development and application of analytical techniques that are relevant in effective
planning and control of operating situations are stressed. Specific topics include
producing forecasting; flow analysis and facility balance in continuous and
intermittent operating systems; aggregate production planning, inventory models,
management of inventory system: project scheduling.
MBA 722 Marketing Management
The course is intended to equip the student with wherewithal for the formulation and
effective implementation of marketing programmes in the context of a flux-fixed and
opportunity-generating environment. It adopts the managerial approach, relying
heavily on the use of case studies. In the analysis of cases the student assumes the role
of a top marketing executive engaged in marketing planning; decision marketing and
problem solving. The course begins with a study of the underlying forces, which
shape marketing decisions such as the marketing systems, demand, consumer
motivation and behavior, and the economic, legal, political and socio cultural contents
within which all marketing decisions must be made. Considerable attention is devoted
to the analysis of the components of a good marketing strategy (garget-market
selection, product, price promotion and
204
distribution decisions) and the integration of these elements into an internally and
externally consistent whole. Other topics covered include marketing intelligence and
social and ethical issues in marketing as they relate to marketing plan formulation and
implementation.
MBA 717 Behavioural Science for Business Analysis
The purpose of this course will be to provide students with an understanding of key
concepts and theories provided by the behavioural sciences which are relevant for
understanding human behaviour, action and performance in work organization as well
as work organization themselves. In particular, key concepts and theories will be
examined from both applied and theoretical psychology, social psychology,
sociology, political science, organization theory, economics and psychology. The
course should also provide a background knowledge of the organizational context in
which the concepts and theories of the behavioural sciences are expected to be
applied. Topics covered include (not necessarily limited to):Learning, personal attitude and attitude change, values, power and its uses, group
dynamics, social structure, the nature of conflict and its resolution, the design and
change of organizations, evolution of modern organizations, and the problem of
control, alienation, organizational goals and ideology, man and society, theory of
knowledge, etc. Role-playing and ideology, man and society, theory knowledge, etc.
role-playing and simulations, structured experience, films; class lectures and
discussions will be used to increase the students awareness and understanding of
behaviour.
MBA 718 Statistical Analysis and Computer Application to Business Problems
The course include basic notion of probability, descriptive data analysis, statically
inference and simple regression analysis. Emphasis will be placed on problem
structure and formulation, while when possible, standard computer programmes will
be used in obtaining solutions. Statistical inference include multiple regression,
analysis of variance, non-parametric techniques. Computer application: topic includes
computer history hardware and software; computer programming and use of timesharing systems (if these facilities are available); use of computer programming
packages available in the computer centre.
MBA 719 Business Law
The aim of this course is to develop a basic working knowledge of the aspects of
Nigerian and international legislations, which govern the conduct of business. Topics
covered include laws of contract, agency, sale of goods, hire purchase, carriage of
goods, negotiable instrument, money lending, surety ship and guarantees, basic
provisions of laws governing insurance and banking institutions in Nigeria. An
introduction to sources of Nigeria law, administration of justice in Nigeria, civil and
criminal liability, real and personal property, partnership law, cooperate personality
and the doctrine of ultra vires.
Types of companies, company formation procedure and documentation issues and
transfer of shares and debentures, prospectus and statutory books, meetings and
resolutions, duties of officers (directors, secretary, etc) provision relating to disclosure
in corporate accounts, reconstructions, amalgamations and takeovers; law relating to
bankruptcy, deeds of arrangement, voluntary and compulsory liquidations, disposition
of property by wills and letter of administration, etc.
205
MBA 730 Human Resource Management
The most valuable and most dynamic of all resources is the topic of this course. The
students would be required to understand the principles and processes involved in the
procurement, utilization, and compensation of human resources. Topic covered
include: modern organisation theories; forecasting and planning of human resources;
the relevance of productivity and the concept of its measurement. Recruitment and
selection, including tests and interview, job analysis and evaluation, performance
appraisal leadership and satisfaction theories and practice. Wages-theories, and
administration, trade unionism in Nigeria and in the international context; collective
bargaining, factory administration, etc.
MBA 750 project work (long Essay}
Topics are selected in consultation with advisers.
206
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
The Department offers courses leading to the award of Master in Public Administration.
The postgraduate programmes were designed to strengthen the candidates academic and
professional knowledge of Public Administration and its areas of specialization.
The programmes provide in-dept training for candidates who wish to refine their research,
analytical and administrative skills through experimental learning, advanced and
professional instruction in the discipline. The Ph.D programme of the Department is by
directed/independent reading and by research. The student will be expected to write
comprehensive examination in three areas – major, minor areas and methodology. The
student is expected to carry out his research under the supervision of one or two members
of staff with relevant research and teaching experience in the area.
Ph.D Programme
To graduate, a student shall be required to:
(i) Perform satisfactorily in written qualifying comprehensive examination in the
three areas- major, minor and mythology.
(ii) Present and defend dissertation proposal.
(ii) Perform satisfactorily in a final oral examination, which is a judgment on the
dissertation and the candidate’s defense of it.
B. Masters in Public Administration
To graduate, a student shall be required to pass a minimum of 30 units
including Core and Elective courses and Seminar. In addition, he must successfully
defend the mandatory research thesis.
COURSES AVAILABLE
Masters in Public Administration
First Semester
Units
MAP 701
Methodology
3
MAP 704
Seminar on Public Administration
3
MAP 705
Administrative Theory
3
MAP 706
Advanced Students in Local Government
3
MAP 707
Personnel Management
3
MAP 717
Public Policy Analysis
3
Second Semester
Units
MAP 721
Quantitative Method
3
MAP 724
Public Budgeting
3
MAP 725
Administrative Law
3
MAP 727
Statistics
3
MAP 728
Administration of Government Parastatals
3
MAP 799
Research Project
6
COURSE DESCRIPTION
MAP 701
Methodology
Consist of all aspects of the research design – the units of analysis, the multivariate
techniques, and the manner in which time and processual change is conceptualized
and
measured. The multivariate techniques include sampling techniques, simple
correlation and other measures of association, analysis of variance, multiple
regression and path analysis, basic probability and normal distribution. Generally, the
207
research design will cover areas such as cross sectional model, a lagged crosssectional model and a time series analysis. Parametric and non parametric statistics.
MAP 705
Administrative Theory
This course examines the nature of theory and review of major administrative
theories. Emphasis will be on classical, neoclassical and modern theories. Theories
from behavioural sciences as they apply to the understanding of the role of the
individual as a member of organisations and to the effects of organisation upon
members. Organisational socialization, climate and effectiveness, power, authority
and decision making in groups.
MAP 706
A Study of Governance In The Localities
The course emphasizes comparative institutions and political processes of local
governments in Nigeria and elsewhere with attention of methodological and
theoretical problems.
MAP 707
Public Personnel Management
This course is designed to familiarize the student with the process of effective
manpower management. The main focus of the course is recruitment, selection,
training, motivation and labour management relations. Examples will be drawn from
both public and private sectors.
MAP 717
This course is designed to provide the student with the techniques for policy analysis,
formulation, implementation and evaluation. The course examines the relationship
between bureaucrats, technical experts, interest groups and political executive in the
policy process.
MAP 724
Public Budgeting
Analysis of the budgeting process including political aspects. Budgeting programmes
and performance budgeting.
MAP 725
Administrative Law
Case studies of legal adjustments of administrative authority and individual liberty.
Judicial control of over-administration. Personal liability of offers, scopes and limit of
administrative powers. Due process measurement of administrative procedure.
MAP 728
The problems of specifying and estimating the costs and benefits relevant for project
and programming evaluations. Including discussions of the differences between
private and social consequences, the treatment of uncertainty, the discount rates for
long term public parastatals and alternative choice criteria.
208
FACULTY OF NATURAL SCIENCES
DEPARTMENTS
BIOCHEMISTRY
BOTANY
CHEMISTRY
MATHEMATICS
MICROBIOLOGY
PHYSICS
ZOOLOGY
209
FACULTY OF NATURAL SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT OF BIOCHEMISTRY
The Department of Biochemistry offers M.Sc, Ph.D degrees with specialization in the
followings areas:
i.
Nutritional Biochemistry
ii.
Clinical Biochemistry
iii.
Lipid Biochemistry
Graduation Requirements
To graduate, a student must pass a minimum of 30 units which should include core
and special courses and research thesis. In addition, a student shall be expected to
deliver at least one seminar on a current topic in biochemistry related to the research
project as approved by the Department during the during the course of study. This is
different from seminar based on the candidate’s research thesis project.
Courses Available
First Semester Courses
Core
BIC 701
Advanced General Biochemistry
BIC 702
Biochemical Instrumentation and Techniques Special
BIC 703
BIC 704
Food Biochemistry
BIC 705
Advanced Lipid and Membrane Biochemistry
BIC 706
Clinical and Tissue Biochemistry
Second Semester Courses
Core
BIC 711
Biostatistics and Experimental Design
BIC 712
Seminar
BIC 799
Thesis
Special
BIC 713
Biochemical Toxicology
BIC 714
Plant Microbial Biochemistry
BIC 715
Biochemical Engineering
BIC 716
Advanced Protein Biochemistry
BIC 717
Carbohydrate and Fermentation Biochemistry
Units
4
3
3
3
3
3
Units
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
BIC 701
Advanced General Biochemistry
(4 Units)
This course is built on the B.Sc (Hon) background and involves in-depth study of
thermodynamics, bioenergetics structure and function of enzyme and mechanisms
of enzymes catalysis. The molecular biology of macromolecule. Regulation of
important enzymes. Membrane and sub-cellular organelles. Control of intermediary
metabolism and the biosyntheses compounds of biological interest.
BIC 702
Biochemistry Instrument and Techniques (3 Units)
The course will involve a review of the principles of the following techniques:
Polarimetry, spectrophotometer, turbidimetry, stomic and emission absorptiometry,
palaeography Uv and IR spectroscopy, mass spectroscopy, NMR Electrophoresis,
isoelectoc focusing Scintillaion spectrometry, extraction and purification
techniques. Experiment will be designed to
Faculty of Natural Sciences
210
demonstrate the use of the techniques to resolve some specific fundamental
biochemical problems.
BIC 703
(3 Units)
Digestion and absorption of foodstuff. Fat and water soluble vitamins: Chemical
and biological nature, absorption and transport. Role of binding proteins and their
functions and transport. Mechanism of action including recent concepts. Trace
elements: metabolism, deficiency, functions, requirements and toxicity. Protein,
carbohydrate and lipid metabolism and their nutritional importance. Dietary
disturbances and aetiology of malnutrition. Energy and protein requirement.
Biochemical evaluation of nutrition status of a population. Topics of current interest
with repects to the role of disease and strong emphasis towards understanding the
underlying biochemical principles.
BIC 704
Food Biochemistry
(3Units)
Basic constituents of food and their interaction. Biochemistry of plant pigments and
their toxicology. Flavours chemistry and flavourmatics. Natural and synthetic
vitamins. Food additives, chemical changes in food that affect handling, processing
and storage of food. Role of water in food systems. Comprehensive discussion of
parameters which affect enzyme activity in foods. Use of enzymes in food
processing.
BIC 705
Advanced Lipid and Membrane Biochemistry (3 Units)
Chemistry and structure of complex lipids and lipoproteins, cellular fractionation,
membrane structure, transport and assembly. Cell surface mediated processes.
BIC 706
Clinical and Tissue Biochemistry
(3 Units)
Molecular basis of inborn errors of metabolism, e.g. diabetes, sickle cell anaemia,
amino aciduria, etc. Classical examples of disease associated with carbohydrates,
proteins, lipids and nucleic acid metabolism. Haemoglobin related compounds,
vitamins and hormones. Clinical functional tests of liver, kidney and pancreas. Urine
and faecal pigments including drug poisons.
The liver structure, glucostatic function and nitrogen metabolism, tests for the
assessment of the liver. The kidney structure and functions including electrolyte
nutrient re-absorption and acid-base balance. Mechanism of tubular transport
(sodium pump). The muscle structure and function. Muscle contraction and its
energetic Calcium Pump. Neuro Chemistry, the brain, structure and function of the
brain. Structure of nerve fibre, neuro transmitters, and mechanism of transmission
of nerve impulse. The blood composition, function and biosynthesis. Blood diseases.
The bone: calcium and phosphorus metabolism. The eye: structure and function. The
biochemistry of vision. Biochemistry of cardiac tissue and hormone secretion.
BIC 711
Biostatistics and Experimental Design
(3 Units)
Classification and tabulation of data. Test of accuracy and differences: chi-square, test
of significance, regression and correlation, ANOVA etc. Principles of experimental
design and layout: randomized block design, factorial experiment, etc. as may be
relevant to Biochemical research.
211
BIC 712 Seminars
(3 Units)
A student shall be expected to present a seminar on a current topic in biochemistry as
approved by the Department at least once in a session. This is different from seminars
based on the candidate’s research project.
BIC 713 Biochemical Toxicology
Biochemical action of toxicants. Advances in food additives, cardiohepato, and
pulmonary toxicology and mode of action of radio-nuclides, heavy metals, toxins
indigenous to plants and animals, solvents and propellants, insecticides and
halogenated hydrocarbons. Recent advances in the mechanism by which drugs and
other foreign chemicals are metabolized to active and/or inactive products. The
importance of metabolic pathways to therapy/ toxicity. Assessments of cellular
damage by biochemical measurements.
BIC 714 Plant Microbial Biochemistry
(3 Units)
Cell and sub-cell, ribosomes, the nucleus and other cell organelles. The primary cell
wall (lignin, cutting etc.) Carbohydrate metabolism: relationship between
glycogenesis and carbohydrate oxidation in higher plants, sucrose metabolism,
structure, synthesis and enzyme degradation of starch, insulin and other reserved
polysaccharides. Sites of synthesis of polysaccharides. Recent advances in the
chemistry and biochemistry of plant lipid. Special aspects of the metabolism of
proteins and nucleic acids in plants. Absorption, secretion, translocation, cell wall
biogenesis, mineral metabolism, sulphate reduction, nitrate metabolism, phytochrome,
biochemistry and action of plant hormones, growth and differentiation of plants.
Senescence, terpenes and terpenoids, porphyry’s alkaloids, flavonoids, bitalins and
tannins. Chemotaxonomy. Biochemistry aspects of plant parasite relationships.
Regulation of plant metabolism. Photosynthesis. Nitrogen fixation. Selected aspects
of the biochemistry of economic plants grown in Nigeria. Bacteria nutrition. Use of
carbon and nitrogen hormones. Growth of bacteria. Mathematical models of batch
culture. Product formation models. Mixed culture. Immobilized enzymes and cells.
Micro- organism- in the production of foods, industrial chemicals.
BIC 715 Biochemical Engineering
(3 Units)
Fermentation enzymes reactor designing and food recessing engineering. Chemical
engineering including process analysis and computing. Microbial metabolism and
genetics physical biochemistry techniques. Students are expected to visit industrial
establishments where relevant processes can be demonstrated.
BIC 716 Advanced Protein Biochemistry
(3 Units)
A discussion of the chemical approaches to the elucidation of the structure of simple
and complex proteins. Fragmentation of polypeptide chain and sequential degrading
Determination of end group. Determination, interpretation and calculation and
amino acid data.
Determination of the 3-dimensional structures of protein; of special interest –
heamoglobin, immunoglobulin and collagens Active site chemistry, chemical
modification of enzyme activity, metalloproteins, coenzyme – enzyme interaction,
organization of enzyme system.
Special topics will include comparisons of the crystal structure of proteins with
functional group reactivity and susceptibility to limited proteolysis.
212
BIC 717 Advance Carbohydrate and Fermentation Biochemistry (3 Units)
Structure and chemical characteristics of carbohydrates. Biochemical characteristics
and foundations of structural carbohydrates. Storage polysaccharides and sugar
derivatives. Chemistry of fermentation. Chemical control of fermentation. Specific
application of fermentation in industrial and domestic food processing. Mention
should be made of the production of alcohol, vinegar, spirits and malt beverages.
Attention should be given also to the fermentation of protein rich foods.
213
DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY
The Botany Department offers M.Sc and Ph.D postgraduate programmes with
specialization in the following areas:
(i)
M.Sc (Wood Science)
(ii)
M.Sc and Ph.D Mycology / Plant Pathology
(iii)
M.Sc and Ph.D in Plant Physiology
(iv)
M.Sc and Ph.D Plant Ecology
REMEDIAL COURSES
A student without B.Sc degree in Botany or other Science related discipline would be
required to register for and pass remedial courses before proceeding to the M.Sc degree
programme.
These remedial courses carry no credits towards the M.Sc degree but a student must
score at least 40% in each of the courses
REMEDIAL COURSES AVAILABLE
First Semester
Units
BOT 302
Plant Ecology
3
BOT 303
Interdictory Mycology
3
BOT 304
Plant Physiology and Tissue Culture
3
Second Semester
BOT 311
Comparative Anatomy of seed PLANTS
3
BOT 312
Plant Physiology
3
BOT 313
Plant Pathology I
3
BOT 411
Conservation and Development of Resources
3
BOT 414
Plant Pathology II
3
Students are expected to select courses from the above according to their areas of
specialization. The full description of the remedial course are in the undergraduate
handbook the faculty of Natural Sciences.
Graduation Requirement
A student will be required to pass a minimum of 30 units which should include four core
courses (12 units ) and four elective courses (12 units) and a research thesis (6 Units). In
addition, a student should organize at least one Seminar.
COURSES AVAILABLE
1.
Wood Science
First Semester
Code Tile
Units
Remarks
BOT 701
Biostatistics
3
R
BOT 702
Seminar in area to Specialization
3
C
BOT 703
Advanced Plant Taxonomy
3
R
BOT 704
Applied and Developmental Anatomy
3
C
214
Second Semester
BOT 705 Techniques in Plant Anatomy and
Histochemistry
3
C
BOT 706 Wood Technology
3
R
BOT
3
C
6
C
707
Tropical Forest Resource
BOT 799 Project
2 Plant Ecology
First Semester
BOT
701
Biostatistics
3
R
BOT
702
Seminar in Area of Specialization
3
C
BOT
703
3
R
BOT
709
Advanced Plant Ecology
3
C
BOT
710
Plant Biogeography
3
C
Second Semester
BOT
799
Project
6
C
BOT
722
Environmental Pollution
3
R
BOT
723
Population Dynamics
3
R
BOT
724
Plant Ecophysiology
3
C
BOT
725
Wood Biology
3
C
BOT
724
Ecology of Aquatic Communities
3
C
3.
Plant Pathology / Mycology
First Semester
BOT
701
Biostatistics
3
R
BOT
702
3
C
BOT
711
Methods in Plant Pathology
3
C
BOT
712
Epidemiology and Control of Plant
3
R
Diseases
Second Semester
BOT
713
Physiological Plant Pathology
3
C
BOT
714
Plant Virology
3
C
215
BOT
715
3
R
BOT
799
Project
6
C
4.
Plant physiology
First Semester
BOT
701
Biostatistics
3
R
BOT
702
3
C
BOT
719
Biochemistry of Carbohydrates
3
C
3
C
Proteins and lipids
BOT
702
Biochemistry and Physiology of
Plant Growth Regulation
Second Semester
BOT
721
Applied Plant Physiology
3
C
BOT
722
Plant Ecophysiology
3
R
BOT
723
3
R
BOT
799
Project
6
BOT 701
Biostatistics
Significance tests for difference of means, chi-square test. Analysis of variance.
Correlation coefficients. Multiple correlation, testing for randomness inclusive of poison
probabilities. Experimental designs and their analysis.
BOT 702
Seminar Topics in Area of Specialization
A review of current research topics in the area of specialization.
BOT 703
The concept of characters, evolutionary interpretation of comparative taxonomic
data. Experimental taxonomy. Regional / taxonomic studies and monographic
studies of species complex .
BOT 704
Applied and Developmental Plant Anatomy
Structure of the cells, tissues and organs of woody plants. Morphogenesis. Marco
and microscopic identification of wood, Physical and microanatomical characters
of wood, chemical composition of tropical woods.
BOT 705
Techniques in Plant Anatomy and Histochemistry
Advanced study of various techniques in pant anatomy. Photochemical analysis
of wood and wood products. Determination of physical properties of wood.
BOT 706 Wood Technology
Variability of wood within species. Detects in wood associated with growth,
seasoning and machining. Wood deterioration. Wood durability, preservation and
grading. Wood enduses.
BOT 707 Tropical Forest Resources
216
Tropical forest formations. Distribution and utilization potentials. Structure
dynamics and siliiviculture. Forest conservation in lowland tropical West Africa.
BOT 708 Project
BOT 709
Advanced Plant Ecology
(a)
Autecology: Conditions of adoptions. Area and habitat. Chemical and physical
factors. Biological response, Vigour vitality, dispersal, integration.
Environmental limitations in ecosystem development. Dynamic aspects of
ecosystems. Man’s impact on the ecosystems.
(b)
Synecology: Succession and the climax kinds of succession climax theory.
Directional change (Progressive, retrogressive and cyclics). Physical changes
during succession. Community structure and dispersal, interactions between
members of same and of different topic levels. Community variation along
environmental gradients community concepts; old and new.
BOT 710
Plant Biogeography
Physiogeography and climate of Africa including recent climatic changes. High
forest flora. The flora of African high mountains. Mangrove flora. Vegetation
mapping. Preparation of distribution maps and bioclimatic requirement of
individual tax.
BOT 711
Methods in Plant Pathology
Techniques used in the study of plant pathogens including bacterial, fungal and
nematode diseases. Diagnosis of plant diseases in the tropics.
BOT 712
Epidemiology and Control of Plant Disease
Assessment of economic losses due to plant disease. Sources and perenation of plant
pathogens. Methods used in plant diseases control. Pesticides and their application.
BOT 713
Physiological Plant Pathology
The physiological and biochemistry of plant parasite disease. Phytoaloexins.
BOT 714
Plant Virology
Principle of viral classification and nomenclature. Composition site of synthesis,
replication and movement of viruses. Extraction, purification and assaying with
emphasis on serological methods. Multicomponent viruses, defective viruses,
viroids and other agents including symptoms similar to those caused by viruses. The
infection processes and how viruses causes diseases.
BOT 719 Biochemistry of Carbohydrates, Proteins and Lipids
and advanced treatment of selected topics in carbohydrates, protein and lipid
biochemistry.
BOT 720
Biochemistry and Physiology of Plant Growth
Regulation
Chemistry, biosynthesis and action of phytochromones. Phytochrome and
phtomorgenesis. Role of nucleic acid metabolism and protein synthesis in hormone
and light regulated growth in developmental phenomena Physiology of flowering.
BOT 721
Applied Plant Physiology
Water relations in crop plants. Mechanism of translocation to plant metabolic sinks.
Interrelationship among photosynthesis. Respiration and movement of carbon in
developing
crops. Physiological responses to nitrogen in plants. Development, differentiation and
yield. Environmental manipulation for higher yield.
217
BOT 722
Plant Ecophysiology
Solar radiation and plant life; plants and heat balance, temperature and growth;
tolerance, of temperature extremes. Water in the environment – air and soil. Stress
effects and their economic implication. Sources of energy; energy and life radiant
energy and balance; energy flow in the ecosystem. Limits to growth; limiting factors;
the physical environment; chemical factors; biological effects.
BOT 723
Emphasis will be laid on monitoring and assessing pollution on soil and vegetation.
Pollution indicators in aquatic and terrestrial environment. Effects of industrial and
domestic effluent. Radiation ecology.
BOT 724
Weed Biology
Weeds in relation to man. Origin and life cycles of weeds. Propagation and weed
dissemination. Weed growth, development and establishment. Competitive ability of
weeds. Weed-crop association in the tropics. Weed control, chemical and
biological. Selectivity of herbicides. The problem of aquatic weeds and their
control.
BOT 725
Ecology of Aquatic Communalities
(3 Units)
The salient features of phytoplankton, aquatic and macrophytes and their
environment. The structure and physiology of emergent leaves, floating leaves,
submerged and underground organs. Vegetative polymorphism and the problem of
heterohplly, reproduction and prennation. A survey of major tropical aquatic
macrophytes and phytoplankton. Course will include collection and identification of
aquatic vascular plants and phytoplankton of water bodies in and around Benin City.
BOT 728
Population Dynamics
(3 Units)
Environmental elements and limiting factors. Population growth rate and generation
time. Population integration. Patterns of dispersion. Effects of intraspecific factors
on population dynamics. Population interaction. Models of population dynamics.
Population energy flow. Population evolution including variation, group selection and
socialization.
BOT 799
Research Project
( 6 Units)
218
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
INTRODUCTION
The graduate programme in the Department leads to the award of Master of
Science (M.Sc) and Doctor of Philsoshy (Ph.D) degrees in the following areas:
(i)
Analytical/Environmental Chemistry
(ii)
Inorganic Chemistry
(iii) Organic Chemistry
(iv)
Physical Chemistry
AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME
The graduate programme in Chemistry involves prescribed course work carefully
designed to expose the student to advanced theoretical chemical concepts. Such
a background will considerably assist the student in the understanding,
interpretation and analysis of his/ her experimental results obtained from
laboratory research.
(a)
A student on the graduate programme in chemistry is normally required
to
achieve satisfactory performance in specified number of taught courses.
(b)
He is also expected to undertake some original research for
a thesis in the following areas:
(i)
Natural Products Chemistry
(ii)
Physical Organic Chemistry
(iii) Analytical Chemistry
(iv)
Electro- Chemistry
(v)
Polymer Chemistry
(vii) Synthetic Organic Chemistry
(vii) Physical Chemistry and
( viii) Inorganic Chemistry
(c)
All courses and their corresponding examination shall be
completed within the first year of the graduate programme.
(d)
All courses shall be registered for according to the Graduate School
Regulations.
(e)
Research project shall be embarked upon mainly in the second year of the
M.Sc graduate programme.
(f)
A compulsory seminar shall be given by each graduate student for the
M.Sc on his/her research work after completion the research work.
To qualify for the award of M.Sc degree in Chemistry, a student shall be required
to pass a minimum of 30 units including core course. Compulsory courses,
complementary courses and research thesis. In addition a student shall present at
least a seminar.
No student shall be allowed to proceed with his/her research project without
passing all the necessary taught courses.
Research Thesis
A student for the M.Sc degree programme shall be expected to undertake a
research under two supervisors. Research project shall normally be approved by
the Department Graduate Committee chaired by the Head of Department.
219
A student shall be expected to successfully defend the thesis in accordance with
the Graduate School regulations.
COURSES AVAILABLE
CORE course COMMON TO ALL M.Sc. STUDENTS
First Semester
Units
CHM 701
Separation Techniques
4
CHM 702
Applied Spectroscopy
4
Second Semester
CHM 703
Analysis of Experimental Data
2
CHM 718
Seminar
2
CHM 799
Research Thesis
6
(i)
INORGANIC / ANALYTICAL / ENVIRONMENTAL
CHEMISTRY:
DEGREE OPTION COMPULSORY course
First Semester
CHM 704
Hydride Chemistry and Interstitial Compounds
2
CHM 705
Co-ordination Chemistry
2
Second Semester
CHM 706 Electrochemical and Optical Methods of Analysis
2
CHM 707 Advanced Environmental Chemistry
3
(ii)
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY: DEGREE OPTION
COMPULSORY COURSES
First Semester
CHM 708
Polyfunctional groups and Aromatic
Chemistry: Mechanism of Reaction
4
Second Semester
CHM 709 Pericyclic reaction, heterocyclics and naturally – occurring
compounds
4
iv.
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY DEGREE OPTION COMPULSORY COURSE
First Semester
CHM 710 Advanced Chemical Kinetics
3
Second Semester
CHM 711
Molecular Spectroscopy
3
CHM 712
Radiation and Photochemistry
3
(v)
COMPLEMENTARY COURSES TO THE DEGREE OPTIONS
First Semester
CHM 713 Reactions in non-aqueous, inorganic solvent systems
2
220
CHM 715 Physical Organic Chemistry
2
Second Semester
CHM 714
poly-acid and Silicates, soil Chemistry
2
CHM 716
advanced Polymer Chemistry
2
CHM 717
Organo – Metallic Chemistry
2
(C ) Physical Chemistry
CHM 610
advanced Chemical Kinetics
CHM 611
Molecular Spectroscopy
CHM 612
Detailed Courses for M.Sc Degree in Chemistry
CHM 701
Separation Techniques
Fundamental concepts; definitions and law; instruments for measuring absorption
of radiation: UV, Visible, infrared, and n.m.r. spectroscopy; mass spectrometry;
limitations of spectrometry.
CHM 703 Analysis of Experimental Data
Evaluation of analytical data; statistical treatment of small sets of data; types of
errors in quantitative measurements; precision and accuracy; experimental.
CHM 704 Hydride Chemistry and Interstitial Compound
Hydrides of the elements of main groups I-IV; synthesis; physical properties and
reactions; some interstitial and non – stoichiometric compounds; carbides;
nitrides; borides and silicides.
CHM 705 Coordination Chemistry
Historical development of coordination compounds; coordination numbers;
ligands; bonding; stereochmeical aspects; complex structures, spectra; magnetic
properties.
CHM 706
Electrodemical and Optional Methods of Analysis
Electrodes processes; ion selective electrodes; current potential, equations,
D.C.A.C and pulse paleography; instrumentation of spectrometric analysis;
polarimetry; refractormety and microscopic methods; their recent developments.
CHM 707
Advanced Environmental Chemistry
Water chemistry; ecological aspects of surface and ground water chemistry;
sources and characteristics of municipal and industrial wastewaters; water and
wastewaters; sampling and analysis for chemical and bacteriological parameters.
Water pollution control measures – biological and physio–chemical methods of
treatment for disposal/ recycling. Physical, chemical, mineralogical and biological
properties of soil, sources and nature of solid wastes, pollution and residual
toxicity from application of pesticides and synthetic fertilizers. Disposal and
management of solid wastes and their recycling. Chemistry of the lower
atmosphere; air pollution; method of analysis of air for various parameters.
CHM 708 Polyfunctional Groups and Aromatic Chemistry with Mechanism of
Reactions.
The chemistry of aromatic compounds compared with their aliphatic counterparts,
nitrile, gringnard reaction, chemistry of bifunctional compounds. Aldol and
related reactions. Energetics, Kinetics and the investigation of reaction
mechanism. Simple alicyclic carbon compounds an their synthesis. Representative
polycyclic compounds surveyed. Nomenclature and structure.
221
CHM 709
Pericyclic Reactions Hetherocyclics and Naturally Occurring
Compounds and Synthetic Methods
Ring forming and ring fission reaction and woodwor-Hofman Rules. Signatropic
shifts. Indole, quinlines, imidazole and selected monocyclic hetercycles with 2N,
NS and O, introductory alkaloid, terpenoid, coumarin and flavonoid chemistries and
biogenesis, chemical fossils, organic synthetics strategies illustrated by the
syntheses of three or more complex natural products; survey on general synthetic
reactions and methods.
CHM 710 Advanced Chemical Kinetics
Experimental methods in gas phase and fast reactions in solution. Theoretical
interpretation of reaction rates and application-vant Hoof equilibria for chemical
equation and forcing functions, chemical relaxation times, amplitudes and
enthalpies. Temperature jump techniques including state, stopped-flow and
temperature jump spectrophotometer.
CHM 711 Molecular Spectroscopy
Application of quantum theory to the interpretation of absorption and emission
spectra in terms of molecular properties, theory of electronic absorption and
emission (florescence and phosphorescence), special intensities, and polarization
and transitions. Theory of vibrational and rotational spectra – IR, Raman,
Resonance Raman, F.S.R and NMR. Hyperfine splitting and g-factor Simple
magnetic resonance spectra.
CHM 712
Interaction of radiation with matter; Radiolysis of gases; liquids and solids;
Excited states; production and detection of free radicals, measurement of radical
yield; application of radiation chemistry such as polymerization; sterilization; food
preservation and radiobiology.
Laws of photochemistry; intra- and intermolecular processes; fluorescence and
phosphorescence; thermo- and chemiluminescence’s; photosynthesis; photoelectron
– chemical cells; lasers.
CHM 713
Reaction in Non-aqueous , Inorganic Solvent Systems.
Non-aqueous solvent systems such as liquid ammonia; liquid H2S; hydrogen
cyanide; hydrogen luoride and SO2 reactions; uses
CHM 714
Ploy-acids and Silicates, Soil Chemistry
Condensation processes in polyacds; systems; heteropolyacids; structure of
plyacids; Polyphosphoric; Silicates; Aluminosilicates; Zeolites.
CHM 715
Physical Organic Chemistry
Physical methods of investigating reaction mechanism. Molecular orbital theories
with emphasis on the Huckel theory and their chemical application; structure
properties correlation; Mammett equation applications and modification –
Okamoto and Brown Taft Nishioka an Fujita, etc. Solvent effects and catalyses.
CHM 716
Advanced Polymer Chemistry
Polymerization reactions, condensation and addition: Polyesters; resins, fibres;
polyamides and linear and non-linear polymers; molecular size; its control and
reactivity; kinetics and molecular weight distributions ring formation; cross linking;
gel point; Ring – scission; electronic structure montion, termination and transfer;
degree of polymerization transfer constant; cationic polymerization; anionic
polymerization; living polymers; stereospecific polymerization; block and graft coploymerization.
222
CHM 717
Oranometalic Chemistry
Synthesis; structure and reactivity, bonding in transition metal compounds. Metal
carbonyls, arenas; arenes; aryls; alkyls, cyclopentadienyls. Uses of organometallics
commercially and in synthertc chemistry.
CHM 718 Seminar
CHM 799 Research Thesis
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES
1.
INTRODUCTION
The Department of Mathematics runs postgraduate programmes at the Diploma, Masters
and doctorate degrees with specialization in any of the following areas:
(i)
Applied Mathematical Analysis
(ii)
Scientific Computing in any of Mathematics, Physics, Statistics or Engineering
(iii) Engineering Mathematics
(iv)
Business Mathematics
2.
OBJECTIVES
The main objectives of the postgraduate programme in the Department is to equip the
prospective research students with essential tools needed in discovering and solving
mathematical and statistical problems arising from the sciences, engineering and
industries. To this end, the courses are designed in conformity with the 1992 curriculum
of the National Mathematical Centre which is the minimum curriculum for graduate
studies in mathematics in Nigerian Universities.
The postgraduate Diploma Programmes also provide opportunities for reorientation on
the part of Land Surveying, Physics, Education, engineering and Chemistry students
whose background in Mathematics is not usually strong enough to pursue a Masters
degree in mathematics. Te postgraduate courses are designed to equip the students not
only with basic knowledge of theory and practice but also an understanding of recent
developments in what are rapidly changing subjects and applications.
3.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
(i)
For Postgraduate Diploma in Mathematics, B.Sc. or HND
(CREDIT)
Mathematics, Economics, Statistics, Computer Science. Engineering, Land
Surveying, Chemistry and Physics.
(ii)
For Masters degree, a candidate with a minimum of second class (lower division)
Honours degree in Mathematics from this university or a recognized University
may be admitted into M.Sc programme.
223
(iii)
A candidate with less then second Class (lower division ) Honours in Mathematics
may be admitted into the M.Sc programme provided such a candidate possesses
postgraduate diploma in Mathematics of this University or of any other
recognized university.
(iv)
A candidate with M.Sc. Mathematics (Scoring 60% and above) may be admitted
into the Ph.D programme.
1
4.1
Postgraduate Diploma
(i)
Pass all the core courses with a score average not less than 50%
(ii)
Pass a minimum of 7 elective courses with a score not less than 50%
(iii) Project with defence score not less than 50%
4.2
Master of Science (M.Sc)
(i)
A student will be required to accumulate a minimum of 30 units, which
should include the core courses, special courses and seminar.
(ii)
A student shall present a research dissertation which must be successfully
defended by the student at an oral examination.
4.3
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D)
(i)
The first stage requires a prospective doctoral candidate to pass MAT 804
and any two other courses from the our courses: MAT 802, MAT 803,
MAT 805.
(ii)
A candidate: must give at least three (3) seminars on his work either in the
Department or at any conference of NMS, MAN, CAN in which any of the
doctoral supervisors is present or at any national, International or
University conferences on Mathematical sciences in which any of the
doctoral supervisors is present. Each seminar is 2 units leading to a total of
6 units.
5.
MODE OF PARTICIPATION
5.1
For the Postgraduate Diploma and M.SC. Programmes
The programme is run on both FULL-TIME and PART-TIME basis, for prograduate and
masters programme. FULL-Time is one year duration. The PART-TIME programme is
carried out during week-ends to enable qualified working staff take full advantage of
current employment. Part–time in each of these cases is 2 years.
5.2 Doctorate Degree
For Ph.D full-time is 3years while part time is 4years in full consonance with NUC
guidelines for higher degrees.
6.
COURSES AVAILABLE
6.1
Post Graduate Diploma in Mathematics
Units
State
MAT 601 Algebraic Structures
3
C
MAT 602 Metric Space Topology
3
C
MAT 603 Fundamentals of Differential Equations
3
C
MAT 604 Real Analysis
3
C
MAT 605 FORTRAN Programming
3
C
MAT 606 Linear Programming
3
C
MAT 607 Applied Linear Algebra
3
C
MAT 608 Statistical Inference
3
C
224
MAT 609 Probability Theory
3
B,E.M,S
MAT 610 Ordinary Deferential Equation
3
MAT 611 General Topology
3
MAT 612 Function Analysis
3
MAT 613 Calculus of Variations
3
MAT 614 Partial Differential Equations
3
MAT 615 Lebesgue Measure and Integration
3
MAT 616 Comp. Differential Equations
3
B,E,M,S
MAT 617 Optimization Theory
3
B,E,M,S
MAT 618 Applied FORTRAN Programming
3
MAT 619 Applied Word processing
3
MAT 620 Complex Analysis
3
MAT 621 Mechanics
3
MAT 622 Seminar
3
MAT 623 Project
3
6.2
MASTERS DEGRE COURSES IN MATHEMATICS
Units
MAT 701 Advance Analysis l
4
MAT 702 Advance Analysis ll
4
MAT 703 Harmonic Analysis
4
MAT 704 Applied Function Analysis
4
MAT 705 Ordinary Differential Equations
4
MAT 706 Partial Differential Equation
4
MAT 707 Integral Equations and Transforms
4
Mat 708 Advance Numerical Analysis 1
4
Mat 709 Advance Numerical Analysis 11
4
B.E.M.S
Mat 710 Group Theory
4
B.E.M.S
Mat 711 Calculus of Variation
4
B.E.M.S
Mat 712 Optical Control
4
B.E.M.S
Mat 713 Optimization Theory
4
Mat 714 Systems Theory
4
Mat 715 Statistical Methods 1
4
Mat 716 Statistical Methods 11
4
Mat 717 Operations Research
4
Mat 718 Seminar
4
Mat 719 Dissertation
6
6.3
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY COURSES IN MATHEMATICS
Units
Mat 801 Numerical and Applied Analysis
4
Mat 802 Computational Differential Equations
4
Mat 803 Optimization Theory and Techniques
4
Mat 804 Programme Development and Implementation 6
225
M
M
M
E,M,S
E,M,S
M
B,E,S
B,S
E.M.S.
E
C
C
Status
M
E.M.
E.M.
B.E.M
C
E.M
E.M
C
C
B.E.S
C
B.E.S
B.E.S
C
C
Status
E,M
E,M
B,E
C
Mat
Mat
Mat
KEY:
C
805 Operations Research
806 Seminar
807 Thesis

4
6
10
B
C
C
Core
ELECTIVE OPTIONS SUITABILITY
B

Business Mathematics
E

Engineering Mathematics
M

Mathematical Analysis
S

Scientific Computing
MAT 601
Algebraic Structures
(3 Units) Re 301
Group definition examples including permutation groups, sub-groups, cosets.
Lagranges Theorems and application cyclic group, Rings, definition, example
including z.z ring of polarization matrices. Integral domains, fields, Polynomial
rings factorization. Euclidean algorithm for polynomials (H.C.M and L.C.M of
polynomials).
MAT 602
Metric Space Topology
(3 Units) RE 302
Set, matrices and examples. Open spheres (or balls) open sets and neighbourhood.
Closed set interior, frontier, limit, points and closure of a set. Dense subset and
separate spaces. Convergence in metric space. Homomorphism continuity and
compactness, conceitedness.
MAT 603
Fundamentals of Differential Equation (3 Units) Re 205 / 304
First order ordinary differential equations. Existence and uniqueness, second order
ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients. General theory of order
linear differential equations. Fundamentals of Partial Differential Equations,
Laplace Transforms, solutions of initial value problem by Laplace Transforms,
solutions of initial value equations in two independent variables. Application of
ODE and PDE to physical life and social sciences. Series solutions of second order
linear equations. Bessel, Lagenderes and hypergeometric equation and function.
Gamma and Beta functions. Stumullonovelle problems, orthogonal polynomias and
functions. Fourier-Based Bessel and Fourier-Legemdre. Fourier basedtransformation
solution of Laplace wave and heat equation by Fourier method.
MAT 604
Real Analysis
(3 Units) Re 313
Riemann integral of functions R. continuous mono positive functions of bonded
variations. The Riemann Stetges integral point wise and uniform convergence of
sequences and series of function. R-R. Risesz representation theorem, effects on
limits (sums) when the functions are continuous, differentiable or Riemann integrable,
power series weiestrass approximation theorem.
MAT 605
FORTRAN Programming (3 Units)
Interaction to problem solving methods and algorithm development designing,
coding, debugging and documenting programme using techniques of a good
programmining language and programming Algorithm development.
MAT 606
Linear Programming (3 Units)
The linear programmining problem, properties of solution generating extreme
point solutions. The simplex method: the theory and computational approaches
Discussion on (i) Basic feasible solutions (ii) Artificial basis Technique (iii) Slack
226
and surplus variables (iv) Degeneracy, Redundancy, inconsistency conversion:
minimization – maximization problems. Parametric linear programming revised
simplex method. Applications. The transportation problems. Diet problems,
production scheduling and inventor-control problems. Network Flow problems.
TEXT (I):
Linear Programming, Saul 1 Gass, Chapter 1–11
PUB:
McGraw Hill Kogakushiu
TEXT (II)
Linear Programming G.Hardley, Chapter 1-13
PUB: Additson – Wednesday Publishing Co
MAT
607
Applied Linear Algebra
(3 Units) Re 315
Gaussian elimination. Jacobi iteration and Gauss-Siedel iteration methods.
Decomposition methods for solving systems of equations. The eigen value problem;
norms and ill- conditioning Band matrices. Transformation and iterative methods
for computing eigen values, over determined systems of linear equations.
MAT 608
Statistical Inference
(3 Units)
Use of the Neymann Pearson Lemima, Hypothesis testing the power of a test. Point
and interval estimation (testing and estimation of large samples and in some
standards, small sample situation ) binomial, poission normal, contingency tables.
Goodness of – fit test.
Point estimation by teast square and maximum, likelihood method. Properties of point
estimation, unbiasedness. Rao-Cranner inequality, constituency, efficiency, best
asymptotic normality, confidence intervals and regions. General method of finding a
Markoy and Fisher Cochrams; Test of hypothesis. Neymann Pearson Lemma.
MAT
MAT
MAT
609 Probability Theory
(3 Units)
Combinational analysis. Probability models for the study of random
phenomena, infinite sample spaces. Probability distribution
of discrete and continuous random variance. Expectations
and moment generating functions. Cebyschev’s inequality.
Brief revision of basic concepts. Probability generating
function. Univariate characteristic functions formula, various
models of convergence. Laws of large numbers and the
culture limit theorem using characteristic functions, random
walk and Markoy chains. Introduction to position poission.
610 Ordinary Differential Equations
(3 Units)
Sturm’s separation theorem and combination theorems. Sonin-polya
theorem: existence and uniqueness of solutions of ordinary,
differential equations, theory
and properties of their
solutions stability and phase portraits of systems. Floquent’s
theorem for periodic linear process.
611 General Topology
(3 Units) Re 404
Topological space, definition, open and close set, neighbourhoods,
coarser and finer topologies. Bases, separation axioms,
compactness, connectedness, construction of new topology
spaces from given ones, sub spaces quotient spaces,
continuous function, point wise uniforms convergence.
227
MAT 612 Functional Analysis
(3 units) Re 405
Definition and examples of normzed linear space, continuity of linear
transformations compactness, completeness and separability.
Elements of Branch and Hilbert spaces, parallelogram law and
polar identity in Hilbert spaces, properties of operation , open
mapping and closed graph theorem . Dual spaces. Hann
Banach theorem and Fiesez representation theorem.
MAT 613 Calculus of Variations (3 Units) 406
Calculus of variation , Lagranges functional and associated density,
necessary conduction for a weak relative extrenum. Hamilon’s
principles, lagrange equations and geodesic problem. The Du
Rois - Raymond equation and corner conditions . Variable and
points related theorem. Sufficient conditions for a minimum
isoperimetric application to solutions of differential equations.
MAT 614 Partial Differential Equations
(3 units) Re 407
Theory and solution of first order equation, second order linear
equations. Classification, characteristic, canonical forms,
Cauchy problems, Elliptic
functions, poisson’s Forjula,
properties of harmonic functions. Hyperbolic equations Wave
equation, retarded potential transmission line equation:
Riemann,, method, parabolic equation . Diffusion; singularity
functions, boundary and entail value problems.
MAT 615 Lebesgue Measure and Integration ) 3 Units) 412
Lebesgue measure measurable bounded non-measurable sets;
measurable functions; lebesgue integral; integration of nonnegative
functions; the
general integral convergence
theorems.
MAT 616 Computational Differential Equation (3 Units) 414
Linear multi-step method Rational integrator, and methods of linear
derivation. Error analysis, convergence and stability analysis,
application of predictor-corrector pairs. The problem of stiffness
and singularity. Introduction to computational methods in
practical differential equations.
MAT 617 Optimization Theory ( 3 Units ) Re 406
Brach and bound methods 1. Programming problem. Decomposition of
large programming problems, optimization of functional with
integral and differential constraints, optimization of steady
system. Dynamic inventory system invitatory model with special
cost assumption. Markovian decision process.
228
Mat 618 Applied FORTRAN Programming (3 Units)
Transport programming style, advanced features of sub programmes
programming designed and run using research
problems
drawn from integral equation ordinary and partial differential
equation, chemistry, statistics, linear algebra, mathematics
physics, group and theory and optimization.
Mat 619 Applied Word Processing ( 3 Units )
Introduction to word processing and the computer . Selection of relevant
word processing software most suitable to the student’s area
of need. For example, Microsoft word, WordPerfect or, graphics
paces for mathematics oriented works, lubricant and various
graph design. Student will see various Scientifics, engineering
and business papers for particles and final examination.
Mat 620 Complex Analysis ( 3 Units)
Functions complex variable. Limits and continuity of function of a
complex variable. Deriving the Cauchy. Riemann equations.
Analytic functions. Bilinear transformation confirm, mapping
contour integral Cauchy’s thermo and its main consequences,
convergence of sequence and series of functions of a complex
variable power series, Taylor series, Laurent expansions,
isolated singularities and residue theorem and applications to
evaluation of integrates and to summation of series, maximum
and modulus principles . Argument principles of analytic to
continuation, multiple valued functions and Riemann surface.
MAT 612 Mechanics (3 Units)
Static’s system of line vector , couples and wrenches, principles of
virtual works stability of equilibrium. Dynamics definition.
Elastic string, Hooks law. Motion inn resting media. Changing
mass. Motion along a curve frenets formulae.
MAT 622 Seminars ( 3 units)s
Student shall give seminar based on his project.
MAT 623 Project (3 Units)
The student shall undertake a project based on any of the major areas,
and produce a moderately long essay on the topic to show the
individual student’ ability to investigate and write report.
MAT 701 Advanced Analysis I(4 Units)
229
Complex measures total variation. Absolute continuity, consequence of
Random – Nikodmy theorem. Differential
Derivative of
measure, the fundamental theorem of calculus. Differentiable
transformation.Integration on product space: measurability on
Cartesian products, product measure. TEXT REAL AND
COMPLEX ANALYSIS, WALTER RUDIN chapter 6 –6 Pub.
McGraw Hill Books Company.
MAT 702 Advanced Analysis II
Selected topics from the maximum modulus principles, approximation by
rational functions, conformal mapping, zeros of holomorphic
functions, analytic continuation and uniform approximation bys
polynomials. TEXT REAL AND COMPLEX
ANALYSIS
WLATER RUDIN chapter 12-15 and 20 Pub. McGraw Hill
Books Company.
MAT 703 Harmonic Analysis ( 4 Units)
Fourier transforms: Formal properties, the inversion theorem the
pahnchere theorem , the Banach algebra L1 .
Elementary properties of Holomorphic function: complex differentiation,
integration over paths, the local Cauchy theorem, the calculus
of residues. Harmonic function: the Cauchy Riemann equations,
the poison integral, and the Mean value property. Boundary
behaviour of poisons integrals. Representation theorems. TEXT
REAL AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS WALTER RUDIN chapter 911 and 20 Pub. McGraw Hill Books Company.
MAT 704 Applied Functional Analyses (4 Units)
Benach spaces: Hann-Benach theorem convex space. Lp spaces,
duality convolution and regulation. Hilbert Space: Orthogonality
and projections with application to optimization.
MAT 705 Ordinary Differential Equation (4 Units)
Existence and uniqueness theorem, global solution green’s functions,
perturbed differential equations, asymptotic behaviour, stability
instability of differential systems, lyapunov methods, periodic
solution of linear systems, boundary value problem, differential
equation with singularity.
MAT 706
Partial Differential Equation (4 Units)
230
Basic concept of partial differential equations. The wave equation, the
equations of telegraphy, vibration of rods, laplace equations,
equation of thermal condition.
MAT 707 Integral Equation and Transforms Method (4 Units)
Fredholm and Volterra equations methods of solution of equations with
separable, weakly singularly singular and L2 kernel Fixed points
and existence theorems, Fourier transforms, convolution
plancherel and inversion theorem. Hankel, Laplace, Mellin, and
Hilbert transform, applications dual integral equation with
application to mixed boundary – value problems.
MAT 708 Advanced Numerical Analysis (4 Units)
Linear and non- linear algebra equations. Solution, ill conditioning,
comparisons and development of appropriate computer
programmes for full matrices and various types of special spare
metrics. Initial – value problem: linear multi – step methods,
nonlinear multi-step methods . Stiff integrator, Boundary value
problem: finite difference, finite elements methods of
continuation.
MAT 709-Advanced Numerical Analysis II ( 4 Units)
Partial differential equation. Derivation convergence, stability,
consistency of finite difference methods as appropriate to
parabolic equation, hyperbolic equation and elliptic equation.
Introduction to weighed residual and finite and finite elements.
Development of appropriate computer programmes. Integral
equation; Fredholm and Volterra integral equations: iterative
methods and the development of appropriate
computer
programmes for the integral equation.
MAT 710 Group Theory (4 Units)
Groups of isometrics, group of mobitis transformations, symmetries of an
algebra structure homomorphism theorem, finite group, Abellian
groups Permutation representation. Free groups and
representations.
MAT 711 Calculus and Variations (4Units)
Functional. Geodesic curve, isoperimetric problems. Euler equations,
problem in parametric from. Parametric representation of arcs.
Formulation or the parametric of the parametric problems, first
necessary conditions for a minimum and the externals.
Problem with variable end-point.
231
MAT 712 Optional Control (4 Units)
Linear times control problem. Existence of time-optional control. External
control. The Bang-Bang principles. The general maximum
principles pontriagin maximum principles.
Constrained
continuous and discrete optional control problems and methods
of solutions. Sensitivity analysis. Euler-Lagrange and HamiltonJacobi equation with constraints.
MAT 713 Optimization Theory (4 Units)
The optimization problem and classical optimization. Constraints and
Lagrange multipliers. Optimization with inequality Onedimensional search techniques. Penalty– function methods
theory of games.
MAT 714 System Theory ( 4 Units)
Ordinary differential equations linear control system. The ideal of system
and control. Classical and modern control. Controllability.
Observability and linear feed back control. Discrete and
stochastic linear systems. Stability theory. Stability of dynamical
system Iyapunov stability theorem. Stability of autonomous and
non-autonomous stem systems. Deterministic and probabilistic
system. Constrained and unconstrained optional control
problems governed by dynamics of solution Linear operators.
MAT 715 Statistical Methods I (4 Units)
Non- parametric test; the sign and median test. Wilcoxon’s signed rank
test of goodness of fit’ test for several independence samples.
Run’s test theory of last square.
MAT 716 Statistical Methods II (4 Units)
Linear statistical inference is using the invariable general linear models,
with applications to regression analysis, analysis of variance
and analysis of covariance. Practical application ands use of
digital sequential methods; sequential probability ration test.
Properties and application, sequential medical trials.
MAT 117 Operation Research (4 Units )
Advanced treatment of linear programming. Non-inter programming
inventory control forecasting techniques’ queuing theory and
replacement theory.
232
MAT 718 Seminar (4 Units )
The student shall given a seminar of at least one hour duration based of
his or her dissertation. The dissertation in itself must contain at
least 3 references of materials not more than three years old.
MAT 719 Dissertation (4 Units)
Every student must develop of dissertation is any area of his
mathematics touch, the dissertation shall contain materials with
reference of at least three sources that are not more- than years
old.
MAT 801 Numerical and Applied (4 Units )
A survey of current research work and new techniques. Discussion and
reading assignment.
MAT 802 Computation Differential Equations
Modern computation method for differential system. Applicable problem
drawn from chemical kinematics, engineering process etc.
MAT 803 Computation Differential Equations
Recent development in optimization methods
Optimization in Banach and Hilbert spaces.
and
techniques.
MAT 804 Programme Development and Implementation
Advanced programming for high system of equation draw for illconditioned matrices, problem eigen value problems, differential
system and solution of equation. All reference work must be
from published research results such as operation. Optimization
theory etc.
MAT 805 Operation Research
A survey of current work and new techniques. Applicable problem
drawn from statistics, production industrial and the military.
REMARK: The 600 and 700 level course are strictly based on fall
lectures while the 800 level courses are essentially base don
directed reading with problem solution drawn from current
trends in research publications.
DEPARTMENT OF MICROBIOLOGY
PHILOSOPHY
233
The graduate programmes in Microbiology are signed to produce manpower
required for scientific and technological growth through research that
is anchored on systematic observation accurate documentation and
interpretation data.
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES
The graduate programme in the Department of Microbiology include
prescribed courses at Master level designed to exposed students to
advanced and current topics at Microbiology, in addition to cutting
edge researches leading to the award of Masters Degree ( M.Sc.)
in Medical, Environmental , Food and Industrial Microbiology and
Degree ( Ph.D) in Microbiology .
The specific objectives are
 To produce highly skilled manpower with a strong background
in the various areas of Microbiology.
 To exposed students to current trends in Microbiology
 To inculcate in students the skills and acknowledge necessary
for productive research and teaching .

To train students to acquire skills including molecular biology
techniques necessary for advanced research in the field of
Microbiology
 To produce manpower with optimal technical know-how to
function effectively I the academic and the private sector .
GRADUATE REQUIREMENT
A student will be qualified for the M.Sc. degree after he or she has passed
30 units including Core courses , Thesis and Electives. He or she
must in addition, organize at least one seminar on the subject of the
research work.
COURSES AVAILABLE
Courses Code First Semester
Units
MCB
701 Advanced general microbiology
3
MCB
702 Microbiology Method
3
MCB
703 Biostatistics
3
MCB
704 Advanced microbial physiology
and biochemistry
3
Electives
MCB
705 Immunology and Immunochemistry
3
234
MCB
706 Pharmaceutical Microbiology
3
MCB
707 Medical Bacteriology
3
MCB
708 Soil Microbiology
3
MCB
709 Water and waste Microbiology
3
Core Courses Second Semester
Units
MCB
711 Seminar
3
MCB
799
Elective
MCB
713 Medical virology
3
MCB
714 Medical Microbiology
3
MCB
715 Petroleum Microbiology
3
MCB
716 Environmental Toxicology
3
The Programmes is Meant for Candidates
i
Who have a 3rd or pass degree certificate in Microbiology
from Ambrose Alli University or nay other University of
recognized standing in the relevant discipline such as
Biology, Bio-chemistry and Food Technology.
ii
Holder of FIMILS and AIMLS certificates in sciences related
areas.
TYPES OF ADMISSIONS
Admission shall be time or part times.
DURATION
Full time Diploma
2 Semesters
Part time Diploma
4 Semesters
REGISTRATION COURSES
All students shall register both first and second semester courses during the
first two weeks or resumption. To be eligible fro registration,
candidate shall be required to provide evidence of payment of
prescribed school fees. Late registration may be allowed upon
payment of the recommended penalty fees by the University.
EXAMINATIONS
(i)
Cost Examination
Examination will normally consist of a 3 hour paper on each of the
courses taken
(ii)
Post Graduate Seminar
Every candidate shall be expected to give a seminar to satisfy Post
Graduate school requirements for graduation.
235
(iii)
Thesis
A thesis based on original research work and written according to
standard prescribed by the board of Post Graduate School
shall be submitted by the candidate. An assessment of the
Thesis together with the performance of the candidate at an
oral
examination will be
taken
into account in
recommending the award of the degree.
Course Available
First Semester
Units
PGDM 501 Medical Microbiology
3
PGDM 502
Clinical Microbiology
3
PGDM 503 Immunology
3
PGDM 504 Virology
3
PGDM 505 Industrial Microbiology
3
PGDM 506 Microbiology Techniques
3
PGDM 507 Environmental Microbiology
21
Second Semester
PGDM 511 Food Microbiology
3
PGDM 512 Antimicrobial Agents ad chemotherapy 3
PGDM 513 Microbial Genetics
3
PGDM 514 Microbiology Physiology
3
PGDM 515 (BCH 413) Biosynthesis
3
PGDM 516 Plant Physiology and Tissue Culture
3
PGDM 517 Project
6
24
COURSES DESCRIPTION
PGDM 501 Medical Microbiology
3 Units
Host-parasite relationship pathogenic Micro organisms and disease etiologist,
virulence factors, epidemiology, pathology, pathogenesis, laboratory
diagnosis, control and selected micro organisms Etiologic agents to
be considered
include Phylogenic cocci
and cocobaccilli
spirochartis, Mycoplasmas, ricketsia Chlamydia, leptospiral,
pathogenic fungi, parasites and viruses.
PGDM 502 Clinical Microbiology
3 Units
Design concept of Microbiology Lab collection, transportation and processing
Clinical Specimens, Ear, Nose and Throat infections emerging
pathogens.
PGDM 503 Immunology
3 Units
236
Basic concept of immunology, classical structure and classification of
imunoglobulin and antibodies antigen antibody interaction: Immuno
response hypersensitives, immunogrophylaxie. Modern lab.
Techniques in immunology and Immunochemistry.
PGDM 504 Virology
3 Units
Structure and classification of viruses pathogenesis epidemiology, diagnosis
and control of selected viral disease of man and animal. modern lab
techniques in virology.
3 Units
Microorganism of industrial of importance and their biology culture techniques,
maintenance of starter culture. Aspects biochemistry engineering
batches continues culture. Extracellular enzymes recovery techniques
and purification brewing.
3 Units
Origin and development of microbial techniques, Preparation, preservation
and maintenance of microorganism. Identification of the
microorganisms selected advanced microbiological techniques .
PGDM 507 Environmental Microbiology
3 units
Microbiology of sanction and sanitary practices as related to water, air, soil,
and food. Water supply and swage. Eutophication concept of
biochemical 02 demand
Aerobiology soils profile ecology. Oil
exploration impact control of public health, importance of food
handling.
PGDM 511 Food Microbiology
3 Units
Overview
of
micro
organism
important
in
food
microbiology
contamination/spoilage and preservation. Microbiology of fermented
food e.g. Ogi, Gari, Palm, Wine, Burukutu etc, singe cell protein food
poisoning intoxication/ contamination, lab diagnosis of food borne
disease.
PGDM 512 Antimicrobial Agents & Chemotherapy 3 Units
History and development of antimicrobial agent types. Types and nature of
antimicrobial agents general principle of antimicrobial
agents.
237
General of chemotherapy factors to be considered in administration of
chematheragentic agents, antimicrobial susceptibility resting.
PGDM 514 Microbial Physiology and Metabolism 3 Units
Review of microbial cell structure and funding functions growing of death of
micro-organism. Microbial nutrition. Biosynthesis of macromolecules,
election transport system in bacterial. Regulation of metabolism.
PGDM 515 Biosynthesis of Macromolecules 3 Units
The structure, classification and chemical properties of carbohydrate’s
proteins, nuclei acids fats and lipid . Functions of polysaccharides,
mucopoly saccharides, glycoprotein, bacterial and nucleic acids in
terms of their structure and physicochemical properties.
PGDM 516(BOT 413): Plant physiology and tissue culture 3 Units
Plant growth and development. Hormones and growth regulator , auxins,
gibberellins, cytokines, ethylene and abscisic. Pant tissue culture the
physiology of flowing. Photochrome and photomorphogenesis,
photoperiod, periodism and environmental physiology and stress
physiology.
PGDM 517 Project 6 Units
PREPARATION OF THESIS
The length of the “ introduction” should be about 1/3 of the volume of the
thesis.
REMEDIAL COURSES
Students without B. Sc degree in Microbiology would be required to register
for and pass remedial courses, before processing to the M.Sc degree,
but a student must score at least 40% in each of the courses.
REMEDIAL COURSES AVAILABLE
First Semester
MCB 302 Microbial physiology
MCB 303 Food Microbiology I
MCB 402 Industrial Microbiology II
MCB 403 Soil Microbiology
MCB 401 Molecular Biology
Second Semester
MCB 311 Industrial Microbiology I
MCB 312 Microbiology ecology
MCB 411 Food Microbiology II
MCB 412 Environmental Microbiology
Units
3
3
3
3
3
Units
3
3
3
3
238
MCB 413 Microbial Genetics
3
MCB 414 Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy
3
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FOR MASTER’S DEGREE
MCB 701 Advanced General Microbiology
Ecology and cultivation of bacterial.
Classification and identification
techniques in bacteriology Micro-organism as allies of man in the
environment and various industries. Bacterial as agents of spoilage
and disease. General structure and organization of viruses. emerging
problem in virus classification. Parasites of medical importance.
MCB 702 Microbiology Methods
Sterilization, Iyophilization, cultural methods storage of microorganism, anti
sera and vaccine production.
MCB 703 Biostatistics.
Measure of central tendency. Basic notion of probability . discrete and
continuous probability distributing. Sampling, distribution including
student distribution, chi square distribution. Estimation and taste of
Hypothesis. Chi square tests, analysis of various and factional anysis.
Linear and multiple regression analysis.
MCB 704 Immunology and Immunochemistry
Detailed study of the bacterial cell. Classification scheme for bacteria.
Microbial growth, preservation and metabolism including metabolic pathways.
Microbial enzymes and antibiotic as well as their production. Single cell
protein production. Role of microbial genetics in the improvement of
strail quality.
MCB 705 Pharmaceutical Microbiology
Classes and mode of an action of chemotherapeutic agents. General
principles governing selectivity of an action drugs as the basis of
chemotheraphy.
Development of resistance. Biochemical and genetic basis. Pasmids and
resistance.
MCB 706 Medical Bacteriology
Detailed study of the classification and morphology characterization,
pathogenesis, diagnosis, epidemiology and control of selected
bacterial diseases of man and animals. Antibacterial agents.
239
MCB 707
Soil Microbiology
Microbial flora of the soil, ecological interrelationships. Mineral
transformations. Nitrogen fixation and nitrogen economy in soil.
Mycorrhiza. Soil-plant growth pesticides application and microbial
growth in soil.
MCB 708 Water and Wastes Microbiology
Natural water. Microbiological studies of surface and ground water. Sampling
techniques water treatment techniques. Microbiology of marine
waters and sediment: waste water; their treatment, and uses in
agriculture, aquaculture, industry and for municipal purposes. Waste
water and pollution of aquatic environment. Water borne disease
and their control . Role of phytotoplankton and zooplankton in
aquatic system.
MCB 709 Advanced Microbial Physiology and Biochemistry
Microbial nutrition and
growth. Bath and continuous culture of microorganism . Growth kinetic and bioenergetics . Biosynthesis and biooxidation and macromolecules. Enzymes and use of micro-organisms
in bioassays. Genetic organization and control of gene expression in
micro-organisms. DAN techniques and improvement in strain quality.
MCB 711 Seminar
Each student will present seminar on selected topics an topic related to the
student’s project agents.
MCB 713 Medical Mycology
Classification, and morphological characterization, pathogenesis, pathology
diagnosis, epidemiological and control of selected fungal disease of
man and animals . Antifugal agents.
MCB 714 Medical Virology
History and development of petroleum microbiology. Physical and chemical
chrematistics of petroleum. Environmental factors on the toxicity of
chemicals, especially to aquatic organisms. Microbial toxins: biology
evaluation of toxic substances.
MCB 799 Research Project
240
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
INTRODUCTION
The Department of physics offers M.Sc and Ph.D Degrees with specialization in the followings
areas:(a) Geophysics
(b) Solid State Physics
COURSER AVAILABLE
COMPUTER / CODE COURSES FOR ALL M.SC. STUDENTS
Core code First Semester
Units Status
PHY 701 Mathematics Methods of Physic
3
C
PHY 702 Advanced Quantum Machines 1
3
C
Core Code Second Semester
Units Status
PHY 703 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory
3
C
PHY 738 Seminar
C
PHY 799 Research Thesis
6
C
Geophysics Option Special Courses
Units Status
PHY 721 Physics of the Earth’s Interior
3
C
PHY 7323 General Geology
3
C
ELECTIVE COURSES
Units
PHY 714 Numerical and Computational Methods 3
PHY Geopotential fields
3
SOLID STATE PHYSIC OPTION COURSES
First Seminar
Units Status
PHY 704 Advanced Statistics Mechanics
3
C
PHY 726 Advanced Solid State Physics
3
C
Second Semester
PHY 711 Mathematics Methods of Physics II
3
C
PHY 733 Advanced Solid State Physics II
3
C
Elective Courses
PHY 712 Advanced Quantum Mechanics II
3
PHY 714 Numerical and computation Methods 3
A student reregistered fro the M.Sc. Degree programme shall pass a minimum of 30 units which
shall include the Core Courses , Electives. Special courses and Research Project.
First Semester Courses
PHY 701
Mathematics Methods of Physics
Functions of complex variable and the properties and consequences of analcity; techniques of
analytical continuation applications, calculus of residues . complex integration . Conformations.
Systematic methods of obtaining exact solution of O.D.E, in closed forms . Local and global
analysis of initial and boundary layer theory, WKS, and to-time scaling methods. Application
will include solution of eignevalues of Schrodinger type equation, the classical enharmonic
oscillator . introduction to partial differential equation methods of characteristics for solving
first order p.d.e, the concept of shock waves and application. Transforms methods and
application to the solutions of initial and boundary value problems.
PHY 702 Advanced Quantum Mechanics
Review of simple Schrodinge equation solution bound state Dirac delta function scatter problem ,
phase shift analysis . Born approximation. Time dependent approximation, discrete and
continuous representation of the vector space . Heisenbege and Schrodinge picture, equation of
241
motion for density operation, coherent states of the harmonic oscillator ; angular momentum
coupling. Clash-Godon coefficient, Wigner-Echart Theorem and selection rules.
PHY 704 Advanced Statistics Mechanics
Elementary probability concept, random walk mane square dispersion probability distribution;
Brownian motion; statistics description of a system of particles; statistic ensemble . Interaction
between macroscopic system, quasi-static process, statistics thermodynamics. Reversible and
irreversible process. Heat reservoir. Application of Canonical distribution; paramagnetic,
magnetic moment, magnetic susceptibility; Humbolt free energy, entropy; grand canonical
ensemble. The grand partition function Applications of statistics mechanics; partition function ,
Gibs paradox Maxwell distribution; system with several components and in a single phase.
PHY 721 Physics Of The Earth Interior
The component of the earth. The physics characteristics of earth’s material mechanical, electricity
and magnetic properties. Earth’s gravity and the earth’s figure and interior. Further evidence
from seismology geothermal state, and geomagnetics. Doedynamics- global picture of he
dynamics earth. Plate theory mechanics of earthquakes and the new global technics . Felid and
laboratory investigation especially high pressure geophysics.
PHY 722 Rock Physic
Physical characteristic of rocks with relevance to goe-engineering and geo-exploration
applications. Mechanical properties of rock – strength deformability, porosity, permeability of
sample and in situ rock. Electrical properties of rock – the conduction mechanism in
sedimentary crystalline rocks and magmas . Cross coupling ( eletro-mechanical) phenomena in
rocks with applications.
PHY 723 General Geology
Geology description of the planet Earth. Plant tectonics. Geological classification of minerals and
rock . erosion and deposition . Ancient sediments.
Valcanicity- Ancient and modern. Earth. Movement geological time . Life in the past .
Geological maps . Mineral deposit and foils fuels . Geology in the service of man.
PHY 724 Applied Geology
A classification of geophysical techniques for investigating the earth’s crust Unified approach to
geophysics data acquisition, analysis and interpretation: planning staking , mapping presentation
of results analysis and interpretation techniques. Magnetic and goeelectronics. Field and
laboratory techniques. (Instrumentation will involve particular geophysical instrument which will
be selected every year.
PHY 726 Advanced Solid State Physics I
Crystal structure, their symmerities and determination; lattice vibration normal modes and their
quantization, an harmonics effects interaction of phones with electromagnetic – radiation and
thermal neutrons mosssbauer effects; electrons in solids Bom-Oppenheimer approximation
properties of electrons gas , modification by crystal periodic potential, Block thermo , Band
structure, correlation, cohesion, plasmas, optical phenomena in metals and non – metals ,
dielectrics phenomena, Cooperative phenomena, ferromagnetism, ferroeletricity, order disorder
transitions, superconductivity.
PHY 728 Nuclear Structure
Methods of studying the nucleus. Electromagnetic methods neutron scattering methods; atomic
effects mass effects, volume effects – meson atom ; average potential energy; nuclear mass
formula. Isobars in delay; shall model individual
particle model; liquid drop model and
“Effective meson model”.
242
PHY 729 Nuclear Reaction
Types of unclear reactions, reaction dynamics Q-value, elastic scattering reaction non- relativistic
case, reaction cross section resonance, compound nucleus, statistical theory of nuclear reaction,
option model.
2ND Semester Courses
PHY 703 Advanced Electromagnetic
Electrostatics field Cause’s theories Poison and Lapiace’s green’s thermo , Dirichet and
Neumann boundary conditions method images; orthogonal function and expression.. Multiple
expression, magntostaic, biot and savat law , force between current loops , differential equation
of magntostatics, vector potential, magnetic filed of a localized current distribution, Faraday’s
law of induction, Galilean transformation energy in the magnetic field; Maxwell’s equation
Poynthing’s theorem, Maxwell stress tensor; magnetic monopoles, Dirac quantization condition;
plane wave in a non-conducting medium; propagation in the ionosphere” reflexivity of metal,
waves in a conducting media.
PHY 711 Mathematics Methods of Physics
Thermo of finite groups theory of representation reducible and irreducible representatives theory,
of characters; irreducible tensor operation and calculation of group theory to perturbation theory
in Quantum Mechanics and molecular vibration sets; space.
PHY 712 Advanced Quantum Mechanics
Quantum Electrodynamics (QED), free filed quantization. Time evolution operator, transition
rates U (t,to) application and examples line widths and level shift in QED.
Relativistic wave qua equation, Klein-Gordon equation, Dirac equation, Relativistic covariance,
spin: Hydrogen atom , fine structure, conical quantization elementary QED process theory: weak
interactions.
PHY 714 Numerical and Computation
(a) Interpretation scheme the
algorithm least spare fit.
(b)
(c )
(d)
(e)
(f)
Lagragian
representative,
Aitken
Alternative processes.
solution of linear equation. Gaussian elimination inversion
of matrices
Fourier series and harmonic analysis
Difference equations.
Numerical integration and differential equations, step by step methods, Kutta
predictors methods, partial differential equation, simple wave propagation,
forward difference, backward difference, center difference in time, the implicit
scheme, conditions for stability, e.g diffusion equation, hyperbolic.
PHY 731 Geopotential Fields
Potential field theory in geophysics; multiple expansion, method of images upward /
downward continuation, introduction to Geomathematics. Electrical properties of the
earth’s interior. Investigations of the upper mantle and mantle core system; seismology
long wavelength E.M and gravity fields and geothermal fields. Phases transiting, equation
of state and cross-coupled properties, thermoplastic, thrimo-visc-elastic, magneto elastic;
etc.
PHY 733 Advanced Soiled State Physics II
Wave packets in solid, effective mass therorem of an electron in a sound, band shapes in
real semi-conductors, impurities in semi – conductors; density of stats, equilibrium carrier
concentration. Intrinsic semi- conductors and extrinsic semi-conductors, compensated
semi-conductors, drift mobility, current density. Transport properties of semi-conductors
in a magnetic field .
243
PHY 734 Super Fluid Physics
General aspect of super fluidity, quantum liquids; occurrence of superfluity, Liquid He II,
the – phase transition, two – fluid model Ginzuring -landau theory; Elementary
excitations in He II Hydrodynamical equations, Kinetic Phenomena; Impyrities in He II,
Imurities motion of charged impurities in He II, he-He Solution, Hydrodynamic
equations, Kinetic Phenomena in He-He; superconductivity in simple metals, transition
metals, in dilute. Magnetic alloys; Josehson effect High-T o superconductors.
PHY 735 Radiation and Matter.
Planck’s radiation law, Einstein’s coefficients, fluctuation in photon number, time –
depredating perturbation theory; line broadening, Doppler broadening, collision
broadening, radioactive broadening; Time dependence o a chaotic light beam, laser
systems.
PHY 736 Unclear Spectroscopy
Isomerism and energy level study. Mossbauer spectroscopy; practical applications,
interaction of radiation with matter.
PHY 737 Nuclear instrumentation
Desimentry, Absorbed does, dose Equivalent; practical calculations of the dose rate,
calculation of flux; Exposure are constant; Approximate formulae for calculating dose
rate; Concept of risk, Annual dose equivalent limit; Radiation detectors, spectrometric
electronic units; monitoring equipment; Neutron generator system; counting systems.
PHY 738 Seminar
A student shall be exacted to resent a seminar on a current topic in physics as arrived by
the Department at least once in a session. This is difficult from seminars based on the
candidate’s research project.
244
DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY
INTRODUCTION
The Department of Zoology Offers M.Sc and Ph.D degrees in the following areas:
(i)
Entomology
(ii)
Hydrobiology and Fisheries
(iii) Parasitology
The department also offers postgraduate Diploma in Applied Zoology (PGDAZ)
(i)
M.Sc Degree
To graduate and qualify for the Masters of Science Degree (M .SC), a student will
be required to pass a minimum of 30 units including all core courses and where
applicable two Elective Courses and the requires course in Biostatistics research
Thesis form a project. In addition, a student will present at least one seminar.
(ii)
Ph.D Degree
The Ph.D programme shall normally be solely by reach resulting in a thesis. To
obtain a Ph.D in Zoology, a student must fulfill the following requirements:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Present and approved research proposal
Conduct a significant research satisfactorily
Organize at least one seminar to present an acceptable Thesis to the Department.
Pass the final oral examination.
COURSES AVAILABLE
ENTOMOLOGY
IST SEMESTER
Course Code Title
ZOO 701
ZOO 702
ZOO 703
Units Remarks
3
3
C
3
R
Insect Taxonomy
Insect Ecology
Modern Concepts in
Applied Entomology
ZOO 704
Pesticide Science and
Toxicology
ZOO 706
Principles of Pest
Control and Management
ZOO 708
Stored Products entomology 3
PHY 799 Research Project
Faculty of Natural Science
2ND SEMESTER
Course Code Title
Unit
ZOO 705
Advanced Biostatistics
ZOO 707
West of West African Crops
ZOO 709
Medical and Veterinary Entomology
ZOO 710
Seminar
245
C
3
3
C
C
C
Remarks
4
3
3
C
E
C
3
C
ZOO 799
Research Thesis
HYDORBIOLOGY AND FISHERIE
1ST SEMESTER
6
Course Code
Title
Unit
ZOO
712 Applied Limonology
4
ZOO
713 Aquatic Productivity
3
ZOO
714 Systematic Aquatic Animals 3
ZOO
715 Fish Biology
3
ZOO
716 Environmental Pollution
3
ZOO
717 Physical and Chemical Liminology 3
C
Remarks
C
C
E
C
E
C
2ND SEMESTER
Course Code
Title
Unit
ZOO
705 Advance Biostatistics
4
ZOO
718
Fish Physiology
ZOO
719 Aquaculture
3
ZOO
720 Fisheries Technology
3
ZOO
721 Mollusce of Economic Importance 3
ZOO
710 Seminar
ZOO
799 Thesis
6
Remarks
C
3
C
C
C
3
C
C
C
PARASITOLOGY
1ST SEMESTER
Course Code Title
ZOO
709 Medical And Veterinary Entomology
ZOO
724 Research Techniques In Parasitology
ZOO
725 Parasitic Protozoa
ZOO
726 Epidemiology and Transmission Of
Tropical Parasitic Diseases
ZOO
728 Physiology And Biochemistry Of
Parasites
2ND SEMESTER
Course Code
ZOO
705
ZOO
710
ZOO
799
Title
Units
Advance Biostatistics
Seminar
Research Thesis
246
Unit
3
3
Remarks
C
C
C
4
3
C
4
C
Remarks
4
3
6
C
C
C
ZOO 701 Insect Taxonomy
Principle of taxonomy principles and method of insects; classification techniques
of
insect collection; preservation and museum display; construction and use
of key studies on elected insect of economic importance.
ZOO
ZOO
ZOO
ZOO
ZOO
ZOO
702
Insect Ecology
Insect and their environment; distribution of insects; principle of sampling
equipment; the dynamic of insect spices, predator-herbivore relationship.
703
Modern Concept In Applied Entomology
The past concept and its components of productivity; crops loss, livestock loss;
price theory; extension services; organization and management.
704
Practical Science And Toxicology
Presticides; chemistry, formulation marketing and legislation; mode of action;
resistance to insecticide; metabolic transformation of pestisides, biological
magnification; insecticide testing standardization and use of bioassay; technique
in toxicology, insecticide potency, toxic natural products, extraction and essay.
705 Advance Biostatistics
Experimental design and their analysis, significance test for different of means.
Chi-square tests. Analysis of variance, correlation coefficient multiple correlation.
Tests for randomness inclusive of poison probabilities.
706 Principles Of Pest Control And Management
Methods of pest control; biological, pheromone, antifeedants, repellents, sterile
techniques, resistant varieties, cultural, chemical methods of pesticide
application and equipment, integrated pest management.
707 Pests of West African Crops
Survey of insects associated with West African Agricultural Crops with emphasis
on major pest species.
ZOO 708 Stores Product Entomology
Mode of infestation; stores products pests including wood damaging species and
their bionomics and distribution. Crop harvesting and principles of storage,
preventive measures and control.
ZOO 709 Medical and Veterinary Entomology
Systematic and bionomics of insects of medical and veterinary importance,
vectors and diseases, methods of vector control especially mosquitoes and malaria
eradication.
ZOO 710 Seminar
Each students will present seminar on selected topics and related to project.
ZOO 799 Research Thesis
HYDROBIOLOGY AND FISHERIES
ZOO 712 Applied Limnology
247
Introduction technical and applied limnology; Biota and Environmental conditions
in
inland waters. Biological self purification, predictions of the water quality;
pollution load capacity of inland water, Reaction of water bodies to disturbances,
reaction of damaged water ecosystem (sewage treatment and water treatment.
Student should write two essay and present a seminar on any essay topic.
ZOO 713
Aquatic Productivity
Advanced topics on secondary production form alloch-thonous organic resources,
invertebrate and fish production, estimation of secondary production methods and
limitations.
ZOO 714
Systematic of Aquatic Animals
Taxonomy of important vertebra and invertebrates aquatic ecosystems collection
preservation and preparation of animals for taxonomics study, procedures in
systematic zoology with reference to pacific groups, construction and use of
dichotomous keys; illustration techniques for research publications in systematic.
ZOO
715 Fish Biology
Systematic of fish. Functional morphology forms and life style, locomotion and
navigational aids: anti-predation devices. Good and feeding habits adaptation to
diets. Modes of reproducing; eggs and larval development gonadal differentiation.
Determination of age and growth fish migration, Territorial behaviour and
schooling communication.
ZOO 716 ZOO 605: Environmental Pollution
Concept and philosophy of pollution principles and techniques of biological
monitoring to the general principles of econotoxicology; Bioassay techniques,
dose-response curves and analysis of toxicity. General principles of pollution
controlling including transfronter problems. Strategy of prevention rather than
cure, best practicable environmental options, hazards definitions management.
Types, sources, routes of environmental entry and biological effects of pollutants
relevant to Nigeria e.g. pesticides, crude oil/petroleum products, acid rain,
photochemical smog, heavy metal, radioactivity etc.
ZOO 717 Physical and Chemical Limnology
Practical: 15 Labs (3h/Lab)
Estimation of all the important physical and chemical factors both qualitatively
and quantitatively. Interpretation and presentation of data for research
publications.
ZOO 718
Fish Physiology
ZOO 720
Aquaculture
Principles of Aquaculture, hatchery managements for fish seed production; water
chemistry of fish pods and reservoir, ponds construction and management, fish
feeds-principles and formulation, economics of Agriculture
ZOO 720
Fisheries Technology
248
Fish production in Nigeria fish muscle, composition and structure; deterioration;
handling
and preparation; fish preservation techniques; fish processing; fish
utilization, fish by- product; fish microbiology; plant hygiene and sanitation.
ZOO 721
Molluscs of Economics/Importance
Classification of molluscs and other selected aquatic communities, their general
biology and distribution species of local importance, mollusks as food, vectors of
disease, fouling
agents pests, etc
ZOO 710
Seminar
ZOO 799
Research Thesis
PARASITOLOGY
ZOO 724 Research Techniques in Parasitology
Preparation of parasites for study, calibration of the micro-scope, measurement of
parasites, concentration methods of ova, large and adults parasites, cryopreservation, arthtopods maintenance of arthropods medical and veterinary
importance; experimental design and data presentation, immunediagnostic
techniques.
ZOO 725
Parasitic Protozoa
Parasitic amoeba, flagellate and amoebaflagellates of medical and veterinary
importance; scoccidian Eimeria Isospora, Toxaplasma, sarcocystics etc, expensive
treatment of conccidiosis in domesticated Animals, Haemosporina Plasmodia:
Haemoporotus and leucocytozoon; piroplasms. Babesia, theileria, haematozennus,
cytonzoon, micropsporeans of medical and veterinary importance, emphasis on
parasites integrated control of topical parasitic diseases.
ZOO 727
Helminthology
Helminthes of medical and veterinary importance in West Africa and particularly
Nigeria.
ZOO 728
Physiology and Biochemistry Of Parasites
Feeding and nutritional physiology reproduction; establishment and growth
carbohydrate, protein and lipid metabolism in parasite; ultrastructure in relation to
physiology, culture techniques hypobiosis, self-curd mechanism in helmithic
infection. Host/parasite relationshipimmune responses immunity to parasitesprotozoa and helminthes, evasion of immune responses; immunopathology;
immunization against parasitic infections.
ZOO 710
ZOO 799
Seminar
Research Thesis
249
FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCE
DEPARTMENTS
ECONOMICS
POLITICAL SCIENCE
SOCIOLOGY
250
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
INTRODUCTION
The department runs graduate programmes leading to the award of the following higher
degree,
i
Master of science in economics
ii
Master in banking and finance
iii
Masters business administration
iii
Doctor of philosophy in economics
The areas of specialization are as follows: a
Econometrics
b
Monetary economics
c
Project evaluation
d
Development economics
e
Public sector economics and
f
International trade and Finance
PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES
The basic the degree programme philosophy underlying these programmes is to produce
and develop qualified professional economists for a career in the private and public
sectors, and highly qualified economists imbued with an enthusiasm for research and
equipped with theories and techniques which will enable them to advance economic
knowledge and to solve economic problems. The programmes therefore aims at providing
highest level economic manpower for the Nigeria, African and world community, and at
preparing economist for career in teaching and research in universities and research
organizations, and in research administration in government, industry, finance, commence
and labour.
MASTER OF SCIENCE (M.SC.) ECONOMICS
THE STRUCTURE OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME
There shall be a continuation of core as well as elective courses each of which carries 3
units. The dissertation shall carry 6 units. The course work as well as the dissertation shall
be examined like any other written courses. There shall be one supervisor assigned to
each candidate. Candidates are expected to register for and pass 15 units per semester.
To graduate, a student is expected to register for and pass a minimum of 30 units
including core and elective courses and the dissertation /research thesis which should be a
minimum of 10,000. Words.
COURSES AVAILABLE
CORE COURSES
FIREST SENESTER
UNITS
ECO 701
Microeconomic Theory
3
ECO 702
Quantities Techniques
(Econometrics And Statistics
3
Elective (Specialized Fields)
ECO
703
Development Economics
3
ECO
704
International Trade Theory
3
ECO
705
Public Sector Economics
3
ECO
706
Industrial Economics
3
251
ECO
ECO
707
708
History of Economics Thought
Applied Economics
3
3
Core Courses
Second Semester
ECO
711
3
ECO
712
Project Analysis And Investment Planning
ECO
799
Dissertation / Research Thesis
3
Elective (Specialized Field)
ECO
713
Monetary Theory And Policy
3
ECO
714
International Finance
3
ECO
715
Labour Finance
3
ECO
716
Banking And Finance
3
ECO
717
Operation Research
3
ECO
718
Applied Statistics
3
DECRIPTION OF COURSES
ECO 701
The course seeks to familiarize the student with the analytical techniques of advanced
price theory and to illustrate the usefulness of these techniques by applying them to the
problems of business and government policy. The content includes; theory of firm;
market and equilibrium; the invisible hand, equilibrium in organized market, Walriasian
Tatonnement, the stability problems; transaction costs and market equilibrium, general
competitive equilibrium, the pure theory of international exchanges; richardo,
hechsherohlin; arrow-debreu theorem; microeconomic policy; theory and applications
market failure, externalities and the cases theorem; incomplete markets; optimal
intervention theory; tax-subsidy-tariff policy; second best; applications; competition
policy and trade policy in practice.
Eco 711
Microeconomic Theory (Econometrics And Statistics)
The course has an applied flavour (focusing on Qm for planning) and covers: an
introduction to matrix algebra and econometrics; economic model building and
simulation; the input-output model and its used for forecasting; linear programming and
its application. The course also covers an introduction to the classical linear regression
model, and method of least squares and maximum likelihood estimation, linear
hypothesis testing and constrained estimation; the general linear regression model applied
to problems of heteroscedasticity, weighted regression, and autocorrelation; introduction
to autoregressive and moving average error processes and stochastic difference equations;
distribution lag models; and system of “seemingly unrelated equation”. The course will
also cover the geometric interpretation of methods and their asymptotic justification, cointegration and error correction medals
ECO 703 Development Economics.
The course provides a thorough exposure to the main theories of economic growth and
development and an analytical framework for formulating and evaluating development
strategies in the light of key development choices facing the developing countries today.
Macroeconomics of developing countries-structuralist macroeconomics, etc. –economic
252
stabilization policies in developing countries, industrialization, rationale and transfer of
technology, regional development and planning plan implementation, the machinery of
planning plans organization and monitoring.
ECO 704 International Trade Theory
The course covers the following topics, designed to give the students a good grounding in
international economics and trade; a survey of international trade theory: commercial and
international trade policies the balance of payments and the adjustments mechanism,
theory practice of international of international investment, development financing and
resource flows; exchange rate systems; international economy and developing countries.
ECO 705 Public Sector Economics
The course covers issues in public sector growth, public sector investment, pricing and
financing, budgeting, taxation, welfare and economic development.
ECO 706 Industrial Economics
The course covers discussions of the element of market structure, market structures,
market conduct, and market performance. Alternative theories of the firm behavior
including saves revenue and growth maximization, concentration of industry, economics
of sales barriers to entry, mergers, monopoly power and performance, oligopoly theory
and control of restrictive practices.
ECO 707
History Of Economic Thought
The first part of the course deals with the economists who have developed comprehensive
theoretical models of majors importance in the history of economics: richardo, Marx,
walras, marshal, and Keynes. The second part of surveys some of the more important
topics that are not adequately covered in the first part: international trade, the
ramifications of marginal productivity theory, monetary, capital theory, and the revolt
against theoretical economics.
ECO 708 Applied Statistics
Te topics to be covered in the course are: Simple Random Sampling, Sampling
Proportions and Percentages, Estimation of Sample Size, Stratified Random Sampling
Ratio Estimators. Systematic Sampling, Chustes Sampling and Sources of Errors in
Surveys.
ECO 711 Microeconomic Theory
The seeks to give the student an understanding of advanced macroeconomic theory.
Content includes macroeconomic issue and controversies; the macroeconomic system
fixed price Keynesian model; equilibrium in the closed economy; the limitation of the islm model and the budget constraint; macroeconomic policy problems; inflation and
unemployment; the Nigeria experience, unemployment and rational expectations,
unemployment and labour market equilibrium, more recent approaches to employment
policy; economic modeling, models and macroeconomic policies.
ECO 712 Project Analysis and Investment Planning
The course discussed the project concept, project analysis and the presentation of project
reports, financial appraisal and comparison of various investment criteria, the rationale of
economic appraisal, different methodologies (Unido, World Bank OECD) estimation and
use of shadow price, distributional aspects of projects; problems of risk and uncertainty;
the relationship between projects and approaches to planning; issues of implementation;
monitoring the evaluation.
ECO 713 Monetary Theory And Policy
The course begins with the core propositions of monetary theory, followed by an
intensive treatment of monetary issues in an international context (IMF, etc) and the
253
implementation of monetary issues in an open economy, monetary policy in developing
countries.
ECO 714 International Finance
The courage discussed aspects of the theory and practice of corporate behavior with
regard to investment decision and portfolio selection; international financial markets and
associated monetary arrangements; multinational firms in international finance. Finance
in developing countries.
ECO 715
Labour Economics
The course will be a discussion of both micro and macro aspects of labour market theory,
the theory of human capital, and related policy issues.
ECO 716 Banking and Finance
The topics to be covered in the course include elements of banking, practice of banking
law relating to banking financial accounting, advanced accounting, international financial
system, investment analysis, finance of international tread and management.
ECO 717 Operations Research
The topics to be covered in this course include measuring uncertainly, queuing problems,
business forecasting, simulation and Monte Carlo methods, stock and production control
models, resources allocation, planning projects, analyzing decisions, operational gaming
and other operational research techniques. \
ECO 718 Applied Econometrics
The course seeks to provide a link between economics theory and econometrics methods
of examining a range of contemporary empirical applications. The course is designed to
expose students to the art of structural model building for the purpose of advancing
economic theory. Application of econometrics of policy appraisal will also be covered.
ECO 799 Dissertation
Each student shall be expected to write dissertation on his/her chosen topic. For this, the
student shall be assigned to a supervisor(s) for regular con salutations. The dissertation
shall be assessed as a 6- unit coresss. The scope and depth of the dissertation shall be that
the student is able, in minimum of 10,000 words, to demonstrate adequate familiarity with
the theoretical and empirical literature on the chosen topic as well as shown a grasp of
basic analytical techniques relevant to the topic. The quality of the dissertation should
such that it is at least publishable as a journal article.
1
i
ii
iii
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph. D) ECONOMICS
STRUTURE OF THE PROGRAMME
The Ph.D degree programme shall have a course work component and a
component devoted to thesis-writing and oral examination based not the thesis.
The course work shall cover a period of one academic session. Student shall offer
two course per semester. These courses shall be organized through lecture/seminal
and through guided reading of the relevant literature.
Students shall be require to write Ph.D course-work examinations in the
prescribed courses at the end of each semester. The examination shall consist of
an end-of-semester examination and a continuous assessment examination.
Students shall be require to present one paper in each of the prescribed courses at
the department staff seminal per semester. The departmental graduate studies
254
iv
v
vi
committee shall evaluate the seminal papers, and each evaluation shall form the
continuous assessment examination in the course.
Students shall be required to defend their Ph.D. thesis proposal at a departmental
staff seminal at least one mouth after the successful completion of the Ph.D
course-work.
Students shall be assigned to principal supervisor and other supervisor(s) who
must be consulted regularly by the students.
Ph.D oral examination based on a thesis written under supervisor shall be
conducted be the board of examiners approved be the graduate school on the
recommendation of the department.
COURSES AVAILABLE
First Semester
Unit
ECO 801
Issues in ECONOMIC theory I
3
ECO 802
Economic research techniques I
3
Second Semester
ECO 8011
Issues in Economic Theory II
3
ECO 8012
Issues in Economic Theory II
3
To graduate, a student must have passed all the prescribed courses. The pass mark shall
be a minimum of 50% and successfully defend the Ph.D. thesis in an oral examination.
COURSES AND DECRIPTION
ECO 801 Issues In Economic Theory I
Current methodological crises and controversies in economic demand theory consumers
surplus and sovereignty. Theories of economic exploitation and issues in welfare
economic information theory: consumer chose and search theory; firms and markets.
Financial theory of the firm. Rational expectations, controversy.
ECO 802 Economic Research Techniques I
Nature of economic research techniques. Matrix algebra, input-output models.
Optimization as a special variety of Equilibrium, Analysis, Constrained Optimization,
Dynamics and Interpretation Differential Equitations, Difference Equations, Linear
Programming and Game Theory Techniques of Project Analysis.
ECO 811 Issues In Economic Theory II
Models of general equilibrium. Optimization and game theories. Neoclassical, Keynesian
and post-Keynesian macroeconomic model. Marxian dynamic models. Capital theory:
production functions measurement of capital and straffian revolution, growth and income
distribution theories. Monetarism and fiscalism. Major issues in economic development
theory and development panning.
ECO 812 Issues In Economic Theory II
Problem and prospects of modeling in developing countries, macro-economic models,
specification problem, estimation and statistic inference, comparative review of different
models (case studies), forecasting and the analysis and forecast performance in practice,
general linear models versus simultaneous models and simulation models (some case
studies).
255
ECO 899 Thesis
Each student shall be expected to write a thesis on his /her chosen topic. The thesis shall
be assessed as a 6-unit course. The scope and depth of the dissertation shall be such that
student is able in at least 25,000 words, to demonstrate adequate familiarity with the
theoretical and empirical literature on the chosen topic as a well as shown a graph of basis
analytical techniques relevant to the topic. Such a thesis must represent original
contribution to knowledge.
256
DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE
The Department offers courses leading to the award of M.Sc. in Political Science,
Master’s degree in Public Administration, Master’s degree in International and Strategic
Studies, and Ph.D. in Political Science. The post graduate programmes are designed to
strengthen the candidates’ academic and professional knowledge of political science and
in the areas of specialization.
The programmes provide in-depth training for candidates who wish to refine their
research, analytical and administrative skills through experimental learning, advanced and
specialized professional instruction in the discipline. The Ph.D Programme of the
Department is by directed/independent reading and by research. The student will be
expected to write comprehensive examination in three areas-major, minor and
methodology. The student is expected to carry out his research under the close
supervision of one or two members of staff with relevant research and teaching
experience in the area.
Requirements for Graduation
A. Ph.D Programme
To graduate, a student shall be required to:
(i)
Present three seminar papers in the students major, minor areas and methodology.
(ii)
Perform satisfactorily in written qualifying comprehensive examination in the
three areas-major, minor and methodology.
(iii) Present and defend dissertation proposal.
(iv)
Perform satisfactorily in a final oral examination, which is a judgment on the
dissertation and the candidates defence of it.
B. M.Sc. Political Science
To graduate, a student shall be required to pass a minimum of units including core and
elective courses and seminar. In addition, he must successfully defend the mandatory
research thesis.
COURSES AVAILABLE
M.Sc. POLITICAL SCIENCE
First Semester
Units
POS 701
Methodology
POS 712
Comparative Political Bahaviour
POS 713
Ancient and Medieval Political Thought
POS 715
Issues in Nigeria Government and Politics
Second Semester
Units
POS 721
Quantitative Method in Political Analysis
POS 722
Modern Political Thought
POS 723
African Political Thought
POS 726
Local Government
POS 799
Research Project (Dissertation)
M.P.A. (MASTER IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION)
257
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
First Semester
Units
POS 701
POS 704
POS 705
POS 707
POS 706
POS 717
Second Semester
Methodology
Seminar on Public Administration
Administration Theory
Political Personnel Management
Advanced Studies in Local Government
Political Policy Analysis
3
3
3
3
3
3
Units
POS 721
Quantitative Method
3
POS 724
Public Budgeting
3
POS 725
Administrative Law
3
POS 727
Statistics
3
POS 728
3
POS 799
Research Project
6
M.I.S.S. (MASTERS IN INTERNATIONAL AND
STRATEGIC STUDIES)
First Semester
Units
POS 701
Methodology
3
POS 708
Theories of International Relation
3
POS 709
Foreign Policy Analysis, with reference
to Foreign Policy of African states
3
Any of CDS courses
CDS 701
Modern Strategic Thought (1)
3
CDS 702
Defence and Internal Security Management (1)
3
CDS 703
Security of African States (1)
3
Second Semester
Units
POS 721
Quantitive Methodolology
3
POS 729
International Law and Diplomacy
3
POS 731
The Military in World Politics
3
POS 732
Inter-Government Relations
3
POS 799
Research Project
3
Any of CDS Courses
CDS 721
Modern Strategic Thought II
3
CDS 722
Defence and Internal Security Management
3
CDS 723
Security of African States II
3
COURSE DESCRIPTION
POS 701 Methodology
Consist of all aspects of the research design-the units of analysis, the multivariate
techniques, and the manner in which time and processual change is conceptualized
and measured. The multivariate techniques include sampling techniques, simple
correlative and other measures of association, analysis of variance, multiple
regression and path analysis; basic probability and normal distribution will be taught.
Generally, the research design will cover areas such as cross sectional model, a lagged
cross-sectional model and a time series analysis. Parametric and non parametric
statistics.
POS 712 Comparative Political Behaviour
258
This course identifies and examines in a comparative manner segments of political
life susceptible to behavioural study. Areas to be examined include political
participation, voting
and electoral behaviour, political socialization, political leadership, political culture
and violence. Emphasis will be place on comparative examples from developed and
developing countries drawn up for analysis.
POS 705 ADMINISTRATIVE THEORY
This course examines the nature of theory and review of major administrative
theories. Emphasis will be on classical, neoclassical and modern theories. Theories
from behavioural sciences as they apply to the understanding of the role of the
individual as a member of organizations and the effects of organization upon
members. Organizational socialization, climate and effectiveness, power, authority
and decision making in groups.
POS 707 Public Personnel Management
This course is designed to familiarize the student with the process of effective
manpower management. The main focus of the course is recruitment, selection,
training, motivation and labour management relations. Examples will drawn from
both public and private sectors
POS 717 Public Policy Analysis
This course is designed to provide the student with the techniques for policy analysis,
formulation implementation and evaluation. The course examines the relationship
between bureaucrats, technical expects, interest group and political executive, in the
policy process.
POS 708 Theories of International Relations
The various theories and approaches to international relations will be examined. The
primary objective is to provide students with the basic analytical tools for better
intellectual grasp of international relations
POS 709 Administrative Theory
The evolution of the science of foreign policy making, control and execution. The
various concepts used in foreign policy analysis; transaction flows, techniques of
bargaining in peace and in crisis situations. Comparative analysis within supper
powers and the new nations.
POS 713 Ancient and Medieval Political Thought
The course is basically concerned with an exposition of the dominant mode of thought
from what is regarded as the classical to the medieval periods. Some selected themes
and enduring concepts of political thought, as reflected in the works of outstanding
classical and medieval political thinkers. Particular emphasis would be given to the
consideration to concepts and theme relating to “the state”, “justice”, “power”,
“authority”, “quality”, “freedom” and “citizenship”. Attempts will be made to
examine the irrelevance to contemporary political thinking in the developing
countries.
POS 715 Issues in Nigeria Government and Politics
The course examines issues such as amalgamation and nationalist movement;
constitutional development formation of political parties, state creation, military rule,
religion and state relationship, representation to local, state and national assembles,
Nigeria foreign policies and revenue allocation.
259
POS721 Quantitative Method
Introduction to quantitative goals used in political science including topics in set
theory and functional analysis. Generally this course is designed to give students in
this programme basic quantitative statistical skill necessary for computation of data
collected at field-work.
POS 722 Modern Political Thought
The central focus of the course is built around a consideration of the historical
conditions and force which gave rise to liberalism as a philosophical movement.
Particular attention is given to an examination of the enduring aspects and continuing
significance of liberalism, especially in reaction to the socio-economic and political
systems and conditions in Africa.
Emphasis is also given to a consideration of the theoretical nature and significance of
dialectical and historical materialism the state, ideology, religion, class and class
struggle, democracy, contradictions, revolution, property, capitalism, imperialism and
colonialism. In all, the theoretical framework for the course is provided by the ideals
and works of such prominent liberal philosophers and locks, Rousseau, J.S Mill,
Moutesquieu, Hamilton, Madison, Dicey, Russel and Bertrend, as well as those
radical political thinkers such as Karl Marx and as espoused and applied by Engles,
Lennin, Mao-Tse-Tung, Plekhanov and Fidel.
POS 723 African Political Thought
This examines socio-economic and political ideals held by African and those of
African descent. It will examine the socio-political and historical forces that give rise
to them. Emphasis will be placed on the study of individuals and trends.
POS 724 Public Budgeting
Analysis of the budgeting process include political aspects. Budgeting programmes
and performance budgeting.
POS 725 Administrative Law
Case studies of legal adjustments of administrative authority and individual liberty.
Judicial control of over-administration. Personal liability of offers, scope and limit of
administrative powers. Due process measurement of administrative procedure.
POS 726 Local Government
A study of government in the localities. The course emphasizes local government in
Nigeria and elsewhere with attention of methodological and theoretical problems.
POS 728
The problem of specifying and estimating the costs and benefits, relevantce for
project and programming evaluations. Include discussions of the differences between
private and social consequences, the treatment of uncertainly, the discount rates for
long term public parastatals and alternative choice criteria.
POS 729 International Law and Diplomacy
This course will looks at the principles of the international law and how these
influence and shape the behaviours and actions of states in their relationship with one
another.
POS 731 The Military In World Politics
The course focuses on analysis of the roles of the military in the politics of different
countries. It emphases the factors and forces which predispose and determine
intervention of the armed forces in politics, growth and models of paractorian
260
regimes, comparative performance of military regimes, model of civil military
relations and conditions and processes of transition form military to civil politics.
Experiences are drawn from historic societies and contemporary Latin America,
Africa and Asia
CDS COURSE DESCRIPTION
CDS 701/ CDS 721 Modern Strategic Thought 1 &11 (6 Units)
This course is meant to familiarize the students with not only the contemporary problems
of international peace and security, but also the main trends in the evolution of modern
strategic thought and some of the leading strategic thinkers who have made outstanding
contributions to the development of the subject. The course has three main aspects as
shown below:
Evolution of modern strategic thought: to deal with the main trends in the development of
modern strategic thought and the main strategic thinkers from the era of total war
popularized by Chaka the Zulu and Clausewitz up to the modern war of national
liberation.
Technology and modern strategy: to concentrate on the major developments in military
technology and their impacts on contemporary strategic issues and modern warfare.
Theories of international peace and security: the theories to be discussed under this aspect
of the course include both the coercive and non-coercive theories of international peace
and security, such as appeasement and deterrence, disarmament and arms control, crisis
management, alliances and collective security, safe-determination and world economic
harmonization.
CDS 702/ CDS 722 Defenses and Internal Security
Management I & II
(6 Units)
This course covers defence and security management not only at national levels, but also
the management of security of institutions and organizations within the state. In this
sense, defence and security are being conceived in broad terms to include the security of
the nation as well as that of the individuals, institutions and organizations within it. Issues
to be covered include the following:
Approaches to national defence and internal security management: the coercive and noncoercive approaches;
Institutional and organizational security management;
Management of national defence apparatus; the Armed forces and the para-military, such
as the National Guard;
Management of internal security enforcement apparatus; the police, the customs, the
immigrations, the intelligence services and the prisons, as well as the private security
organizations. Impact of modern technology on national defence; and internal security
management in selected states.
CDS 703 / CDS 723 Security of African State I & II
(6 UNITS)
This course will concentrate on the security problem in Africa, and the manner in which
these problems are being managed by African states. The course has three main aspects as
indicated below: The Geo-Political and Strategic situation in Africa:
This will involve a general survey of all main sub-regions in African, including North,
East, West, Central and Southern Africa, as well as the surrounding oceans and island
states.
261
Threats to African security: issues to be covered include military threats, which will be
group under internal, inter-African and extra-African; and non-military threats, such as
under-development, external dependency, mismanagement of resources, low level of
integration and subversive penetration.
OAU and the management of African security: the main areas to be covered include the
following.
(a)
Minimization of conflicts in the continent;
(b)
Diplomacy and peace-keeping
(c)
Collective defencee efforts; and
(d)
Cooperative with other Third World Regions.
CDS 799
Thesis
(6 Units)
A dissertation of about 20,000 words on defence and security-related topics is an
additional requirement for the M.Sc. in strategic studies. Research work on the
dissertation is done under the close supervision of one or two members of staff with
relevant experience in the student’s chosen topics.
262
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
1
INTRODUCTION
The postgraduate programmes in Sociology are designed primarily to prepare students for
the award of the M.Sc. and Ph.D degrees in sociology. These programmes are designed to
emphasize the quantitive approach to the study of sociology. There is therefore the
understandable emphasis on sociology theory, methodology, social studies and computer
application to the study of sociology.
The Department offers courses at the M.Sc. and Ph.D levels in the following areas of
specialization:
(i)
Population and Demography
(M.Sc, Ph.D)
(ii)
Industrial and Labour Relations
(M.Sc, Ph.D.)
(iii) Political Sociology
(M.Sc. Ph.D.)
(iv)
Social Sociology
(M.Sc, Ph.D.)
(v)
Criminology and Deviance
(M.Sc, Ph.D.)
(vi)
Sociology of Development
(M.Sc, Ph.D.)
2
M.Sc. Sociology
A student shall be required to pass a minimum of 30 units in two semesters which should
include mandatory/core and elective courses and thesis based on original research.
3
GENERAL/CORE REQUIREMENT FOR ALL SYUDENTS
st
1 Semester
Units
SOC 701
Anthropological Theory
3
SOC 702
Advanced Sociological Theory
3
SOC 703
Intermediate Statistics
3
nd
Core Courses 2 Semester
Units
SOC 711
Advanced Statistics
3
SOC712
Mathematical sociology
3
SOC 713
3
SOC 799
Thesis of not less than 20,000 words
6
4
ELECTIVES
In addition to the core courses listed above, candidates shall be required to register for at
least two elective courses per semester in their intended area of specialization provided
they registry for a minimum of 15 units in one semester. All core and elective courses
shall count towards the evaluation of the candidates overall performance.
N.B: all students are required to be in attendance at all Departmental Graduate Studies
Seminars which shall hold regularly.
5
AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
POPULATIONS AND DEMOGRAPHY OPTION
1ST SEMESTER
SOC 704
The city: urbanization and urbanism
3
SOC 705
Population and human ecology
3
SOC 716
Labour Laws and Labour Disputes
3
Industrial disputes, the nature and scope. Government intervention in industrial
disputes in Nigeria. Comparison between Nigeria and other countries.
SOC 717
3
263
Human resources management, decision making; personnel and productivity
technology and resources management.
POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY OPTION
SOC 708
Political Sociology I
An examination of the social bases for political behavior as developed by classical
and contemporary theorists. Examination of electoral behaviour, nationalism and
nationalist movement; community power structure; problems of political development
in new Nations.
SOC 709
Political Sociology II
A consideration of the problem of order in society, especially those of emerging
Nations, Politics and National economy.
SOC 718
Ideology and Political Development
Theories of ideology, leading ideologies in historical perspective. The roles of
ideology in socio-economic and political development of Nations.
(iv)
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY OPTION
SOC 721
Social Psychological Theories
3 Units
Examination of current theories in Psychology such as learning, group identification,
personality language and communication perception, interaction, attitudes and
cognition, measurement of attitudes field theories.
SOC 722
Social Motivation
3 Units
The structure of functional autonomy, social reinforcement, social deprivation. The
concept of balance, congruity and dissonance. Personality social influence, leadership.
SOC 731
Psychology And Social Conflict
3 Units
Patterning of social interaction in groups and organization stress and conflict in
groups.
SOC 732
Group Dynamics
Origins of group dynamic, group processes, power influences and motivation in
group, structural properties of groups. Competition, accommodation, etc, inter-ethnic
relations, international relations.
(v)
CRIMINOLOGY AND DEVIANCE OPTION
SOC 723
Theories of Crimes and Deviance
3 Units
The growth of Scientific view on crime and Deviance. The Classical, positivist’s
school, interactionalist perspective. Sociological theories of crimes and deviance.
Leading authorities on Crimes. Victomology; its origin and prospects.
SOC 724
Penology
Punishment and institutionzation of offenders. Traditional versus modern concept of
justice. Sentencing and its implication. Juvenile justice. The penal institutions in
Nigeria. Problems of penal institutions.
SOC 733
The Police
The development of policing. Comparative examination of police system in West
African. Evaluation of police performance. Changing roles of the police.
SOC 734
Applied Criminology
Crime and statistics. The problems of recording and record keeping. Crime and the
police.
264
(vi)
SOCIOLOGY OF DEVELOPMENT OPTION
SOC 725
Theories Of Social Change
Definition of social change, development theories of social changes classical
evolutionary theory; equilibrium theory; conflict theory; “rise and fall” theories.
Theories of modernization, colonialism and social change in Africa Social movement.
SOC 726
The Colonial and Post Colonial Situation
3 Units
Theories of undevelopment of African, rural transformation and the emergence of
urban centers. The consequence of the colonial situation. Technologism and
modernization. The advent of technism.
SOC 735
Measurement Of Development And Modernization
3 Units
Indices of development and modernization. Modernization theory, multinationals and
social change, crisis of conceptualization.
SOC 736
Development in Nigerian
Using various theories to assess development or underdevelopment in Nigeria.
Assessment of growth without development.
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D)
REMEDIAL COURSES
All Ph.D students (except Master’s degree holders of Edo state university degree in
sociology) MUST register for and pass the following courses in the first year of
registration.
1st SEMESTER
UNITS
SOC 702
Advanced Sociological Theory
3
SOC 703
Intermediate Statistics
3
SOC 711
Advanced Statistics
3
SOC 713
advanced Research Methods
3
No Ph.D student except he/her is exempted from the course listed above would be
allowed to proceed to the next stage of his programme without passing the four courses.
There will be examination or seminar presentation at the end of the session. All Ph.D
candidates will be required to pass a comprehensive examination in the following broad
areas before proceeding with the thesis.
(i)
Theory and Methodology and
(ii)
Area of Specialization
All Ph.D. students who have satisfactorily completed the course work/seminar shall
proceed as follows after passing the comprehensive examination.
(a)
Presentation of seminar papers in the areas of specialization at the regular
Departmental thesis panel, comprising members of the Departmental graduate
committee. All Graduate students in attendance and representative the Postgraduate
school.
(b)
Choice of a title and justification of the title for the Ph.D thesis
(c)
Presentation of a thesis proposal to the regular Departmental thesis panel.
(d)
Field work
(e)
Post field work seminal on results, findings and analysis to be presented to the
regular Departmental thesis panel.
(f)
Defence of thesis before a thesis panel constituted specifically for this purpose.
265
A Ph.D candidate will be required to satisfy the following conditions before he/she is
awarded the doctorate degree.
(i)
Pass comprehensive examination in theory and methodology and area of
specialization.
(ii)
Earn a minimum of 12 units in coursework/seminars.
(iii) Successfully defend the Ph.D thesis in an oral examination.
266
CENTRE FOR STRATEGIC AND DEVELOPMENT STUDIES (CSDS)
Details of the master’s degree programmers offered at the center
1.
M. Sc. In Strategic Studies
Compulsory Courses:
a
CDS .701
Modern strategic thought
b
CDS. 702
Defense and internal security management
c
CDS. 703
Security of African state
d
CDS. 707
Research project (for a thesis of about
20,000 words).
Elective Courses:
Any one of the following:
e.
CDS. 704
Advanced public policy analysis
f.
CDS .705
Comparative development strategies
g.
CDS. 706
Management of strategies resources.
2
M.Ss. in policy and Development Studies
Compulsory courses
A. CDS. 704
Advanced public Policy Analysis
b. CDS. 705
Comparative development strategies
c. CDS .706
Management of strategic resources
d. CDS .708
Research project (for a thesis of about 20,000
word).
Elective Courses:
Any one of the following
e. CDS . 701
Modern strategic thought
f. CDS. 702
Defense and internal security management
g. CDS . 703
Security of African states
NOTE: Each course carries six units.
Postgraduate Diploma /M.SE. In Strategic Studies
This comprises four course packages and a dissertation (for only the M.Sc. students)
Modern Strategic thought
 Evolution of modern strategic thought;
 Technology and modern strategy;
 Theories of international peace
 zz and security;
Defense And Internal Security Management.
Approaches to National Defence and Internal Security Management;
Defence and internal security planning and budgeting;
Institution and organizational security management;
Management of internal defence apparatus;
crime control, public order and internal security enforcement agencies; management of
internal conflicts and cries/simulation exercises; impact of modern technology on internal
defence; and internal security management in selected state.
Security of African State
The geo-political and strategic situation in Africa;
threats to African security;
OAU/ sub-regional organizations and the management of African security; minimization
of conflicts in the continent (confidence- building measures and peace- support
267
operations); integrated conflict management system; collective defence efforts at both
regional and sub-regional levels; and cooperation with other third world regional
Statistical Analysis and Computer Application

Computer and statistical analysis, and
 Statistical and computer application.
Thesis
A dissertation of about 20,000 words on defence and security- related topic is an additional
requirement for the M.Sc in strategic studies. Research work on the dissertation is done
under the close supervision of one or two members of staff with relevant research experience
in the student ‘s chosen topic
Post- graduate diploma/ M.Sc. in policy and development studies
This comprises four course packages:
Advanced public policy analysis
 Theories of public policy analysis;
 Mythologies for analysis public policy ;
 The policy- making process, including the determinants of public policy; and
 Institutional provision for public policy-making.
Comparative Development Strategies
 Theories of development;
 The political economy of development;
 Infrastructures for accelerated development;
 Different modes of development (capital, socialist, mixed grill, etc).
 Development trends/ patterns in third world countries;
 Obstacles to development in the third world
 Different approaches to the acquisition of technology; and
 Development strategies in selected counties
Management of strategic resources
 Definition of strategic resources ;
 Analysis of some of the major strategic resources;
 The main suppliers and users major strategic resources;
 The inequality in supplies/ user relationship;
 Approach to redressing this inequality such, as through collective
price bargaining in- source utilization, promotion of R &D among supplier nations
etc;
 The importance of proper information management; and
 Analysis and of the state of the art in modern information technology.
Statistical Analysis and Computer Application Doctorate Programmers
Two doctoral programmers, conducted purely by research, are available at the center.
These are:
 PhD in strategic studies; and
 PhD in policy and development studies
Candidates can compete for the two fellowships endowed for the two programmes which
are advertise both in national and international media every year. Candidates who could
268
not win the fellowship can undertake their research under self- finance or through any
other sponsorship either on full-time or part-time basis. The fields covered in the canter’s
doctoral programmes include conflict management, public order and crime control, and
policy, defense., security ,development and related studies.
The duration of the doctoral programmes at the centre is two years for all full-time
student (who are also the only ones qualified to compete for the center’s fellowship/
grants ),and a maximum of five years for part-time student when an extension beyond two
years is allowed for any full-time student enjoying the centre’ fellowship or grant, it shall
be without financial grant. Research work at the centre for the PhD dissertation is
conducted under the close supervision of one or two members of staff with reprise
expertise and experience in the student’s chosen field.
All diploma/ M.Sc. Holders from the centre are eligible to compete for the D fellowships
of the centre. Other graduates with recognized equivalent qualifications could also
compete.
CSDS Endowed Chairs
Three professional chairs are endowed at the center for the purpose of providing
opportunity for eminent scholars too spend short periods of one to two years at the center
to carry out serious research in the chosen field for which the relevant chair is established.
These are:
 Professional chair in strategic studies;
 Professional chair in policy studies; and
 Professional chair in Development studies
Each chair is tenable for one year; but could be renewed for another one year, should his
become necessary for he incumbent o complete his research project.
CSDS Staff
The center’s programmes are basically multi-disciplinary in nature and need expertise
from a variety of fields. To run its programmes, the center relies mainly on the relevant
expertise spread across he various faculties of he university. In addition, the cense
maintains a small core staff with expertise in the course areas of its activities, such as
policy defense, internal security, conflict management, crime control and public order and
development studies. All the offices of academic fellows working at the center are to be
equipped with computers. Those without computer knowledge will undergo an
orientation programme for them to be able to use computer for the processing of heir
research materials independently.
269
INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION
MASTERS DEGREE IN PERSONEL PSYCHOLOGY ( MPP)
Statement of Philosophy and Objectives
The masters degree in personnel psychology, has a primary aim of producing high level
psychologists, trained to meet the challenges of the 21st century and beyond. Those to be
trained should be able to combined the strategies of research methodology with tenacious
assessment, treatment and evaluation of the clinician to manage the various maladaptive
behavoiur which afflict mankind in organizations and public institution.
Course Registration
a
candidates must register or pass all the prescribed courses at 700
level.
b.
sandwich students shall register for first semester courses during the long vacation
and second semester courses during the second long vacation.
c.
A candidate may be allowed to transfer not more than (15) units from any
university approved by the senate.
d.
units in research methods and research project are not transferable.
Courses
MPP 700
Research methods
3 Units
MPP 701
Statistics and introduction o computer programming
3 Units
MPP 702
Psychology of adjustment and interpersonal relationship
3 Units
MPP 703
Personnel testing
3 Units
MPP 704
Organizational psychology
3 Units
MPP 707
Job analysis
3 Units
MPP 708
Practicum in personnel psychology
3 Units
MPP 711
Organizational behavoiur management
3 Units
MPP 712
Research project
3 Units
MPP 713
Psychology of development
3 Units
MPP 714
Human behavoiur and stress at work
3 Units
MPP 715
Lab our law
3 Units
MPP 716
Collective bargaining
3 Units
270
COURSE REGISTRATION
a.
Candidates must register or pass all the prescribed course at 700 level.
b.
vacation and second semester courses during the second long vacation.
c.
A candidate may be allowed to transfers not more than fifteen (15) units from any
university approved by the senate.
d.
Units in research methods and research project are not transferable.
COMPULSORY COURSES
EDU 700
Research methods
3 Units
EDU 701
educational statistic and introduction
to computer programming
3 Units
EDU 799
Research project
3 Units
1.
Personnel Psychology
PPY 700
introduction to social psychology
3 Units
PPY 701
psychology of personnel development
units utilization
3 Units
PPY 702
psychological tests in personnel selection 3 Units
2.
Clinical child psychology
CCP 700
Abnormal psychology
3 Units
CCP 701
Psychology of childhood and adolescence 3 Units
CCP 702
Principle of behavoiur modification
3 Units
CCP 703
Psychology of learning disabilities
3 Units
CCP 704
Family therapy
3 Units
CCP 705
Theories of personality
3 Units
CCP 706
culture and psychology
3 Units
3.
Education Evaluation
EVE 700
Introduction to measurement and evaluation 3 Units
EVE 701
Principle of test construction
3 Units
EVE 702
Observational techniques
3 Units
EVE 703
Formative and summative evaluation of student
Achievement / programmed
3 Units
EVE 704
Statistics
3 Units
EVE 705
intelligence and aptitude testing
2units Elective
EVE 706
construction of questionnaire and rating scales 3 Units
EVE 707
Research design in evaluation
3 Units
EVE 708
Public examining in mathematics/
Science / humanities / social science/
Language
3
Units
EVE 709
Curriculum evaluation
2units Elective
271
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES
Post Graduate Diploma in Business Management(PGDBM)
Postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science
-
Civil Engineering
Electrical/ Electronic Engineering
Materials Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Postgraduate Diploma in Public Administration
Postgraduate Diploma in Geography and Regional Planning (PGDGRP)
Institute of Education:- Postgraduate Diploma in Education
272
PART –TIME POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT (PGDBM)
INTRODUCTION
The Department of Economics of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma, offers a
postgraduate diploma course in Business Management. This is in accordance with the
University’s culture of utilizing its very rich man-power potentials to develop both middle
and high management personnel for the productive sectors of the economy. The
programme is specifically designed to promote and develop personnel in the area of
Business Management from those whose initial qualifications are insufficient to properly
manage modern business.
OBJECTIVES:
The PGDBM programme has the following objectives
(i)
The programme is designed to provide a general foundation in Management to
persons
who have university degrees or equivalent professional qualifications in
disciplines other
than Business Management or related fields and who wish to go
into the carrier of
entrepreneurship and management.
(ii)
To assist those persons who had 3rd class degree in the discipline and who wish to
pursue post-graduate degree programme in the discipline.
The programme is intended to last for one academic session of two semesters
The programme is structured as follows:FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code Course Description
Units
PDM 601
Introduction to Financial Accounting
3
PDM 602
Basic Economic Analysis I
3
PDM 603 Element of Business Management
3
PDM 604
Quantitative Analysis for Management Decisions
3
PDM 605
Principles of Management
3
SECOND SEMESTER
PDM 611
Small Business Management
3
PDM 612
Basic Economic Analysis ll
3
PDM 613
Introduction to Computer Science
3
PDM 614
Industrial Relations and Personnel management
3
PDM 615 Research Project
6
TOTAL
33
REGULATION GOVERNING RESULT:
Students in this programmes are expected to, in addition to satisfying the general.
University regulation governing examinations, meet the following requirements for the
ward of a Diploma.
(a)
Pass all course with a minimum of 50% in each course
(b)
Submit a project work which must be accepted by the Department of Economics.
273
(c)
Where a student fails in courses whose total units are not more than 12 units at
the end
to the session , the student may be allowed to take a resit examination.
The maximum
mark obtained in any course during resit is 50%.
(d)
A student who fails courses whose total units are more than 12 units at the end of
session will be expected to withdraw from the programme.
EXAMINATION SCORING AND GRADING
The grading system for courses offered in the programme shall be as follows:
MARKS
LETTER GRADE
GRADE POINT
70% and above
A
5
60%-69%
B
4
50%- 59%
C
3
0%- 49%
F
CLASSIFICATION OF DIPLOMA CERTIFICATE
The Diploma will be awarded to candidates who obtain a minimum of pass in all courses
with the following classification.
Overall Average (%)
70 and above
60-69
50-59
Diploma Classification
Distinction
Credit
Pass.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
PDM 601
This course is aimed at introducing students to accounting concept, practice and
procedures. Emphasis will be on the technique and theories of recording and reporting
of financial data to external users of such information.
It will include:The nature and purpose of accounting
A preview of the balance sheet,
Recording procedures. This will include preliminary matters,
Cash and credit transaction,
The preparation of the trial balance,
Preparation of financial statements including adjustments,
Depreciation and inventory valuation,
Control Accounts and incomplete Records,
Introduction to company Accounts,
Manufacturing Accounts
Accounts of Non-Profit Making Organnisation,
Funds flow statement and
Analysis of financial statements.
PDM 602
The course deals with business decision-making within the firm, with the behaviour
of individual markets reacting to supply and demand forces. Analysis of the different
market structures and business policies will de undertaken. Partial and general welfare
equilibrium will also be treated.
PDM 603 Elements of Business Management
274
The purpose of this course is to enable students understand the process of business
Management in complex organisation. Topics to be covered include: meaning of
Business management. Forms of business ownership. The business environment.
Business ethics and social responsibility, business growth. Functional areas of
business and management. Historical development of modern management. Fayol,
Taylor, Grant.
PDM 604 Quanatitative Analysis for Management Decisions.
The purpose of this course is to develop basic competence and judgment in using
quantitative techniques to solve and analyze problems in business field. The course
will consist of:
(a) Review of basic mathematical concepts such as set theory, indices & logarithms,
equations and functions; inequalities, sequences and progressions; coordinate
geometry and graphs; elements of metric operations permutations and combinations
with business
applications.
(b) Introductory calculus in business management eg. Minima and
maxima ,
producer and
consumer surpluses, etc.
(c) Benefit-cost analysis in investment decision, input/output analysis; business
forecasting
techniques, games theory and queuing theory. Linear
programming.
PDM 605 Principles of Management
The principles of organisation, classical organisations theory, human relations, school,
informal organisation, bureaucracy, politics and administration, administrative
decision making, control and accountability; organisation of the job and staffing.
SECOND SEMESTER
PDM 611
The course focuses on the natured and operational character of the small business in
Nigeria in terms of its socio-economic significance, operational procedures and
problems. Topics covered include the natured of small business finance and the small
scale industries credit scheme, investment strategies for the small business, production
management, marketing the personnel administration in the small business, ensuring
cost-effectiveness and greater productivity, planning for growth in the small business,
succession crises, problem and future of small business in Nigeria.
PDM 612
The objective of this course is to prepare the student for the application of economic
analysis for evaluating economic business, as well as public policy problems. Topics
to be covered will depend on the situation in the economy but may include: shortages
of essential commodities, the nature, causes and effects of oil prices, the dangers of
mono-product economics, labour scarcity in the midst of plenty economic sabotage,
economic performance ideology and nationalism, public policy and business
performance.
275
PDM 613
The topics here include computer history, hardware and software, computer
programming and use of time sharing system, use of computer programming
packages available in the computer centres.
PDM 614
Industrial Relation & Personnel Management
student would be required to understand the principles and processes involved in the
procurement, utilization and compensation of human resources. Topics covered
include modern organisation theories, forecasting and planning of human resources,
the relevance of productivity and the concepts of its measurement, recruitment,
selection including tests and interviews, job analysis and evaluation, performances
appraisal, leadership and satisfaction, trade unionism in Nigeria and in the
international contexts, collective bargaining, factory administration, etc
PDM 615
Research Project
Topics are selected in consultation with advisers. But topics will generally be
expected to relate to aspects of economics of management, industrial performance and
public economic policy and the computer in modern industrial society.
POST-GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
PHILOSPHY OF THE PROGRAMME
The philosophy of the diploma programme is primarily to produce middle level
manpower in Computer Science who can effectively function at full postgraduate degree
programme in Computer Science anywhere. The programme is also designed for other
professionals who wish to be functional in the next millennium and who need more than
an introductory course in computers.
OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAMME
The objectives of the courses are:
1
To carry out computing tasks with minimum supervision.
2
To expose students to a variety of industrial Standard software now available to
equip them.
3
To expose the student to Hardware problems and solutions and prepare them for
routine maintenance in computer installations.
The course structure has been designed to produce graduates that are versatile enough to
fit any organization or beself-employed.
Candidate for the postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science must have:
1
At least a Third Class Honours Degree of Ambrose Alli University or any other
recognized Institutions in a science-based discipline. Other relevant professional
qualifications may be considered on their own merit.
276
2
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
HND from recognized Polytechnic or College of Technology.
The postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science will be awarded after the
fulfillments of the following conditions:
A successful completion of prescribed course work.
A pass in the prescribed examinations.
Obtaining approval of a completed research thesis.
The Diploma programme will be 12 calendar months including two full semesters of
course work and the last three months for project. The project should be geared towards
solving existing computing problems in any chosen sector of the economy.
STUDENT’S WORK LOAD
Students shall be required to register for courses before they are allowed to take them. A
student of the postgraduate diploma in computer science will be required to register for a
minimum of thirty (30) credit units and a maximum of forty-eight (48) credit units. A
credit unit is equivalent to fifteen contact hours of lectures or practical.
REGISTRATION FOR COURSES
All students shall register for both first and second semester courses during the first two
weeks of resumption. To be eligible for registration, candidates shall be required to
provide evidence of payment of the recommended penalty fees by the university.
CHANGE OF COURSE.
At the beginning of each semester, students may drop courses for which they have
registered. The deadline for adding/deleting of courses shall be one(1) month after
commencement of lectures. The Departmental Board of examiners shall consist of the
Head of Department, as the chairman and all the academic staff of the Department.
Course examination question shall be internally moderated by the Head of the
Department and results shall be considered and approved by the Departmental Board of
studies before publication as provisional results at the end of each semester.
EXAMINATIONS:
(i)
Course Examinations:
Examination will normally consist of a three-hour paper on each of the courses taken.
(ii)
Postgraduate Seminars:
Every candidate will be expected to give a seminar to satisfy post-graduate school
requirements for graduation.
(iii) Thesis:
A thesis based on original research work and written according to standards
prescribed by the Board of Postgraduate School shall be submitted by the
candidate. An assessment of the thesis together with the performance of the
candidate at an oral examination will be taken into account in recommending the
award of the degree.
277
PROGRAMME CO-ORDINATOR
A programme co-ordinator shall be appointed by the Head of Department and He shall be
responsible to the Head of Department for the day-to-day co-ordinaton of the programme
and must be chosen from amongst the senior members of academic staff of the
Department.
Categories of Courses:
There shall be two categories of courses, namely:
(i)
Core Courses: These are courses that students must pass before being qualified
for the award of the Diploma.
(ii)
Mandatory (required) courses: these are courses that students must have
registered for and attended before being qualified for the award of diploma.
(a)
Every course assessment must consist of 20% continuous assessment; 20%
practical
(computer lab) and course examination.
(b)
The pass mark for every course assessment is 50%
(c)
The grading system. The grade system is based on a four (4) point lettered grade
as
follows:Score (%)
Letter Grade
70 – 100%
A
60-69
B
50-59
C
0-49
F
(d)
Classification of Results:
At the end of the one year programme, a grade point average shall be computed
by dividing the sum of the grades by the total number of courses.
Score (%)
Letter Grade
70 – 100%
Distinction
60-69
Credit
50-59
Pass
Fail
Course Code
CSC 601
CSC 602
CSC 603
CSC 604
CSC 605
CSC 606
CSC 607
CSC 608
CSC 611
CSC 612
CSC 613
CSC 614
CSC 615
CSC 616
CSC 617
COURSE OUTLINE FOR FULL TIME PROGRAMME
Course Title
Units
Introduction to General Computing
3
Compiler Construction
3
3
Management Information System
3
Advanced File Organisation
3
Programming Language (Fortran/BASIC) 3
Data Structures
3
Operating Systems
3
Project
3
Digital Computer Communications
3
Computer Electronics
3
System Analysis and Design
3
Assembly Language Programming
3
Advanced Database Management
3
Accounting Methods
3
Total Units
48
278
COURSE OUTLINE FOR PART-TIME PROGRAMME
(Three Semesters)
FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code
CSC 601
CSC 603
CSC 604
CSC 605
CSC 606
CSC 607
Course Title
Programming Language (Fortran/BASIC)
Data Structures
Total
SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
CSC 602
CSC 608
Operating Systems
CSC 612
Digital Computer Networks
CSC 613
CSC 614
Systems Analysis and Design
CSC 616
Total Units
THIRD SENESTER
Course Code
Course Title
CSC 611
Project
CSC 615
CSC 617
Accounting methods
Total
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
Units
6
3
3
12
COURSE DESCRIPTION
CSC 601
The computer, definition, part, types, and uses of computer, software and Hardware,
definition, types, uses. Input, output, and processing devices, peripherals etc.
introduction to windows (win 3:11/win 95/98), MS DOS; definition, internal and
exinternal commends, functions etc, element of data processing, introductory
computer packages, MS word/ AmiPro, lotus 123/ ms excel, coral Draw/ page maker,
Dbase IV/MS Access etc.
CSC 602
Define, compare and contrast compiler, assembler and interpreters, compilation
process, lexical analysis, syntax analysis code preparation table of information and
error routine. Code optimization. Grammar and language. Grammar and language
alphabet, string, phrase, syntax tree, ambiguous and unambiguous sentences.
Relations; contains, transpose, reflex and transitive operation; head, first, last and
within. Transitive closures and relations. Scanner tracers. Token and its internal
forms. State diagrams applications. Write a scanner for a simple source program.
Parsing techniques: pares scanners, output using syntax trees and polish notations.
Use top- down and bottom-up to parse sentence. Triples, indirect triples and
quadruples. Storage allocation techniques for draw and data area display for operands,
storage requirement calculation for elementary data items- arrays and strings. Error
279
routine scanning and semantic error routine. Code generation for simple arithmetic
expression-triples, indirect triples and quadruples. Code optimization during code
generation
CSC 603 Quantitative Techniques
Statistics – basic probability and statistic deductive and inductive methods, sampling
methods- why and how descriptive statistics, functional samples, frequency tables and
graphs, centre of distribution, spread of distribution, liner transformation probability outcomes and their probabilities, events and their probabilities, condition probability,
independence. Probability distribution discrete random variables, means and variance, the
binominal distribution, continuous distribution the normal distribution. A function of
random variable. Notations two random variable distribution, a function of two random
variables co-variance and correlation, linear contribution of two random variable. Basic
inference Estimating means, sampling, point estimation, interval estimation, hypo-thesis
testing analysis of variance regression, least square solution multiple regression,
correlation. Introduction to operation research and application. Operations Research.
Linear programming standard form: slack and surplus variables initial feasible solution
basic feasible solution simplex method. Tableau, duality, transportation transship
algorithm. Schedule models; - PERT And CRM, queuing systems predator’s models;
predicting the effects off a Rosemont- carol simulation, waiting line theory.
CSC 604 Management Information System
Concept of MIS – definition, importance and examples. Deterministic, probability, static,
and dynamic systems. Open and closed loop system. Subsystems. Levels of information
in terms of operation, planning decision making and information handling channels of
communications with an organisation decision making techniques and project
management tools – PER, grant charts, stokes etc objective of the total system
rationalization of information flows timing and accuracy of destination of output. Effects
of time lag on input and derivative from standard develop an MIS.
CSC 605 Advance File Organisations
Definition: bits, byte, character, field, record and file. Block of data, store, retrieve,
maintenance operations. Seek read, write, fetch, insert, delete, update, e. t. c. file system
performance. Characteristics and types of files. Heap (pile)sequential, indexed, indexed
sequential, direct, indirect e.t.c. define pasting, activity ratio. Old master file new master
file, transaction file, activity file e.t.c. concept of generation of a file storage. Devices and
media punched card, paper tape, disk, diskette, cartridge, OMR OCR, MICR e.t.c. Access
methods, sequential, random, direct access storage methods. Buffer: its function and
calculated respect to a file.
CSC 606
Training in the FORTRAN programming language from person with no previous
programming experiences. Basic concepts and properties of algorithms for solution for
numerical and non-numerical problems, including running of program on a computer,
survey of computer applications.
CSC 607 Data Structures
Data structure, data attribute name, value and range; data identification- character, fields,
sub-fields, record and files. Graphs, data relations. Position relation- cell content, record
280
relation, transfer keys; order relation- record rank, cell rank. Data operation; precede, less
than, point to more to, searches, change entry. Occupancy. Birth, death change of data.
Fixed and variable length fields. Ordered lists; append, search, delete, sort, selection and
exchange. Arrays, double linked list; queues, stacks, equine, trees. Push and pop. Storage
mapping. String and string representation: character string length and values. Assignment
sub-sting selection, insertion, deletion and replacement.
CSC 608
Operating System
Definition, importance, classification and examples of operating system in Micro, mini,
and Mainframes computers. Definition and examples of multi-programming,
multiprocessing, batch, real time, time sharing and networking operating system.
Function of operating system in relation of memory management, processor management,
device management, interrupt handling, information management characteristics of
operating systems concurrency, sharing, long term storage and non determinacy. Feature
of OS efficiency, reliability, maintainability and size. OS design-top down, bottom up,
concept of process view – definition process state, table, wait, blocked, running and
ready state. Queuing in OS – definition, traffic intensity facility utilization, priority FIFO,
LIFO, round robin e.t.c. interrupt mechanism in OS definition. Interrupt vectors and its
use. Making, level of interrupt. I/O interrupt, program interrupts. Supervisor call
instructions. Component of OS, (BIOS), nucleus dispatcher, e.t.c. JCL, MS-Dos, CP/M,
OS2.
CSC 611 Project
Each student will be require to submit a professional report on his project. The project
offers the student an opportunity to apply computer technology theory and concepts to a
problem area of his choice either within the technology or any other area of application
subject to the approval of post Graduate Board.
CSC 612 Digital Computer Communications
Definition of data communication. Need for communication between machines,
equipment use in computer communication. Functions of online equipment, interactive
terminals and batch processing terminals. Functions of direct equipment – line
controllers, line drivers, data set (modern digital service units) traffic clustering devices,
multiplexes, concentrators. Network control, front – end processors network nodes,
Network monitoring device, diagnostic and testing equipment and their functions.
Modulation, amplitude, frequency and phase multiplexes and statistical multiplexing and
comparison with concentrators. Simplex, half duplex and full duplex transmission,
synchronous and asynchronous transmissions. Media links: switched and leased telephone
lines, twisted wires, co-axial, radio satellite, optical cables etc. communication software,
the type reliability, maintainability and size. OS design – top down, bottom up, Concept
of process view – definition process, process state, table, wait, blocked, Running and
ready state. Queuing in OS – definition traffic intensity facility utilization, priority FIFO,
LIFO, round robin etc. interrupting mechanism in OS, (BIOS), nucleus dispatcher, etc.
JCL, MS-DOS, UNIX, PC_DOS, CP/M, OS2.
CSC 611 Project
Each student would be required to submit a professional report on his project. The project
281
subject to the approval of the post graduate board.
equipment use in computer communication. Function of on –line equipment, interactive
terminals and batch processing terminals. Functions of indirect equipment – line
controllers, line drivers, data set (modern, digital service units) traffic clustering devices,
multiplexes, concentrators. Network control, front-end processors, network nodes,
network monitoring device diagnostic and testing equipment and their functions.
Modulation, amplitude, frequency and phase multiplexers and statistical multiplexing and
synchronous and asynchronous transmissions. Media links: switch and leased telephone
line, twisted wire, co-axial, radio satellite, optical cables etc. communication software, the
types
CSC 615 Assembly Language Programming
Definition: operation code (opcode) operand and instruction. Machine instruction and
assembly language. Instruction format: register to register, register to storage, index
register: immediate operand instruction, instruction sets: I/O instruction arithmetic
instruction, addition, subtraction, multiplication and division instructions AND, OR and
XOR instructions, conditional and unconditional branch instructions, bit manipulation
instruction; move load, store, compare, EQU instruction etc. addressing mode: relative
absolute, register immediate, indexed, deferred, and their examples. Listing options,
program beginning and ending directive e.g. CSECT, END, START, USING, etc. (IBM
360,ICL 1004). Data and storage define statement, EQU instruction. Position of labels,
operation code operands and comments. Free format and formatted source program. JCL
in output.
CSC 616 Advance Data Management
Define data, database as collection of files, database management systems. Uses, merit
and demerit of database models. Structure of database in terms of inter file relationship,
multi-view of database, multiple files and database models. Define functional
dependency, entity relation lexicon, references, reference relations artificial reference
type. First, second, third, normal forms. Relational operations, join and projection, union,
intersection and difference. Database structure: hierarchical, network and relational.
Distributed database and its application. Scheme and it use. Diagrammatic representation
of schemes. Structure within data elements and record. Schemas manipulation.
Translation, compilation and with examples. Sub schemas and its derivation from
schemes. Define data independence structure independence and program independence.
Naming database elements, information hiding and security. Single and multiple
application of database control. Develop and document a database using any available
package. Database .administrator and its functions Query language, SQL, OBE etc and its
use to insert retrieve, update etc. maintain a database.
CSC 617 Accounting methods
Book – keeping trial balance, trading profit and loss accounts, balance sheet. Receipt and
payments, income and expenditure. Bank reconciliation and petty cash. Royalty account,
join venture, consignment department, branch, hire purchase, income tax, partnership,
282
double accounting cash speed, stock investment management aids. And techniques.
Arithmetic accounting. Interpretation of accounts. Balance sheet criticism, accounts
rations, take over bid, budgetary control marginal costing aids. In mechanical data
processing, electronics data processing (EDP), operation research, etc
283
INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION (PGDE)
The institute of education offers programmes leading to the award of post graduate
diploma in education(PHDE).
ALMS
The programmes is designed to prepare graduate teachers who are already teaching or
who intend to teach in the secondary schools system without teaching qualifications to
professionalize in the field of education.
OBJECTIVES:
To provide students with an in-depth knowledge in the theory and practice of education.
To enable the students acquire the necessary knowledge and skills needed to teach their
special subjects.
To train students in the procedures and methods of research in the field of education.
To provide training for the professional growth and personal improvement of serving
teachers.
The structure of the programmes consists of:
Written course work examination for which a student must obtain at least 50% in each of
the courses.
Student on the theory and practice of education.
Specialized procedures in the teaching of education
Supervised practice in teaching
Supervised project
To qualify for the award of postgraduate diploma in education, a
student must have successfully completed all the prescribed written courses examination,
the teaching practice and the project and have accumulated a minimum of 30 units.
FULL TIME
Course Available
Core Course
1st Semester
Units
PGD 601
Historical Foundation of Education
2 core
PGD 602
Philosophical Foundations of Education
2 core
PGD 603
Sociological Foundations of Education
2 core
PGD 604
Education Physiology
2 core
PGD 605
General Principles of Teaching
2 core
PGD 606
Subject Methodology
2 core
PGD 607
Measurement and Evaluation
2 core
PGD 608
Introduction to Education Research
2 core
PGD 609
Introduction to Special Education
1 Elective
PGD 610
Introduction to Adult Education
1 Elective
Core course 2nd semester
Units
PGD 611
School Organization and Administration
2 core
PGD 612
educational technology
1 elective
PGD 613
Introduction to Curriculum theory and Development 2 core
PGD 614
Guidance and Counseling
1 Elective
284
PGD 615
Comparative Education
1 elective
PGD 616
Teaching Practice
3 core
PGD 617
Research Project
3 core
PGD 618
Educational Supervision
2 core
PGD 619
Guild Psychology
1 elective
Part Time (Sandwich Courses)
Course Outline
First Year
First Semester
Units
PGD 601
Historical Foundation of Education
2core
PGD 602
Philosophical Foundation I of Education
2core
PGD 603
Sociological Foundations of Education
2core
PGD 604
Educational Psychology
2core
PGD 605
General Principles of Teaching
2core
Second Semester
PGD 606
Subject Methodology
2core
PGD 607
measurement and evaluation
1elective
PGD 608
introduction to educational research
2core
PGD 609
introduction to special education
1elective
PGD 610
introduction to adult education
1elective
First semester
PGD 611
school organization and administration
2core
PGD 612
educational technology
1elective
PGD 613
introduction to curriculum theory and development 2core
PGD 614
guidance and Counseling
1elective
PGD 615
comparative education
1elective
First Semester
PGD 616
Teaching Practice
3core
PGD 617
Research Project
3core
PGD 618
Educational Supervision
3core
PGD 619
Child Psychology
2elective
Course Description
PGD 601
historical foundation
As an introduction to the history of education, the course is divided into two parts:
Western Education
Emphasizes the educational development and institutions from ancient times(Greek and
roman education) to the present with particular reference to evolutionary trends relating to
modern practices.\
Nigerian Education
Emphasizes the history of education in Nigeria (and traditional education) and its
evaluation in Nigeria from 1842 to the present day
2 Units-Core
PGD 602
Philosophical Foundation of Education
The philosophical ideas that have influenced development of education thought at least
five philosophical schools such as idealism, naturalism, pragmatism, humanism are
emphasism.
2
Units-Core
285
PGD 603
Sociological Foundation of Education
The functions of the school in society education as a social process, socialization in the
school.
2 Units-Core
PGD 604 Educational principles as applied, to practice, and their relation to the Nigerian
secondary schools. Emphasis on learning, theories, origin and nature of individual
differences, motivation in learning, transfer of learning, cognition, remembering and
forgetting.
2Units-Core
PGD 605 General Principles of Teaching
Analysis of the basic concepts, fundamental principle responsible for good teaching.
Organize class and materials for effective teaching and learning. Focus on the importance
of the child, teacher and environment in the teacher process, and factors that either
enhance or hinder learning. Lesson plans and demonstrate various skills of teaching
lesson preparation and evaluation of teaching.
2 Units-Core
PGD 606 Subject Methodology
Emphasis and analysis of various pedagogical principles, strategize, skill, techniques and
methods as applicable to various discipline offerings such as the sciences, social sciences
arts and technology.
2 Units-Core
PGD 607 Measurement and Evaluation
Emphasis on principles of testing examinations and the assessment of students
contemporary methods and techniques employed by teachers in determining the progress
of student both as individual and as groups and principles of continuous assessment are
emphasized.
PGD 608 Introduction to Educational Research
Focus on analysis of types of research design, methods of data collecting, organizing and
analyzing data, presentation and analysis of results.
2units-Core
PGD 609 Introduction to Special Education
Education for the mentally retarded, the blind, the deaf, emotionally and socially
maladjusted, those with speech defects and others with orthopedic problems. Special
education facilities and equipment, methods of treatment management and rehabilitation
of the handicapped.
2
Elective
PGD 610 Introduction to Adult Education
The objectives, nature, scope and channels of adult education appropriate to Nigeria. The
developmental stage in adulthood, problems of adult learning, adjustment and incentives.
School Organization and Administration
Prepare students for active and intelligent participation in school organization and
management focus on line and stage relationship, the principal ship, the assistance to
286
position, heads of departments and other middle management roles in the school system .
the roles and functions of the headmaster, principal, staff and student personnel business
administration, management of discipline and school community relation.
2 Units-core
PGD 612 Education Technology
This is the application of the theories of communication to education
and learning. It involves the systematic use of medial facilities for
instructional purpose, with emphasis on systems and task analysis.
2 Unit-Core
PGD 613 Introduction to Curriculum Theory and Development
the principles and procedures in curriculum development including basic concepts on
theories of development, patterns and curriculum and determination of objectives,
selection and organisation of learning experience and evaluation process. Practicum
curriculum development
2units-Core
PGD 614 Guidance and Counseling.
The general field of guidance and counseling, the concept and Psychological foundations
of guidance and counseling, the need For guidance services, characteristics, rules and
functions of the School Counselor, guidance services, educational, vocational appraisal,
personal, social services, theories of counseling, the counseling interview and the
organisation of school guidance programme. 1 Unit-Elective
PGD 615 Comparative Education
the concept of comparative education and the description and critical examination of the
educational system of developed countries like user, France, Japan, U.K., China, U.S.A.
etc).and selected developing countries (Nigeria, Gambia, Kenya, Ghana, Cameroon,
Togo, Tanzania, etc). The factors and traditions that determine the character and
development of national systems of education.
1 UnitElective
PGD 616 Teaching Practice
supervised practice teaching in a secondary school where students learn by practical
experience how to teach particular subjects (s), manage, a classroom and perform the
other functions of good teacher.
3 Units-Core
PGD 617 Research Project
Student undertake any research project in any area of the educational programme/ subject.
PGD 618 Educational Supervision
The need for supervene for continuous improvement of instruction. Contemporary
concepts of the role of the supervisor, methods and practices as they relate to educational
goals.
2 Units-Elective
PGD 619 Child Psychology
Intellectual growth of children and its educational implication. Survey of various facets of
adolescence development. Understanding biological, cultural and social basis for
adolescence behavior. Characteristics of the stages of adolescence behavior and the
287
implications of the these for teaching- learning and adjustment of adolescence for the
Nigerian society.
288
POSTGRADUATE DEPLOMA ENGINERRING (PGDENG) AIMS,
STRUCTURE AND COMPLISORY COURSES.
Programmes leading to the award of postgraduate diploma in Engineering are offered
with specialization in any of the following:
i
Civil Engineering
ii
iii
Material Engineering
iv
Details of these programmes are set out under each department in the subsequent pages of
this handbook
AIMS:
The programmes are offered mainly to:
i
Meet the long-standing wishes of HAND/HNC graduate who wish to
enhance their careers in Engineering.
ii
Engineers that are capable of developing materials with specific
function such as mechanical, thermal optical, electromagnetic,
Electronic, chemical and biological.
iii
Offer practicing Engineers, technologist and scientists the
opportunity to improve their skills and enhance their career prospects.
iv
Develop individuals who are capable of designing the various
machines and apparatus used in material production.
v
Offered students who successfully complete the programme and
whose result satisfy the standard required, opportunity for admission to the M. Eng.
Degree programmes.
i
The programme which is run on part-time comprises four semester for taught
courses and a project for part-time candidates. All courses are Core.
ii
The minimum requirement for a pass in any taught courses and the project is a
score 50%.
iii
There will be written examination in all the taught courses at the end of the
relevant semester
iv
Every student write a project report on his /her research project which shall be
graded and moderated like any of the taught course
v
There will be continuous assessment through quizzes, tests, assignments, which
will be weighted at 25%
vi
Every student shall give at least one/ departmental seminar on his/ her research
project during the period of his/her study.
vii
A student who fails one or two taught courses at the end of the session will be
asked to take the examination at he next available opportunity
viii
asked to withdraw.
289
To qualify for the award of the postgraduate diploma, a student must pass the taught
courses and the project.
The postgraduate diploma in engineering certificate will be classified on the basis of the
cumulative percentage score average as follows :
Class
Distinction
Credit
Pass
Cumulative Percentage
Score (Average)
70-100
60-69
50-59
COMPULSORY COURSES: COMMON TO ALL STUDENTS
All students are required to register for the following course which are compulsory:
1st SEMESTER
UNITS
GEE 601
Engineer in society
3
GEE 602
Engineering mathematics
3
nd
2 SEMESTER
GEE 611 Engineer mathematics II
3
GEE 612
Computer engineering
3
DESCRIPTION OF BOMPULSORY COURSES
1.
GEE 601 the engineer in society
(3 Credits)
Technology in Society
Growth and effects of technology on the Society
A historical development of modern society from early days through industrial revolution
to the present. Impact of technogical advances –materials and manufacture, power and
fuels, transportation and communication, etc. a review of the Nigeria situation.
Role and responsibility of the Engineer in Society
Community responsibilities –of the engineer –social, moral and legal responsibilities –
giving evidence before public committees ,counts of law and arbitration panels. National
development plans of Nigeria –outline of proposal, target and strategies. The rile of the
engineer in national development
and in a national defence. The professional bodies
and engineering societies-aims and objectives, structure and functions. The role of the
engineering societies in maintaining professional discipline, ethics and standards.
Education and training of engineers
The development of technological education –technical educations system direct .and
sandwich course ,in universities and polytechnics, industrial training and pupilage.
Industry Commerce And Management
Introduction of operations research and its applications –decision, fees breakeven, linear
programming, forecasting, investment appraisals, inventory management, project
planning and evaluation scheduling and replacement of strategies. Transportation problem
and cost interaction. Investment appraisal project, planning and evaluation. Simple flow
analysis. The concept of petty cash. Development of simple balance sheet for income
statement.
Elements Of Business/ Industrial Laws
The Nigeria legal system. Agency law, contract law –operation and professional hazards.
Industrial safety laws.
290
Gee 602 Engineering Mathematics I
Matrices: review of matrix operations Including matrix inversion
Characteristics equation Eigen –values and Eigen -vector. Canonical
Transformations and application.\
Linear Programming
Problem formulation, simple method of solutions.
Vector analysis
Three-dimensional vector calculus. Gradient, laplocian operator. Green’s stokens and
divergence. Theorems and applications. Probability and statistics review of probability
and statistics conditional probability –bye’s theorem. Statistical influences and text of
significance. Estimation theory-confidence interval. Statistical quality and control for
mean, standard deviation, range, number and simple stochastic process regression.
Complex Analysis
Function and derivatives of complex variables. Laurent series, Taylor Cauchy –Riemann
equations. Cauchy interv-theorem and formula. Analytical function –integrals and
application. Conformal mapping.
GEE 611 Engineering Mathematics II
Review of Ordinary Differential Equation:
Ordinary differential of second and higher orderchainrule, minimum and maximum.
Lagrange multipliers. Leilniz rule. Euler’s differential equation properties of linear
cautions simultaneous linear diffraction equation solution using D-operator and Lap lace
transforms.
Partial Differential Equation:
Review of partial differential equation formations. Solution by separation of variables
Poisson’s and lap lace solution with initial and boundary conditions Laplace transform
method of solution.
GEE 612-computer programming
The Parts and Function of a Digital Computer:
C.P.U main memory, input/output units, and others of peripheral devices. Programming
techniques.
A brief introduction to programming language such as FORTRAN, PASCAL, BASIC,
COBOL,ALGOR, etc. soft –ware –language-machine language-computer language .
Review of number of system. the basic. Logical operations arithmetic logic. Real and
integer number, variables, constants operation and expressions looping and transfer of
control saving data in disc files .lists ,arrays and virtual arrays
Flow Charting and Building of Algorithms
Review of numerical methods FORTRAN coding: FORTRAN statement -arithmetic
control-input-output – FORMAT-DOS statement. Function, subscripted variable and
matrix operations programme, for simple problems. Writing sub-routines and sub –
programme for simple problems. Testing of simple and complex problems in a computer.
291
292
The department of civil engineering offers programming leading to the award of
postgraduate diploma in engineering .
AIMS
The programming is offered mainly to:i
Meet the long standing wishes of HND/HNC graduates who wish to enhance their
careers in civil engineering .
ii
offer practicing engineers ,technologists and scientists the opportunity to improve
their skills and enhance their career prospects.
iii
Offer students who successfully complete the programme and whose results
satisfy the standard required for admission the M.EMG degree programme, the
opportunity .
COURSES AVAILABLE
COMPULSORY
FIRST SEMESTER
COURSES
GEE 601
Engineers in society
GEE 602
Engineer Mathematics
3
COUR COURSES
CIE 601
Theory And Analysis of Structures
CIE 602
Mechanics Of Solids And Foundation Engineering
CIE 603
Hydrology And Hydraulics Engineering
CIE 604
Project
3
ELECTIVE
Any one to be taken from the following courses:
CIE 621
Numerical And Matrix Methods Of Structural Analysis
CIE 622
Irrigation Engineering
4
CIE 623
Pavement Design
CIE 624
Prestressed Concrete Design
COMPULSORY
SECOND SEMESTER
GEE 611
Engineering Mathematics 11
GEE 612
computer programming
CORE COURSES
CIE 611
Design Of Structure
CIE 612
Highways And Resources And Hydraulic Structures 4
CIE 613
Water Resources And Hydraulic Structures
CIE 614
Project 11
3
ELECTIVE
CIE 631
Theory Of Elasticity
CIE 632
Environmental Engineering
CIE 633
Transportation System And Traffic Engineering
CIE 634
Construction Method Planning Estimating
CIE 601
Theory And Analysis Structures
293
UNITS
3
4
3
4
4
4
4
UNITS
3
3
4
3
4
4
4
4
4 Units
(Prerequisites: strength of materials)
Theory: Determination of force in the members statistically determinate structures
such as beams, cantilevers trusses and space frames using analytical and graphical
method .influence coefficient ,and graphical methods. Influence coefficient, Macaulay ‘s
methods area moment methods unit load method and conjugate
beam
method.
Deflection of statistically determinate truss. Analysis of two hinged
three hinged,
fixed and braced arches. Settlement and temperatures effect. Suspension bridges force in
cables, analysis of suspension bridges stiffening girders
Analysis: Methods of analysis of indeterminate structures, slope-deflection moment-area
,flexibility coefficient, stiffness coefficient methods. Moment distribution matrix
formulation for the flexibility and stiffness method and the relationship between them
.plastic method of analysis .calculation of deflections by the finite difference and new
work’s method .theory of thin plates with small deflection .circular ,square and
rectangular plates subjected to concentrated and uniformly distributed loads. buckling of
plates subjected to concentrated and uniformly distributed loads buckling of plates
classification of shells ,evolution and limitation of membrane theory .structural behaviour
of folded plate structures.
CIE 602
Mechanics of Solids and Foundation Engineering
(Prerequisite: Soil Mechanics)
(4 Units)
Bearing capacity determination .shear strength of soils,
Consolidation and earth pressure types of foundation- shallow spread footing raft, will
and pile foundation including dynamically loaded foundation .stability of Machine
foundations. In expansive soils-special treatments. Tunnels and shaft.
Reinforcements and grouting.
Conduits and buried structures. Design of structures buried in compressible soils loads on
buried conduits rigid and flexible conduits, non-circular sections analysis of earth
pressure and design.
Rock Mechanics : Mechanical properties and behaviour of rocks-static properties ,time
dependent properties theories of failures e.g. coulomb etc effect of moisture and pore
water pressure ,testing of rocks for engineering use. Uniaxial compression test, flexural
test, triaxial compression test. Determination of elastic constants static and dynamic
methods. In - situ Measurement, design and stability analysis of structures in rock. Deep
foundation – piles in sand-piles in clay –negative shear friction- pile group -Settlement of
pile groups, slop stability –types and mechanic of slepe failure, theoretical and graphical
solution of stability problems.
CIE 603 Hydrology and Hydraulics Engineering
(4 Units)
Hydrology, Element Of Hydrology precipitation, infiltration, subsurface percolation,
evapo-transpiration, energy balance (reservoirs). Analysis
of stream flow
(hydrographs), stream routing, frequency analysis, mass diagram. Reservoir routing,
analytical and graphical methods and basin
overflow. Probability in hydrographs
flood probability, selection of data and theoretical distribution of floods. Precipitation
probability; generalized rainfall-frequency. Data, rainfall frequency maps depth area
duration relationship. Rational methods of estimation of over land flow. Morphology of
river basin, watershed, characteristics and hydraulic geometry of basin. groundwater
occurrence, geological formation and types of aquifers, ground water basins and
movements. Flow lines and general equations. Well hydraulics, uni-direction flow,
294
recharge. Test holes and well logs. Methods of construction of shallow and deep wells.
Safe yield, over craft computations, pumping equipment. Methods of surface and sub
surface investigation
for ground water. Ground water laws in Nigeria.
Classifications, of rivers meandering, aggrading, degrading, and stable channels, river
regime theory. River training and design of river training works; cutoffs, embankments,
guide tanks, spurs, groynas and artificial cut – offs.
Hydraulics: Types of flow; steady; uniform, laminar, turbulent, tranquil in close and
open channels. Use of hydraulic equation; meaning. Haze-Williams, Ele- Book – white
soobey formula. Turbulent flow, velocity fluctuation and Average velocity homogenous,
isotropic turbulence. Prandit’s mixing length- hypothesis/ von karmans similarity
hypothesis. Steady and unsteady flow in open channels. Translator and oscillatory
waves and their characteristics. Compressibility effect of fluid flows, plastic wave
through a compressible fluid, shock waves, water harmer and surges hydraulic jam.
Dimensional analysis, similitude and model studies.
CIE 613 Numerical and Matric Methods of Structural Analysis (4 Unit)
Calculation of deflection by finite difference and Newmark‘s method. Matrix operations,
the flexural and stiffness methods of structural analysis as applied to place and space
frames and trumes. Solution by computer.
CIE 614 Irrigation Engineering
(4Units)
General consideration of irrigation requirement in Nigeria –principles planning of
irrigation system –irrigation techniques-water requirement for common crops. Canal
irrigation systems- headwork’s regulators –main canals distributaries canal alignmentsediment transport –design of canal –hydraulic consideration. Structural feature- losses
due to evaporation and sewage-control measures –canal maintenance. drainage cross
drainage: cross drainage works, water logging effects preventive measures contraction of
dams, barrages and weir for irrigation requirement –ground water irrigation system –
ground water hydrology –development of the tube and bore wells yield determination –
design of irrigation system for small farms.
CIE 623
Pavement design
( 4units)
Theoretical and practical design consideration for pavement thickness for highways and
airfields pavement evaluation surveys .
CIE 624 Prestressed Concrete Design
( 4units)
Design philosophy general requirement of limit state design. Methods of prestressing
shrinkage, creep prestressed concrete element: beams (single and continuous) slender
column and slabs.
CIE 611 Design of Structures
(4units)
Concrete Structure : Properties of reinforced concrete .limit state design of reinforced
concrete members elastic theory and development of limit state :ultimate limit
,serviceability limit ,crack width and deflection design to CP 8100 for beams ,slabs
column and foundations yield line theory virtual work and segment equilibrium method,
corner mechanisms, strips method principles of prestressing analysis of processed
concrete sections under working loads and design for serviceability limit state. Design of
prismatic and non-prismatic prestressed concrete members in flexure, for shear and
torsion. Leading of structures design of axially loaded members design of connection:
bolted,
riveted and welded design of plate and lattice girders for bridges ,design of column,
column base connection and grillage foundation design of special structures: bunkers
silos, chimneys water tanks design of light alloyed structures ,construction methods
introduction to plastic theory limit state philosophy and design in timber ,elastic design in
295
timber connections trusses girder, bridges descriptive and elementary treatment of
laminated timber structures.
CIE 612 Highways And Transportation
(4Units)
Highways, history of development of highways –importance in relation to socio –
economic development of a country-relevance to Nigeria planning, administration and
financing of highways systems. Design consideration for pavement thickness for
highways and airfield and pavement evaluation surveys. Joints in rigid pavement –special
soils features of hill roads highways drainage, low cost road ,stabilization techniques
.systems for the future :research and development ,short term improvement, slow speed
innovation high speed system –specific high speed concepts ,level of service criteria for
the above.
Harbors and Docks: Harbors classification general design principles, design of
breakwater ,jetties piers landing stages entrance channels –demarcation signal light
houses .
Dock: historical development –general design and layout of dock .types of dock wharf
wall and their functions
Railways: Historical development of Nigeria railways location and Alignment
Standard : Gauges –choice and advantages of different gauges .permanent way function,
construction and maintenance –typical cross section points and crossings –special fitting
and safety devices
Airports :classification –national and international standard for run way design length
grades numbering systems ,clear zone-runway layout ,wind coverage wind rose taxi ways
system master plan airport zoning –terminal building layout design of aprons hangers and
others services ,building airports drainage
CIE 613 Water Resources and Hydraulic Structures
(3 Units)
Water Resources: Estimating water requirement population forecasts sources of water
supplies and water use, collection and conveyance works, intake pumping material layout
jointing and testing of water main. Quality standard of drinking water. Treatment methods
units’ operation and unit processes chemical and biological analysis of water for various
uses. Distribution systems general requirement, method of analysis storage and
distribution reservoirs.
Sewage Sanitation: Collection system choice and rational forecasting method for
wastewater quantities from domestic, industrial and other sources design of sewers.
Hydraulic and structures design of buried conduits. Construction, testing maintenance and
inspection of sewers and associated work. Principles of sewage treatment. Aerobic and
anaerobic treatments significance of biochemical methods –biological fitters activated
sludge and its modification, septic tank, effluent disposal in rivers and seas, stabilization
ponds.
Pollution: Effects on aquatic life, self-purification industrial waste hazard specific
composition of wastewater for different industries And associated treatments. Legislatives
control of water pollution in Nigeria.
Hydraulic structures: reservoirs and dams, types selection design operations, control of
seepage and causes of failure. Diversion weirs spillways and headwork’s types selection
design (banes weighed creeps theory ) failures and protection of downstream bed.
296
Hydropower Station: Types site / plant selection, installation and appraisal of its
significance marine structures: breakwaters wharf and jetties.
CIE 604/614 Project
(6 Units)
An Engineering assignment related to a real field problem in any area of civil
engineering. The student is expected to identify a problem collage, Analyze and interpret
data, work out an engineering solution and present a detailed technical report for
evaluation. Preferably student will be advised to choose project in the same areas as their
technical electives.
CIE 631
Theory of elasticity
4 (Units)
Elasticity stress components of stress and stain, notation of stresses and strains plain
stress and plain strain compatibility equations, differential equation of equilibrium. Twodimensional problem in rectangular co-ordinates solution by polymials and effects –saint
–venant principles solution of two-dimensional problem in the form of a fully series.
CIE 632
(4 Units)
Water pollution, genesis of the problem, domestic and industrial effluent standard
analysis and treatment methods for industrial wastewater stream pollution selfpurification of rives. Land pollution, disposal of sewage on land and farms associated
problem solid waste management (Urban and Rural) resources recovery from refuse .air
pollution ,contaminate dispersion into the atmosphere, control measures environment
sanitation, engineering aspects of communicable diseases, control. Waste distribution
networks.
CIE 633
Transportation Systems Traffic Engineering
(4 Units )
Transportation systems (highways railways waterways and airways) interrelationship
planning design and co-ordination, transport corridors systems for the future research and
development, short-term improvement, slow and high speed systems highways planning
surveys, master plans traffic studies, traffic –operation intersection round –about traffic
signal theory of traffic flow. Area traffic in towns land users rapid transit systems of road
And rails facilities foe computer traffic, pedestrian movement ring road and bye-passes
fly-over and differential level crossing high density traffic impact on the environment.
CIE 634 Construction Methods Planning Estimating
(4Units)
Construction methods estimating cost time and materials planning scheduling and
production control –critical path methods PERT Gantt chart equipment selection,
capabilities earth moving and concrete production safety and quality control –financial
problems encountered.
297
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL / ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
The department of electrical and electrics engineering offers programmes leading to the
award of postgraduate diploma in engineering.
AIM
The programmers is offered mainly to :
i
Meet the long standing wishes of HND/HNC Graduates Who wish to enhance
their carrier in electrical and electronics engineering.
ii
Offer practicing engineers, technologists and scientists the
opportunity to improve their skill and enhance their prospects.
iii
Offer students who successfully complete the programme and
whose results satisfy the standard required for admission to the M.ENG degree
programme the opportunity.
COURES AVAILABLE
First Semester
Units
Compulsory course
GEE 601
Engineer In Society
3
GEE 602
3
Core Courses
ELE 601
Advanced circuit theory
4
ELE 602
Control Engineering
4
ELE 603
Advanced Electronics
4
ELE 606
Project 1
3
Electives
Any one to be taken the following courses:
ELE 604
Power System Engineering
4
ELE 605
Digital Electronic Engineering
4
SECOND SEMESTER
Compulsory Courses
GEE 611
Engineering Mathematics II
3
GEE 602
3
Core Courses
ELE 611
Electrical Machines
4
ELE 612
Power Electronic
4
ELE 615
project II
3
ELE 618
Material Science
3
Electives
Any one to be taken from the following courses.
ELE 613
High Voltage Engineering
4
ELE 614
Telecommunication System
4
ELE 601
Advanced Circuit Theory
Review of signal analysis –Fourier series representation of periodic signal in both
trigonometric and exponential forms Fourier transform and its uses in the analysis of
energy and power signal single and double –sided spectrum input and output power
298
density and energy density. perceive theorem. Review of transmission line equations
(parameters ) standing wave ratio smith chart net-work topology –linear graph theory,
network matrices fundamental loops and cut –sets network analysis Tallengens theory
and duality theory Model and mosh analysis of linear passive network to impulse step
ramp and sinsucidal inputs using Fourier and lap lace transforms actives network theory
operational
amplifiers phase correction compensation, all-pass equalization
differentiating and integrating network introduction to non-linear circuits state equation
for network. Review of three phase network –balance –balance, and unbalance network
symmetrical components network electric filter theory active filter butter worth and
chebychchew filter. Network synthesis –positives real function realization, and sarods
graphical solution, synthesis of passive network in causer and foster. Analysis of two pore
network and analysis of analysis, image transfer function.
ELE 602
Control System Engineering
(4 Credits)
Review work on frequency response methods-bode analysis, logarithmic plots my quits
and in worse inquest stability -stability criteria polar plots relatives stability. Closed loop
frequency response (the Nichols chart signal flow analysis for milt-loop system design
and compensation techniques-preliminary design consideration specification sensitivity
function. Design procedure, necessity for compensation error criteria, head-leg
compensation practical aspects –serves and drivers, transducers synchros and responses
D.C servo mechanical digital control system sampled systems mathematics representation
of the sampled signal. The transforms stability analysis of system. Direct digital control.
Multivariable system. State variable and matrices. State variable equation for digital
system non linear system introduction to non-linear system types and effects describing
function analysis. Introduction to phase-plane analysis. Techniques for construction,
trajectory, application of trajectories singular point phase–plane analysis of non-linear
systems.
ELE 603 Digital
(4 Credits)
Review of Boolean algebra and logic circuit simplification-laws of Boolean Algerian
logic of propositions and truth tables diagram and its application, karnaugh-map
techniques and its application to some simple design example. Flip flop. inputs, maters slave J.K. flip-flop. Binary counter-classification synchronous and asynchronous
counters, lip-down counters, reversible counters, programmable counters. Application of
counters Fegisters –shift around registers, some particle application of registers, parallel
and serial input/output of data. Memory device –ROM, RAM, application of ROM and
RAM microprocessor, interfering the microprocessor and solar devices. Digital converter
digital to-analogue converters-logic level converter, series –parallel series converter,
digital to-analogue converter, analogue –to-digital converter, binary to ECD converter
(and vice –versa) interfaces and semi conductors.
ELE 605
Advance Electronics
(4 Credits)
Electronic properties of solids. review of kinetic theory of gases, crystal lattices, x-ray
diffraction, electronics in metals drift velocity, mobility, and free electron theory, density
of state, fermi energy bands intrinsic and extrinsic semi counters, etc taned amplifiers,
feedbank amplifiers. Wide band amplifiers. review of operational amplifier analysis and
299
circuit design using operation amplifier and non-linear operation, limiters, comparators
and function generation, oscillators, -review of RC,LC negative resistance and crystal
oscillators, relaxation and blocking oscillators, voltage controlled –oscillators. Phase –
locked loops frequency synthesizers. linear waves, integrated circuits. ECR devices optoeleectronic devices, photo transistors, solar cells, LSDE, photo diodes. analogue
computation, computer systems and interfaces design.
ELE 604 Power Systems Engineering
(4 credits)
Lead flow solution methods (gauss-netwton raphson raphson ,etc ) fault level studies.
Formulation of the optimum economic dispatch problem for loss less and lossy systems.
Power systems stability –steady state and transient stability, formulation of swing
equation, methods of solving swing equation and stability improvement. Frequency
control of power system operation .the application of computers to analysis, design,
control and simulation power system protecting, EHV transmission.
ELE 611 Electrical Machines
(4Credits)
Transformer, equivalent circuits, vector groupings and transformer connections threewinding transformer, cooling method tap-changing synchronous machines steady –steady
characteristics and equivalent circuits two-axis theory .excitation systems and automatic
voltage regulators power angle relations and operation on infinite busbars. Power factor
compensation, induction machines – operation characteristics speed -control methods
frequency changers, induction regulators transient and dynamic performance of D.C.
Motors cross-field machines (amplidyne and metadyne ) commlator motors design –
output /machines constant magnetic and electric loading design of main dimensions of
various machines.
ELE 612
Power Electronics and Drives
(4 Credits)
The steady state control of electronics machines and apparatus by power electronics –
current limiting devices converters and inverters, choppers and cycloconverters, control
of DC and AC motors using thyristors frequency logic, circuits and convectors thyristors
timing and counting circuit logic circuits and static switching control sensors for
displacement, velocity power factor and reactive power lop transfer function. power semiconductor devices modelling and analysis ,introduction to devices (individual and group
drives ) selection of motors for specific purposes thermal rating of motors dynamic
performer of motors reluctance hysteresis and linear motors
ELE 613
( 4 Credits)
Importance of high voltage generation ,generation of high AC and DC and impulse
voltage and currents ratings of high voltage equipment function of insulation system
classification of insulation materials and standard test .BIL insulation coordination
shielding by earth wires, surge protection of electrical machines surge diverters
measurement and testing impulse voltage corona discharge radio interference
(measurement and minimization).
ELE 614 Telecommunication Systems
( 4 Credits)
Random signal theory –discrete and continuous random variable examples probability
density function systems and signal analysis ,classification of system, system response
and filters signal representation using Fourier transform .Transform theorems power
300
spectral density :analysis signal transmission –linear modulation system DSB envelop
modulation ,detection P efficiency and time division multiplexing commercial
broadcasting noise in noise ratio .noise figure and noise temperature, communication
services telephone Tele –noise temperature communication services telephone telegraph
facsimile television data transmission .broadcasting system satellite system and radar
system international regulation digital communication-introduction uniform quantisation
.transmission requirements for quantised signal information measure and source coding
theorem decision theory applied to communication system. Noise and interference in
digital modulation systems.
301
The Department of mechanical engineering the award of postgraduate diploma in any of
the following.
i
Materials
ii
Mechanical engineering
AIMS.
The programmes are designed to:
i
Offer HND/HNC graduates in all fields of mechanical engineering such as
material production power, plant, automotive etc. excellent opportunities to
embank on worthwhile careers.
ii
Train engineers that are capable of developing materials with specific function
such as mechanical thermal optical, electromagnetic electronic chemical and
biological.
iii
Give opportunity to practicing engineers, technologists and scientists to improve
skills and enhance career prospects in this field.
iv
Offer students who successfully complete the programmes and whose results
satisfy the standard require for admission to the M.Eng. degree programmes the
opportunity.
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MATERIALS ENGINEERING
PART-TIME PROGRAMME
st
FIRST SEMESTER-1 YEAR
Compulsory Courses
GEE 601 The Engineer in Society
3
GEE 602 Engineering Mathematics I
3
Core Courses
MTE 601 Materials and Their Properties Plus a four (4) Units
course Selected from the following:
4
MTE
604
New Materials
MTE 605
Manufacturing Technology
4
SECOND SEMMESTER, I Year
Compulsory Course
3
Core course
MTE 602 Thermodynamics and Kinetics of Materials
4
MTE 603 Deformation and Fracture
plus a four(4) Units Course
Selected from the following:
MTE 611 Modern Steels
MTE 612 Physical Material Process
THIRD SEMESTER , 2ND YEAR
Compulsory Courses
GE 612 Computer Programming
4
302
Units
4
4
4
Core Courses
MTE 601 Ceramic Materials
3
MTE 608 Polymers
MTE 609 Plant and Machinery
4
MTE 606 Project I
4
FIRST SEMESTER, 2ND YEAR
MTE 610 Project II
COURSE DESCRIPTION (M.ENG.)
MTE 610 Materials and Their Properties.
The relationship of the engineering properties of materials to their atomic starrier,
bonding, crystal structure, imperfection and microstructure. The processing of materials
to produce required structure and properties. Include consideration of crystal structure
determination, phase diagrams, diffusion, phase transformations, solidification, heat
treatment and deformation.
Thermodynamics review of first and second laws, gas laws, humidity, thermo chemistry,
entropy, reversible and irreversible processes, equilibrium criteria. Gibbs free energy,
activity and acefficients, solution thermodynamics, roast’s and Henry’s Law, gibbesdurham equation, alloy phase equilibria, free-energy, composition, diagrams, elllingham
diagrams. kinetics: empirical treatment for homogenous reaction rates, reaction order and
specific rate constant, activation energy, arrhenius’ law, energy, distribution in reacting
system, heterogeneous reactions.
Introduction to basic plasticity theory and its application to common metal forming and
metal cutting processes. Fracture mechanics and its application in brittle and ductile
fracture, creep and fatigue for purposes of design and analysis.
MTE 606 and MTE 610 Project I & II
Materials research project either in development work and problems-solving, or design,
fabrication and testing of materials processing machinery and handling equipment.
MTE 604 New Material
A review of existing knowledge of new materials: rapidly solidified super alloys,
biomaterials, composites, lithium aluminum alloys, advanced ceramic materials for
engine and turbine components, selection of materials.
MTE 605 Manufacturing Technology
Bath production processes, hard vs soft automation, development of flexible
manufacturing system (FMS) – cad - cam, robotics - integration. Traditional
manufacturing processes, welding, riveting, soldering, fastening,
MTE 607 CERAMIC MATERIALS
Uses of traditional and advanced ceramic materials. Comparison of ceramics with metals
and alloys. Processing: raw materials preparation, forming techniques, theory and
303
practices of sintering, quality control, properties, flexural strength, creep, corrosion and
erosion and electrical. Magnetic, and optical properties.
MTE 608 Polymers
The structure , properties and processing of polymers (plastics). Includes its application
and consideration of composites based- on polymers.
MTE 609 Plant And Machinery
Design and operation of materials processing plant, design of basic equipment for ore
processing. Handling equipment, kilns and furnaces problems of safety and effluent
disposal and environmental friendly designs.
An overview of development in materials manufacturing processes and applications for
modern steels. Classes and classification of steels, effects of alloy addition and control of
micro-structure. Study of selected classes of steels.
MTE 612 Physical Materials Processes
Applications for diffusion theory too diffusion controlled processes, solidification
principles and applications to foundry problems. Segregation in casting, heat transfer
processes. Selected problems to illustrate to illustrate theory.
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSES
AVAILABLE
First Semester
Compulsory Courses
Units
GEE 601
Engineer in Society
3
GEE 602 Engineering in Mathematics
Core Courses
ELE 602 Control Engineering
MEE 603 Engineering Mechanics and Properties of Materials
4
MEE 604 Applied Thermodynamics and Combustion
4
MEE 608 Project I
3
Elective
Any one to be taken from the following courses
MEE 605
Metallurgy
4
MEE 606
Mechanical Vibration
4
MEE 667 Mechanical Power System
4
Second Semester
Compulsory
GEE 611
Engineering In Mathematics
4
GEE 612
4
Core Courses
MEE 613
Dynamic of Machines
4
MEE 614
Heat and Mass Transfer
4
MEE 615
Engineering Fluid Dynamic
4
MEE 619
Project 11
Electives
Any one to be taken following courses:
304
MEE 616
MEE 617
MEE 618
Air -Conditioning an Refrigeration
Manufacturing Processes
Material Science
4
4
COURSE OUTLINE
MEE 603
Engineering Mechanic & Properties of Materials
Column and struts: and long columns effects of ends conditions, equivalents and
slenderness ratio, eccentric factors, secant formula. column formulae by Euler Rankine
Gordon Johnson and other straight line formulae. Analysis of riveted and bolted
connection: types joints and classification, modes of failure, strength of rivet and plates
strength and efficiency loading of joints ,under tensional loading. Thick shell: stress and
Trains under internal and external pressures compound cylinders ,shrink fit pressures
,determination of the thickness of materials .
Bending of Beams :
Build-in beams with central concentrated loads U.D.L. and off –central loads ,supports at
different level ,continuous beams three moment theorem .bending of curved bears –stress
in bars of shall and large initial curvatures deflection by direct method and strain energy .
Unsymmetrical bending of beans –and products of inertia bean with unsymmetrical
theorems of perpendicular axes and products of inertia beam with unsymmetrical bending
–moments ,short columns with unsymmetrical loads .plastic theory of bending –bending
beyond yield stress ,moment of resistance at the plastic hinge ,collapse loads simple
supported and fixed beams ,combined and direct stress .
Material Selection:
The chemical, physical and mechanical properties f the more common engineering
materials (ferrous metals, ceramics cements concrete composites wood and polymers)
with particular reference to their application, corrosion and wear. Theories of fatigue and
creep of metal: full qualitative discussion of fatigue (including effects of stress range,
mean stress complex stress surface treatment and corrosion). Effects of time high and low
temperature, viscoelasticity creep.
Defect in Metallic Materials:
Defects in crystals points defect, dislocation and grain boundaries effect of crystals
defects on mechanical and physical properties.
Yield Phenomena:
Yielding in crystals, plastics range continuous yielding inelastic properties, properties in
compression inelastic compression properties, plastic yielding, Maxwell (Von-mises) and
tresca (maximum share stress) criteria of yield, yield locus .
Theory of plasticity :elements of the theory of plasticity theory of slip line fields
applications to processes such as indentation ,extrusion and forging.
Laws of thermodynamics: review of the zeroth, first and second laws. Their corollaries
and application. Third law of thermodynamics.
Validity:
Validity and unavailable energy of system free energy ,effectiveness.
305
Power Cycle;
Review of the Carnot and Ranking Cycles. Binary reheat and regeneration cycles.
Deviation of the actual cycle from ideal .Air standard power cycle .
Reversed Power Cycles;
Vapour compression, Carnot and absorption refrigeration cycles. Steam jet refrigeration.
Gas Dynamic ;
One dimensional flow with area change, with friction and with or without heat transfer,
isentropic flow, critical and stagnation of conditions . Sonic velocity and Mach number.
Shock waves and flow through nozzles and diffusers. Elements of jet propulsion;
[Laboratory experiments of pollution measurement, free and enclose flames, gas jets
reciprocating expanders, sonic velocity and refrigerator .
Combustion:
Combustion process, combustion efficiency Dissociation flames ignition. Quenching
combustion generated air pollution. measurement and control of polls-pollution [NO2,
CO2 , SO2 . hydrocarbon , particulate orsat analyzer. Gas chromatograph . Some meters,
catalytic and thermal converters. Exhaust gas recalculation .
MTE 613
Dynamic of Machines
General introduction, review of kinematics , rigid body kinematics , formulation of
equation of motion , Newton laws , principles of virtual work . D’ Alembert’s principles
concept of inertia force and inertia torgue , Hamilton’s principles , hamilton’s equations,
Lag – range’s equation . system dynamics , state space formulation .
Governors; Review of functions and principles of operations . Classifications and
characteristics Effects of friction . calculation of equilibrium speeds and range of
speeds Cams ; Cam mechanics –of f –set roller cam roller follower cam profiles
Gyroscopes: Review of principle of the
gyroscope . Gyroscopic couple and
acceleration for a plane disc. Effects of gyroscopic couple whirling of shafts .
Applications in automobiles, ships, aeroplanes and locomotives .
Power Transmission: Methods of power transmission available , analysis of positive
friction and Electromechanical drives. Hydrodynamic and hydrostatic fluid couplings.
Balancing: Review of the balancing of rotating masses in the same plane and in
different planes. Primary and secondary balancing of reciprocating masses. The effects
of imbalance on the performance of vehicles and other machines .
Friction and Lubrication: Review of friction in sliding and rolling , Analytical treatment
of boundary and film lubrication . one –dimensional Reynolds’ equation in case of
tilting thrust bearing and externally pressurized bearings. Lubrication and bearing
materials. Theory of hydrodynamic lubrication as applied to slider and journal bearings.
MET 614 Heat and Mass Transfer
Heat Transfers
Condition: Introduction to heat condition. Review of one-dimensional equation problems.
Extended surfaces. Derivation of Fourier’s equation using the energy conservation
approach. Analysis of steady and unsteady state 2-imensional heat condition Laplace
(Laplace equations. Poison’s equation), using (1) graphical technique (2) numerical
method (3) analytical method, and (4) analogue technique. Dimensionless variables of
heat condition (biot number or Fourier number.)
306
Convection:
Basic equation of heat convection (free and forced convection), graetz-nusselt problems
dimensionless numbers and similarity (Reynolds prandlt gras grashof, Rayleigh, Stanton,
nusselt, frouds, peclet and graetz number colbun j-factor), Reynolds, taylor-pradtl, Von
karma and colbun analogues. Buckingham-pi. Theorems, boiling and condensation.
Radiation:
Electromagnetic spectrum, thermal radiation spectrum, emissive, reflectivity, transitivity,
absorbivity emissive power. Real and ideal surfaces total and monochromatic radiation.
The spectoradiometic curve. Kerchief’s law. Wienie’s displacement law. Stefanboatsman’s law` direct exchange in enclosures with non-participating medium.
Radioactively adiabatic surfaces. Electrical network analogues.
Heat Exchangers:
Basic types of heat exchangers. Analysis and design of simple heat exchanger, using
LMTD (logarithmic mean temperature difference) and NTU (number of transfer units)
methods
Mass Transfer:
Diffusion in 2-component systems. Diffusivity, molar flux, concentration, flicks first and
second laws. Mass transfer co-efficient. Mass transfer in 2-hase fluid systems, film and
overall co-efficient. Mass of mass transfer. Heat mass transfer analogy. Sherwood
numbers.
MTE 615 Engineering fluid Dynamics
Basic solutions and properties of the governing equation for ideal fluid flow and for
compressible fluid flow. Description and design equation speed of sound, stagnation
pressure, convergaent nozzle, shack waves, subsonic and supersonic flows, 2dimenesional and dimensional potential flows. Lift and drag.
Momentum Transfer:
Naiver Stockert’s equation. Boundary layer
theory. Boundary layer thickness.
Velocity distribution. Laminar and turbulent boundary layers. Drag, boundary layer
separation. Boundary layer control, buckingham-pi theorem. Flow through conduits.
Flow over submerged bodies (flat plates , cylinders and spheres).
MEE 606 Mechanical Vibrations
Definition. Source of vibration in machines. Criteria or evaluation.
Description of
general nature of free, forced and self-excited vibration. The lumped one-degree-offreedom linear system, free motion, nature mode (viscous) damps. Forced vibration of a
uniform beam by harmonic loading. Elements of the analysis of multi-body and
distributed mass linear systems.Rayleigh’s principles. Holzer’s method. Application of
tensional vibration, flexural vibration of beams, whirling of a single disc on a shift.
Dampers absorbers.
MEE 605 Metalurgy
Theory of Alloying :
Review of solid solutions and binary systems. Effects of alloying or metal properties.
Alloys for bearing an springs. Work hardening alloys. Strengthening structures and
dispersed phases. Effects of strengthening methods and other properties particularly
ductility and toughness.
Hardenability Data:
307
Validity, assesment of use and practical significance. The section and control of furnace,
atmosphere for treatments requiring charfe protection or compositional charge, limitations
of the oretiocal prediction and behaviour.
Heat Treatment:
Theory of heat treatment. Elementary quantitative treatment of heat transfer applied to
heating and cooling under radioactive and convective conditions. Analysis of factors
controlling uniformity, and efficiency of heat treatment, characteristics of commercial
equipment media and procedures significance of process variables(temperature, rate of
temperature change, time)on process and product. Distortion and residual tresses, allow
sensitivity, modes of distortion control. Stress relief.
Metallorgraphy:
Macro-examination techniques. Sulphur print, macro –etching reagent. Election
microscopy and x-ray crystallography. Principles and application of symmetric elements,
stenographic projection.
Metallurgy of Welding:
Weldability, calculation of peak temperature. Metallurgy changes in heat affected zone.
Cooling rates and solidification. Weld thermal cycles residual stresses-weld distortion and
its prevention. Mechanical working of metals- theory of metal working . hot, cold and
warm working of metals . estimation of work pressures in rolling, foraging, extrussion,
wire drawing, deep drawing. Evaluation of newer forming process and products-HERF
and hydrostatic eruption.
Foundry Technology:
Computability of metals with refectories, atmosphere, fluxes on quality. Degassing,
deoxidation, inoculation and modification. Quantitative treatment of solidification rates as
applied to casting in sand refectory moulds. Chilling power of moulds. Principles that
determining shape and size of getting and running systems and feeder heads. Factor
affecting training size and shape, segregation, shrinkage, tearing , gas evolution,
nonmetallic inclusions and internal stressed. Mould materials, foundery sands, natural and
synthetic sands. Condition and testing. Inspection and quality control. Test bars:
assessment of cast-on and separate test bars, analysis of factors affecting casting quality
and yield incidence.
MEE 616 Air-condition And Refrigeration
Air –Condition Equipment Plant System Design: Review of psychometrics. Weather
data analysis. Air-condition equipment /components, boilers and chillers, cooling towers,
heat pump, system costing, estimating and drafting.
Synthesis of Refrigeration:
Synthesis and analysis of the vapour absorption unit. Boost system used in aircraft.
Thermo-electric refrigeration, vortex tube refrigeration, cryogenics.
Pipes and Piping Design:
Types and application of pipes, pipe fittings selection criteria- stream, water refrigerant,
air oil and gas (more complex cases).
Environmental Pollution:
308
Decay equation. Odour and smoke control. Temperature and humidity pollution, effects
of water flora and fauna and oil pollution. Bacteriological effects, noise, etc.
MEE 607 Mechanical Power Systems
Fluid Flow:
Review of flow through conduits and fittings (pipes, orifice, nozzles, diffusers, valves,
bends junctions)
Analysis and Design of Pipe Network:
Pipes in series, in parallel, pipe network for steam, gas hydraulics.
Fluid Power Machinery and Components:
Performance, characteristics selection criteria for pumps, compressors, fans, motors,
accumulators, valves, actuators.
Power System Fluids:
Survey of hydraulic fluids and their properties, the ideal hydraulic fluids; seals
Fluid Power Circuit and Control:
Typical fluid circuits (hydraulic, pneumatic)- open center, closed centers, meter –in,
meter-out, loads inertia overrunning, resistive.
Design of Fluid Power Systems:
Load inertia, over-running,
Resistive and Systems:
Principles of operation and characteristics. Fluid logic circuits; combustion equipment ;
gas, oil, solid fuel. Installation and operation of steam turbines, governing and part load
performance , performance testing.
Gas Turbines:
Performance characteristics. Part load operations. Component selection criteria, turbines
compressors, heaters, combustors, heat exchangers.
MEE 617 Manufacturing Processes
Work Study :
Method study and measurement. Applications.
Occupational Safety and Health:
Safety, local safety regulations, and safe working conditions. Job safety training.
Occupational disease. Ergonomics.
Types of Production:
Job, batch and mass production, layout problems associated with each. Materials handling
an control: forecasting – machine loading, job loading and sequencing. Resource
allocation and assignment problems, elementary ideas of queuing theory. Production
control, its function and scope, dispatching and progress chasing. Formulation of
mathematical models of manufacturing systems, analysis of models- linear programming,
transportation problems. Use of net-work techniques – PERT and CPA.
Dielectric Materials:
309
Dielectric Theory. Dielectric properties of solids, liquids and gases. Vabration of
dielectric effects with frequency at constant temperature. Dielectric breakdown.
Magnetic Materials:
Microscopic Quality control and reliability: inspection, different types of inspection,
Drawbacks of inspection. Concept of quality control, economic and quality. Organization
for quality. Statistical quality control, reliability -definition and meaning, control charts,
failure rate, basic concept and reliability, MTBF, MTTF, estimating of simple assemblies
from part reliability.
MEE 618 Material Science
Atomic Theory:
Revision of atomic models. RutherfordThomson models. Bur’s representation spectral Line characteristics. Quantum theory and
plan’s law. Energy bends; energy levels and holes. Work function. Introduction to
quantum mechanics: wave- particle duality. Wave mechanics applied to simple elections.
The hydro-atom. Multi-element atom.
Electron Configuration in Materials:
Uncertainty principles of Heidelberg and applications to measurement of momentum,
position and energy of particles. Pauli exclusion principles, electron configuration. The
periodic table and general classification of elements. Gases liquids and solid metals and
non-metals. Rubber, plastic and resin.
Solids:
Bonding in solids, structure of crystals and amorphous materials, x-ray diffraction, lane,
power and rotary crystal techniques. Electron and neutron. Electron microscopy infrared
spectroscopy. Imperfection in solids, materials thermodynamics. Bond theory of solids.
Physical properties:
Chemical theory of conductors in the metals. Modern theory of solids. Semi- conductors
theory. Semi – conductors devices.
Thermal and optical effects: photo- emission, photoconduction and photovoltaic
phenomenon. The solar cell. Thermal conduction in crystals, thermal and impurity
scattering. Work function. Thermionic, photoelectric and secondary emission of electrons
from the surface.
310
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES
Post Graduate Diploma in Business Management(PGDBM)
Postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science
-
Civil Engineering
Materials Engineering
Postgraduate Diploma in Public Administration
Postgraduate Diploma in Geography and Regional Planning (PGDGRP)
Institute of Education:- Postgraduate Diploma in Education
311
PART –TIME POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT (PGDBM)
INTRODUCTION
The Department of Economics of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma, offers a
postgraduate diploma course in Business Management. This is in accordance with the
University’s culture of utilizing its very rich man-power potentials to develop both middle
and high management personnel for the productive sectors of the economy. The
programme is specifically designed to promote and develop personnel in the area of
Business Management from those whose initial qualifications are insufficient to properly
manage modern business.
OBJECTIVES:
The PGDBM programme has the following objectives
(i)
The programme is designed to provide a general foundation in Management to
persons
who have university degrees or equivalent professional qualifications in
disciplines other
than Business Management or related fields and who wish to go
into the carrier of
entrepreneurship and management.
(ii)
To assist those persons who had 3rd class degree in the discipline and who wish to
pursue post-graduate degree programme in the discipline.
The programme is intended to last for one academic session of two semesters
The programme is structured as follows:FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code Course Description
Units
PDM 601
3
PDM 602
3
PDM 603 Element of Business Management
3
PDM 604
Quantitative Analysis for Management Decisions
3
PDM 605
Principles of Management
3
SECOND SEMESTER
PDM 611
3
PDM 612
3
PDM 613
3
PDM 614
Industrial Relations and Personnel management
3
PDM 615 Research Project
6
TOTAL
33
REGULATION GOVERNING RESULT:
Students in this programmes are expected to, in addition to satisfying the general.
University regulation governing examinations, meet the following requirements for the
ward of a Diploma.
(a)
Pass all course with a minimum of 50% in each course
(b)
Submit a project work which must be accepted by the Department of Economics.
312
(c)
Where a student fails in courses whose total units are not more than 12 units at
the end
to the session , the student may be allowed to take a resit examination.
The maximum
mark obtained in any course during resit is 50%.
(d)
A student who fails courses whose total units are more than 12 units at the end of
session will be expected to withdraw from the programme.
EXAMINATION SCORING AND GRADING
The grading system for courses offered in the programme shall be as follows:
MARKS
LETTER GRADE
GRADE POINT
70% and above
A
5
60%-69%
B
4
50%- 59%
C
3
0%- 49%
F
CLASSIFICATION OF DIPLOMA CERTIFICATE
The Diploma will be awarded to candidates who obtain a minimum of pass in all courses
with the following classification.
Overall Average (%)
70 and above
60-69
50-59
Diploma Classification
Distinction
Credit
Pass.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
PDM 601
This course is aimed at introducing students to accounting concept, practice and
procedures. Emphasis will be on the technique and theories of recording and reporting
of financial data to external users of such information.
It will include:The nature and purpose of accounting
A preview of the balance sheet,
Recording procedures. This will include preliminary matters,
Cash and credit transaction,
The preparation of the trial balance,
Preparation of financial statements including adjustments,
Depreciation and inventory valuation,
Control Accounts and incomplete Records,
Introduction to company Accounts,
Manufacturing Accounts
Accounts of Non-Profit Making Organnisation,
Funds flow statement and
Analysis of financial statements.
PDM 602
The course deals with business decision-making within the firm, with the behaviour
of individual markets reacting to supply and demand forces. Analysis of the different
market structures and business policies will de undertaken. Partial and general welfare
equilibrium will also be treated.
PDM 603 Elements of Business Management
313
The purpose of this course is to enable students understand the process of business
Management in complex organisation. Topics to be covered include: meaning of
Business management. Forms of business ownership. The business environment.
Business ethics and social responsibility, business growth. Functional areas of
business and management. Historical development of modern management. Fayol,
Taylor, Grant.
PDM 604 Quanatitative Analysis for Management Decisions.
The purpose of this course is to develop basic competence and judgment in using
quantitative techniques to solve and analyze problems in business field. The course
will consist of:
(a) Review of basic mathematical concepts such as set theory, indices & logarithms,
equations and functions; inequalities, sequences and progressions; coordinate
geometry and graphs; elements of metric operations permutations and combinations
with business
applications.
(b) Introductory calculus in business management eg. Minima and
maxima ,
producer and
consumer surpluses, etc.
(c) Benefit-cost analysis in investment decision, input/output analysis; business
forecasting
techniques, games theory and queuing theory. Linear
programming.
PDM 605 Principles of Management
The principles of organisation, classical organisations theory, human relations, school,
informal organisation, bureaucracy, politics and administration, administrative
decision making, control and accountability; organisation of the job and staffing.
SECOND SEMESTER
PDM 611
The course focuses on the natured and operational character of the small business in
Nigeria in terms of its socio-economic significance, operational procedures and
problems. Topics covered include the natured of small business finance and the small
scale industries credit scheme, investment strategies for the small business, production
management, marketing the personnel administration in the small business, ensuring
cost-effectiveness and greater productivity, planning for growth in the small business,
succession crises, problem and future of small business in Nigeria.
PDM 612
The objective of this course is to prepare the student for the application of economic
analysis for evaluating economic business, as well as public policy problems. Topics
to be covered will depend on the situation in the economy but may include: shortages
of essential commodities, the nature, causes and effects of oil prices, the dangers of
mono-product economics, labour scarcity in the midst of plenty economic sabotage,
economic performance ideology and nationalism, public policy and business
performance.
314
PDM 613
The topics here include computer history, hardware and software, computer
programming and use of time sharing system, use of computer programming
packages available in the computer centres.
PDM 614
Industrial Relation & Personnel Management
student would be required to understand the principles and processes involved in the
procurement, utilization and compensation of human resources. Topics covered
include modern organisation theories, forecasting and planning of human resources,
the relevance of productivity and the concepts of its measurement, recruitment,
selection including tests and interviews, job analysis and evaluation, performances
appraisal, leadership and satisfaction, trade unionism in Nigeria and in the
international contexts, collective bargaining, factory administration, etc
PDM 615
Research Project
Topics are selected in consultation with advisers. But topics will generally be
expected to relate to aspects of economics of management, industrial performance and
public economic policy and the computer in modern industrial society.
POST-GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
PHILOSPHY OF THE PROGRAMME
The philosophy of the diploma programme is primarily to produce middle level
manpower in Computer Science who can effectively function at full postgraduate degree
programme in Computer Science anywhere. The programme is also designed for other
professionals who wish to be functional in the next millennium and who need more than
an introductory course in computers.
OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAMME
The objectives of the courses are:
1
To carry out computing tasks with minimum supervision.
2
To expose students to a variety of industrial Standard software now available to
equip them.
3
To expose the student to Hardware problems and solutions and prepare them for
routine maintenance in computer installations.
The course structure has been designed to produce graduates that are versatile enough to
fit any organization or beself-employed.
Candidate for the postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science must have:
1
At least a Third Class Honours Degree of Ambrose Alli University or any other
recognized Institutions in a science-based discipline. Other relevant professional
qualifications may be considered on their own merit.
315
2
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
HND from recognized Polytechnic or College of Technology.
The postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science will be awarded after the
fulfillments of the following conditions:
A successful completion of prescribed course work.
A pass in the prescribed examinations.
Obtaining approval of a completed research thesis.
The Diploma programme will be 12 calendar months including two full semesters of
course work and the last three months for project. The project should be geared towards
solving existing computing problems in any chosen sector of the economy.
STUDENT’S WORK LOAD
Students shall be required to register for courses before they are allowed to take them. A
student of the postgraduate diploma in computer science will be required to register for a
minimum of thirty (30) credit units and a maximum of forty-eight (48) credit units. A
credit unit is equivalent to fifteen contact hours of lectures or practical.
REGISTRATION FOR COURSES
All students shall register for both first and second semester courses during the first two
weeks of resumption. To be eligible for registration, candidates shall be required to
provide evidence of payment of the recommended penalty fees by the university.
CHANGE OF COURSE.
At the beginning of each semester, students may drop courses for which they have
registered. The deadline for adding/deleting of courses shall be one(1) month after
commencement of lectures. The Departmental Board of examiners shall consist of the
Head of Department, as the chairman and all the academic staff of the Department.
Course examination question shall be internally moderated by the Head of the
Department and results shall be considered and approved by the Departmental Board of
studies before publication as provisional results at the end of each semester.
EXAMINATIONS:
(i)
Course Examinations:
Examination will normally consist of a three-hour paper on each of the courses taken.
(ii)
Postgraduate Seminars:
Every candidate will be expected to give a seminar to satisfy post-graduate school
requirements for graduation.
(iii) Thesis:
A thesis based on original research work and written according to standards
prescribed by the Board of Postgraduate School shall be submitted by the
candidate. An assessment of the thesis together with the performance of the
candidate at an oral examination will be taken into account in recommending the
award of the degree.
316
PROGRAMME CO-ORDINATOR
A programme co-ordinator shall be appointed by the Head of Department and He shall be
responsible to the Head of Department for the day-to-day co-ordinaton of the programme
and must be chosen from amongst the senior members of academic staff of the
Department.
Categories of Courses:
There shall be two categories of courses, namely:
(i)
Core Courses: These are courses that students must pass before being qualified
for the award of the Diploma.
(ii)
Mandatory (required) courses: these are courses that students must have
registered for and attended before being qualified for the award of diploma.
(a)
Every course assessment must consist of 20% continuous assessment; 20%
practical
(computer lab) and course examination.
(b)
The pass mark for every course assessment is 50%
(c)
The grading system. The grade system is based on a four (4) point lettered grade
as
follows:Score (%)
Letter Grade
70 – 100%
A
60-69
B
50-59
C
0-49
F
(d)
Classification of Results:
At the end of the one year programme, a grade point average shall be computed
by dividing the sum of the grades by the total number of courses.
Score (%)
Letter Grade
70 – 100%
Distinction
60-69
Credit
50-59
Pass
Fail
Course Code
CSC 601
CSC 602
CSC 603
CSC 604
CSC 605
CSC 606
CSC 607
CSC 608
CSC 611
CSC 612
CSC 613
CSC 614
CSC 615
CSC 616
CSC 617
COURSE OUTLINE FOR FULL TIME PROGRAMME
Course Title
Units
3
3
3
3
3
Programming Language (Fortran/BASIC) 3
Data Structures
3
Operating Systems
3
Project
3
Digital Computer Communications
3
3
System Analysis and Design
3
3
3
Accounting Methods
3
Total Units
48
317
COURSE OUTLINE FOR PART-TIME PROGRAMME
(Three Semesters)
FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code
CSC 601
CSC 603
CSC 604
CSC 605
CSC 606
CSC 607
Course Title
Data Structures
Total
SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
CSC 602
CSC 608
Operating Systems
CSC 612
Digital Computer Networks
CSC 613
CSC 614
Systems Analysis and Design
CSC 616
Total Units
THIRD SENESTER
Course Code
Course Title
CSC 611
Project
CSC 615
CSC 617
Accounting methods
Total
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
Units
6
3
3
12
COURSE DESCRIPTION
CSC 601
The computer, definition, part, types, and uses of computer, software and Hardware,
definition, types, uses. Input, output, and processing devices, peripherals etc.
introduction to windows (win 3:11/win 95/98), MS DOS; definition, internal and
exinternal commends, functions etc, element of data processing, introductory
computer packages, MS word/ AmiPro, lotus 123/ ms excel, coral Draw/ page maker,
Dbase IV/MS Access etc.
CSC 602
Define, compare and contrast compiler, assembler and interpreters, compilation
process, lexical analysis, syntax analysis code preparation table of information and
error routine. Code optimization. Grammar and language. Grammar and language
alphabet, string, phrase, syntax tree, ambiguous and unambiguous sentences.
Relations; contains, transpose, reflex and transitive operation; head, first, last and
within. Transitive closures and relations. Scanner tracers. Token and its internal
forms. State diagrams applications. Write a scanner for a simple source program.
Parsing techniques: pares scanners, output using syntax trees and polish notations.
Use top- down and bottom-up to parse sentence. Triples, indirect triples and
quadruples. Storage allocation techniques for draw and data area display for operands,
storage requirement calculation for elementary data items- arrays and strings. Error
318
routine scanning and semantic error routine. Code generation for simple arithmetic
expression-triples, indirect triples and quadruples. Code optimization during code
generation
CSC 603 Quantitative Techniques
Statistics – basic probability and statistic deductive and inductive methods, sampling
methods- why and how descriptive statistics, functional samples, frequency tables and
graphs, centre of distribution, spread of distribution, liner transformation probability outcomes and their probabilities, events and their probabilities, condition probability,
independence. Probability distribution discrete random variables, means and variance, the
binominal distribution, continuous distribution the normal distribution. A function of
random variable. Notations two random variable distribution, a function of two random
variables co-variance and correlation, linear contribution of two random variable. Basic
inference Estimating means, sampling, point estimation, interval estimation, hypo-thesis
testing analysis of variance regression, least square solution multiple regression,
correlation. Introduction to operation research and application. Operations Research.
Linear programming standard form: slack and surplus variables initial feasible solution
basic feasible solution simplex method. Tableau, duality, transportation transship
algorithm. Schedule models; - PERT And CRM, queuing systems predator’s models;
predicting the effects off a Rosemont- carol simulation, waiting line theory.
CSC 604 Management Information System
Concept of MIS – definition, importance and examples. Deterministic, probability, static,
and dynamic systems. Open and closed loop system. Subsystems. Levels of information
in terms of operation, planning decision making and information handling channels of
communications with an organisation decision making techniques and project
management tools – PER, grant charts, stokes etc objective of the total system
rationalization of information flows timing and accuracy of destination of output. Effects
of time lag on input and derivative from standard develop an MIS.
CSC 605 Advance File Organisations
Definition: bits, byte, character, field, record and file. Block of data, store, retrieve,
maintenance operations. Seek read, write, fetch, insert, delete, update, e. t. c. file system
performance. Characteristics and types of files. Heap (pile)sequential, indexed, indexed
sequential, direct, indirect e.t.c. define pasting, activity ratio. Old master file new master
file, transaction file, activity file e.t.c. concept of generation of a file storage. Devices and
media punched card, paper tape, disk, diskette, cartridge, OMR OCR, MICR e.t.c. Access
methods, sequential, random, direct access storage methods. Buffer: its function and
calculated respect to a file.
CSC 606
Training in the FORTRAN programming language from person with no previous
programming experiences. Basic concepts and properties of algorithms for solution for
numerical and non-numerical problems, including running of program on a computer,
survey of computer applications.
CSC 607 Data Structures
Data structure, data attribute name, value and range; data identification- character, fields,
sub-fields, record and files. Graphs, data relations. Position relation- cell content, record
319
relation, transfer keys; order relation- record rank, cell rank. Data operation; precede, less
than, point to more to, searches, change entry. Occupancy. Birth, death change of data.
Fixed and variable length fields. Ordered lists; append, search, delete, sort, selection and
exchange. Arrays, double linked list; queues, stacks, equine, trees. Push and pop. Storage
mapping. String and string representation: character string length and values. Assignment
sub-sting selection, insertion, deletion and replacement.
CSC 608
Operating System
Definition, importance, classification and examples of operating system in Micro, mini,
and Mainframes computers. Definition and examples of multi-programming,
multiprocessing, batch, real time, time sharing and networking operating system.
Function of operating system in relation of memory management, processor management,
device management, interrupt handling, information management characteristics of
operating systems concurrency, sharing, long term storage and non determinacy. Feature
of OS efficiency, reliability, maintainability and size. OS design-top down, bottom up,
concept of process view – definition process state, table, wait, blocked, running and
ready state. Queuing in OS – definition, traffic intensity facility utilization, priority FIFO,
LIFO, round robin e.t.c. interrupt mechanism in OS definition. Interrupt vectors and its
use. Making, level of interrupt. I/O interrupt, program interrupts. Supervisor call
instructions. Component of OS, (BIOS), nucleus dispatcher, e.t.c. JCL, MS-Dos, CP/M,
OS2.
CSC 611 Project
Each student will be require to submit a professional report on his project. The project
subject to the approval of post Graduate Board.
equipment use in computer communication. Functions of online equipment, interactive
terminals and batch processing terminals. Functions of direct equipment – line
controllers, line drivers, data set (modern digital service units) traffic clustering devices,
multiplexes, concentrators. Network control, front – end processors network nodes,
Network monitoring device, diagnostic and testing equipment and their functions.
Modulation, amplitude, frequency and phase multiplexes and statistical multiplexing and
synchronous and asynchronous transmissions. Media links: switched and leased telephone
lines, twisted wires, co-axial, radio satellite, optical cables etc. communication software,
the type reliability, maintainability and size. OS design – top down, bottom up, Concept
of process view – definition process, process state, table, wait, blocked, Running and
ready state. Queuing in OS – definition traffic intensity facility utilization, priority FIFO,
LIFO, round robin etc. interrupting mechanism in OS, (BIOS), nucleus dispatcher, etc.
JCL, MS-DOS, UNIX, PC_DOS, CP/M, OS2.
CSC 611 Project
Each student would be required to submit a professional report on his project. The project
320
subject to the approval of the post graduate board.
equipment use in computer communication. Function of on –line equipment, interactive
terminals and batch processing terminals. Functions of indirect equipment – line
controllers, line drivers, data set (modern, digital service units) traffic clustering devices,
multiplexes, concentrators. Network control, front-end processors, network nodes,
network monitoring device diagnostic and testing equipment and their functions.
Modulation, amplitude, frequency and phase multiplexers and statistical multiplexing and
synchronous and asynchronous transmissions. Media links: switch and leased telephone
line, twisted wire, co-axial, radio satellite, optical cables etc. communication software, the
types
CSC 615 Assembly Language Programming
Definition: operation code (opcode) operand and instruction. Machine instruction and
assembly language. Instruction format: register to register, register to storage, index
register: immediate operand instruction, instruction sets: I/O instruction arithmetic
instruction, addition, subtraction, multiplication and division instructions AND, OR and
XOR instructions, conditional and unconditional branch instructions, bit manipulation
instruction; move load, store, compare, EQU instruction etc. addressing mode: relative
absolute, register immediate, indexed, deferred, and their examples. Listing options,
program beginning and ending directive e.g. CSECT, END, START, USING, etc. (IBM
360,ICL 1004). Data and storage define statement, EQU instruction. Position of labels,
operation code operands and comments. Free format and formatted source program. JCL
in output.
CSC 616 Advance Data Management
Define data, database as collection of files, database management systems. Uses, merit
and demerit of database models. Structure of database in terms of inter file relationship,
multi-view of database, multiple files and database models. Define functional
dependency, entity relation lexicon, references, reference relations artificial reference
type. First, second, third, normal forms. Relational operations, join and projection, union,
intersection and difference. Database structure: hierarchical, network and relational.
Distributed database and its application. Scheme and it use. Diagrammatic representation
of schemes. Structure within data elements and record. Schemas manipulation.
Translation, compilation and with examples. Sub schemas and its derivation from
schemes. Define data independence structure independence and program independence.
Naming database elements, information hiding and security. Single and multiple
application of database control. Develop and document a database using any available
package. Database .administrator and its functions Query language, SQL, OBE etc and its
use to insert retrieve, update etc. maintain a database.
CSC 617 Accounting methods
Book – keeping trial balance, trading profit and loss accounts, balance sheet. Receipt and
payments, income and expenditure. Bank reconciliation and petty cash. Royalty account,
join venture, consignment department, branch, hire purchase, income tax, partnership,
321
double accounting cash speed, stock investment management aids. And techniques.
Arithmetic accounting. Interpretation of accounts. Balance sheet criticism, accounts
rations, take over bid, budgetary control marginal costing aids. In mechanical data
processing, electronics data processing (EDP), operation research, etc
322
POSTGRADUATE DEPLOMA ENGINERRING (PGDENG) AIMS,
STRUCTURE AND COMPLISORY COURSES.
Programmes leading to the award of postgraduate diploma in Engineering are offered
with specialization in any of the following:
i
Civil Engineering
ii
iii
Material Engineering
iv
Details of these programmes are set out under each department in the subsequent pages of
this handbook
AIMS:
i
Meet the long-standing wishes of HAND/HNC graduate who wish to
enhance their careers in Engineering.
ii
Engineers that are capable of developing materials with specific
function such as mechanical, thermal optical, electromagnetic,
Electronic, chemical and biological.
iii
Offer practicing Engineers, technologist and scientists the
opportunity to improve their skills and enhance their career prospects.
iv
Develop individuals who are capable of designing the various
machines and apparatus used in material production.
v
Offered students who successfully complete the programme and
whose result satisfy the standard required, opportunity for admission to the M. Eng.
Degree programmes.
i
The programme which is run on part-time comprises four semester for taught
courses and a project for part-time candidates. All courses are Core.
ii
score 50%.
iii
There will be written examination in all the taught courses at the end of the
relevant semester
iv
Every student write a project report on his /her research project which shall be
graded and moderated like any of the taught course
v
There will be continuous assessment through quizzes, tests, assignments, which
will be weighted at 25%
vi
Every student shall give at least one/ departmental seminar on his/ her research
project during the period of his/her study.
vii
asked to take the examination at he next available opportunity
viii
asked to withdraw.
323
To qualify for the award of the postgraduate diploma, a student must pass the taught
courses and the project.
The postgraduate diploma in engineering certificate will be classified on the basis of the
cumulative percentage score average as follows :
Class
Distinction
Credit
Pass
Cumulative Percentage
Score (Average)
70-100
60-69
50-59
COMPULSORY COURSES: COMMON TO ALL STUDENTS
All students are required to register for the following course which are compulsory:
1st SEMESTER
UNITS
GEE 601
Engineer in society
3
GEE 602
Engineering mathematics
3
2nd SEMESTER
GEE 611 Engineer mathematics II
3
GEE 612
Computer engineering
3
DESCRIPTION OF BOMPULSORY COURSES
1.
GEE 601 the engineer in society
(3 Credits)
Technology in Society
Growth and effects of technology on the Society
A historical development of modern society from early days through industrial revolution
to the present. Impact of technogical advances –materials and manufacture, power and
fuels, transportation and communication, etc. a review of the Nigeria situation.
Role and responsibility of the Engineer in Society
Community responsibilities –of the engineer –social, moral and legal responsibilities –
giving evidence before public committees ,counts of law and arbitration panels. National
development plans of Nigeria –outline of proposal, target and strategies. The rile of the
engineer in national development
and in a national defence. The professional bodies
and engineering societies-aims and objectives, structure and functions. The role of the
engineering societies in maintaining professional discipline, ethics and standards.
Education and training of engineers
The development of technological education –technical educations system direct .and
sandwich course ,in universities and polytechnics, industrial training and pupilage.
Industry Commerce And Management
Introduction of operations research and its applications –decision, fees breakeven, linear
programming, forecasting, investment appraisals, inventory management, project
planning and evaluation scheduling and replacement of strategies. Transportation problem
and cost interaction. Investment appraisal project, planning and evaluation. Simple flow
analysis. The concept of petty cash. Development of simple balance sheet for income
statement.
Elements Of Business/ Industrial Laws
The Nigeria legal system. Agency law, contract law –operation and professional hazards.
Industrial safety laws.
324
Gee 602 Engineering Mathematics I
Matrices: review of matrix operations Including matrix inversion
Characteristics equation Eigen –values and Eigen -vector. Canonical
Transformations and application.\
Linear Programming
Problem formulation, simple method of solutions.
Vector analysis
Three-dimensional vector calculus. Gradient, laplocian operator. Green’s stokens and
divergence. Theorems and applications. Probability and statistics review of probability
and statistics conditional probability –bye’s theorem. Statistical influences and text of
significance. Estimation theory-confidence interval. Statistical quality and control for
mean, standard deviation, range, number and simple stochastic process regression.
Complex Analysis
Function and derivatives of complex variables. Laurent series, Taylor Cauchy –Riemann
equations. Cauchy interv-theorem and formula. Analytical function –integrals and
application. Conformal mapping.
Review of Ordinary Differential Equation:
Ordinary differential of second and higher orderchainrule, minimum and maximum.
Lagrange multipliers. Leilniz rule. Euler’s differential equation properties of linear
cautions simultaneous linear diffraction equation solution using D-operator and Lap lace
transforms.
Partial Differential Equation:
Review of partial differential equation formations. Solution by separation of variables
Poisson’s and lap lace solution with initial and boundary conditions Laplace transform
method of solution.
GEE 612-computer programming
The Parts and Function of a Digital Computer:
C.P.U main memory, input/output units, and others of peripheral devices. Programming
techniques.
A brief introduction to programming language such as FORTRAN, PASCAL, BASIC,
COBOL,ALGOR, etc. soft –ware –language-machine language-computer language .
Review of number of system. the basic. Logical operations arithmetic logic. Real and
integer number, variables, constants operation and expressions looping and transfer of
control saving data in disc files .lists ,arrays and virtual arrays
Flow Charting and Building of Algorithms
Review of numerical methods FORTRAN coding: FORTRAN statement -arithmetic
control-input-output – FORMAT-DOS statement. Function, subscripted variable and
matrix operations programme, for simple problems. Writing sub-routines and sub –
programme for simple problems. Testing of simple and complex problems in a computer.
325
326
The department of civil engineering offers programming leading to the award of
postgraduate diploma in engineering .
AIMS
The programming is offered mainly to:i
Meet the long standing wishes of HND/HNC graduates who wish to enhance their
careers in civil engineering .
ii
offer practicing engineers ,technologists and scientists the opportunity to improve
their skills and enhance their career prospects.
iii
Offer students who successfully complete the programme and whose results
satisfy the standard required for admission the M.EMG degree programme, the
opportunity .
COURSES AVAILABLE
COMPULSORY
FIRST SEMESTER
UNITS
COURSES
GEE 601
Engineers in society
3
GEE 602
Engineer Mathematics
3
COUR COURSES
CIE 601
Theory And Analysis of Structures
4
CIE 602
Mechanics Of Solids And Foundation Engineering
3
CIE 603
Hydrology And Hydraulics Engineering
4
CIE 604
Project
3
ELECTIVE
CIE 621
Numerical And Matrix Methods Of Structural Analysis
4
CIE 622
Irrigation Engineering
4
CIE 623
Pavement Design
4
CIE 624
Prestressed Concrete Design
4
COMPULSORY
SECOND SEMESTER
UNITS
GEE 611
3
GEE 612
computer programming
3
CORE COURSES
CIE 611
Design Of Structure
4
CIE 612
Highways And Resources And Hydraulic Structures 4
CIE 613
Water Resources And Hydraulic Structures
3
CIE 614
Project 11
3
ELECTIVE
CIE 631
Theory Of Elasticity
4
CIE 632
4
CIE 633
Transportation System And Traffic Engineering
4
CIE 634
Construction Method Planning Estimating
4
CIE 601
Theory And Analysis Structures
4 Units
(Prerequisites: strength of materials)
327
Theory: Determination of force in the members statistically determinate structures
such as beams, cantilevers trusses and space frames using analytical and graphical
method .influence coefficient ,and graphical methods. Influence coefficient, Macaulay ‘s
methods area moment methods unit load method and conjugate
beam
method.
Deflection of statistically determinate truss. Analysis of two hinged
three hinged,
fixed and braced arches. Settlement and temperatures effect. Suspension bridges force in
cables, analysis of suspension bridges stiffening girders
Analysis: Methods of analysis of indeterminate structures, slope-deflection moment-area
,flexibility coefficient, stiffness coefficient methods. Moment distribution matrix
formulation for the flexibility and stiffness method and the relationship between them
.plastic method of analysis .calculation of deflections by the finite difference and new
work’s method .theory of thin plates with small deflection .circular ,square and
rectangular plates subjected to concentrated and uniformly distributed loads. buckling of
plates subjected to concentrated and uniformly distributed loads buckling of plates
classification of shells ,evolution and limitation of membrane theory .structural behaviour
of folded plate structures.
CIE 602
Mechanics of Solids and Foundation Engineering
(Prerequisite: Soil Mechanics)
(4 Units)
Bearing capacity determination .shear strength of soils,
Consolidation and earth pressure types of foundation- shallow spread footing raft, will
and pile foundation including dynamically loaded foundation .stability of Machine
foundations. In expansive soils-special treatments. Tunnels and shaft.
Reinforcements and grouting.
Conduits and buried structures. Design of structures buried in compressible soils loads on
buried conduits rigid and flexible conduits, non-circular sections analysis of earth
pressure and design.
Rock Mechanics : Mechanical properties and behaviour of rocks-static properties ,time
dependent properties theories of failures e.g. coulomb etc effect of moisture and pore
water pressure ,testing of rocks for engineering use. Uniaxial compression test, flexural
test, triaxial compression test. Determination of elastic constants static and dynamic
methods. In - situ Measurement, design and stability analysis of structures in rock. Deep
foundation – piles in sand-piles in clay –negative shear friction- pile group -Settlement of
pile groups, slop stability –types and mechanic of slepe failure, theoretical and graphical
solution of stability problems.
CIE 603 Hydrology and Hydraulics Engineering
(4 Units)
Hydrology, Element Of Hydrology precipitation, infiltration, subsurface percolation,
evapo-transpiration, energy balance (reservoirs). Analysis
of stream flow
(hydrographs), stream routing, frequency analysis, mass diagram. Reservoir routing,
analytical and graphical methods and basin
overflow. Probability in hydrographs
flood probability, selection of data and theoretical distribution of floods. Precipitation
probability; generalized rainfall-frequency. Data, rainfall frequency maps depth area
duration relationship. Rational methods of estimation of over land flow. Morphology of
river basin, watershed, characteristics and hydraulic geometry of basin. groundwater
occurrence, geological formation and types of aquifers, ground water basins and
movements. Flow lines and general equations. Well hydraulics, uni-direction flow,
recharge. Test holes and well logs. Methods of construction of shallow and deep wells.
328
Safe yield, over craft computations, pumping equipment. Methods of surface and sub
surface investigation
for ground water. Ground water laws in Nigeria.
Classifications, of rivers meandering, aggrading, degrading, and stable channels, river
regime theory. River training and design of river training works; cutoffs, embankments,
guide tanks, spurs, groynas and artificial cut – offs.
Hydraulics: Types of flow; steady; uniform, laminar, turbulent, tranquil in close and
open channels. Use of hydraulic equation; meaning. Haze-Williams, Ele- Book – white
soobey formula. Turbulent flow, velocity fluctuation and Average velocity homogenous,
isotropic turbulence. Prandit’s mixing length- hypothesis/ von karmans similarity
hypothesis. Steady and unsteady flow in open channels. Translator and oscillatory
waves and their characteristics. Compressibility effect of fluid flows, plastic wave
through a compressible fluid, shock waves, water harmer and surges hydraulic jam.
Dimensional analysis, similitude and model studies.
CIE 613 Numerical and Matric Methods of Structural Analysis (4 Unit)
Calculation of deflection by finite difference and Newmark‘s method. Matrix operations,
the flexural and stiffness methods of structural analysis as applied to place and space
frames and trumes. Solution by computer.
CIE 614 Irrigation Engineering
(4Units)
General consideration of irrigation requirement in Nigeria –principles planning of
irrigation system –irrigation techniques-water requirement for common crops. Canal
irrigation systems- headwork’s regulators –main canals distributaries canal alignmentsediment transport –design of canal –hydraulic consideration. Structural feature- losses
due to evaporation and sewage-control measures –canal maintenance. drainage cross
drainage: cross drainage works, water logging effects preventive measures contraction of
dams, barrages and weir for irrigation requirement –ground water irrigation system –
ground water hydrology –development of the tube and bore wells yield determination –
design of irrigation system for small farms.
CIE 623
Pavement design
( 4units)
Theoretical and practical design consideration for pavement thickness for highways and
airfields pavement evaluation surveys .
CIE 624 Prestressed Concrete Design
( 4units)
Design philosophy general requirement of limit state design. Methods of prestressing
shrinkage, creep prestressed concrete element: beams (single and continuous) slender
column and slabs.
CIE 611 Design of Structures
(4units)
Concrete Structure : Properties of reinforced concrete .limit state design of reinforced
concrete members elastic theory and development of limit state :ultimate limit
,serviceability limit ,crack width and deflection design to CP 8100 for beams ,slabs
column and foundations yield line theory virtual work and segment equilibrium method,
corner mechanisms, strips method principles of prestressing analysis of processed
concrete sections under working loads and design for serviceability limit state. Design of
prismatic and non-prismatic prestressed concrete members in flexure, for shear and
torsion. Leading of structures design of axially loaded members design of connection:
bolted,
329
riveted and welded design of plate and lattice girders for bridges ,design of column,
column base connection and grillage foundation design of special structures: bunkers
silos, chimneys water tanks design of light alloyed structures ,construction methods
introduction to plastic theory limit state philosophy and design in timber ,elastic design in
timber connections trusses girder, bridges descriptive and elementary treatment of
laminated timber structures.
CIE 612 Highways And Transportation
(4Units)
Highways, history of development of highways –importance in relation to socio –
economic development of a country-relevance to Nigeria planning, administration and
financing of highways systems. Design consideration for pavement thickness for
highways and airfield and pavement evaluation surveys. Joints in rigid pavement –special
soils features of hill roads highways drainage, low cost road ,stabilization techniques
.systems for the future :research and development ,short term improvement, slow speed
innovation high speed system –specific high speed concepts ,level of service criteria for
the above.
Harbors and Docks: Harbors classification general design principles, design of
breakwater ,jetties piers landing stages entrance channels –demarcation signal light
houses .
Dock: historical development –general design and layout of dock .types of dock wharf
wall and their functions
Railways: Historical development of Nigeria railways location and Alignment
Standard : Gauges –choice and advantages of different gauges .permanent way function,
construction and maintenance –typical cross section points and crossings –special fitting
and safety devices
Airports :classification –national and international standard for run way design length
grades numbering systems ,clear zone-runway layout ,wind coverage wind rose taxi ways
system master plan airport zoning –terminal building layout design of aprons hangers and
others services ,building airports drainage
CIE 613 Water Resources and Hydraulic Structures
(3 Units)
Water Resources: Estimating water requirement population forecasts sources of water
supplies and water use, collection and conveyance works, intake pumping material layout
jointing and testing of water main. Quality standard of drinking water. Treatment methods
units’ operation and unit processes chemical and biological analysis of water for various
uses. Distribution systems general requirement, method of analysis storage and
distribution reservoirs.
Sewage Sanitation: Collection system choice and rational forecasting method for
wastewater quantities from domestic, industrial and other sources design of sewers.
Hydraulic and structures design of buried conduits. Construction, testing maintenance and
inspection of sewers and associated work. Principles of sewage treatment. Aerobic and
anaerobic treatments significance of biochemical methods –biological fitters activated
sludge and its modification, septic tank, effluent disposal in rivers and seas, stabilization
ponds.
Pollution: Effects on aquatic life, self-purification industrial waste hazard specific
composition of wastewater for different industries And associated treatments. Legislatives
control of water pollution in Nigeria.
330
Hydraulic structures: reservoirs and dams, types selection design operations, control of
seepage and causes of failure. Diversion weirs spillways and headwork’s types selection
design (banes weighed creeps theory ) failures and protection of downstream bed.
Hydropower Station: Types site / plant selection, installation and appraisal of its
significance marine structures: breakwaters wharf and jetties.
CIE 604/614 Project
(6 Units)
An Engineering assignment related to a real field problem in any area of civil
engineering. The student is expected to identify a problem collage, Analyze and interpret
data, work out an engineering solution and present a detailed technical report for
evaluation. Preferably student will be advised to choose project in the same areas as their
technical electives.
CIE 631
Theory of elasticity
4 (Units)
Elasticity stress components of stress and stain, notation of stresses and strains plain
stress and plain strain compatibility equations, differential equation of equilibrium. Twodimensional problem in rectangular co-ordinates solution by polymials and effects –saint
–venant principles solution of two-dimensional problem in the form of a fully series.
CIE 632
(4 Units)
Water pollution, genesis of the problem, domestic and industrial effluent standard
analysis and treatment methods for industrial wastewater stream pollution selfpurification of rives. Land pollution, disposal of sewage on land and farms associated
problem solid waste management (Urban and Rural) resources recovery from refuse .air
pollution ,contaminate dispersion into the atmosphere, control measures environment
sanitation, engineering aspects of communicable diseases, control. Waste distribution
networks.
CIE 633
Transportation Systems Traffic Engineering
(4 Units )
Transportation systems (highways railways waterways and airways) interrelationship
planning design and co-ordination, transport corridors systems for the future research and
development, short-term improvement, slow and high speed systems highways planning
surveys, master plans traffic studies, traffic –operation intersection round –about traffic
signal theory of traffic flow. Area traffic in towns land users rapid transit systems of road
And rails facilities foe computer traffic, pedestrian movement ring road and bye-passes
fly-over and differential level crossing high density traffic impact on the environment.
CIE 634 Construction Methods Planning Estimating
(4Units)
Construction methods estimating cost time and materials planning scheduling and
production control –critical path methods PERT Gantt chart equipment selection,
capabilities earth moving and concrete production safety and quality control –financial
problems encountered.
DEPARTMENT OF EWLECTRICAL / ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
331
The department of electrical and electrics engineering offers programmes leading to the
award of postgraduate diploma in engineering.
AIM
The programmers is offered mainly to :
i
Meet the long standing wishes of HND/HNC Graduates Who wish to enhance
their carrier in electrical and electronics engineering.
ii
Offer practicing engineers, technologists and scientists the
opportunity to improve their skill and enhance their prospects.
iii
Offer students who successfully complete the programme and
whose results satisfy the standard required for admission to the M.ENG degree
programme the opportunity.
COURES AVAILABLE
First Semester
Units
Compulsory course
GEE 601
Engineer In Society
3
GEE 602
3
Core Courses
ELE 601
Advanced circuit theory
4
ELE 602
Control Engineering
4
ELE 603
Advanced Electronics
4
ELE 606
Project 1
3
Electives
Any one to be taken the following courses:
ELE 604
Power System Engineering
4
ELE 605
Digital Electronic Engineering
4
SECOND SEMESTER
Compulsory Courses
GEE 611
Engineering Mathematics II
3
GEE 602
3
Core Courses
ELE 611
Electrical Machines
4
ELE 612
Power Electronic
4
ELE 615
project II
3
ELE 618
Material Science
3
Electives
Any one to be taken from the following courses.
ELE 613
4
ELE 614
Telecommunication System
4
ELE 601
Advanced Circuit Theory
Review of signal analysis –Fourier series representation of periodic signal in both
trigonometric and exponential forms Fourier transform and its uses in the analysis of
energy and power signal single and double –sided spectrum input and output power
density and energy density. perceive theorem. Review of transmission line equations
332
(parameters ) standing wave ratio smith chart net-work topology –linear graph theory,
network matrices fundamental loops and cut –sets network analysis Tallengens theory
and duality theory Model and mosh analysis of linear passive network to impulse step
ramp and sinsucidal inputs using Fourier and lap lace transforms actives network theory
operational
amplifiers phase correction compensation, all-pass equalization
differentiating and integrating network introduction to non-linear circuits state equation
for network. Review of three phase network –balance –balance, and unbalance network
symmetrical components network electric filter theory active filter butter worth and
chebychchew filter. Network synthesis –positives real function realization, and sarods
graphical solution, synthesis of passive network in causer and foster. Analysis of two pore
network and analysis of analysis, image transfer function.
ELE 602
Control System Engineering
(4 Credits)
Review work on frequency response methods-bode analysis, logarithmic plots my quits
and in worse inquest stability -stability criteria polar plots relatives stability. Closed loop
frequency response (the Nichols chart signal flow analysis for milt-loop system design
and compensation techniques-preliminary design consideration specification sensitivity
function. Design procedure, necessity for compensation error criteria, head-leg
compensation practical aspects –serves and drivers, transducers synchros and responses
D.C servo mechanical digital control system sampled systems mathematics representation
of the sampled signal. The transforms stability analysis of system. Direct digital control.
Multivariable system. State variable and matrices. State variable equation for digital
system non linear system introduction to non-linear system types and effects describing
function analysis. Introduction to phase-plane analysis. Techniques for construction,
trajectory, application of trajectories singular point phase–plane analysis of non-linear
systems.
ELE 603 Digital
(4 Credits)
Review of Boolean algebra and logic circuit simplification-laws of Boolean Algerian
logic of propositions and truth tables diagram and its application, karnaugh-map
techniques and its application to some simple design example. Flip flop. inputs, maters slave J.K. flip-flop. Binary counter-classification synchronous and asynchronous
counters, lip-down counters, reversible counters, programmable counters. Application of
counters Fegisters –shift around registers, some particle application of registers, parallel
and serial input/output of data. Memory device –ROM, RAM, application of ROM and
RAM microprocessor, interfering the microprocessor and solar devices. Digital converter
digital to-analogue converters-logic level converter, series –parallel series converter,
digital to-analogue converter, analogue –to-digital converter, binary to ECD converter
(and vice –versa) interfaces and semi conductors.
ELE 605
Advance Electronics
(4 Credits)
Electronic properties of solids. review of kinetic theory of gases, crystal lattices, x-ray
diffraction, electronics in metals drift velocity, mobility, and free electron theory, density
of state, fermi energy bands intrinsic and extrinsic semi counters, etc taned amplifiers,
feedbank amplifiers. Wide band amplifiers. review of operational amplifier analysis and
circuit design using operation amplifier and non-linear operation, limiters, comparators
333
and function generation, oscillators, -review of RC,LC negative resistance and crystal
oscillators, relaxation and blocking oscillators, voltage controlled –oscillators. Phase –
locked loops frequency synthesizers. linear waves, integrated circuits. ECR devices optoeleectronic devices, photo transistors, solar cells, LSDE, photo diodes. analogue
computation, computer systems and interfaces design.
ELE 604 Power Systems Engineering
(4 credits)
Lead flow solution methods (gauss-netwton raphson raphson ,etc ) fault level studies.
Formulation of the optimum economic dispatch problem for loss less and lossy systems.
Power systems stability –steady state and transient stability, formulation of swing
equation, methods of solving swing equation and stability improvement. Frequency
control of power system operation .the application of computers to analysis, design,
control and simulation power system protecting, EHV transmission.
ELE 611 Electrical Machines
(4Credits)
Transformer, equivalent circuits, vector groupings and transformer connections threewinding transformer, cooling method tap-changing synchronous machines steady –steady
characteristics and equivalent circuits two-axis theory .excitation systems and automatic
voltage regulators power angle relations and operation on infinite busbars. Power factor
compensation, induction machines – operation characteristics speed -control methods
frequency changers, induction regulators transient and dynamic performance of D.C.
Motors cross-field machines (amplidyne and metadyne ) commlator motors design –
output /machines constant magnetic and electric loading design of main dimensions of
various machines.
ELE 612
Power Electronics and Drives
(4 Credits)
The steady state control of electronics machines and apparatus by power electronics –
current limiting devices converters and inverters, choppers and cycloconverters, control
of DC and AC motors using thyristors frequency logic, circuits and convectors thyristors
timing and counting circuit logic circuits and static switching control sensors for
displacement, velocity power factor and reactive power lop transfer function. power semiconductor devices modelling and analysis ,introduction to devices (individual and group
drives ) selection of motors for specific purposes thermal rating of motors dynamic
performer of motors reluctance hysteresis and linear motors
ELE 613
( 4 Credits)
Importance of high voltage generation ,generation of high AC and DC and impulse
voltage and currents ratings of high voltage equipment function of insulation system
classification of insulation materials and standard test .BIL insulation coordination
shielding by earth wires, surge protection of electrical machines surge diverters
measurement and testing impulse voltage corona discharge radio interference
(measurement and minimization).
ELE 614 Telecommunication Systems
( 4 Credits)
Random signal theory –discrete and continuous random variable examples probability
density function systems and signal analysis ,classification of system, system response
and filters signal representation using Fourier transform .Transform theorems power
spectral density :analysis signal transmission –linear modulation system DSB envelop
334
modulation ,detection P efficiency and time division multiplexing commercial
broadcasting noise in noise ratio .noise figure and noise temperature, communication
services telephone Tele –noise temperature communication services telephone telegraph
facsimile television data transmission .broadcasting system satellite system and radar
system international regulation digital communication-introduction uniform quantisation
.transmission requirements for quantised signal information measure and source coding
theorem decision theory applied to communication system. Noise and interference in
digital modulation systems.
335
The Department of mechanical engineering the award of postgraduate diploma in any of
the following.
i
Materials
ii
Mechanical engineering
AIMS.
The programmes are designed to:
i
Offer HND/HNC graduates in all fields of mechanical engineering such as
material production power, plant, automotive etc. excellent opportunities to embank on
worthwhile careers.
ii
Train engineers that are capable of developing materials with specific function
such as mechanical thermal optical, electromagnetic electronic chemical and biological.
iii
Give opportunity to practicing engineers, technologists and scientists to improve
skills and enhance career prospects in this field.
iv
Offer students who successfully complete the programmes and whose results
satisfy the standard require for admission to the M.Eng. degree programmes the
opportunity.
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MATERIALS ENGINEERING
PART-TIME PROGRAMME
st
FIRST SEMESTER-1 YEAR
Compulsory Courses
GEE 601 The Engineer in Society
3
GEE 602 Engineering Mathematics I
3
Core Courses
MTE 601 Materials and Their Properties Plus a four (4) Units
course Selected from the following:
4
MTE
604
New Materials
MTE 605
Manufacturing Technology
4
SECOND SEMMESTER, I Year
Compulsory Course
3
Core course
4
plus a four(4) Units Course
Selected from the following:
MTE 612 Physical Material Process
THIRD SEMESTER , 2ND YEAR
Compulsory Courses
GE 612 Computer Programming
4
Core Courses
MTE 601 Ceramic Materials
336
Units
4
4
4
3
MTE 608 Polymers
MTE 609 Plant and Machinery
4
MTE 606 Project I
4
FIRST SEMESTER, 2ND YEAR
MTE 610 Project II
COURSE DESCRIPTION (M.ENG.)
MTE 610 Materials and Their Properties.
The relationship of the engineering properties of materials to their atomic starrier,
bonding, crystal structure, imperfection and microstructure. The processing of materials
to produce required structure and properties. Include consideration of crystal structure
determination, phase diagrams, diffusion, phase transformations, solidification, heat
treatment and deformation.
Thermodynamics review of first and second laws, gas laws, humidity, thermo chemistry,
entropy, reversible and irreversible processes, equilibrium criteria. Gibbs free energy,
activity and acefficients, solution thermodynamics, roast’s and Henry’s Law, gibbesdurham equation, alloy phase equilibria, free-energy, composition, diagrams, elllingham
diagrams. kinetics: empirical treatment for homogenous reaction rates, reaction order and
specific rate constant, activation energy, arrhenius’ law, energy, distribution in reacting
system, heterogeneous reactions.
Introduction to basic plasticity theory and its application to common metal forming and
metal cutting processes. Fracture mechanics and its application in brittle and ductile
fracture, creep and fatigue for purposes of design and analysis.
MTE 606 and MTE 610 Project I & II
Materials research project either in development work and problems-solving, or design,
fabrication and testing of materials processing machinery and handling equipment.
MTE 604 New Material
A review of existing knowledge of new materials: rapidly solidified super alloys,
biomaterials, composites, lithium aluminum alloys, advanced ceramic materials for
engine and turbine components, selection of materials.
MTE 605 Manufacturing Technology
Bath production processes, hard vs soft automation, development of flexible
manufacturing system (FMS) – cad - cam, robotics - integration. Traditional
manufacturing processes, welding, riveting, soldering, fastening,
MTE 607 CERAMIC MATERIALS
Uses of traditional and advanced ceramic materials. Comparison of ceramics with metals
and alloys. Processing: raw materials preparation, forming techniques, theory and
practices of sintering, quality control, properties, flexural strength, creep, corrosion and
erosion and electrical. Magnetic, and optical properties.
337
MTE 608 Polymers
The structure , properties and processing of polymers (plastics). Includes its application
and consideration of composites based- on polymers.
MTE 609 Plant And Machinery
Design and operation of materials processing plant, design of basic equipment for ore
processing. Handling equipment, kilns and furnaces problems of safety and effluent
disposal and environmental friendly designs.
An overview of development in materials manufacturing processes and applications for
modern steels. Classes and classification of steels, effects of alloy addition and control of
micro-structure. Study of selected classes of steels.
MTE 612 Physical Materials Processes
Applications for diffusion theory too diffusion controlled processes, solidification
principles and applications to foundry problems. Segregation in casting, heat transfer
processes. Selected problems to illustrate to illustrate theory.
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSES
AVAILABLE
First Semester
Compulsory Courses
Units
GEE 601
Engineer in Society
3
GEE 602 Engineering in Mathematics
Core Courses
ELE 602 Control Engineering
MEE 603 Engineering Mechanics and Properties of Materials
4
4
MEE 608 Project I
3
Elective
Any one to be taken from the following courses
MEE 605
Metallurgy
4
MEE 606
Mechanical Vibration
4
MEE 667 Mechanical Power System
4
Second Semester
Compulsory
GEE 611
Engineering In Mathematics
4
GEE 612
4
Core Courses
MEE 613
Dynamic of Machines
4
MEE 614
Heat and Mass Transfer
4
MEE 615
Engineering Fluid Dynamic
4
MEE 619
Project 11
Electives
Any one to be taken following courses:
MEE 616
Air -Conditioning an Refrigeration
4
4
338
MEE 618
Material Science
COURSE OUTLINE
MEE 603
Engineering Mechanic & Properties of Materials
Column and struts: and long columns effects of ends conditions, equivalents and
slenderness ratio, eccentric factors, secant formula. column formulae by Euler Rankine
Gordon Johnson and other straight line formulae. Analysis of riveted and bolted
connection: types joints and classification, modes of failure, strength of rivet and plates
strength and efficiency loading of joints ,under tensional loading. Thick shell: stress and
Trains under internal and external pressures compound cylinders ,shrink fit pressures
,determination of the thickness of materials .
Bending of Beams :
Build-in beams with central concentrated loads U.D.L. and off –central loads ,supports at
different level ,continuous beams three moment theorem .bending of curved bears –stress
in bars of shall and large initial curvatures deflection by direct method and strain energy .
Unsymmetrical bending of beans –and products of inertia bean with unsymmetrical
theorems of perpendicular axes and products of inertia beam with unsymmetrical bending
–moments ,short columns with unsymmetrical loads .plastic theory of bending –bending
beyond yield stress ,moment of resistance at the plastic hinge ,collapse loads simple
supported and fixed beams ,combined and direct stress .
Material Selection:
The chemical, physical and mechanical properties f the more common engineering
materials (ferrous metals, ceramics cements concrete composites wood and polymers)
with particular reference to their application, corrosion and wear. Theories of fatigue and
creep of metal: full qualitative discussion of fatigue (including effects of stress range,
mean stress complex stress surface treatment and corrosion). Effects of time high and low
temperature, viscoelasticity creep.
Defect in Metallic Materials:
Defects in crystals points defect, dislocation and grain boundaries effect of crystals
defects on mechanical and physical properties.
Yield Phenomena:
Yielding in crystals, plastics range continuous yielding inelastic properties, properties in
compression inelastic compression properties, plastic yielding, Maxwell (Von-mises) and
tresca (maximum share stress) criteria of yield, yield locus .
Theory of plasticity :elements of the theory of plasticity theory of slip line fields
applications to processes such as indentation ,extrusion and forging.
Laws of thermodynamics: review of the zeroth, first and second laws. Their corollaries
and application. Third law of thermodynamics.
Validity:
Validity and unavailable energy of system free energy ,effectiveness.
Power Cycle;
339
Review of the Carnot and Ranking Cycles. Binary reheat and regeneration cycles.
Deviation of the actual cycle from ideal .Air standard power cycle .
Reversed Power Cycles;
Vapour compression, Carnot and absorption refrigeration cycles. Steam jet refrigeration.
Gas Dynamic ;
One dimensional flow with area change, with friction and with or without heat transfer,
isentropic flow, critical and stagnation of conditions . Sonic velocity and Mach number.
Shock waves and flow through nozzles and diffusers. Elements of jet propulsion;
[Laboratory experiments of pollution measurement, free and enclose flames, gas jets
reciprocating expanders, sonic velocity and refrigerator .
Combustion:
Combustion process, combustion efficiency Dissociation flames ignition. Quenching
combustion generated air pollution. measurement and control of polls-pollution [NO2,
CO2 , SO2 . hydrocarbon , particulate orsat analyzer. Gas chromatograph . Some meters,
catalytic and thermal converters. Exhaust gas recalculation .
MTE 613
Dynamic of Machines
General introduction, review of kinematics , rigid body kinematics , formulation of
equation of motion , Newton laws , principles of virtual work . D’ Alembert’s principles
concept of inertia force and inertia torgue , Hamilton’s principles , hamilton’s equations,
Lag – range’s equation . system dynamics , state space formulation .
Governors; Review of functions and principles of operations . Classifications and
characteristics Effects of friction . calculation of equilibrium speeds and range of
speeds Cams ; Cam mechanics –of f –set roller cam roller follower cam profiles
Gyroscopes: Review of principle of the
gyroscope . Gyroscopic couple and
acceleration for a plane disc. Effects of gyroscopic couple whirling of shafts .
Applications in automobiles, ships, aeroplanes and locomotives .
Power Transmission: Methods of power transmission available , analysis of positive
friction and Electromechanical drives. Hydrodynamic and hydrostatic fluid couplings.
Balancing: Review of the balancing of rotating masses in the same plane and in
different planes. Primary and secondary balancing of reciprocating masses. The effects
of imbalance on the performance of vehicles and other machines .
Friction and Lubrication: Review of friction in sliding and rolling , Analytical treatment
of boundary and film lubrication . one –dimensional Reynolds’ equation in case of
tilting thrust bearing and externally pressurized bearings. Lubrication and bearing
materials. Theory of hydrodynamic lubrication as applied to slider and journal bearings.
MET 614 Heat and Mass Transfer
Heat Transfers
Condition: Introduction to heat condition. Review of one-dimensional equation problems.
Extended surfaces. Derivation of Fourier’s equation using the energy conservation
approach. Analysis of steady and unsteady state 2-imensional heat condition Laplace
(Laplace equations. Poison’s equation), using (1) graphical technique (2) numerical
method (3) analytical method, and (4) analogue technique. Dimensionless variables of
heat condition (biot number or Fourier number.)
Convection:
340
Basic equation of heat convection (free and forced convection), graetz-nusselt problems
dimensionless numbers and similarity (Reynolds prandlt gras grashof, Rayleigh, Stanton,
nusselt, frouds, peclet and graetz number colbun j-factor), Reynolds, taylor-pradtl, Von
karma and colbun analogues. Buckingham-pi. Theorems, boiling and condensation.
Radiation:
Electromagnetic spectrum, thermal radiation spectrum, emissive, reflectivity, transitivity,
absorbivity emissive power. Real and ideal surfaces total and monochromatic radiation.
The spectoradiometic curve. Kerchief’s law. Wienie’s displacement law. Stefanboatsman’s law` direct exchange in enclosures with non-participating medium.
Radioactively adiabatic surfaces. Electrical network analogues.
Heat Exchangers:
Basic types of heat exchangers. Analysis and design of simple heat exchanger, using
LMTD (logarithmic mean temperature difference) and NTU (number of transfer units)
methods
Mass Transfer:
Diffusion in 2-component systems. Diffusivity, molar flux, concentration, flicks first and
second laws. Mass transfer co-efficient. Mass transfer in 2-hase fluid systems, film and
overall co-efficient. Mass of mass transfer. Heat mass transfer analogy. Sherwood
numbers.
MTE 615 Engineering fluid Dynamics
Basic solutions and properties of the governing equation for ideal fluid flow and for
compressible fluid flow. Description and design equation speed of sound, stagnation
pressure, convergaent nozzle, shack waves, subsonic and supersonic flows, 2dimenesional and dimensional potential flows. Lift and drag.
Momentum Transfer:
Naiver Stockert’s equation. Boundary layer
theory. Boundary layer thickness.
Velocity distribution. Laminar and turbulent boundary layers. Drag, boundary layer
separation. Boundary layer control, buckingham-pi theorem. Flow through conduits.
Flow over submerged bodies (flat plates , cylinders and spheres).
MEE 606 Mechanical Vibrations
Definition. Source of vibration in machines. Criteria or evaluation.
Description of
general nature of free, forced and self-excited vibration. The lumped one-degree-offreedom linear system, free motion, nature mode (viscous) damps. Forced vibration of a
uniform beam by harmonic loading. Elements of the analysis of multi-body and
distributed mass linear systems.Rayleigh’s principles. Holzer’s method. Application of
tensional vibration, flexural vibration of beams, whirling of a single disc on a shift.
Dampers absorbers.
MEE 605 Metalurgy
Theory of Alloying :
Review of solid solutions and binary systems. Effects of alloying or metal properties.
Alloys for bearing an springs. Work hardening alloys. Strengthening structures and
dispersed phases. Effects of strengthening methods and other properties particularly
ductility and toughness.
Hardenability Data:
341
Validity, assesment of use and practical significance. The section and control of furnace,
atmosphere for treatments requiring charfe protection or compositional charge, limitations
of the oretiocal prediction and behaviour.
Heat Treatment:
Theory of heat treatment. Elementary quantitative treatment of heat transfer applied to
heating and cooling under radioactive and convective conditions. Analysis of factors
controlling uniformity, and efficiency of heat treatment, characteristics of commercial
equipment media and procedures significance of process variables(temperature, rate of
temperature change, time)on process and product. Distortion and residual tresses, allow
sensitivity, modes of distortion control. Stress relief.
Metallorgraphy:
Macro-examination techniques. Sulphur print, macro –etching reagent. Election
microscopy and x-ray crystallography. Principles and application of symmetric elements,
stenographic projection.
Metallurgy of Welding:
Weldability, calculation of peak temperature. Metallurgy changes in heat affected zone.
Cooling rates and solidification. Weld thermal cycles residual stresses-weld distortion and
its prevention. Mechanical working of metals- theory of metal working . hot, cold and
warm working of metals . estimation of work pressures in rolling, foraging, extrussion,
wire drawing, deep drawing. Evaluation of newer forming process and products-HERF
and hydrostatic eruption.
Foundry Technology:
Computability of metals with refectories, atmosphere, fluxes on quality. Degassing,
deoxidation, inoculation and modification. Quantitative treatment of solidification rates as
applied to casting in sand refectory moulds. Chilling power of moulds. Principles that
determining shape and size of getting and running systems and feeder heads. Factor
affecting training size and shape, segregation, shrinkage, tearing , gas evolution,
nonmetallic inclusions and internal stressed. Mould materials, foundery sands, natural and
synthetic sands. Condition and testing. Inspection and quality control. Test bars:
assessment of cast-on and separate test bars, analysis of factors affecting casting quality
and yield incidence.
MEE 616 Air-condition And Refrigeration
Air –Condition Equipment Plant System Design: Review of psychometrics. Weather
data analysis. Air-condition equipment /components, boilers and chillers, cooling towers,
heat pump, system costing, estimating and drafting.
Synthesis of Refrigeration:
Synthesis and analysis of the vapour absorption unit. Boost system used in aircraft.
Thermo-electric refrigeration, vortex tube refrigeration, cryogenics.
Pipes and Piping Design:
Types and application of pipes, pipe fittings selection criteria- stream, water refrigerant,
air oil and gas (more complex cases).
Environmental Pollution:
342
Decay equation. Odour and smoke control. Temperature and humidity pollution, effects
of water flora and fauna and oil pollution. Bacteriological effects, noise, etc.
MEE 607 Mechanical Power Systems
Fluid Flow:
Review of flow through conduits and fittings (pipes, orifice, nozzles, diffusers, valves,
bends junctions)
Analysis and Design of Pipe Network:
Pipes in series, in parallel, pipe network for steam, gas hydraulics.
Fluid Power Machinery and Components:
Performance, characteristics selection criteria for pumps, compressors, fans, motors,
accumulators, valves, actuators.
Power System Fluids:
Survey of hydraulic fluids and their properties, the ideal hydraulic fluids; seals
Fluid Power Circuit and Control:
Typical fluid circuits (hydraulic, pneumatic)- open center, closed centers, meter –in,
meter-out, loads inertia overrunning, resistive.
Design of Fluid Power Systems:
Load inertia, over-running,
Resistive and Systems:
Principles of operation and characteristics. Fluid logic circuits; combustion equipment ;
gas, oil, solid fuel. Installation and operation of steam turbines, governing and part load
performance , performance testing.
Gas Turbines:
Performance characteristics. Part load operations. Component selection criteria, turbines
compressors, heaters, combustors, heat exchangers.
Work Study :
Method study and measurement. Applications.
Occupational Safety and Health:
Safety, local safety regulations, and safe working conditions. Job safety training.
Occupational disease. Ergonomics.
Types of Production:
Job, batch and mass production, layout problems associated with each. Materials handling
an control: forecasting – machine loading, job loading and sequencing. Resource
allocation and assignment problems, elementary ideas of queuing theory. Production
control, its function and scope, dispatching and progress chasing. Formulation of
mathematical models of manufacturing systems, analysis of models- linear programming,
transportation problems. Use of net-work techniques – PERT and CPA.
Dielectric Materials:
343
Dielectric Theory. Dielectric properties of solids, liquids and gases. Vabration of
dielectric effects with frequency at constant temperature. Dielectric breakdown.
Magnetic Materials:
Microscopic Quality control and reliability: inspection, different types of inspection,
Drawbacks of inspection. Concept of quality control, economic and quality. Organization
for quality. Statistical quality control, reliability -definition and meaning, control charts,
failure rate, basic concept and reliability, MTBF, MTTF, estimating of simple assemblies
from part reliability.
MEE 618 Material Science
Atomic Theory:
Revision of atomic models. RutherfordThomson models. Bur’s representation spectral Line characteristics. Quantum theory and
plan’s law. Energy bends; energy levels and holes. Work function. Introduction to
quantum mechanics: wave- particle duality. Wave mechanics applied to simple elections.
The hydro-atom. Multi-element atom.
Electron Configuration in Materials:
Uncertainty principles of Heidelberg and applications to measurement of momentum,
position and energy of particles. Pauli exclusion principles, electron configuration. The
periodic table and general classification of elements. Gases liquids and solid metals and
non-metals. Rubber, plastic and resin.
Solids:
Bonding in solids, structure of crystals and amorphous materials, x-ray diffraction, lane,
power and rotary crystal techniques. Electron and neutron. Electron microscopy infrared
spectroscopy. Imperfection in solids, materials thermodynamics. Bond theory of solids.
Physical properties:
Chemical theory of conductors in the metals. Modern theory of solids. Semi- conductors
theory. Semi – conductors devices.
Thermal and optical effects: photo- emission, photoconduction and photovoltaic
phenomenon. The solar cell. Thermal conduction in crystals, thermal and impurity
scattering. Work function. Thermionic, photoelectric and secondary emission of electrons
from the surface.
344
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN GEOGRAPHY AND REGIONAL
PLANNING (PGDGRP)
INTRODUCTION
Over the years, a large number of first degree holders in Geography and other related
disciplines, like land Surveying, Geology, Geophysics, environmental resources
management, and urban and Regional Planning, have been trying to enrol for graduate
programmes in geography and regional planning .but they have always been refused
admission because of their deficiency at the undergraduate level. Also, there is an ever
increasing desire of HND/HNC graduates in land surveying, cartography, as well as urban
and Regional Planning to further their career in geography and regional planning. To
satisfy the yearnings of this teaming category of prospective student, the Diploma
program in Geography and Regional Planning with specialization in the following areas:
Cartography
Climatology
Environmental Resources Management
Geomorphology
Remote Sensing
Urban Geography.
This is to provide the much needed professional training and preparation for advanced
degrees.
ALMS.
(i)
Provide opportunities for first degree holders in land surveying, geology,
geophysics, environmental resources management, botany, agriculture, urban and
regional planning as well as geography/ regional planning, or education/
geography with third class(honors)degrees
(ii)
Meet the ever increasing desire of graduates with good (HND/ HNC) in land
surveying, cartography, urban and regional planning and other geography related
disciplines to further their education
(iii)
Provide student who successfully complete the postgraduate diploma programme
and whose results satisfy the standard required, the opportunity for admission to
the M.Sc Degree Program in Geography and Regional Planning.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENT
Candidates for the postgraduate diploma in geography and regional planning must have
(i)
At least a third class honors degree of Ambrose ail university or any other
recognized institution in geography and regional planning or other related
disciplines like land surveying, geology, geophysics, environmental resources
management, urban and Regional Planning e.t.c
(ii)
HND/HNC from recognized polytechnic or college of technology, in land
surveying, cartography urban and regional e.t.c
345
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMMER:
The duration of the programmer shall be 12 calendar months full-time (two semesters) or
24 months part -time (four semesters) Student’s workload Student shall be required to
register for courses before they are sallower to take them. A student of the post-graduate
diploma in geography and regional planning will be required to register for a maximum of
thirty six (36) credit unit out of which a candidate must pass 30 unit the course are as
follows:
Compulsory Courses x 3 Unit
Courses in student ‘s area of specialization x 3
Project courses x 6 Unit
Total
=
=
=
12 Units
12 Units
6 Units
=
30 Unit
]STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMMER AND REQUIREMENT FOR
GRADUATION :
1.
All core course and courses in area of specialization must be Passed .
2.
A minimum of 30 credit unit must be acquired before gradation
3.
score of 50%
4.
There will be written examination in all taught course at the end of the relevant
semester.
5.
Every student shall writer a rapport on his/ her research project, which shall be
graded and moderated like any of the taught courses.
6.
There will be continuous assessment through tests and/or assignment which will
be weighted at last 20%
CLASSIFICATION OF POST GRADUATION DIPLOMA IN GEOGRAPHY AND
REGIONAL PLANNING CERTIFICATE:
The post graduate diploma in geography and regional certificate shall be classified on the
basis of the cumulative score average as follows.
Class
Cumulative Percentages
(Score Average)
Distinction
Credit
Pass
70-100
60-69
50-59
COURSE AVERAGE
COMPULSORY COURSE: COMMON TO ALL STUDENT
GRP 601 Philosophy of Geography
GRP 602 Research Methods in Geography/Planning
GR|P 603 Quantitative Techniques
3
GRP 604 Planning Principles
GRP 699 Project
GRP 610 Agricultural Development Planning
GRP 611
Agricultural System
GRP 612
GRP 608
Rural Settlement and land Use
346
Unit
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
Cartography
GRP 602 Principles of Cartography
GRP 621 Theoretical Cartography
GRP 622 Historical / Information System
Climatology
GRP 630 Advances Climatology
GRP 631 Micro / MESO Climatology
GRP 632 Urban Climatology
GRP 633 Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
GRP 604 Ecology of Natural Resources
GRP 641 Vegetation resource
GRP 642 Environmental Planning and Management
3
Geomorphology
GRP 605 Erosion and soil Management
GRP 651 Advanced fluvial Geographology
GRP652 Geomorphology in environ. Mgt
GRP 653 The geomorphic system of the humid tropical envt
GRP 660 Industrial Structure and Dynamic
GRP 661 industrial development planning
GRP 662 Industrial Location Analysis
GRRP 620 the urbanization process
Remote Sensing
GRP 670 Principles of Remote Sensing
GRP 671 Manual Image
GRP 672 Digital Image Interpretation
GRP 673 Geography Information System
Rural Development
GRP 680 Rural Settlement and Land use
GRP 681 Rural Development Model
GRP 682 Advanced Rural land Resources Evaluation
GRP 683 river basin student
Urban Geography
GRP 690 The Urbanization Process
GRP 691 Urban Land use Planning
GRP 692 Urban System Analysis
GRP 693 Urban spatial interaction
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
COURSE DESCRIPTION
GRP 601 Philosophy of Geography
(3Unit)
Current methodology of geographical research, including recent paradigm shifts within
geography. Scientific approach to geographical research, gratification in geography
theories and model in geography
GRP 602 Research Methods In Geography
(3 Unit)
Meaning of geography research, formulation of research problem, theories and conceptual
framework for research topic questionnaire design, processing of question, sampling
347
producer of testing hypothesis documentation, referencing / bibliography, acknowledging
authors, format or research proposal and of thesis
GRP 603 Quantitative Techniques
(3unit)
importance of advanced mathematical and statistical as applied to spatial distribution area
data multiple and partial correlation, multiple regression, analysis of variance (ANOVA),
parametric and non- parametric, tests of significance
GRP 604 Planning Principles
(3 Units)
The meaning and nature of planning, aspect of planning, special patter of development,
growth poles, growth center, e.t.c concept of the regional and planning units, approaches
to planning for development, theories and methods of planning
GRP 610 Agricultural Development Planning
(3 Units)
Multifarious problem especially in development countries with special reference to
Nigeria, physic and social aspects of planning that are relevant to agricultural
development, significance of research in promoting effective e development, of
agricultural data banks and the use of agricultural statistics for planning purpose
GRP 611 Agricultural System
(3 Units)
Different agricultural system in term of the constraints to productivity and the feasible
solution to these constrain. Major agricultural system rotational bush fallowing arable
crop production, tree crop production irrigation plantation and forestry, the contribution
of each of theses system of agricultural to national economy
GRP 612 Agricultural Location Theories
(3units)
Importance of location theories in agricultural studies, major theories, von tunnel’s theory
of agricultural land, potential diffusion theories, von thunei theory of auricular land
potential diffusion theories mark v on chairs, game theory, regional mode of
development, tend surface analysis and model continuous techniques
GRP 620 Principles Of Cartography
(3units)
Scope and limitation of visual presentation of statistic. Sources and treatment of statistic
for visual presentation . Criteria of significances and choices of techniques, perception
and visual process. Map compilation sources material, base map, generalization,
typography colour and colour separation, map design, map production planning and
produces , practical works and assignments,
GRP 621 Theoretical Cartography
(3 Units)
The meanings, scope and aspects of cartography, the concept of map. Different
component of the cartographic communication system and factor influencing them,
analysis of the topographic map as a cartographic communication channel
GRP 622 historical / Applied Cartogralogy
(3 Units)
The development of cartography from the ancient to the present. The evolution of
national surveys, use of map in geographic studies as well as in national and international
planning and development
GRP 623 Geographic Information System
(3units)
348
the meaning and nature of Gls, data input and output, data base management, data
modeling and analysis, practical and assignment
GRP 630 Advanced Climatology
(3 Units)
Atmospheric heat balance and moisture, principles and concepts to weather and general
circulation in the tropic and temperature region drought, precipitation, desertification,
climatic change
GRP 631 Mire / Climatology
(3unit)
Soil temperature and moister, evaporation from homogenous surface, wind flow over
homogenous and non humongous surface , turbulence and turbulent transfer of heart
over and from homogenous surface, forest Climatology
GRP 632 Urban Climatology
(3 Units)
Scope and content of urban Climatology, the analysis of urban climate on different time
and spatial scales. Air pollution, urban weather in relation to human comfort, housing,
food and industries
(3 Units)
Exploration and exploitation of surface and ground water resources, urban and rural water
supplies, conflict in water uses, water resources development and management, water
pollution
GRP 640 Ecology of Natural Resources
(3 Units)
Man, nature and resources relationship, principles of conservation and resources use,
ecosystem’s use of resources, mineral and energy resources, pollution and the
environment, limits of man’s economic growth.
GRP 641 Vegetal Resources
(3 Units)
Plant evolution and distribution, method of regulation mapping and of analysis, nature
and types of vegetal resources. Exploitation and management of vegetal resources, a
forestation, game reserve management.
GRP 642 Environment Planning and Management (3 Units)
Principles of resources planning and environmental management with specific reference
to environment impart assessment and economic development, environment information
system the role of demographic power in recourse planning and environment
management
GRP 650 Erosion and Erosion Management
(3 Units)
Soil erosion, factor mechanism and types of soil survey, classification and mapping.
Topographic, social and economic con sequence of soil erosion soil, conservation.
GRP 651 Advance Fluvial Geomorphology
349
(3 Units)
Dynamic principles, theories and process guiding the activities of river and their resulting
land forms the role of tropical river in land scope development.
GRP 652 Geomorphology in Environment Management (3 Units)
Aspects of geomorphology in environment management interaction between cultural
activities and geomorphic system development of appropriate methodology for
environment and geomorphic impact assessment
GRP 653 The Geomorphic System of the Humid Tropical Environment
(3 Units)
Foundational environment condition and problem of humid tropical documental system
delimitation of the humid the concept of humid tropical processes and major land forms
of the humid tropical .
GRP 660 Industrial Structure And Dynamics
(3 Units)
Classification of industrial according to capital, employment, value added e.t.c . the
dynamics of industrial growth, development and repulsiveness. Industrial project analysis.
GRP 661 Industrial Development Planning
(3 Units)
Problem of industrial development especially in development countries with Nigeria as a
case study , processes generation spatial inequality inn industrial development ,
implication of government policies for industrial development and environment industrial
complexes and estate
GRP 662 Industrial Location Analysis
(3 Units)
Industrial location theories and models. Roles of industrialization in the in the
development, acquisition, preparation and analysis of field data, case studies of selected
industrial and industrial regions
GRP 670 Principles of Remote Sensing
(3 Units)
Remote sensing defined development of remote sensing. Image forming profess. The
electromagnetic spectrum (EMS). Remote sensing system -camera or photographic
system thermal or scanning system and radar or micro –wave system. Application of
remote sensing techniques to population studies and mapping
GRP 671 Manual Image Interpretation
(3 Units)
Image analysis paradigm basis of manual image interpretation. Image interpretation
tasks. Element of manual image analysis, aids and techniques
GRP 672 Digital Image Interpretation
(3 Units)
The basics of digital image processing concept, image restoration, enhancement and
image restoration, 4ennhancement and image classification procedures
GRP 680 Rural Settlement and Land use
(3 Units)
350
Models and typology of rural settlement analysis empirical of Nigeria rural settlement
with emphasis on spatial organization of rural activities, rural –urban interface linkages,
rural services center and land use patter
GRP 681 Rural Development Model
(3 Units)
Models of development in Nigeria empirical analysis
351
POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
The Department offers a post-gradate diploma in public administration {PGDPA) which
is designed to enhance the administration and managerial competence of middle-level
managers in federal, state and local governments and the private sector.
Objectives
The objectives of the PGDPA are to:
i
Contribute to the development of manpower both in public and
Private sectors.
ii
Strengthen the academic and professional competence of young
officers who perform administrative functions and
iii
Provide a broad educational background in the discipline basic to Government.
Structure of the Programme
The postgraduate diploma programme in public administration consists of course work,
seminars and a final project paper. The course work consists of ten courses of three units
each and a project work of six units.
Requirement For Graduation
To be awarded a postgraduate diploma candidate are expected to pass all the ten courses
and the project. Pass mark is 50 percent and above.
COURSES AND DESCRIPTION FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA
IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION.
First Semester
PAD 601
Principles of Public Administration
3
PAD 602
Organizational Theory and Behavior
3
PAD 603
human Resources Management
3
PAD 604
Comparative Public Administration
3
PAD 605
Research Methods
3
Second Semester
PAD 621
Development Theory and Administration
3
PAD 622
3
PAD 623
Public Financial Management
3
PAD 624
principles of Local Government
3
PAD 625
Administrative Law
3
PAD 626
Research Project
3
PAD 601
Principles of Pubic Administration
3 Units
The course examines the scope, nature and approaches to public administration and
private administration are compared. Special emphasis will be placed on the Nigerian
civil service and development of public administration in Nigeria.
PAD 602 Organizational Theory and Behaviour
3 Units
The course examines the nature of theory and reviews major administrative theories.
Emphasis will be on classical, neo- Classical and modern theories. Theories from
behavioral science as they apply to the understanding of the role of the individual as a
member of organizational socialization, climate and effectiveness, power, authority and
decision making in groups.
PAD 603
352
3 Units
The concept, nature and scope of human resources management in public sector. The
course examines recruitment, selection, training, motivation, job evaluation and analysis,
manpower planning, staff appraisal and labour management relations.
PAD 604
Comparative Pubic Administration
3 Units
The course covers the concept of comparison in public Administration. And examines
the context and system of administration in selected developed and developing countries.
It emphasizes the political and policy-making roles of public bureaucracies, the
relationship between organized interest and Public agencies and the problems of
bureaucratic accountability of political accessory in nations around the glob.
PAD 605 Research Methods in Pubic Administration
3 Unit
This course is designed to provide the student with adequate knowledge of all aspects of
the research design and the models of observation and research in public administration.
It covers types, and methods evaluation in the public service and provides practical guide
to library research in public administration.
PAD 621 Development Theory and Administration
3 Units
The course examines theories of development (economic growth, redistribution with
growth, basic needs, the Marxist conception, the world bank concept of the development)
decentralization and development and participatory development. It considers approaches
to rural development, the role of bureaucracy in third world development, and constraints
to effective development. and sustainable development, women development, culture and
development.the concept of human development and how it relates to economic growth,
and strategies for human development.
PAD 622 Public Policy Analysis
3 Units
The course introduce the students to the concept, nature and scope of Policy and decision
theory and the dynamics of public policy formulation, implementation and evaluation.
Special emphasis will be placed on the approaches to policy formulation and decision
making.
PAD 623 Public Financial Management
3 Units
Examines the distinctive characteristics of government and Institutional accounting in
financial management, Federal, State and Local Organization. Special methods of
accounting and auditing in public agencies and levels of government. the course considers
macro/micro allocation of resources, types of budgeting,
incrementalism, programmes budgeting zero- base budgeting, mbo, bulk budgeting,
structural budget margin, inter- governmental .budget control coordination of taxation.
PAd 624
Principles of Local Government
3 Units
The nature, scope, significance and development of local government. Evolution of local
government system in Nigeria. Management problems in local government, relationship
between federal and state government. Service delivery citizen participation and
mobilization.
PAD 625 Administrative Law
3 Units
The course examines the growth and characteristic of administrative Law, legal safeguard
over administration. The problem of executive, power, problem of bureaucracy, and
judicial review of administration. Administrative procedure and the ombudsman. Case
353
studies of legal adjustment of administrative authority and individual liability, the
distinction between public administration and private action, personal liability of officers,
and scope and limits. Administrative power.
PAD 626
Research Project
6 Units
The project presents a unique opportunity for the student to specialize in an aspect of
administration through a supervised research on an approved topic in public management
the project should not be more then 15,000 words.
354
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN APPLE ZOOLOGY (PGDAZ)
AIMS, STRUCTURE AND REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION PREAMBLE :
Over the years a large number of first digress in other holders biological sciences
disciplines, namely, microbiology, botany, agriculture and those with their class in
zoology have bee trying to enroll for graduate degrees in zoology but they have always
been refused because of their poor undergraduate preparation and / and or performance
for the course at the graduate level. Also there is an ever increasing desire of HND /HNC.
Graduate in related biological sciences disciplines to further their career in applied
zoology to satisfy the yearning of these teaming category of prospective student, the
department of zoology has decided to mount a postgraduate diploma programmer in
applied with specialization in the following area
(i)
Hydrobiology
(ii)
Parasitology and Fisheries
(iii) Entomology
This is to provide the must needed professional training and preparation for advanced
degrees.
AIMS:
The programmer are offered mainly to:
i
Provide opportunities for first degrees holders in microbiology,
biology, agriculture , physiology and those with a third class degrees in zoology to
enhance their careers in applies zoology
ii
Meet the ever increasing desire of graduate with good HND /HNC
in related biological sciences and with at last two year of post NYSC working
experiences, to further their education
iii
Provide student who successfully complete the programmer and
those result satisfy the standard required the opportunity for admission to the M.SC
degrees programmer in zoology .
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMMER AND REQUIREMENT FOR
GRADUATION
1
The duration of the programmer shall be 12 calendar months full- time (two
semesters) or 24 months part – time (four semesters )
2
All core course must be passed.
3
A minimum of 50dcredit must be acquired before graduation.
4
The minimum requirement for a pass any tough course and the project is a score
of 50%
5.
Three will be writer examination in all taught courses at the end of the of the
relevant semesters .
6.
Every student shall writer a project on his / her research project which shall be
graded and moderated like any of taught courses.
7.
There will be continuous assessment through tests and
assignment which will be weighted at 2%
8
Every student shall give at least one departmental seminar current
tropical on his /her area of specialization during the period of his /her study.
9.
A student who fail a minimum of two taught courses at the end of
the session will be asked to the examination at the next available opportunity
9
A student who fail more than two taught courses at the end the
session will be asked to withdraw from the programmer
355
CLASSIFICATION OF POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA
IN APPLIED ZOOLOGY CERTIFICATE
The postgraduate diploma in applied zoology certificate shall be classified on the basis
of the cumulative percentage score average as follows
CLASS
COMMUTATIVE PERCENTAGE
Score Average
Distinction
70-100
Credit
60-69
Pass
0-9
HYDROBIOLOGY AND FISHERIES
Courses Available
First Semester
Courses Code Title
Unit
Status
ZOO 500 Introductory Limnology
4
C
ZOO 5 01 Fish Pathogen’s and Diseases
3
C
ZOO 502 Advanced Fish Nutrition
4
C
ZOO 503 Systematic and Taxonomy of Animal
3
C
ZOO 504 Insect Systematic and Bionomics
3
C
ZOO 505 General Parasitology I
3
C
ZOO 506 Statistical Methods and Experimental
Design
4
C
ZOO 508 Histology 3
ZOO 509 Aquatic Microbiology
3
C
Second Semesters
Courses Code Title
Unit
Status
ZOO 511 Marine Ecology
3
C
ZOO 512 Dynamics and Exploitation of Fish
Population
3
C
ZOO 513 General Parasitology II
3
R
ZOO 514 Ecological Methods
3
C
ZOO 515 Animal Ecology
3
C
ZOO 517 Ecological Genetics
3
R
ZOO Seminar
3
C
ZOO Project
3
C
Parasitology
Courses Available
First Semester
Course Code Title
Unit Status
Zoo 500 Introductory Limnology
4
R
Zoo 501 Fish Pathogens and Diseases
3
C
Zoo 502 Systematic and Taxonomy of Animal
3
C
Zoo 504 Insect Systematic and Bionomics
4
R
Zoo 505 General Parasitology I
3
C
Zoo 506 Statistical Methods and Experimental
Design
4
C
ZOO 507 Medical Entomology
3
C
ZOO 508 Histology
3
C
356
Second Semesters
Courses Code Title
ZOO 511
Marine Ecology
ZOO 513
General Parasitology II
ZOO 514
Ecological Methods
ZOO 515
Animal Ecology
ZOO 517
Ecological Genetics
ZOO 518
Seminar
ZOO 519
Project
ZOO 520
General Biochemistry
ZOO 521
General Immunology
ENTOMOLOGY
First Semester
COURSE Code Title
Units
ZOO 500
Introduction Limnology
ZOO 501
Fish Pathogens and Diseases
3
ZOO 503
Systemtics and Taxonomy of Animals
ZOO 504
Insect Systematic and Bionomics
ZOO 505
General Parasitology 1
Design
4
C
ZOO 507
Medical Entomology
ZOO 508
Histology
ZOO 509
Aquatic Microbiology
Unit
3
3
3
3
3
Status
3
3
C
3
C
3
C
R
R
C
C
C
Status
4
C
C
3
C
4
C
3
3
C
3
R
R
Second Semester
Course Code Title
Units
Status
ZOO 511
Marine Ecology
3
R
ZOO 513
3
C
ZOO 514
Ecological Methods
3
C
ZOO 515
Animal Ecology
3
C
ZOO 516
Insect Anatomy and Physiology
4
C
ZOO 517
Ecological Genetics
3
R
ZOO 518
Seminar
3
ZOO 519
Project
6
C
COURSE DESCRIPTION
ZOO 500
Introduction Limnology
( 4 Units )
Principles of Aquatic Limnology The inland water Environment.
Biogeochemical Cycling of Micronutrients. Tropic relations, Energy flow and applied
implications in terms of production and utilization. Pollution load capacity of in-land
waters. Hydro biological techniques.
ZOO 502
Advanced Fish Nutrition
( 3 Units )
Criteria in diagnosis of fish diseases and techniques for identification of their pathogens.
Diseases caused by viruses, bacteria, protozoa, helminthes and crustacea. Hereditary
diseases of fish, ecological diseases produced by chemical and physical factors. The role
of pollution in the causations of fish diseases. Recommendations for prophylaxis.
Emphasis is generally placed of the diseases of cultured and culturable tropical fishes.
357
ZOO 503
Systematics and Taxonomy of Animals
( 3 Units )
History, rise and development of taxonomy. Taxonomic approach, principles and
characters. Special methods of zoological
classification. Variations in natural
populations. The use of identification keys and classification of selected vertebrates.
The application of statistics I taxonomy.
ZOO 504
Insect Systematic and Bionomics
(4 Units)
Detailed study of the taxonomy and bionomics of major insect orders with particular
reference to tropical / sub-tropical species of agricultural, medical and veterinary
importance. Pesticide classification, formulation and mode of action. Pest management.
ZOO 505
General Parasitology I
(3 Units)
Taxonomy of parasites. Rules and systems of classifying and naming of parasites.
Evolution of parasites and their relationship with vectors and hosts. Hosts of parasites.
Factors influencing the transmission, dynamics of major tropical parasites including the
position of their hosts in the biome. The epidemiology of parasites infections,
prevalence, morbidity and mortality in man and animals. The economics of parasitic
infections
ZOO 506
Statistical Methods and Experimental Design
(4 Units)
Measures of central tendency and Dispersion. Basic notions of probability. Discrete and
continuous probability distributions. Sampling distributions including student T-Test chi
square ad F-test. Linear and multiple regression analysis.
ZOO 507
Medical Entomology
(3 Units)
Disease causing Arthropoda (including Myiasis), classification, habitats, life cycles,
transmission and control. Arthropods as intermediate hosts and vectors of parasites.
Insecticide resistance.
ZOO 508
Histology
(3 Units)
The cellular basis of tissue formation. The main features and function of animal
cells, tissues and organs. Biochemistry of selected tissues-liver blood, intestine,
endocrine and reproductive organs.
ZOO 509
Aquatic Microbiology
(3 Units)
Microbial load of fresh water ponds, rivers, marine ecosystems and sewage. Pathogenic
and free living forms. Euthrophication: concept and importance. Biochemical oxygen
demand. Biodegradation of materials in aquatic ecosystems.
ZOO 511
Marine Ecology
(3 Units)
Factors affecting the structure and functions of the marine ecosystem, tides, current,
waves, marine planktons, photosynthesis, growth, effect of light, nutrients, PH, salinity
and physical factors on primary, secondary and tertiary production. Measurement of
productivities, biological cycles, plankton ecology, pelagic food, pyramid. Sampling
methods and measurements.
ZOO 512
Dynamics and Exploitation of Fish Population
358
(3 Unity)
An introduction to fish population dynamics, stock assessment and management of fish
stock with practical exercise. Inter-relationship of fishery effort, catch, recruitment and
stock size and equilibrium yield. Fisheries regulation and international agreement.
ZOO 513
(3 Units)
Parasitic zoonoses and their relevance to public health planning. Socio-economic, cultural
and other factors which influence the transmission of zoonosis in tropical communities.
Control measures including health education. Economic importance of zoootic infections.
ZOO 514
Ecological Methods
(3 Units)
Comprehensive studies of the techniques and instrumentations relevant to terrestrial
aquatic ecosystems.
ad
ZOO 515
Animal Ecology
(3 Units)
In-depth studies on the relationship of animals to their environment, especially as they
affect their distribution and abundance. Population structures, community metabolism,
zoogeography, evolution and genetic ecology. Biological control, environmental threats
to ma animals, game reserves and game cropping.
ZOO 516
Insect Anatomy and Physiology
(4 Units)
Insect integument composition, structure and physiology. Muscular and nervous systems,
sense organs, alimentary systems, respiratory and circulator systems, excretory organs,
productive systems. Embryonic and post-embroyonic development, physiology of
moulting. Hormones and pheromones, mode of action of pesticides. Pesticide resistance.
ZOO 517
Ecological Genetics
(3 Units)
Evolutionary ecology; natural selection and quantitative inheritance; the fusion of
genetics and ecology, evolution of genetic systems-dominance, co-adopted gene
complexes, changing environment and mutation; evolution in spatially varying
environment – multiple niche polymorphism. Natural selection in temporarily ecology of
single population – stochastic environment extinction, resource tracking and patchiness.
Evolutionary ecology of interacting population – competition, production and coevolution, the Niche theory. Pollution and evolution.
ZOO 518
Seminar
(3 Units)
Literature review on a selected topic in any of the specialized areas of study, under staff
guidance, written up and presented in class and finally submitted as a term paper or long
essay for assessment.
ZOO 519
Project
(6 Units)
A selected problem to be investigated by each student under tutorial guidance by staff,
written, submitted and subjected to oral defence by internal examiners only.
ZOO 520
General Biochemistry
(3 Units)
General treatment of basic diseases processes. Body fluid homeostasis. Inborn error of
metabolism, the chemical pathology of the guit, liver, kidney and the nervous system,
the physiology and biochemistry of endocrine glands and haemoglobins; clinical
enzymology; the chemical pathology of ageing; Immunochemistry and immunology.
Recent advances in clinical biochemistry.
359
ZOO 521
Advance General Immunology
(3 Units)
Basic concept of immunology, structure of antigens, antigenic determinants, cellular
response, genetics of response to antigenic stimulation. Structure and classification of
immunoglobulin and antibodies. Mechanism and theories of antibody formation. Antigen
and antibody interactions. Role of lymphoid tissues and thymus in immuno-pathology,
antopathology, auto immunology, tumour and transplantation immunology, tumour and
transplantation immunology. Immunoprophyiasis and serotheraph.
360

SCHOOL OF POSTGRADUATE STUDIES AMBROSE ALLI UNIVERSITY, EKPOMA-NIGERIA

Transcription

Similar documents

industrial revolution dbq

research facility for teachings and exams registration

thesis statements! - Warren Wilson College

4 Grade Big Zoo Lesson During the BIG Zoo Lesson, teachers and

college official`s report curry college

The Argumentative Essay

water cut analyzers

to registration forms - Church Street School for Music and

Data Science - SourceMedia